What Does It Mean to Be a Conservative?, Part 2

By Steven Yates

June 14, 2024

Men are qualified for civil liberty in exact proportion to their disposition to put moral chains upon their own appetites … in proportion as they are more disposed to listen to the counsels of the wise and good, in preference to the flattery of knaves. Society cannot exist, unless a controlling power upon will and appetite be placed somewhere; and the less of it there is within, the more there must be without. It is ordained in the eternal constitution of things, that men of intemperate minds cannot be free. Their passions forge their fetters.”   —Edmund Burke, “Letter to a Member of the General Assembly,” 1791.

  1. Back to Basics: Eight Conservative Principles.

If they try, conservative thinkers can articulate the basic values that motivate them to write and act. They can answer the question, what are we trying to conserve? and in a way not necessarily tied to current controversies such as whether to support Trump or not (though I’ve no idea who else they’d presently support).

Russell Kirk tried, and the result was Ten Conservative Principles. I thought some of his were a bit obscure, so I’ve settled on eight items as of major importance (we can always supply add-ons later).

Kirk noted that conservatism does not have a “magnum opus” like communism does (Marx’s and Engels’s Communist Manifesto or Marx’s Das Kapital).

The reason: as a philosophy for living in society and in the world as it is, conservatism is more “organic”: tethered more closely to and woven into the lives of people. It did not start as a systematic body of ideas worked out by an intellectual. Hence it isn’t easy to systematize. Yet I’ve tried. My results aren’t identical to Kirk’s. Other conservative writers might work out different ways of saying these things, and that’s okay. If conservatism really is “organic,” not proceeding from some rationalist’s pen, this is what we’d expect.

First, we must sweep aside the debris we’ve inherited, especially the Utopias of philosophers from Plato down through Francis Bacon to modern technocrats such as B.F. Skinner and the more recent ones in the World Economic Forum.

Conservatism is non-Utopian. We’ll see why.

In that case, to be a conservative in my sense is to believe that:

  • An enduring, transcendentally-grounded moral order binds us all. What grounds moral order is Almighty God Himself as Supreme Creator and source of all value. God having created humanity in His image (Gen 1:26-28), this is the best grounding for what “transcends” much conservative policy and corrects a few things it gets wrong: all persons have intrinsic value — value they have by virtue of being human, and not derived from anything beyond having been created in God’s image. Can atheists promote this, and the principles enumerated below? They can try, of course, but I think they’ll have trouble justifying anything special or intrinsically valuable about us as persons, all of us unique. This alone will have consequences (think of abortion and the debates surrounding it). Institutions of whatever sort should serve persons, not the other way around. When they do this, they establish trust, which is essential to a functional societal order. What we’ve seen in recent history is a slow but largescale and long term collapse of trust resulting from loss of confidence in institutions, born of the decay in personal and civic virtues when secularism is assumed and religion becomes a private and completely optional indulgence to be “explained” by secular psychology.
  • We live in a fallen and partly broken world, whether we call this original sin or something else (imperfection, fallibility, etc.). Even given the best and most virtuous parenting, the best education, and the best work to do, we are all still beset by moral weakness and temptation. Even the most diligent are doing the best they can. This is a reason it is a mistake to compare candidates for political office, or heads of institutions, or even thought leaders looked up to in entire civilizations, to some kind of Ideal Man. All will fall short and we’ll be paralyzed. All candidates for an office, institutions, and societies will have various strengths and weaknesses, and we must make the best and wisest choices we can (and in collapsing civilizations, wisdom may include the choice to separate if all choices seem equally or almost equally vile).
  • Basic beliefs, traditions, customs, fundamental institutions (e.g., the family, and private property) are validated not by abstract reasoning but from having passed the test of time. Hence the conservative tends to respect custom, tradition, “old and familiar ways of doing things.” A basic belief, moreover, is that lives have purpose. As Proverbs says, “Without vision, the people perish.” This purpose is typically found in a connection to something larger than self. This may be a natural human impulse. We cannot tolerate a sense of meaninglessness and will fill the vacuum with something, anything. For the conservative Christian, this ‘something’ is God. For others, it will be some surrogate for God such as a political movement or loyalty to state authority, loyalty to one’s work or profession, or perhaps just love of money as an end in itself. If these aren’t obtainable, one turns to drugs or alcohol or sexual promiscuity or some combination of these or something else to distract from the emptiness or numb the pain. As a last resort, one ends it all with suicide.

Family units are not optional. Perhaps they would be if we did not come into the world as helpless infants. Family systems exist in every culture ever studied by anthropologists. There are variations, of course, and plenty of imperfections. Childrearing is essential, because children are a community’s future. Education in the customs and other expectations of one’s culture is also essential. Its purpose is to prepare the next generation for the realities and necessities of life in the world as it is. If the Western family unit in particular, shaped by Scripture, was somehow unsound, we wouldn’t have survived much less built Western civilization.

Private property is also a societal good that has appeared nowhere else. What is justly acquired and owned, one tends to take care of. Owning private property is not, as we’ll see below, an absolute license to do whatever one wants. The sanctity of human life, for example, trumps it: because of the intrinsic value of persons, you cannot sacrifice someone to some pagan god on an altar on your property. Yes, this is an extreme example. But the virtuous person does not use his/her property in ways that harm others, short or long term, or interfere with them without their knowledge or permission. The solution to whatever abuses of private property rights can be documented is not to abolish private property rights but to promote virtuous conduct and supply sensible regulations to constrain what isn’t virtuous. Speaking of which:

  • Private passions need to be restrained. This is a tough one for intellectuals, because they’re so used to thinking of us as “rational animals” (Aristotle), although a few philosophers such as David Hume were more realistic (“reason is the slave of the passions”). As psychologists have figured out, we’re far more creatures of emotion (passion) than we are reason. Reason identifies, classifies, explains, solves problems; it reaches conclusions validly (one hopes) from premises. Its capacity to restrain potentially very powerful passions is not its default setting. But restraint of passions is necessary if we’re going to live together and work together in communities. We either learn to restrain them ourselves with systems that discipline us, this being built into childrearing and education, or they will need to be restrained from the outside—typically, whether one likes it or not, by government. So who restrains government? We the people restrain it, so that it serves the purposes we created it to serve. We’ll return to this problem below.

The point is: freedom isn’t free. It is not the freedom to do whatever we please. It is the freedom to act morally and virtuously, to do the right things by ourselves and by others. If we misuse what freedom we have, we soon don’t have any. But if we see those around us as having intrinsic value, just like us, as having been created in God’s image just like ourselves, that will put us ahead of the pack in how to act.

The economic side to all this begins with the distinction between needs and wants. Needs are everything that keeps you alive (oxygen, food, water, a roof over your head, the responsible care of others before you’re old enough to care for yourself responsibly). Most everything else is a want. It’s true, the distinction is not an absolute dichotomy (is a suitable partner a need or a want?). But adults can tell the difference most of the time; one of the signs of being an adult is acting accordingly, both in the public marketplace and in one’s personal life. There are civilization-created needs, i.e., the necessities of a “normal” life (electricity, for example, or a telephone, and these days, an Internet connection).

  • Speaking of economics, conservatives will see political economy as “downstream” from culture. I think this is what Steve Bannon had in mind when he described a country as more than its economy, and this ties in with the idea that what Big Business sees as good for itself is not necessarily good for the country. It depends on the values businesses are embodying. Culture, moreover, is “downstream” from worldview. What this means: beliefs such as those supplied by religion (or the cultivated irreligiosity of secularism) have more influence on the public mind and public behavior than purely economic considerations (this goes against both Marxists and many capitalists both of whom see economics as the fundamental science of humanity). By presenting a set of extra-economic values, Christian or otherwise, worldview and culture set conditions for what is produced and how much; how money is made, distributed, and spent; how much is saved, etc. Again, a great deal of what goes on in a free marketplace presumes relationships based on trust, because most people prefer to do business with people they know, trust, and like, and in an overall ambience of trust and safety (e.g., freedom from random criminality). When trust breaks down, whatever the cause, the free marketplace tends to follow.
  • Because of (2), I think a real conservative would assert that concentrations of power are dangerous to liberty, wherever located. This favors a mindset, ensuing programs, and policies favoring decentralizing power and distributing it across a variety of institutions. And since in capitalist civilization wealth becomes power, this favors the idea that massive and increasing concentrations of wealth are also dangerous. Indeed, there was once a species of liberal who argued for minimizing inequality even if their focus was more on race than on class. Real conservatives, it seems to me, should be acutely uncomfortable with how financialization in the context of the neoliberal economics of the past 40 years has allowed a coterie of billionaires to concentrate their wealth and grow ever larger and more controlling — enhanced by the central bank (the Federal Reserve System) created for just this purpose. The arguments here need not be moral. All they need do, based on history, is demonstrate that massive economic inequality is destabilizing — especially if there is a widespread perception that the “haves” got where they are by somehow cheating, or working the system, which requires those outside the enclaves of actual privilege to actually work for their livings, and this latter comes to seem increasingly futile because of inflation as currency loses its purchasing power.

Real conservatives should favor closing the Federal Reserve! Central banks are inherently dangerous! If that seems radical, that’s a sign of how far the centralization of wealth and power have come, and how much the primary destroyers of freedom in the West have come to be accepted.

  • For a conservative, locality matters. Places within designated borders are special. Borders don’t have to be “eternal” for this to be true. They just have to be agreed upon by those living within them, who require those on the outside as well as governing authorities on the inside to respect them. America is more than “an idea” (although it is that). It is a unique place, founded through a unique process, in accordance with unique ideals — ideals originating in Christendom which we have admittedly struggled to practice consistently (e.g., equal rights of all persons under the law). But by keeping these ideals firmly in mind, conservatives on the Right can offer progressives on the Left everything they can say they legitimately want, such as a country free of irrational prejudice and discrimination. Many of us supported such goals back in the 1960s, after all — before they were hijacked (rallying cries against racial discrimination replaced by racial quotas and preferential hiring to achieve “parity,” for example). Which brings me to:
  • Calls for change can be validated on this basis, given also what we affirmed in (1) but tempered by (2). Conservatives need not oppose calls for change in kneejerk fashion but rather should assess them according to these criteria. Thomas S. Kuhn is best known for his landmark tract The Structure of Scientific Revolutions (orig. 1962). He also penned a thoughtful essay entitled “The Essential Tension,” that between “liberal” and “conservative” impulses in the physical sciences. The former favor openness to new ideas which, at its extreme, lies dangerous credulity; the latter try to close new ideas off and maintain the status quo. In this direction lies stagnation. Kuhn argued for a careful and constantly shifting balance between the two — based not on “criteria” that can be specified in advance but needing constant negotiation and renegotiation, because we learn new things, circumstances do change, and innovation and improvisation become necessary.

What applies in the physical sciences surely applies doubly in human communities filled with emotion-driven agents. We are problem solvers. But the burden of evidence that a solution works and that change is necessary is invariably on the change agent, not on the critic. That said, the critic has a balancing obligation, in the interests of intellectual honesty, not to move the goal posts or establish criteria so high that no one can meet them.

  1. What’s Next? Does Conservatism Have a Future?

We’ve laid out principles. Our principles are grounded in an ethical sensibility that acknowledges God and seeks to manifest the eternal in our daily lives and in our communities. Our opponents — enemies, if we’re honest about it — see only historicity, change, and their visions of a man-made Utopia to come.

The leftist-globalist axis has no principles other than whatever advances power — a capacity to dictate the terms of life to other human beings, whom they see as highly evolved animals, not beings created in the image of a Supreme Being. Hence there are no reasons not to treat them like cattle.

This puts the conservative at a structural disadvantage. I’ve often had the feeling of having brought a knife to a gunfight. You can’t reason with people whose starting premise is that reason doesn’t count; power are what counts (money is how you keep score). You can’t be “nice” to them, with calls for “dialogue.” Niceness is not reciprocated but treated with contempt. They don’t want dialogue with those they consider beneath them. Conservatives have tried to play by the rules of the knife fight and issued statements but been unable to do anything to stop the advance of leftism in the culture, any more than they’ve been able to stop the advance of globalism on the world scene. Indeed, all too many conservatives have been bamboozled by economistic narratives about how “globalization will make us all rich” and “open borders is great for the economy.”

So it’s going to take much more than yet another assertion of conservative principles. What I’ve done here is a start, but not more than that. Trumpian “populism” has done more to monkey wrench left-globalist efforts, if only by being unpredictable and uncontrollable. The Donald Trump that went into office in 2017 clearly had no idea what he was going up against. The Donald Trump of 2024 has definitely learned a few things, and those behind him are strategizing accordingly! But it’s still going to take more than winning an election — assuming that’s even possible — and strategizing on desktops, to bring down the leftist-globalist axis.

Conservatives, as I noted, are not Utopians. They understand the need for rules, and that in a fallen world, rules don’t protect or enforce themselves.

  1. Interlude: From A Few Good Men (1992)

https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=2sLcfQKU_co&pp=ygUOYSBmZXcgZ29vZCBtZW4%3D

“Son, we live in a world that has walls, and those walls have to be guarded by men with guns. Who’s gonna do it? You? You, Lt. Weinberg? I have a greater responsibility than you could possibly fathom! You weep for Santiago and you curse the Marines! You have that luxury! You have the luxury of not knowing what I know; that Santiago’s death, while tragic, probably saved lives! And my existence, while grotesque and incomprehensible to you, saves lives! You don’t want the truth because deep down in places you don’t talk about at parties, you want me on that wall! You need me on that wall! We use words like honor, code, loyalty! We use these words as the backbone of a life spent defending something! You use them as a punchline! I have neither the time nor the inclination to explain myself to a man who rises and sleeps under the blanket of the very freedom that I provide, and then questions the manner in which I provide it!! I would rather you just said “thank you” and went on your way. Otherwise, I suggest you pick up a weapon and stand a post. Either way, I don’t give a damn what you think you are entitled to!!”  —Col. Nathan R. Jessup, A Few Good Men (1992)

  1. Sheep, Wolves, and Sheepdogs: Modified.

Author and U.S. Army Lt. Col. (Ret.) Dave Grossman penned a disquieting statement on sheep, wolves, and sheepdogs. He offers a supplement to everything penned above that conservatives ought to consider.

The common people are sheep. In our context, this is not pejorative. Grossman meant it in the sense of those who are peaceful, take care of their families, mostly mind their own business, and won’t hurt others and unless provoked. They just want to be left alone as I’ve described. They take ethical principles seriously and try to live by them, however imperfectly.

Grossman’s point: left to their own devices, the sheep are all but helpless when the wolf attacks.

The wolf lives by his own rules and has no qualms about using force to get what he wants.

Who protects the sheep from wolves? Sheepdogs, that’s who.

When a mass shooter attacks, the sheep take cover. If there’s a sheepdog on the scene, he pulls out the weapon he is never without and sets about taking the wolf down if he can.

The sheepdog is prepared both mentally and physically to use deadly force if a situation calls for it, even at the cost of his own life. The sheepdog understands that there are principles worth dying for; otherwise, nothing is really worth living for.

Sheepdogs include properly, ethically-trained soldiers, their superiors, Navy SEALS, police officers … and members of any militia devoted to securing and maintaining the freedoms of those in their charge.

The men with guns on the walls.

Sheepdog ethics has a firm rule: never harm the sheep. Your job is to protect the sheep by confronting and defeating the wolf. A sheepdog who harms the sheep is kicked out.

The sheep don’t care for the sheepdog. On the face of it, the sheepdog looks kind of wolfish. He and the wolf are both capable of violence. The sheepdog is a reminder that the world isn’t always “nice,” and that any society needs policing, borders, and defense forces to protect them. Else the wolves attack and feed on the sheep without mercy.

The sheepdog points out the unpleasant reality that you can’t be “nice” to the wolf. He’ll go right on being a wolf. That’s his nature. The sheepdog gets used to not being listened to. Most sheep are in denial, and will stay in denial — and then beg for protection when the wolf attacks.

What Grossman doesn’t tell us is what to do once we realize that the wolves are now in charge, in all the pinnacles of power!

Sadly, given the Global Corporatocracy in all its guises, the wolf presently controls much of the planet via its political economies and finances! Call him the Global Wolf!

He doesn’t control everything, however. He thus wants more control. He wants Total Spectrum Dominance, a surveillance-and-control global state, the sheep reduced to complete dependence on systems the Global Wolf controls, so that He may feed on the sheep at his leisure!

This is the biggest dilemma of our era!

What kind of sheepdog do we need to confront the Global Wolf who spends more financial resources in a day advancing his agenda than a sheepdog can expect to see in his life.

The truth:

Wolves of any sort will not be nice unless they are forced to behave themselves, generally through fear of a greater power! Needless to say, the wolf isn’t much inclined to believe in a transcendent God, or anything else he can’t see, hear, taste, touch, and smell — and eat.

Given the New Normal and where this year seems to be going, it may be too late for the West. Because of inattention and the misbegotten skepticism of those who go on and on about “conspiracy theories,” the Global Wolf has gotten too far and taken too much.

A Trump victory won’t be enough. I doubt that what needs to be done, can be done in just four years. No president has that much power. Trump’s most important choice will therefore be his VP. It has to be someone who shares his vision and goals of a U.S. freed from leftists and the Deep State, and able to continue what Trump began for eight more years.

Considering how long the Global Wolf has been at work, this still might not be enough time!

What conservatives need, therefore, is a rational Plan B to organize themselves and separate, if need be, forming self-sufficient communities built around solid family structures and sustainable small businesses, working from the bottom up instead of from the top down, able to sustain and defend themselves when the Global Wolf attacks, as he inevitably will. Those of us presently in our 60s and therefore too old to man posts on walls ourselves will have to live with the fact that we probably won’t live to see the outcome of the coming battle.

What we have, though, is God on our side!

Part 1,

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is available on Navigating the New Normal, on Substack. Please consider subscribing. It’s still free (for now).

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




Damnable Lies and Damnable Liars

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

June 13, 2024

2 Peter 2But there were false prophets also among the people, even as there shall be false teachers among you, who privily shall bring in damnable heresies, even denying the Lord that bought them, and bring upon themselves swift destruction.

DamnableThat which be damned or condemned; deserving damnation; worthy of eternal punishment.

Question the establishment narrative and you will immediately be ridiculed as a “conspiracy theorist” as if anything you read in the media regarding the “experts” is always 100% unquestioned truth.

“Follow the Science” was the buzz phrase used by the government-endorsed liars during the recent virus-holocaust launched against all clear-thinking Americans.

Did you survive it?  The name calling…isolation…ridicule…job loss…family tragedies perpetuated by the “government experts” who fought daily to strip Americans of their “freedom of choice”?

I thought “choice” was sacrosanct…at least that is what the government-endorsed baby murderers told us.  “My body, my choice” in regards to slaughtering the pre-born, but YOUR body OUR choice regarding govern/medical murder by vax-ene.

Well, I am sick of it.  The lies.  All of them.  Lies from the Government, the media, the education establishment, BIG Science, BIG pharma, BIG Religion, the media, Fakebook, Twitter…liars.  Damnable liars.

I do not know about you but I am getting pretty damn irritated by the liars who run the world.  You do understand that liars run the world, don’t you?  Psalm 2 calls out the greatest conspiracy in world history…The kings of the earth set themselves, and the rulers take counsel together, against the Lord, and against his anointed

Oh, there is a conspiracy all right.  But the conspiracy is being launched by those who HATE THE TRUTH.  Liars…damnable liars.  Worthy of death the Bible tells us.  We are a nation of fools, governed by liars, who are serving the FATHER OF LIES!

It is no more complicated than that.  Lucifer against Christ.  Liars fighting Truth-Tellers.  Lies, deception, and fear are the weaponry of the Luciferian led, anti-Christ system currently masquerading as “government” wielding power over the cowardly, gullible, no-where-to-be-seen American Christian Church.

Well, I am sick of it.  Why aren’t you?  Why are not YOU lighting a fire under your pastor’s ass and demanding he lead the “army of Christ” to victory over the forces of darkness?  Wake him the hell up!!  Your children’s future lies in YOUR hands!

It has all been a charade.  So much of what we have been taught is not true.  “Trust but verify” was Ronald Reagan’s slogan.  “Shut up and obey” is the mantra of Biden today.  Doesn’t anyone care about TRUTH anymore?

At the risk of being written off by “mainstream” America I would like to provide a list of things that we have been “taught” as fact that simply have never been proven true.  Does it matter to you?  Does Truth Matter?  Are you content believing lies?  Can you trust your Government to be Truthful?  Are you OK with being lied to?

So…just for the record…there is NO PROOF of the following…

Man came from monkeys.  Oswald acted alone.  Unborn babies are not people.  Bin Laden orchestrated 911.  Biden was LEGALLY elected.  Males are born in female bodies.  Neil Armstrong walked on the moon. Global warming.  Christians are not supposed to judge.  Fossils create fuels.  Settled Science. Tower 7.  The Big Bang.  George Floyd was a role model.  OJ was innocent.  Public prayer is illegal.  Everybody goes to Heaven.  Life evolved from non-life.  Everyone is a child of God.  There is a “separation of church and state” in the US Constitution.  A biological man has ever given birth to a child.  Darwin’s theory.  Justice is blind.  Elected officials have our best interests at heart.  People are born gay.

I could go on…and so could you.  Evidence alone is not proof.

At the end of the day, we must all understand that Oprah is wrong.  There is no such thing as “YOUR” truth.  TRUTH is NOT an OPINION.  Truth is a person.

Psalm 33:5 tells us that the Lord “loveth righteousness and judgment:” Why don’t we?  Why do we permit lies to be taught to our children?  Worse yet, why do we pay for it?

Jesus warned us “But whoso shall offend one of these little ones which believe in me, it were better for him that a millstone were hanged about his neck, and that he were drowned in the depth of the sea.”

America has become a nation of liars.  A sworn oath is meaningless.  Most Americans love being lied to. The question we must ask ourselves is what are the consequences of damnable lies?

These six things doth the Lord hate: yea, seven are an abomination unto him: A proud look, a lying tongue, and hands that shed innocent blood,  An heart that deviseth wicked imaginations, feet that be swift in running to mischief,  A false witness that speaketh lies, and he that soweth discord among brethren.”

The Lord mentions lying TWICE.  It must be serious business.

But the fearful, and unbelieving, and the abominable, and murderers, and whoremongers, and sorcerers, and idolaters, and all liars, shall have their part in the lake which burneth with fire and brimstone: which is the second death.”

AmosBut let judgment run down as waters, and righteousness as a mighty stream.”

Justice is coming for the damnable liars and the lies that they tell.  That day cannot come soon enough for me.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




They Never Saw It Coming

by Lee Duigon

June 13, 2024

Leftists like to present themselves to us as The Smartest Persons In The World. We’re just a lot of racist hicks—no wonder they run rings around us.

But some of those rings are only circles: round and round and round they go, to what purpose, no one knows.

Nevertheless, three times on the last few weeks, these geniuses have been caught napping by events they should’ve foreseen a mile off. No one but a “progressive” would have been the least surprised by any of it. But then most of us aren’t distracted by any need to build a pedestal and pose on top of it.

*After raising the minimum wage to $20/hr., California has lost 10,000 jobs in the fast food industry. Many of those were entry-level jobs—and who in his right mind will pay $20/hr. to high school and college kids flipping burgers and tossing trash bags into the dumpster? Who can afford to do that?

California Democrats were amazed, appalled, and dumbfounded by “unintended consequences” that they never saw coming. Really—did you have to be Nostradamus to predict that? Did no one even suggest to Gov. Noisome that if he signed that new minimum wage bill, it would gut the state’s fast food industry? It wasn’t one of those tricky oracles that were always getting Greeks and Romans into trouble.

So you have to wonder how “unintended” it was.

*Noozies at CBS were flabbergasted when a Gallup Poll reported that 62% (!) of America’s voters favored “massive deportations” of illegal aliens. I mean they just couldn’t believe it, you could’ve knocked ‘em over with a feather. Personally, I’m amazed they could find 38% who didn’t think it was a problem. Betcha they’re all Democrats.

Oh, it’s not all bad! You put ‘em on the dole, you have to find some place to house them, find the money to pay for it (you can always raise taxes), and learn to wink and chortle at their disproportionate contributions to the crime rate. But on the upside, as soon as you’ve done some of that, you can get busy transforming them into lifelong Democrat voters. And America gets that long-awaited Fundamental Transformation.

*Across the Atlantic, journalists, globalists, and pederasts were astonished when Team Global got massacred in last week’s European Parliament elections. Out of 27 votes in 27 countries, their side lost… all 27.

How could such things be? What? You mean people don’t want unchecked Muslim immigration into Europe? Say it ain’t so, Joe! They don’t want their countries’ sovereignty chipped away by a lot of socialist wackos in the World Economic Forum—who despise the plebs and call them “useless eaters”? All the while trying to get them to eat bugs and lab-grown “meat,” God knows what it’s made of. Do you mean to tell us that ordinary people in Europe do not want those things?

Obviously this was a freak occurrence! Better hold some more elections and try to get it right, this time.

Clearly there’s something wrong with reality and they have to get it fixed. But reality isn’t so easily fixed. It has a nasty habit of biting Utopia where it really hurts.

We must work with all our might to make our elections, this year, a sweeping and irreparable wipe-out of the Far Left Crazy.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and enjoy a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




There’s a Patience in the Wild: Dogged, Tireless, Persistent

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 13, 2024

In his epic book, The Call of the Wild, Jack London said, “There’s a patience in the wild: dogged, tireless, persistent—like life itself.” You might like the movie portraying the book with Harrison Ford as the grizzled old man who befriends the dog, Buck.

A couple of years ago, I led a group of 60 to 70-year old’s across America on a coast to coast of the Northern Tier. On the Pacific Ocean of Astoria, Oregon to the Atlantic Ocean of Bar Harbor, Maine. It stretched across 13 states and 4,200 miles of rugged mountains, the vastness of the northern Great Plains, the beauty of the five Great Lakes, and the serendipity of the Catskill Mountain chain. To take such a bicycle journey at our advanced ages, took guts, gumption and true grit. (Some pain relievers, too)

Two of the guys on this journey proved themselves “day riders” for all their lives. But, at over 70, they enjoyed retirement with time to spare. All of us sported gray hair, or no hair, gray beards, high blood pressure, bad knees, sore hips, touch of diabetes, and spare tires around our mid-sections.

But when you overrun the age of 70, your life changes. Your perspectives change. Your understandings of the years, piled up like silage in a silo, remind you that this life is a terminal disease. You’ve used up a good bit of it. You might enjoy a year or ten years, but you’re not sure as you attend a lot of funerals.

But if you’ve lived through those first 70 years, you’ve got a sense of patience that allows you to penetrate life’s challenges with the wisdom of your old age. You know that if you maintain your course with dogged determination, you will ride across that mountain chain, one pass at a time. You will cross the Great Plains one mile at a time. You will glide by the Great Lakes one day at a time.

(New-born bison calves on the Great Plains) Photography by Frosty Wooldridge

You also know that by being tireless in your pursuit, the final victory shall come into sight. Sure, your legs hurt, and your high blood pressure gives you a head-throb, but you rest, drink and then, you set out again with dogged determination and tireless resolve. It’s a part of age.

When you hit those Catskill Mountains along the Appalachian Trail, you realize that your persistence brought you this far, to this age, and so, why not present yourself onto the doorstep of life’s ongoing challenges? Really, on your bicycle, you’re absolutely no defined age. You’re living in your “eudemonia” pure and simple.

That’s what I discovered with those grizzled old men that rode with me. Gerry, Robert, Don, Frank! They delighted in their lives as if they were kids. They all knew that their windows of opportunity grew narrower with every sunset. That’s all the more sobering when one of our fathers died at 46 and another one died at 62. It gives you pause when you realize you’ve exceeded those ages already. Yet, you persist in your own choice of courage.

London portrayed it in that courageous dog, Buck. Dog thieves, in 1897, dognapped Buck out of his comfortable California. He found himself shoved onto a train and whisked away to Alaska and harnessed to a dog sled. End of luxury life: beginning of the hard life in the frozen north. (By the way, I cycled to Dawson in the Yukon to stand by Jack London’s cabin where he wrote his stories in the Gold Rush of 1897-98. Tiny log cabin at 100 square feet, potbellied stove, desk, chair and bed, and outhouse.)

Well, should you choose to harness yourself to your touring bicycle for such adventure, you too, face hellacious mountains to cross under your own steam. You will encounter dry, hot, miserable deserts that could sweat you to death, cramp your liquid-starved thighs and even break your will with the heat.

And talk about the liquid-misery of rain, cold, ice, even snow! Nothing like riding into a rainstorm to drench yourself in liquid-wretchedness. You’re soaked, you’re sweating, glasses fogged, and everything in-between. If you’re riding down from Nordkapp, Norway, you face freezing rain for days unending. Sheer liquid torture! Same on the Alaska Highway out of the Yukon. On that road, you might meet up with a grizzly. One thing stands as a certainty on your bike tour: Life lets you know you are alive!

“In this manner, Buck fought forgotten ancestors. They quickened the old life within him, the old tricks which they had stamped into the heredity of the breed were his tricks… And when, on the still cold nights, he pointed his nose at a star and howled long and wolf-like, it was his ancestors, dead and dust, pointing their noses at the stars and howling down through the centuries and through him.”

Like Buck, you choose to move forward. Let’s face it, we humans are animals, too, animals that think. We make choices. In those selections, we create an extraordinary life on two wheels. We never know what’s around the next bend. We never know where we might sleep that night. We devour food with rapacious energy. We never know who or what we will meet in the next sunrise. Isn’t that the “Call of the Wild” in each of us?

We thrust ourselves into the adventure. We engage it with the tenacity of Buck’s courage. With our 70 years of living, we choose our own valor at our own speed.

This coming summer of the “Roaring 20’s” of the 21st century, whether you day-ride or explore across the planet, young or old—let’s all pursue our own creative and expansive lives on our bicycles. Much like Buck in Jack London’s epic novel, a real-life adventure awaits you.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The Second Great Colorado Land Grab

by Kathleen Marquardt

June 12, 2024

Right now, there is a battle going on in Colorado. One side wants President Biden to use the 1906 Antiquities Act to designate over 400,000 acres of land in Mesa and Montrose Counties as a national monument. This would, among other things, limit future oil and gas leases, mining claims, rights-of-way, and utility infrastructure. Mining, ranching, and farming are the mainstay of the economy there. Opponents contend, not without cause, that the designation would “…end uranium mining … and put restrictions on hunting and cattle grazing and limit motorized travel”.

The locals, mainly comprised of locals who are justifiably upset that “the proposal does not require local support to pass”, and that much of land in Colorado (like a number of Western states) has been taken from private use via conservation easements, heritage sites, and other public/private partnership shenanigans.

As expected, a number of radical environmental groups petitioned the White House to use the Antiquities Act to establish a 400,000-acre national monument along the Dolores River. Section 2 of the Act states: “The President of the United States is hereby authorized, in his discretion, to declare by public proclamation historic landmarks, historic and prehistoric structures, and other objects of historic or scientific interest that are situated upon the lands owned or controlled by the Government of the United States to be national monuments, and may reserve as a part thereof parcels of land, the limits of which in all cases shall be confined to the smallest area compatible with the proper care and management of the objects to be protected: Provided, That when such objects are situated upon a tract covered by a bona fide unperfected claim or held in private ownership, the tract, or so much thereof as may be necessary for the proper care and management of the object, may be relinquished to the Government, and the Secretary of the Interior is hereby authorized to accept the relinquishment of such tracts in behalf of the Government of the United States.” (emphasis mine).

This isn’t about a landmark, structure, or other object of historic or scientific interest as designated in the Act. This is about land grabbing on steroids. Does no one in government remember that our nation was designed to have the government own only the smallest amount of land as necessary to carry out its responsibilities? Yet today, nearly 40% is publicly owned.

Much of the land in Colorado will never be viable for human habitation. Some is good for grazing and there is great mining potential. But even those uses are anathema to the Globalists and their lackies, the environmental NGOs. Studies have shown that grazing is beneficial to grasslands. But that isn’t really the problem here. It is all about whether we, as humans, have the right to private property or, instead, should governing overlords control every inch of land, gallon of the sea, and the entire expanse of the sky.

The Homestead Act, enacted during the Civil War in 1862, provided that any adult citizen, or intended citizen, who had never borne arms against the U.S. government could claim 160 acres of surveyed government land. Claimants were required to live on and “improve” their plot by cultivating the land.

Not long after the Homestead Act, the Mining act of 1872 states that except as otherwise provided, all valuable mineral deposits in lands belonging to the United States, both surveyed and unsurveyed, shall be free and open to exploration and purchase by citizens of the United States and those who have declared their intention to become such, under regulations prescribed by law and according to local customs or rules of miners in the several mining districts, so far as the same are applicable and not inconsistent with the laws of the United States.

A large portion of this Wildlands dream area is in the West End which: lies in the middle of the Uravan Mineral Belt (Uranium and Vanadium (are) found in the same ore) and the Department of Energy’s Uranium Reserve and Uranium Lease Tracts. The Uravan Mineral Belt also contains critical minerals including vanadium, copper, barite, and fluorspar. In addition to Lithium salt in the Paradox Basin.[1] Hmmm.

Why would we want to shut down these mines? Right now we are importing minerals from other countries because we have been shutting down mines of all sorts for some time now. Some of those countries are using child labor in toxic fields. Here in the U.S., there are regulations keeping children from being used in any labor. And realize, it costs a fortune to import those minerals.

If you think that mining causes environmental degradation and so-called Global Warming, realize that mining is one of the highest-regulated industries.

Here in the U.S., there are more than three dozen federal environmental laws and regulations governing the mining industry – plus state and local laws. To list some of the federal laws:

Surface Resources Act
The Wilderness Act
National Historic Preservation Act
Occupational Safety and Health Act
Clean Air Act
Clean Water Act
Endangered Species Act
Safe Drinking Water Act
Federal Land Policy and Management Act
National Forest Management Act
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
Mine Safety and Health Act
Bureau of Land Management Surface Management Standards
U.S. Forest Service Surface Management Standards (and many more)

Those government agencies are often manned by Greens. You know they aren’t going to allow degradation of any significance. It’s mining that is a dirty word to the Greens, not the use of children in mines.

Those same Greens trying to close off all this land are the same people fighting for more erroneously called Clean Energy. That clean energy requires millions of acres, equipment that costs billions$, often uses dangerous minerals, and is destructive of the land and wildlife.

And don’t tell me it is only so-called public land that is targeted. In 1975, the New World Mine was on the brink of satisfying more than $33 million in permit requirements, the Greater Yellowstone Coalition, with Yellowstone was considered to be “in danger” and thereby “triggered” regulatory authority to stop the mining operation, even though it was on private property.

Crown Butte Mines, Inc. wants to develop its New World gold mine deposit located near Yellowstone National Park. The proposed mine is located almost entirely on private property about 3 miles east of the northeast corner of Yellowstone National Park and next to the Absaroka-Beartooth Wilderness area. The New World Mine Project would mine an estimated 1,800 tons of gold/silver/copper ore per day (500,000 tons annually), valued at an estimated $800 million over a 10-15 year period. The project would include an underground mine, an ore processing mill, a tailings pond, a waste rock storage site, access roads, a work camp and transmission lines.

In concert with this anti-mining, anti-people tool in Colorado is a program, “Just Transition”, that Colorado (along with other states and countries around the world are using). It is supposedly the great answer to the loss of jobs – you know the mining, grazing, and all the support industries that are not needed in a protected/prohibited area. Just Transition is an evanescent government program in the shift to Sustainable Development, telling Coloradoans there will be jobs to replace those they are killing.

It is but another tool in reinventing government. In 2019, Just Transition legislation passed in 2019. Let me give you the words of Just Transition from the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (OECD), a branch of the United Nations (UN):

Just Transition is: essential if the global economy is to make the shift to a low-carbon and resilient economy at the scale and pace required to avoid catastrophic climate damage in a fair way. Governments, international institutions, businesses, trade unions, civil society, communities, and increasingly, investors are placing growing emphasis on the workplace and wider social dimensions of the transmission.” (also see The Activist Handbook, pp. 85-87)

Under H.B. 23-1247, “Colorado is undergoing an energy transition; 10 (ii) Colorado’s energy economy has traditionally 11 supported good-paying jobs and local communities, and the 12 study of reliable and affordable energy technologies, 13 including gas generation with carbon capture and storage, 14 geothermal, clean hydrogen, advanced nuclear, wind, solar 15 coupled with storage, long duration storage, and transmission, 16 is necessary to help support the development of rural economies 17 and to create jobs.”

Just a few points on this:

Carbon capture and storage: Tom DeWeese recently wrote about carbon capture, commenting “… the push is on to enforce a plan to capture CO2 and bury it in the ground. Of course, the excuse is to protect the earth from Climate Change! In all of my years of fighting the lies and insane policies of the radical environmental movement, this is without doubt their DUMBEST plan ever – but it’s also one of the MOST DANGEROUS that we have ever faced.”

2. Wind and solar – have these people pushing wind and solar thought about the pristine landscape they will be destroying forever with either or both of these energy sources. I recommend you go to CFACT.org and research both. They do not constantly produce energy, they are ugly eyesores, and when they breakdown, they make Mt. Trashmore look like Eden.

1- “Hydrogen. Green hydrogen is risky because it costs at least five to seven times more to make than the methane reforming method, which makes nearly all hydrogen today. That is $5 to $7 versus $1 for a kilogram.”

This energy transition has been going on for some 30 years – since Agenda 21/Sustainable Development was foisted on the world’s governments. But even before that, the lang-grabbing was going on via the United Nations Educational, Scientific, Cultural Organization (UNESCO) which was established in 1945.

Right now, experts are – finally – realizing that Clean Energy isn’t clean and, more importantly, doesn’t/can’t provide enough energy to keep the wheels going around the world. EVs don’t run in cold weather, solar panels can be wiped out by hailstorms, and, and, and because all those Greens are in love with AI, Clean Energy cannot even begin to produce the megawatts necessary to support that.

Coloradoans need to do their homework and look deeper at the motives of those pushing for government control of any part of their lives. They need to put Coordination, a process that requires Federal agencies to resolve policy conflicts with State and local plans, policies and programs for the purpose of reaching consistency, and NEPA which requires federal agencies to determine if their proposed actions will have significant environmental effects. (I will explain these in another article.) This will give all Coloradoans a voice in what will and will not happen in their beautiful state.

Source:

[1]- The West End of Montrose County-a Colorado Tier One Coal Affected Community

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Take Heed To Who & To What You Are Listening

By Bradlee Dean

June 12, 2024

“They are of the world: therefore speak they of the world, and the world heareth them. We are of God: he that knoweth God heareth us; he that is not of God heareth not us. Hereby know we the spirit of truth, and the spirit of error.” -1 John 4:5-6

The other day while listening to my intro feed on the radio broadcast, I was hearing another show host talking about what the bad guys were doing to the country.  He was conveying to the American people the wicked deeds that are being committed against them by less than 1.7 percent of the population.  He called them the elites, which he said, “ruled the world.”

Remember, the only people that can rule you are those to whom you submit yourself.  Furthermore, nobody rules this world but the Living God (Isaiah 40:22; Jeremiah 32:27).

He was promoting their lawless deeds by highlighting their crimes, which is the fear of man that brings a snare (Proverbs 29:25).  He wasn’t teaching the Scriptures where they teach us to to “Keep His commandments and live” (Proverbs 7:2).  He wasn’t teaching from the Scriptures that we are “well able to overcome” (Numbers 13:30).  Yet, he was professing to be a Christian when he is clearly not (Matthew 23:3).

“For he whom God hath sent speaketh the words of God.” -John 3:34

This broadcaster was driving a “doom and gloom” narrative to teach the men and the women of this country to submit to the wicked rather than to lawfully stand up and deal with them the way that the patriarchs that are found within the Word of God and our forefathers (The Declaration of Independence) have taught us to do (Psalm 94:16).

His objective, while teaching his listeners to fear other men, would then be to drive the people to his site to buy his product, not to the Lord.

Friends, we are to buy the truth and sell it not (Proverbs 23:23).  This isn’t the truth, nor am I buying it, and neither should you.  We are to fear the Lord, not men, and this with strong confidence and much boldness (Proverbs 28:1).

Yet, how prevalent this is today among professed Christian conservative broadcasters and their listeners (Matthew 5:13)!

This is a clear judgment upon the people who have taken heed to these types of broadcasting hirelings (2 Timothy 4:3-4).

In contrast to these carnal men who teach such things, the Lord educates His children, which are those who have ears to hear.  Our faith overcomes this world in trusting the Living God (1 John 5:4). Greater is He that is in us than he that is in the world (1 John 4:4).

We are made more than conquers through Him that loved us (Romans 8:37), period!

“Hear me, O Judah, and ye inhabitants of Jerusalem: Believe in the LORD your God; so shall ye be established. Believe His prophets; so shall ye prosper.” -2 Chronicles 20:20

Of course, this is the result of their adherence to the Word of God, in every aspect, every jot and tittle, and taking diligent heed to His commandments (Deuteronomy 28:1-15; John 14:21).

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




The Culmination of Marxist Infiltration, Part 1

By Kelleigh Nelson

June 11, 2024

Intel Agency Transformation

If a dictator ever took charge in this country, the technological capacity that the intelligence community has given the government could enable it to impose total tyranny, and there would be no way to fight back.  —Frank Church 1975

You can’t come forward against the world’s most powerful intelligence agencies and be completely free from risk.  —Edward Snowden

Intelligence agencies keep things secret because they often violate the rule of law or of good behavior.  —Julian Assange

Here at last you witness the real Barack Obama. The sound you hear in the background is the cracking of Obama’s nimbus of benevolent moderation. This is not ‘change we can believe in.’ It is left-wing radicalism aimed at the foundations of the American system of government. ­­ —Diana West, American Betrayal: The Secret Assault on Our Nation’s Character

“We are five days away from fundamentally transforming the United States of America.”  —Barack Obama, October 30, 2008.

And, “We cannot continue to rely on our military in order to achieve the national security objectives that we’ve set.  We’ve got to have a civilian national security force that’s just as powerful, just as strong, just as well-funded.”

Obama had the worldview, training, organization and talent networks he needed to “fundamentally transform America.”

Two years into his presidency, the conversion of the FBI and CIA, as well as the rest of the intelligence community, had begun.

This is the story of the players and their eventual goals.

Institute for Social Research

The 18 organizations who comprise the US intelligence community have been weaponized against “domestic enemies,” i.e., patriotic American citizens.

Intel has long been infiltrated with cultural Marxism by followers of Gramsci and members from the Frankfurt School, also known as the “Institute for Social Research.”  The founding of the Institute marked the beginning of a current of “Marxism” divorced from the organized working class and Communist Parties, which over the decades merged with bourgeois ideology in academia.

Soon after Adolf Hitler’s rise to power in 1933, the Institute first moved from Frankfurt to Geneva, and then to New York City, in 1935, where it found hospitality at Columbia University. The school’s journal, the Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung (“Journal of Social Research”), was renamed “Studies in Philosophy and Social Science”.

Founded by Carl Grünberg in 1923 as an adjunct of the University of Frankfurt; the Institute was the first Marxist-oriented research Centre affiliated with a major German university.  Max Horkheimer took over as director in 1930 and recruited many talented theorists, including T.W. AdornoErich FrommHerbert Marcuse, and Walter Benjamin.

Frankfurt School members tried to develop a theory of society based on Marxism and Hegelian philosophy. Tied with some of Sigmund Freud’s theories, they utilized the insights of psychoanalysis, sociology, and existential philosophy, along with other disciplines.  Marxist concepts to analyze the social relations within capitalistic economic systems became known as “critical theory,” a school of thought and interdisciplinary movement that combines social and cultural analysis with Marxist-oriented political philosophy.  It looks at society in a way to challenge power structures.

Both former FBI Director James Comey and Director Christopher Wray are promoting “critical theory” in the entire FBI.

Critical law theory education began to be noticeable in the Clinton administration and attitudes began to change.  That’s when we saw the cultural byproducts of American education now taught in our universities.  It is the Herbert Marcuse Marxist and Freudian theories which became so influential in the leftist student movements of the 1960s, especially after the 1968 student rebellions in Paris and West Berlin and at New York City’s Columbia University.

From 1934–1942 Marcuse worked at the Institute’s branch at Columbia University. In 1942 he moved to Washington D.C. to work first with the Office of War Information and then with the Office of Strategic Services. Later Marcuse would teach at Brandeis University and then the University of California, San Diego.

Marcuse’s critical law theory is now being taught in almost every university.  It is Marcuse’s communist interpretation of using the law as a weapon.

Critical race theory (CRT) makes race the prism through which its proponents analyze all aspects of American life, categorizing individuals into groups of oppressors and victims.

The critical theorist argues that to eliminate prejudice, Christianity, capitalism and the traditional patriarchal family all had to be destroyed.

This approach “yielded influential critiques of large corporations and monopolies, the role of technology, the industrialization of culture, and the decline of the individual within capitalist society. Fascism and authoritarianism were also prominent subjects of study.”  Published in the institute’s journal, Zeitschrift für Sozialforschung (1932–41; “Journal for Social Research”).

The followers of Gramsci and Frankfurt have stretched public opinion and interpretations of law to make incremental gains that are now obvious.  They’ve credentialed extremists in mainstream institutions and they’re cultivating new radicals to penetrate, infiltrate and occupy even more institutions.

“With a hat-tip to Chairman Mao,” they’ve succeeded in their long march through all of America’s institutions.

Their end goal is at hand…the actual destruction of our representative republic, our constitution, and removal of a president not chosen by the Marxist infiltrators.

J. Michael Waller’s book, Big Intel, lays bare how the Marxist worldview has corrupted the entire American intelligence community.

This is the story.

Ayers, Obama and Radicalism

In 1995, a radical Illinois state senator saw promise in Barack Hussein Obama and introduced him to Bill Ayers and his wife, Bernadine Dohrn, the 1960 radicals.  Ayers’ network, The Weathermen, was a political faction elected in 1968 to lead the radical group Students for a Democratic Society (SDS).  They were responsible for domestic violence, bombings, shootings, and murders across the United States and were allied with cop-killers, mass shooters and other violent extremists.  They built radical union affiliated cells, and a block-by-block structure of “community organizing.”

SDS also gave us the Chicago Seven, a group of political activists who were arrested for their antiwar activities during the August 1968  Democratic National Convention in ChicagoIllinois.  Mayor Daley instituted a 10 p.m. curfew, and called out the National Guard to quell the violence throughout the city.  Daley’s television announcement told Chicago that he ordered the police to shoot to kill any arsonists, and shoot to injure any looters. Tanks rolled down the streets on the north side of Chicago.

The SDS members worked to force universities to hire radical allies as professors, who are today major influencers throughout academia.  Ayers ended up as a professor at the University of Chicago.  Herbert Marcuse, prominent member of the Marxist Frankfurt School of critical social analysis, had been Ayer’s professor and advisor.

Angela Davis, a Black Power militant, who bought the weapon used to kill a California state judge, was a student of Frankfurt School’s Herbert Marcuse. She then moved to Communist East Germany to receive a Ph.D. and later, in Moscow, to receive the Lenin Peace Prize from Brezhnev.

In the 70s, we left a church in Bloomington, Indiana because congregant funds were being sent to support communist, Angela Davis.

Valerie Jarrett

The Frankfurt “red-thread” was passed from Marcuse to Ayers and Dohrn and finally to Valerie Jarrett and onward to Michelle and Barack Obama.  FBI files obtained by Judicial Watch reveal that the dad, maternal grandpa and father-in-law of President Obama’s trusted senior advisor, Valerie Jarrett, were hardcore Communists under investigation by the U.S. government. Her father-in-law had a relationship with Frank Marshall Davis who decades later would mentor young Obama.

According to FBI files, Jarrett’s relatives were heavily involved with a group, Communist Party USA, whose mission was to “fundamentally transform” the American form of government and way of life.

Jarrett and her commie friends were instrumental in working with other Communist Party radicals to elect Chicago Mayor Harold Washington and Senator Carol Moseley Braun.  The Senator had a penchant for calling close associates, “comrade.”

Current and former aides said, “Obama has said he consults Jarrett on every major decision.”

In her book, The Red Threat, Diana West writes, “Obama himself recalls attending ‘socialist conferences’ in the 1980s at Cooper Union in New York City.  Later, Obama was the political protégé of a lifelong pro-Moscow and pro-communist operative named Alice Palmer, who launched Obama’s political career inside the home of SDS and Weather Underground terrorists Bill Ayers and Bernadine Dohrn, who spent the 1960s and 1970s ‘in treasonous cooperation with revolutionary Communist governments in China, North Vietnam, and Cuba.

“Obama’s key political aides on the road to the White House were Valerie Jarrett and David Axelrod, both descended from and mentored by Communist and/or Soviet operatives who were also closely associated with Frank Marshall Davis in Chicago, historically a hub of communist/Soviet activity in the USA.”

The real Kremlin puppet was never Donald Trump, rather Barack Hussein Obama II.

Eric Holder

President Reagan appointed Holder as a District of Columbia superior court associate judge.  Clinton made him U.S. attorney for the District of Columbia and then tapped him for deputy attorney general under Janet Reno.  Holder met Obama in 2004 and they immediately clicked.  He had been a student radical at Columbia and belonged to a militant group tied to the Students for a Democratic Society (SDS).  He became a fanatical devotee of the Black Panthers who embraced Marxism-Leninism and openly called for Maoist-style guerilla warfare in the United States.  Holder became part of the armed mob that took over a vacant Naval ROTC office for a five-day occupation.  They wanted the space because of “the general racist nature of American society,” and claimed Columbia was also racist.

With Obama, Holder returned to his radical roots.  He clashed with Republican legislators in the wake of Operation Fast and Furious, a Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives investigation of gun trafficking on the U.S.-Mexico border from late 2009 to early 2011. Border agent Brian Terry died as a result.

After Holder failed to respond to a congressional subpoena of documents relating to the operation, and in spite of an assertion of executive privilege by Obama, the Republican-led House voted in June 2012 to find Holder in contempt of Congress. The vote marked the first time that a sitting member of the cabinet had been cited for contempt.  Unlike Peter Navarro, and Steve Bannon, Holder wasn’t sent to prison.

In 2017 Holder became chairman of the National Democratic Redistricting Committee and took time off from Covington and Burling law firm to travel to various states to formulate a centralized strategy for gaining control of the redistricting process.

Holder’s law firm, Covington and Burling was fired by General Mike Flynn after he sought new counsel with Sidney Powell.

Centralizing Intel Agencies

Post 9/11, FBI Director Robert Mueller was kept on for two more years by Obama, after his ten-year term under President George W. Bush was up.

Excuses for the tragedy of 9/11 included the failure of intelligence communities to communicate with each other.  Mueller added a top-heavy bureaucracy to the FBI to ensure future cooperative knowledge by creating 63 new executive positions at headquarters and doubling the size of the Bureau. The Homeland Security Act of 2002 consolidated various domestic security entities all in the name of fighting terrorism.  Congresses and presidents had deliberately dispersed the intelligence duties across the government to avoid consolidation of power.  But in the name of fighting terrorism, Bush and Congress merged twenty-two of them into one concentration of power under the 2003 Department of Homeland Security.

Within six weeks of the 9/11 attack, the predatory American Security State was born with the passage of the USA Patriot Act; it was to expire in four years.  It authorized unprecedented surveillance of American citizens and individuals worldwide without traditional civil liberties safeguards.  It beefed up surveillance procedures and warrantless wiretapping under the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA) to enable the government to spy on American citizens.  FISA was just reauthorized by Speaker Mike Johnson, without protections against warrantless search and seizure. The Patriot Act finally expired in March, 2020 without being reauthorized, but federal law enforcement agencies retain most of the authorities granted by the act.

The Intelligence Reform and Terrorism Prevention Act created a new government agency, the Office of the Director of National Intelligence (ODNI) which mushroomed to a force of two-thousand and grew a brand-new headquarters in DC.

The US Intelligence community had been decentralized among thirteen autonomous agencies, both civilian and military, but after 9/11, it became an octopus with tentacles reaching into every facet of the federal government and out into the corporate world.

John Brennan, former director of the Central Intelligence Agency under Obama, and James Clapper, former Director of National Intelligence under Obama, both signed onto the Democrat concocted FISA applications authorizing domestic spying on the Republican Party presidential team.  Deputy FBI Director, Andrew McCabe, Deputy Secretary of State Anthony Blinken, National Security Adviser Susan Rice and Secretary of State, John Kerry also signed on.

The Marcusian five-year plan was completed in Obama’s second term.  The Intelligence Community Equal Employment Opportunity and Diversity Enterprise Strategy was unveiled in 2015.  It was the beginning of the new cultural “Marxist commissariat” which allowed James Clapper to impose Diversity, Equity and Inclusion throughout the entire intelligence community.

In Obama’s second term, he appointed his aide, John Brennan as CIA Director.  Brennan had served at the top of the CIA under Clinton and Bush 43, but like Clapper, he had a radical past.  When he first applied to the CIA, during the Carter administration, he didn’t think they’d accept him since he had voted for communist Gus Hall for president.  They somehow cleared him despite his background being closely aligned with Holder and especially Valerie Jarrett.  Brennan executed Obama’s diversity order by increased hiring and promoting consistent with Obama’s critical theory criteria.  Some analysts called Brennan’s politicization of the CIA “soft totalitarianism.” Link

The pieces were all in place for the “radical transformation of America.”

Planned Military Coup

Into the limelight came Donald John Trump, and the Obama apparatus went to work.

Georgetown University’s Professor Rosa Brooks heads up the Transition Integrity Project (TIP) founded in 2019.  The Project was created to play out different outcomes from the 2020 Presidential election and see how each outcome would be handled.  The result was obvious, peaceful outcomes with Biden, explosive riots and protests with Trump. If the transition from Trump to Biden wasn’t orderly, the military would intervene to remove Donald Trump.

Two weeks after Trump was elected in 2016, Brooks wrote that they had to find a way to remove him from power.  At the same time, she called for getting rid of civilian control of the military, but didn’t state who would take it over.

It doesn’t end there.

A military coup is planned.  Rosa Brooks claims that if Trump is elected in 2024, they must find a way to remove him.  This is being planned through Georgetown University Law Center, the premier law school in DC.  “It’s a feeder school to the Justice Department, to Supreme Court clerks and to the entire intelligence community.  Everything is planned there.”

In Part Two, we’ll let you in on what the Transition Integrity Project has planned.

Click here for Part 2

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: proverbs133@bellsouth.net




Rights After Conviction

By Paul Engel

June 11, 2024

  • Do you permanently loose your rights when convicted of a crime?
  • Can the federal government take away your rights protected by the Second Amendment for a crime punishable by a year in jail?
  • What are the potential violations of the Constitution this law presents?

According to federal law, if someone is convicted of a crime and punished with more than one year in jail, they lose their rights protected under the Second Amendment. A recent decision by the Ninth Circuit Court not only brought that federal law into question, but decided it was wrong. The court didn’t find that this federal law violated the Constitution, rather they found it violated Supreme Court’s Bruen decision. Is that all this federal law violates?

The question about the constitutionality of convicted felons losing their voting and gun rights for life comes up regularly here at the Constitution Study. In response, I point out that James Madison said:

In a word, as a man is said to have a right to his property, he may be equally said to have a property in his rights.

James Madison – For the National Gazette, 27 March 1792

If our rights are our property, then they are protected under the Fifth Amendment’s Due Process Clause. However, the Fifth Amendment doesn’t say you cannot be deprived of the property you have in your rights, only that it has to be done via due process. If a person is charged, given a speedy and public trial by a jury of their peers, and convicted with due process, then the protections under that Fifth Amendment have been served. The problem I have is the way this is implemented, especially at the federal level.

The Federal Law

Let’s start out by looking at the law in question in this case.

18 U.S.C. § 922(g)(1) makes it a crime for any person to possess a firearm if he has been convicted of an offense “punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year.”

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

As always, we need to look not only at the statute cited, but its context. For example, §922(g) states:

(g) It shall be unlawful for any person-

(1) who has been convicted in any court of, a crime punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year; …

to ship or transport in interstate or foreign commerce, or possess in or affecting commerce, any firearm or ammunition; or to receive any firearm or ammunition which has been shipped or transported in interstate or foreign commerce.

18 USC §922(g)

Let’s break this down. First, a person described in subsection (g), which includes a laundry list of prohibited possessors, is not allowed to ship or transport firearms or ammunition in interstate or foreign commerce. This comes under the Commerce Clause in Article 1, Section 8, Clause 3.

To regulate Commerce with foreign Nations, and among the several States, and with the Indian Tribes;

U.S. Constitution – Article 1, Section 8, Clause 3

Subsection (g) also prohibits those listed from:

possess in or affecting commerce, any firearm or ammunition;

18 USC §922(g)

This is a problem, since Congress is not authorized to regulate commerce in general, only interstate and foreign commerce.

or to receive any firearm or ammunition which has been shipped or transported in interstate or foreign commerce.

18 USC §922(g)

Neither is Congress authorized to regulate items which have been shipped through interstate or foreign commerce, only said commerce itself. This means that most of 18 USC §922(g) is unconstitutional, and therefore void. The Supreme Court recognized this in several cases, including ex parte Siebold:

An unconstitutional law is void, and is as no law. An offence created by it is not a crime. A conviction under it is not merely erroneous, but is illegal and void, and cannot be a legal cause of imprisonment.

Ex parte Siebold :: 100 U.S. 371 (1879)

Ninth Circuit Opinion

Unfortunately, this is not what the Ninth Circuit panel found.

Steven Duarte, who has five prior non-violent state criminal convictions—all punishable for more than a year— was charged and convicted under § 922(g)(1) after police saw him toss a handgun out of the window of a moving car.

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

It doesn’t sound like Steven Duarte is a very nice man. Five times he has been convicted of non-violent crimes punishable by more than one year in prison. Like anyone else though, Mr. Duarte’s rights should be protected, and we, as a people, should do all we can to insure that.

Duarte now challenges the constitutionality of his conviction. He argues that, under the Supreme Court’s recent decision in New York State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, … § 922(g)(1) violates the Second Amendment as applied to him, a non-violent offender who has served his time in prison and reentered society. We agree.

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

Notice that Mr. Duarte isn’t challenging his conviction because it violates the Second, Fifth, and possibly the Eighth Amendments to the Constitution, but because it violates the Supreme Court’s decision in New York State Rifle & Pistol Ass’n v. Bruen, which says it violates the Second Amendment. Not surprisingly, the federal government disagrees with Mr. Durante.

We reject the Government’s position that our pre-Bruen decision in United States v. Vongxay, 594 F.3d 1111 (9th Cir. 2010), forecloses Duarte’s Second Amendment challenge. Vongxay is clearly irreconcilable with Bruen and therefore no longer controls because Vongxay held that § 922(g)(1) comported with the Second Amendment without applying the mode of analysis that Bruen later established and now requires courts to perform.

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

Again, the court doesn’t find for Mr. Durante because of what the Constitution says, but because of what the Supreme Court said. This may explain the dissenting opinion:

Judge M. Smith dissented. He wrote that until an intervening higher authority that is clearly irreconcilable with Vongxay is handed down, a three-judge panel is bound by that decision.

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

In Judge Smith’s opinion, until the Supreme Court (the only intervening higher authority in the judicial branch), says that Bruen or some other decision specifically overturns Vongxay, the court has to follow it. Apparently, his oath to support the Constitution of the United States isn’t a high enough authority to intervene over their previous decision.

Law Abiding Citizens

Judge Smith did bring up a point I want to dig into deeper.

Instead, Bruen reiterates that the Second Amendment right belongs only to law-abiding citizens. Duarte’s Second Amendment challenge to 18 U.S.C. § 922(g)(1), as applied to nonviolent offenders, is therefore foreclosed.

United States v. Duarte – Ninth Circuit Court Opinion

If someone is convicted of a crime, does that mean they are forever labeled as not a law-abiding citizen? Does a single conviction, even of a non-violent crime, leave someone with something equivalent to the mark of Cain, forever labelled a criminal? What about those who “fulfill their debt to society”? Does completing their sentence fulfill their debt? Are they forever held liable for their transgression of the law?

I can see a rational behind prohibiting those with violent felony convictions, especially multiple such convictions, from possessing firearms, but we still have issues with §922(g). Because §922(g) does not ban “felons in possession”, as many refer to it, but people who have been convicted of crimes punishable by more than a year in prison. I believe there are several states that have misdemeanors which can carry punishments of a year or more in prison. I do not believe the opinion of the court states whether or not Mr. Duarte’s convictions were felonies or not, only that he was sentenced to more than a year in prison for each of them.

Other Problems with §922(g)

If we can agree that there are crimes and situations where the punishment should include the loss of certain rights, such as the right to the possession of firearms, what is the proper way to go about it?

First of all, except for Washington, D.C. and land purchased from the states, Congress does not have the authority to write general legislation for the nation. Congress does have the authority to regulate interstate and foreign commerce, but the attempt to boot-strap this legislation by claiming to regulate everything that passes through interstate or foreign commerce would be laughable if so many courts didn’t follow along. If Congress can claim the power to regulate everything that passes through commerce, then they can regulate just about everything in our lives. This reminds me of the warning James Madison gave about the General Welfare Clause.

In short, every thing, from the highest object of State legislation, down to the most minute object of police, would be thrown under the power of Congress; for every object I have mentioned would admit the application of money, and might be called, if Congress pleased, provisions for the general welfare.

James Madison – Bounty Payments for Cod Fisheries

If everything that passes through interstate or foreign commerce can be regulated by Congress, then everything you buy can be regulated through commerce. Even worse, since §922(g) doesn’t simply claim to regulate commerce, but the rights of people to possess a product that passed through interstate commerce at some point, it is pretty much everything we purchase in this day and age.

So Congress does not have the authority to pass general legislation outside of legitimate federal land, neither does it have the authority to regulate products. Only commerce. So it appears §922(g) is unconstitutional and therefore invalid.

There are more questions we should be asking. For example, when someone is sentenced, is that the limit of the punishment? Is it due process for Congress to impose a penalty via legislation beyond what is imposed by the judge? How can a law passed by Congress consider the circumstances in a specific case? When should someone be deprived of their rights as punishment for a crime? Should someone be shown be a danger to society before government deprives them of their rights? Is the punishment of permanent loss of rights cruel or unusual?

Brown v. United States

Interestingly, later the same month the Supreme Court decided another case involving the Armed Career Criminal Act, Brown v. United States.

These cases concern the application of the Armed Career Criminal Act to state drug convictions that occurred before recent technical amendments to the federal drug schedules.

Brown v. United States – Supreme Court Opinion

This case revolves around the question of whether the conviction in state court by the two defendants, Justin Rashaad Brown and Eugene Jackson, qualified as “serious drug offenses”.

In the case of a person who violates section 922(g) of this title and has three previous convictions by any court referred to in section 922(g)(1) of this title for a violent felony or a serious drug offense, or both, committed on occasions different from one another, such person shall be fined under this title and imprisoned not less than fifteen years, and, notwithstanding any other provision of law, the court shall not suspend the sentence of, or grant a probationary sentence to, such person with respect to the conviction under section 922(g).

18 U.S.C. §924(e)(1)

The Supreme Court found the following:

Held: A state drug conviction counts as an ACCA predicate if it involved a drug on the federal schedules at the time of that conviction.

Brown v. United States – Supreme Court Opinion

Conclusion

Once again we see the courts coming to the correct decision for the wrong reasons. The Circuit Court didn’t find that §922(g) violated the Constitution so much as it violated the Supreme Court’s opinion in Bruen. It didn’t even touch on the Fifth or Eighth Amendment issues. Don’t get me wrong, I believe the court is correct in finding §922(g) unconstitutional, but I have to wonder what the unintended consequences are the rationale are going to be. I would not be surprised if this gets appealed to the Supreme Court, and who knows how they might decide the case.

Speaking of the Supreme Court, since their decision was not based on the constitutionality of §922(g), but whether the crimes committed by the two defendants rose to the level of serious drug offense under §924(e)(1), I don’t think there’s enough information to speculate how the court might find. If the United States appeals the Ninth Circuit’s decision, I believe the court’s decision will be influenced by the argument for Mr. Duarte. If his attorney continues with the Bruen based defense, that might appeal to the judicial supremacy that the justices frequently exhibit. I wonder what would happen of the Fifth and Eighth Amendment issues were added to the argument. Since we do not have a crystal ball, we will all have to wait and see if the case is appealed and accepted.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




The Epiphany of Zebediah Clump

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

June 11, 2024

Are you stressed with a “glass half-empty” mindset? Do you seek solace in a troubled world? Do you need to take a moment to laugh away your stress? Then watch this short film about Zebediah Clump.

A comedy/drama about the Venus Transit on June 5, 2012, and the supposed End of the World.

“Zebediah Clump was doomed. In the darkened mind of Z. Clump, the tiny and seemingly insignificant movement of the planet Venus across the face of the sun was an event that reduced his body to a quivering jelly of unkempt terror. He spent the night of June 5th, 2012 curled on his bed in the fetal position.”

“The Epiphany of Zebediah Clump” won best “Short Narrative” film, on Sunday, October 7, 2012, at the closing ceremonies of the 3rd Annual Portland Maine Film Festival. The film was written, directed and edited by Peter Falkenberg Brown, a Portland native. The short was Brown’s first film and his directorial and acting debut, starring as Zebediah Clump. Brown was presented with a whimsical “Golden Starfish Award.”

“I enjoyed the film very much, and found myself cheering on Z as he experienced his epiphany!” said Dr. Maureen Ebben, Lecturer in Communication in the Communication and Media Studies Department at the University of Southern Maine. “It is an artfully crafted, charming and inspiring gem.”

Here it is!

© 2024 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com




Ninth Circuit Court of Appeals Re COVID-19 Experimental Injections

By: Devvy

June 10, 2024

Liars often set their own traps.” – Aesop

Great excitement hit the Internet on June 8, 2024:

9th Circuit Court of Appeals Acknowledges Plaintiffs’ Claim that COVID-19 mRNA Jab is NOT a Vaccine, But a Therapeutic

“In a contentious case involving the Health Freedom Defense Fund and other plaintiffs versus the Los Angeles Unified School District (LAUSD), the court acknowledged the plaintiffs’ claim that the COVID-19 mRNA vaccines do not meet the traditional definition of vaccines because they do not prevent the spread of the virus but only mitigate symptoms.”

“As author, Jim Hoft points out in the article, “So, look at what the CDC did. Here’s the definition the CDC used on 26 August 2021:

  • Vaccine– “a product that stimulates a person’s immune system to produce immunity to a specific disease.”
  • Vaccination– “the act of introducing a vaccine into the body to produce immunity to a specific disease.”

“Rather than admit the COVID-19 vaccine is not working as advertised, the CDC took a page out of Orwell’s 1984 and opted for new spin language.”

Likely few Americans knew anything about the Center for Disease Creation (CDC) playing semantics because like the FDA, they lie every time they open their mouths.  However, there was a clarification to the article above:

Disclaimer: “This article has been updated to clarify that the 9th Circuit Court of Appeals did not definitively state that the mRNA COVID-19 vaccines do not qualify as traditional vaccines. Instead, the court allowed the plaintiffs’ allegations—that the mRNA COVID-19 vaccines are not traditional vaccines because they do not effectively prevent the spread of the virus—to be considered plausible at this stage of the litigation.”

Okay, so back to the lower court it goes; Argued and Submitted September 14, 2023, Seattle, Washington.  Filed June 7, 2024. There is an important concurring opinion on page 5 of the appeals court’s decision:

“Concurring, Judge Collins wrote separately to address a crucial point that the district court overlooked. Pursuant to more recent Supreme Court authority, compulsory treatment for the health benefit of the person treated—as opposed to compulsory treatment for the health benefit of others—implicates the fundamental right to refuse medical treatment. Plaintiffs’ allegations here are sufficient to invoke that fundamental right. Defendants note that the vaccination mandate was imposed merely as a “condition of employment,” but that does not suffice to justify the district court’s application of rational-basis scrutiny.”

And page 19: “At this stage, we must accept Plaintiffs’ allegations that the vaccine does not prevent the spread of COVID-19 as true. Twombly, 550 U.S. at 556. And, because of this, Jacobson does not apply. LAUSD cannot get around this standard by stating that Plaintiffs’ allegations are wrong. Nor can LAUSD do so by providing facts that do not contradict Plaintiffs’ allegations. It is true that we “need not [] accept as true allegations that contradict matters properly subject to judicial notice.” “Sprewell v. Golden State Warriors, 266 F.3d 979, 988 (9th Cir. 2001).

“But even if the materials offered by LAUSD are subject to judicial notice, they do not support rejecting Plaintiffs’ allegations. LAUSD only provides a CDC publication that says “COVID-19 vaccines are safe and effective.” But “safe and effective” for what? LAUSD implies that it is for preventing transmission of COVID-19 but does not adduce judicially noticeable facts that prove this.

“We note the preliminary nature of our holding. We do not prejudge whether, on a more developed factual record, Plaintiffs’ allegations will prove true. But “[w]hether an action ‘can be dismissed on the pleadings depends on what the pleadings say.’” Marshall Naify Revocable Tr. v. United States, 672 F.3d 620, 625 (9th Cir. 2012) (quoting Weisbuch v. County of Los Angeles, 119 F.3d 778, 783 n.1 (9th Cir. 1997)). Because we thus must accept them as true, Plaintiffs have plausibly alleged that the COVID-19 vaccine does not effectively “prevent the spread” of COVID-19. Thus, Jacobson does not apply, and so we vacate the district court’s order of dismissal and remand.”

Texas.  May 01, 2023 | Press Release | Consumer Protection/Scams

Pax­ton Launch­es Inves­ti­ga­tion into Gain-of-Func­tion Research and Mis­rep­re­sen­ta­tions by Covid-19 Vac­cine Manufacturers

“Attorney General Paxton launched an investigation into the pharmaceutical companies Pfizer, Moderna, and Johnson & Johnson concerning whether they engaged in gain-of-function research and misled the public about doing so.

“Paxton is also investigating whether the companies misrepresented the efficacy of their Covid-19 vaccines and the likelihood of transmitting Covid-19 after taking the vaccines in violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act. The investigation will also look into the potential manipulation of vaccine trial data.

“This investigation concerns potentially fraudulent activity that falls outside the scope of legal immunity granted to manufacturers of the Covid-19 vaccine. It will also review the companies’ controversial practice of reporting the metric of “relative risk reduction” instead of “absolute risk reduction” when publicly discussing the efficacy of their vaccines.

“In recent years, certain pharmaceutical companies have had record-breaking financial success, driven in part by sales made from products related to the Covid-19 pandemic. This vested interest in the success of these Covid-19 products, combined with reports about the alarming side effects of vaccines, demands aggressive investigation.”

November 30, 2023 | Press Release

Attor­ney Gen­er­al Ken Pax­ton Sues Pfiz­er for Mis­rep­re­sent­ing COVID-19 Vac­cine Effi­ca­cy and Con­spir­ing to Cen­sor Pub­lic Discourse

“Texas Attorney General Ken Paxton has sued Pfizer, Inc., for unlawfully misrepresenting the effectiveness of the company’s COVID-19 vaccine and attempting to censor public discussion of the product.

“Pfizer engaged in false, deceptive, and misleading acts and practices by making unsupported claims regarding the company’s COVID-19 vaccine in violation of the Texas Deceptive Trade Practices Act.

“The pharmaceutical company’s widespread representation that its vaccine possessed 95% efficacy against infection was highly misleading. That metric represented a calculation of the so-called “relative risk reduction” for vaccinated individuals in Pfizer’s initial, two-month clinical trial results. FDA publications indicate “relative risk reduction” is a misleading statistic that “unduly influence[s]” consumer choice.

“Pfizer was also put on notice at that time that vaccine protection could not accurately be predicted beyond two months. Nevertheless, Pfizer fostered a misleading impression that vaccine protection was durable and withheld from the public information that undermined its claims about the duration of protection. And, despite the fact that its clinical trial failed to measure whether the vaccine protects against transmission, Pfizer embarked on a campaign to intimidate the public into getting the vaccine as a necessary measure to protect their loved ones.

“In fact, Pfizer’s product failed to live up to the company’s representations. COVID-19 cases increased after widespread vaccine administration, and some areas saw a greater percentage of deaths from COVID-19 among the vaccinated population than the unvaccinated. When the failure of its product became apparent, Pfizer then pivoted to silencing truth-tellers. The lawsuit notes: “How did Pfizer respond when it became apparent that its vaccine was failing and the viability of its cash cow was threatened? By intimidating those spreading the truth, and by conspiring to censor its critics. Pfizer labeled as ‘criminals’ those who spread facts about the vaccine. It accused them of spreading ‘misinformation.’ And it coerced social media platforms to silence prominent truth-tellers.”

“We are pursuing justice for the people of Texas, many of whom were coerced by tyrannical vaccine mandates to take a defective product sold by lies,” said Attorney General Paxton. “The facts are clear. Pfizer did not tell the truth about their COVID-19 vaccines. Whereas the Biden Administration weaponized the pandemic to force illegal public health decrees on the public and enrich pharmaceutical companies, I will use every tool I have to protect our citizens who were misled and harmed by Pfizer’s actions.”

“The lawsuit follows Attorney General Paxton’s investigation into Pfizer and other vaccine manufacturers announced earlier this year.  To read the petition, click here.”

Of course, we knew all this years ago, but finally grilling by Sen. Rand Paul exposed Dr. Death Anthony Fauci’s lies about gain-of-function research and many of his other lies.

Tragically, our slick over-rated professional politician governor, Greg Abbott – despite my letters and probably others – beginning in January 2021, practically begging Abbott:  Do NOT allow those non-vaccines to be distributed and given to unsuspecting Texans.   To this day Abbott has kept his political mouth shut on the issue instead of condemning this crime against humanity. Schools throughout this country still have those bioweapon injections on their vaccination list.

As to the status of Paxton’s office investigating Pfizer, Moderna and J & J, I’ll know more hopefully in the not-too-distant future.  I’ve already filed a State Record Information Act with Ag Commissioner Sid Miller’s office on a different matter and received a non-responsive reply in record time.  Uh, we don’t have anything you requested.  Really?  Well, I’m not done with them either because I know there was a risk-assessment investigation.

Let’s go back to the word therapeutic as used in the headline at the top of this column.  Therapeutic is defined as “of or relating to the treating or curing of disease; curative.  Those COVID injections passed off as vaccines didn’t promise to “cure” any disease.

FACTS: Experimental COVID Injections and SADS, Sept. 19, 2022 (Mine)

“Pfizer BioNTech filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, Dec. 31, 2019.  See document here, pg 14 – 15:

“To our knowledge, there is no current precedent for an mRNA-based immunotherapy such as the type we are developing being approved for sale by the FDA, European Commission or any other regulatory agency elsewhere in the world. Although we expect to submit BLAs for our mRNA-based product candidates in the United States, and in the European Union, mRNA therapies have been classified as gene therapy medicinal products, other jurisdictions may consider our mRNA-based product candidates to be new drugs, not biologics or gene therapy medicinal products, and require different marketing applications.

“Any product candidates we develop may not be effective, may be only moderately effective, or may prove to have undesirable or unintended side effects, toxicities or other characteristics that may preclude our obtaining marketing approval or prevent or limit commercial use.”

Pg 16: “Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA…Our product candidates may not work as intended, may cause undesirable side effects or may have other properties that could delay or prevent their regulatory approval, limit the commercial profile of an approved label, or result in significant negative consequences following marketing approval, if any.”

“Vaccines normally take 10-15 years before getting approval for mass distribution.  The first injections were rolled out in hospitals on Dec. 14, 2020.  That SEC filing was last day of 2019 before production began. Clinical trials are scheduled through 2023, so yes, humans on this planet are being used as test subjects.

How about Moderna and their SEC filing, June 30, 2020?  “Regulatory requirements governing gene and cell therapy products have evolved and may continue to change in the future, and the implications for mRNA-based therapies are unknown…Currently, mRNA is considered a gene therapy product by the FDA.”

Now, Pfizer and Moderna clearly state on their SEC filing the Federal Death Administration (FDA) considers mRNA gene therapy.  Gene therapy is NOT a vaccine: “The application of genetic engineering to the transplantation of genes into human cells in order to cure a disease caused by a genetic defect, as a missing enzyme.”

FDA:  “Human gene therapy seeks to modify or manipulate the expression of a gene or to alter the biological properties of living cells for therapeutic use 1.  Gene therapy is a technique that modifies a person’s genes to treat or cure disease.” Like cancer.  So why in the hell would they use it in a “virus” vaccine?

In case you missed it – and there’s a ton of documents on the front page of my web sitethis authentic document tells the truth about those mRNA experimental injections. DARPA stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (which does a lot of what’s called ‘black projects” which you and I are never told about even though we pay billions for their “research”.

Quoting from Maj. Joseph Murphy whom I have recommended to AG Paxton be put under oath in front of a grand jury:

“Decisions with regards to the vaccines do not appear to be informed by analysis of the documents.  The main points being that SARS-CoV-2 matches the SARS vaccine variants the NIH EcoHealth program was making in Wuhan; that the DOD rejected the program proposal because vaccine would be ineffective and because the spike proteins being inserted into the variants were deemed too dangerous (gain-of-function); and that the DoD now mandates vaccines that copy the spike protein previously deemed too dangerous.  To me, and to those who informed my analysis this situation meets no-go or abort criteria with regards to the vaccines until the toxicity of the spike protein can be information.”

DoD went ahead and became distributor of those deadly bio weapons. Our military were forced to either take the injections or leave the service and lose all their benefits.

Witness:  Dr. Flemming PhD is a physicist, MD, JD.  Dr. Flemming is not a tin-foil conspiracy nut job or “anti-vaxxer”.  That propaganda is now being soundly rejected as so many have suffered horrible side effects from those injections or become permanently disabled while the number of dead grows by the day.

Dr. Richard Flemming interview.  DAMNING.  Words right out of the mouths of Peter Daszak, Ralph Baric.  SARS-CoV-2 was being worked on in 2006.  These individuals must be indicted, tried, convicted and either sent to Supermax in Colorado where they’re locked down 23 hours a day or the death penalty.  This is intentional homicide; some say premeditated murder.  Also front and center:  Dr. Death Anthony Fauci.

Video:  Dr Richard Fleming US Testifies Under Oath Whether Covid-19 Vaccines Deliberate Bioweapons Attack on Humanity

Next witness for a grand jury: “Prof. Francis Boyle is a professor of international law at the University of Illinois College of Law. He received an AB (1971) in Political Science from the University of Chicago, then a JD degree magna cum laude from Harvard Law School, and AM and PhD degrees in Political Science from Harvard University. He practiced tax and international tax with Bingham, Dana & Gould.

“Professor Boyle serves as counsel to Bosnia and Herzegovina and to the Provisional Government of the Palestinian Authority. He also represents two associations of citizens within Bosnia and was involved in developing the indictment against Slobodan Milosević for genocide, crimes against humanity, and war crimes in Bosnia and Herzegovina….

“Professor Boyle served on the Board of Directors of Amnesty International, as a consultant to the American Friends Service Committee, and on the Advisory Board for the Council for Responsible Genetics. He drafted the U.S. domestic implementing legislation for the Biological Weapons Convention, known as the Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act of 1989, that was approved unanimously by both Houses of the U.S. Congress and signed into law by President George H.W. Bush.”  AM, PhD Harvard University, JD Harvard Law School, AB University of Chicago

Video:  Dr. Francis Boyle, Bioweapons Expert – FULL INTERVIEW, Feb. 7, 2020

Law Professor Dr. Francis Boyle, Who Drafted the 1989 Biological Weapons and Antiterrorism Act, Claims COVID-19 mRNA Injections are Weapons of Mass Destruction in New Affidavit, June 9, 2024

“Dr. Francis Boyle, a Harvard-trained professor and the architect of the 1989 Biological Weapons Anti-Terrorism Act, which was unanimously approved by both Houses of the U.S. Congress and signed into law by President George H.W. Bush, has issued an affidavit declaring COVID-19 mRNA vaccines as biological weapons and weapons of mass destruction, Dr. Joseph Sansone first reported.

“Dr. Boyle’s affidavit, which was submitted as part of an emergency petition for a writ of mandamus in Florida, argues that the distribution of COVID-19 vaccines violates several statutes, including the U.S. Code on Biological Weapons and Florida’s statutes on weapons and firearms.

“This petition, aimed squarely at Governor Ron DeSantis and Attorney General Ashley Moody, calls for an immediate halt to the distribution of these injections in Florida and demands the confiscation of existing vaccine supplies.

“According to Dr. Joseph Sansone, the original Emergency Petition for a Writ of Mandamus was filed on March 3rd, 2024, in the Florida Supreme Court. It was later transferred to the Circuit Court in Leon County on March 20th, 2024. After the Circuit Court dismissed the case on April 9th, 2024, it moved to the appellate court. The Appellate Brief was filed on Memorial Day, May 27th, 2024.”

National ARM’s Grand Jury Petition ‘Vaccine’ Crime Evidence Being Sent to Oregon and South Dakota Governors and Attorney Generals

National ARM’s Grand Jury Petition ‘Vaccine’ Crime Evidence Being Sent to Hawaii, Kentucky, and Massachusetts Governor and Attorneys General (And a lot more.)

Thanks to the bought and paid for whores in Congress, vaccine manufacturers were given full immunity and legal protection against injury lawsuits decades ago.  Pfizer, Moderna and all the others committed fraud by declaring those experimental injections were vaccines when in fact they knew (1) when they filed their SEC paper work they clearly stated the FDA considered their product gene therapy and (2) even though a perfectly credible researcher at DARPA warned about the danger of the spike protein (making the injection a bioweapon), those injections were shoved down the throats of millions of Americans who didn’t want those experimental shots.  Fraud does not protect immunity.

TENS OF MILLIONS of Texans took those injections and approximately 4 billion world-wide.  The number of deaths, destruction (developing auto-immune diseases for which there is no cure, sudden deaths and permanent disabilities) are almost beyond anything people can imagine but that’s for another column.

What’s been and is being done to the people of this country (and around the world) as a result of lies and deception are crimes against humanity.  Those individuals responsible and we know who they are, must be held accountable and that means prison time or the death penalty, not some corporate fine.

The whole COVID plandemic game plan is being exposed and it’s going to be up to you and I to demand grand juries (either by DA’s or state AG’s) to go after those responsible with indictments.  Congress can hold a thousand subcommittee hearings but any criminal referrals to DOJ will not happen with corrupt, arrogant, illegitimate U.S. AG Merrick Garland. But, I firmly believe there would be criminal prosecutions if Trump is elected and our State AG Ken Paxton replaces Garland. While I’d hate to see Paxton leave, he’s fearless, a bull dozer and he goes after both Republicans and Democrats.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, Taking Politics Out of Solutions, 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Web site: devvy.com

Related:

I ran this photo and story a couple of years ago. Fauci’s soul is DEAD and so are the monsters who do this to innocent dogs.  You and I paid for such savagery.  And we’re still paying as Fauci’s annual government pension is $350,000 per year. FACT.

EXCLUSIVE: Dr. Fauci Used Taxpayer Money to Have Dogs Tortured and Eaten Alive By Parasite Infected Flies in Tunisia (PHOTOS)

“According to their paper, the scientists starved the sand flies in order to make sure they were hungry enough to attack the dogs.  “The sand flies were then allowed to feed on the sedated dogs….” the report explains.”

Sand flies feeding on their brains.

“The nightmare for dogs did not stop there. The experimenters locked beagles alone in cages in the middle of the desert, isolated, for nine consecutive nights, to use as bait to attract more infectious sand flies. There is also a photo of this horror.  Fauci’s taxpayer funded animal experiments in Tunisia.”




We’re Doomed Buffalo Breath: That’s That Smell?

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 10, 2024

“Clean your plate and wash the dishes before you go to bed.” -Your mother

I camp in the wilds. It’s peaceful, aesthetic and spiritual. It is a communion with nature. Whether it’s the desert or mountains, I prefer the scent of the wilds.

But wilderness camping has precarious moments.

Sandi and I cranked our way toward Alaska, laboring up mountain grades in the Sawtooth Range of Idaho on Route 75. Late in the day, we came to a river intersecting the highway.

“Let’s follow that dirt path down along the river,” she said. “I bet we find a good camp spot.”

“Could be good for a bath and campfire,” I added. “Let’s do it.”

“I need to adjust my rear derailleur,” Sandi said. “Could you give me a hand with it.”

“If you’ll fix dinner.”

“You rat.”

“I’ll do dishes.”

“Deal.”

We followed the trail that looked as if it would reach the river, yet be out of sight of the road. Two minutes later, we found ourselves in the perfect campsite. Someone had built a rock fire spit in a clearing with a sandy beach on the river twenty feet away. Plenty of firewood lay around the area.

“I’ll grab some wood and start the fire,” I said. “I can check your derailleur before it gets dark.”

“Okay, I’m taking a bath.”

A person on a bicycle with a flag Description automatically generated (Sandi enjoying herself on a sunny day. Not bad for a 70 year old baby boomer!)

We enjoyed a warm night in June, and mosquitoes didn’t seem to be out in force. Sandi washed up while I started a fire. In a few minutes, flames licked the evening air, lighting up the surrounding trees. Darkness creeped across the land. I pitched the tent and set up the air mattresses and sleeping bags. I stripped the panniers off the bikes and set them inside. With my tool bag in hand, I bent down to check out Sandi’s derailleur. A stretched cable had thrown it off alignment with the freewheel. I tightened it and adjusted the derailleur.

“She’ll shift like greased lightning tomorrow,” I said to Sandi as she returned to camp.

“The water is lovely,” she said. “Hurry up and get a bath before it gets dark. This spot is beautiful.”

“Sure is,” I said as I grabbed my towel and bottle of biodegradable soap.

“I’m making spaghetti, so hurry up. It’ll be ready in fifteen minutes.”

By the time I returned from the river, the steaming pot of spaghetti wafted through the evening air. The flames danced light around the entire area. Sandi poured tomato sauce into a second pan. Minutes later, we gorged ourselves.

“That’s it for me,” I said, “My tummy’s busting at the seams.”

“We better wash the pans.”

“I’ll do it in the morning,” I said, getting up.

“What about raccoons?”

“Don’t worry about them.”

“Okay, if you say so.”

We doused the fire and crawled into the tent. One thing about touring through the mountains—my legs felt weary. I fell asleep in seconds.

Next morning, the sky brightened on the eastern horizon. It was one of those layered, surging, blazing red sunrises that got stopped by stratus clouds low to the horizon. Bursting through the heavens, it brought color to our world. It burned red on the rippling waters of the river, and contrasted with the lush verdant foliage of the trees.

“Frosty, wake up,” Sandi said, nudging me. “You smell anything?”

“Yeah, it smells like…….oh no, it’s…a skunk.” I said, squeezing my nose.

“Look outside the flaps,” Sandi said.

“What do you mean me…why me?”

“You’re closer.”

“You and your weird logic,” I groaned, looking out the flap. “You guessed it…we’ve got a big, fat, stinky skunk checking out our campsite. He’s waddling around the bikes…now he’s headed for the river…now he’s climbing up to the bikes again…whoops, now he’s sniffing the fire pit………now he’s into the saucepan.”

“I told you to wash that thing out.”

“You’re right. I screwed up…..oh good, we’re cool. There he goes back to the river…….ah good, he’s going into the……oh, oh, oh no, he’s headed over here. He’s less than twenty feet away and still coming. I’m gonna’ be sick. He’s coming right for our front door.”

“Quick, close the flap,” Sandi whispered.

“If that black and white stink bomb lifts his tail, we’re done. We can kiss off this trip for the next month. We won’t be able to ride or buy groceries or anything,” I said. “Nobody will be able to stand us for a month of Sundays. I think we’re doomed.”

“We picked a great spot all right,” Sandi added. “That skunk smells like something died inside of a garbage can. Stinking stink bomb anyway. How did we ever get into this one?”

“Dirty dishes,” I admitted. “But how we gonna’ get out of here?”

“See where he is now,” Sandi said.

“What is it with you?” I asked. “Do I look like I have F-O-0-L painted across my forehead?”

“Oh, take a peek.”

“I’m always the one who….” I grumbled, pulling back the flap. “Ohhooooooooo.”

I was nose to nose with the skunk. I froze. I couldn’t speak. I held my breath. Sandi remained motionless in back of me. The skunk’s beady eyes looked through the netting right into mine. If it had been Valentine’s Day, we could have kissed. All the while, her glossy black nose kept sniffing the netting, leaving drool marks across it. I was paralyzed with fright as I slowly lowered the flap.

“I saw my life pass before my eyes,” I whispered to Sandi.

“You look as if you saw a ghost.”

“I’m amazed she didn’t unload on me.”

“Maybe she got a whiff of your morning buffalo breath and knew she was bested.”

“You’re so kind to me, Sandi.”

“Look out now. See what’s happening.”

“Oh no, not me, nope, it’s your turn.”

“Okay, let me see,” Sandi said, lifting the tent flap. “I think it’s gone……..nope, it’s over there by the bikes again…oh, there it goes down along the river……….it’s headed along the bank, away from us.”

We waited another five minutes, but the waddling stink bomb vanished into the woods. Its essence lay in the air like a barnyard full of chickens. I looked over at Sandi.

“Let’s get our gear packed, and get out of here,” I said.

“Does that mean you’re not gonna’ wash dishes?” she said, smirking.

She was right. I had broken the rules of the wilderness, and we both nearly paid a heavy price for it. It’s important to clean dishes and remove all food in a wilderness camp setting. In bear country, food must be hung in a plastic bag 100 yards from camp. It’s even important to wash our faces and brush our teeth to remove food odor.

We flash-packed the bikes and tore out of there as if possessed with something akin to FEAR. But there’s something different about that kind of feeling. We didn’t fear for our lives, but we were afraid of being stunk to high heaven. Reaching the highway, we laughed in relief.

“What was it you said about me having ‘buffalo breath’?” I asked Sandi.

“Just kidding,” she said.

We headed north into the Sawtooth Range. It was a lovely day for bicycling through the fresh air of the mountains. Now, every time I smell a skunk, I remember that morning by the river.

Still can’t figure out how Sandi knows what a buffalo’s breath smells like….

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Yearning For the Good Old COVID Years

By Rob Pue

June 9, 2024

The New World Order Globalists are deadly serious about their plans for rebuilding Babylon, and they’re not stopping.  Their goal is a one-world government, with a single leader to rule the world.  Of course, there are many underlings doing his bidding, already at work in nations around the world, to destroy their own national sovereignty, and prepare the way for this tyrannical control of Planet Earth.

Here in America, we’ve seen the deliberate importation of millions of so-called “migrants” flooding our borders — our southern border has been most visible, but make no mistake, the northern border is just as open, as are our west and east coastlines.  We’re literally being invaded on all sides, and the majority of those coming to this country illegally are not seeking refuge; very few sincerely desire to become American citizens.  Most are here as enemy combatants, even as we see them enter our country waving the flags of the countries they are supposedly “escaping” from.

We all know about the millions of single, military-age men our government is importing, equipping with food, shelter, clothing, cash, cell phones, and anything else they might want or need for their upcoming mission.  We also know about the hundreds of thousands of “unaccompanied minors” coming into this country.  It was recently reported that our government has simply “lost” 87,000 children who came to this country through our southern border alone.  When questions and allegations are raised concerning child sex trafficking, the complicit mainstream media immediately labels it “fake news” and “conspiracy theories.”  But meanwhile, where are the children?

Non-governmental agencies, including many so-called “Christian” charities are also involved in this process.  They receive enormous funding from the government, based on how many individuals they can process illegally and settle into this country.  Meanwhile, politicians who are supposed to be our public servants are also getting filthy rich from this invasion of our homeland.  These include Republican senators, congressmen and governors…. you know, the ones that are supposed to be the “good guys.”

You should know and understand, this illegal invasion is not just happening here in the US.  It’s going on in every western nation in the world.  In Europe, the citizens of some nations are pushing back against this, much more vigorously than we are.  Because those who are invited to invade other nations don’t care about the people of the countries they’re invading.  Most are from third-world nations, where there is very little concern about the sanctity of human life.  Most come to plunder, steal and destroy… and they’re being funded by the very countries they’re invading.  This is by design.

You see, America is not alone in this.  These invasions are happening in all the western nations.  When “migrants” recently destroyed construction equipment at a building site in Ireland — a site that was being developed to house thousands of illegals in new luxurious homes — the local citizens began pushing back.  Now the construction company there has pulled out of the deal.  Irish citizens are making it clear they want the illegals gone.  But the government leaders there are still determined to continue importing so-called “refugees.”

In London, the situation has gotten so bad that there are now 90 “No-Go Zones” in that city alone.  These are areas where locals — including local police — don’t dare enter, because these areas are now ruled by foreign gangs, mostly Islamic, and to enter a

“No-Go Zone” means almost certain death.  Women and children are being raped and murdered even beyond the “No-Go Zones” in England.

The same is happening in France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the Netherlands, Norway, Sweden and Finland.  So far, few here in the US see any real signs of serious danger, but I’ve been warning of the impending disaster this unchecked invasion poses for years now, and while the exploitation of children, the raping and murder of women is hidden from our view by our mainstream media, there are far too many families here who’ve already lost loved ones, had their land, homes and businesses destroyed and have been victims of violent crime perpetrated by these invaders.  Now, “squatters” who break into homes in America have more rights to the property than the homeowners themselves.  Still, most don’t see much of this, because we’re not supposed to see it — yet.

It’s much like all the lies and deceptions imposed upon us during the COVID scam-demic.  At first, most people didn’t catch on to what was really happening and by the time they did, it was too late.  Let us never forget what happened.  People were forced to stay home.  Businesses and churches were forced to close down.  People were forced to wear masks and stand six feet apart whenever they were allowed to go out in public.

Did it not seem strange to you that within one day of the start of the COVID lockdowns, online retailers — and big box stores — were all stocked up with a wide variety of custom face masks?  In less than a week, Walmart stores coast to coast were featuring racks filled with masks — and those racks came complete with mirrors, so you could try one on and see how you looked in it, then put it back and try another… and another.  How sanitary was that?!  Speaking of “sanitary,” anti-bacterial hand sanitizer sales soared, and there was anti-bacterial hand sanitizer everywhere you went.  But…I thought it was supposed to be a “virus.”  I was always told that bacterial infections were different from viruses and you couldn’t treat viruses with anti-bacterial meds.  But maybe I just think too much.

Let’s also remember what they did to kids.  Public playgrounds were not only shut down, but playground equipment was wrapped in plastic snow fencing, to make sure kids didn’t play.  People reported neighbors’ kids to police if they saw them playing outdoors in their own back yards.  When restaurants finally opened again, many months later, you had to wear a mask to enter, but could take it off once you were seated at a table.  Tables and booths in restaurants were separated by clear plastic sheeting.  The plexiglass industry also made some huge profits.  In most places, those plexiglass barricades are still in place.

People out walking alone on deserted beaches or swimming alone in the ocean or lakes were forcibly arrested and hauled off to jail.  People attending parking lot services at churches — sitting in their cars, the cars parked six feet apart — were also arrested.

And anyone who dared question the fake “science” were destroyed on social media.  Many medical professionals, doctors, nurses and scientists lost everything for speaking the truth.  Medications that actually worked for COVID — which was a weaponized flu — were forbidden and banned.

And then there were the stores.  Stores considered “essential” required masking.  One home-improvement store in my area actually had armed guards at the door to prevent anyone from entering without a mask.  If you didn’t have a mask, they’d sell you one.  If you refused to comply, the police were called.

Recently, the CDC finally came out and admitted that the face masks and “social distancing” mandates were completely arbitrary.  They served no real purpose.  Something I knew all along, and told you about, and was ridiculed for saying so.  Still today, I see people wearing masks out in public.  Even while riding bikes or driving alone in their cars.

Remember when the jabs were introduced?  First people were incentivized to take them.  Free food, free beer, lotteries to win big bucks, and college scholarships were offered.  When people were still hesitant, the Regime decided “no more Mr. Nice Guy.”  Threats were made to businesses.  Employees must be fully jabbed or the companies would face stiff penalties and fines.  Health and religious exemptions were denied. People lost their jobs, but likely saved their lives by not taking these deadly experimental shots.

Almost immediately we saw a massive increase in what they called “excess death rates” worldwide.  Funeral directors and embalmers discovered horrific blood clots in the bodies of those injected.  Now we have a surge of what they’re calling “turbo cancers” among the jabbed. People who were previously healthy and vigorous suddenly develop rare cancers and are dead within weeks.

Need I mention the financial incentives hospitals received from COVID patients?  Or the official hospital protocols, involving deadly drugs like Remdesivir…the only treatment allowed by US hospitals.  Remdesivir, in case you didn’t know, was tested in Africa years ago and the tests were abruptly halted because it was killing too many people.  Side effects included a dramatic increase in respiratory distress, as well as a literal “melting” of internal organs.  Yet this was the only drug allowed for the treatment of COVID in US hospitals and few survived it.

The lies surrounding COVID were (and are) astounding.  Phizer wanted 75 years before they released the information on their jabs.  When courts demanded they release that information immediately, the truth of the matter came out: these shots are a bio-weapon, designed for rapid depopulation.  Still, social media companies, internet search engines, along with the mainstream press continue to silence as much truth as they can.  Truth-tellers are censored and de-platformed. This is still going on.

Since the COVID scam-demic eventually became a “tactic that dragged on too long,” and in the words of Saul Alinsky, thus “became a drag,” we have been re-directed to other lies to follow.  Monkeypox didn’t get much “traction,” so now they’ve moved on to Bird Flu.  Most certainly, they are, right now, cooking up something much more deadly.  “Disease X” is in the works, and although world health officials have stated they don’t know what it will be yet, they’re somehow already preparing the “vaccine” for it.

For several years now, the World Health Organization, a part of the UN, has been planning a Global Pandemic Treaty.  Talks have been ongoing, and drafts of this new plan have undergone multiple changes and adjustments.  For example, they’ve changed the name of this thing from a “Treaty” to an “Accord,” because in many countries, including the US, a treaty must be agreed upon by lawmakers.  But an “accord” can be signed by any president or high-ranking government official.

I’m told the final draft could be signed by member nations within just two weeks now.  WHO officials have tried their best to cover their intentions on this, specifically denying that this Accord will mean individual nations will cede their sovereignty to the WHO when the next “pandemic” is released.  The WHO’s general director, Tedros stated, “This is fake news, lies and conspiracy theories.”

Yet, we saw what happened when the CDC, the WHO, Tony Fauci and company and our various current and former government agencies simply ruled — with no lawful authority to do so — that the US must lock down, wear a mask, get tested, get a jab or lose your job.  Or even, lose your children.  Despite the deliberate dis-information from Tedros and others, the signing of such an agreement would, indeed, require ALL nations to follow WHO dictates and mandates.  And in the latest version of the WHO’s Pandemic Accord, it clearly states that any nation that signs on to this cannot simply change their mind.  They must follow the Accord’s dictates for two years before they can submit their desire to withdraw in writing, and then continue to follow the mandates for another year, before they’re released.

Interesting that this is coming now…just in time for the most significant presidential election of our lifetimes.  Just in time for them to release “Disease X” or whatever other depopulation protocol they’re brewing up. Just in time for the next American civil war. Just in time for the coming mayhem and attacks by those who’ve invaded all Western nations.  Just in time for World War 3.  This will mark the absolute end of so-called “American freedom” …and once this latest scheme is made world-wide law, people will yearn for the “good old COVID years.”

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




One Day Every Follower of Jesus Will Influence the Culture & Nations

By Pastor Glynn Adams

June 9, 2024

If you were to read the Bible from Genesis to Revelation, it would tell you the big picture of God’s intent for earth and its citizens.  His story begins in the Old Testament in Genesis with the creation of earth and mankind – male and female, giving Adam dominion to carry out God’s governmental system called the Kingdom of God, the Serpent and the fall of Adam, and continues with God raising up a people from which His Seed will come to redeem mankind because of the fall of Adam.

The New Testament is the story of God sending His only begotten Son, born of a virgin, to redeem mankind and to give back to mankind what the Serpent stole from mankind in the fall –the Kingdom, authority, and dominion.  To redeem as many as will receive Him and since the Holy Spirit is holy, Jesus shed His blood for the forgiveness of sin to clean man’s vessel so the Holy Spirit can live in him.

Now what is this Kingdom that the Scriptures are talking about?  There is the Kingdom in Heaven where God lives that Paul calls the Third Heaven and there are two Kingdoms in this world system on earth.  The Kingdom of God and the Kingdom of Satan.  While you are on this earth you will be part of one or the other; there are no other choices.   The Kingdom of God is the rule of God.  It is a governmental system in which God rules and influences mankind and nations to live the ways of God and the Kingdom ministry is to influence mankind and the nations to be ruled by God and to live by the ways of God.  The Kingdom is to resist evil and anyone and anything that exalts itself against the Word of God. Jesus stood against religion and so should we!!!  We stand against the ways of Satan and do not let him have his way in the nations.  That is your spiritual responsibility as a Kingdom citizen because that was the works of Jesus Christ and we are His workmanship to do His works also.

In the Kingdom; you are the church.  The building is not the church.  The church consists of God’s born again from above citizens of the Kingdom.  John 3:1-21 explains how you become a Kingdom citizen.  The Bible in Hebrews 10:23-27 says, “Let us hold fast the confession of our hope without wavering for He who promised is faithful.  And let us consider one another in order to stir up love and good works, not forsaking the assembling of ourselves together as is the manner of some but exhorting one another and so much the more as you see the Day approaching.  For if we sin willfully after we have received the knowledge of the truth, there no longer remains a sacrifice for sins but a certain fearful expectation of judgment and fiery indignation which will devour the adversaries.”

The church is the administrator of the Kingdom of God on this earth.  We assemble together wherever we can – not to listen to sermons, the religious traditions of men that make the Word of God of no effect, entertainment, and to play religious games in the name of God and then go to the comfort of our home to sit on our ass while the world goes to hell. No!!!  We assemble together for encouragement, for fellowship, to love one another, to encourage one another, to be equipped, to learn from one another, pray for one another, bear  burdens of one another,  encouragement and courage  to get prepared to go out into a hostile culture and on the dangerous streets of America among dangerous people as Kingdom citizens, as sheep among wolves where we as Kingdom citizens are to influence the multitudes, to lead them to become born from above to become citizens of the Kingdom of God, and to encourage them and equip them as disciples of Christ and citizens of the Kingdom of God to live by the ways of Jesus and  do His will on earth as it is done in heaven.  It’s not about going to a building but going to where the people are!!!

We are created in the image and likeness of God and while He was on this earth, He said we will do greater works than He did on this earth because we have the Holy Spirit and there will be more of us than one of Him.  We don’t do activity for activity-sake which is what marks false religion in America.  What can be more spiritual indeed than living a whole and abundant life before a holy God in obedience?  True spirituality in the Bible is obeying the commands of Scripture, loving God with all our heart, body, and soul and the second is like the first, to love our neighbor as ourselves.  Life is too short and hell is too real to go to a building to participate in the traditions of men and to hide behind some false religious experience.

For your information, there is no evidence that Jesus came to earth to start a new religion called Christianity – religion is the idea of man.  Jesus called the religious leaders a brood of vipers.  Jesus came to earth to take back from Satan and to give back to man the Kingdom, God’s authority and power that was lost in the fall of Adam.   Man also received back dominion that Adam lost to Satan.  Dominion means to “rule” or “manage.”  God’s desire is for His sons (the word sons, man or mankind is plural – it means both men and woman) to rule and influence all of mankind and the nations to the ways and will of God on earth as it is in heaven.

“And He (Jesus) said to them (the crowd of people), ‘I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also because for this purpose I have been sent.”  (Luke 4:43) Now you know the real purpose for Jesus coming to this earth – to preach the Kingdom of God.   How important do you think this Kingdom message is for everyone in America (including you) and in the nations today?  Jesus said this in Mathew 24:13-14, “But he who endures to the end shall be saved.  And this gospel (gospel means good news) of the Kingdom will be preached in all the world as a witness to all the nations and then the end will come.”  “But seek first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness and all these things will be added to you.” (Mathew 6:33)

My friends, forget what you have been taught by some pastor and his religion.  You miss the Kingdom; you miss Jesus!!! The only message Jesus preached was the Kingdom of God – “Repent for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 4:17) Jesus did not preach on healing, He healed.  He did not preach on deliverance from demons, He delivered people from demons and demonic sicknesses.   Jesus hung out with sinners and ate with sinners because He loved His neighbor as Himself.    Jesus went to where the people where and He ministered to them.  These are the things we are to do in the Kingdom because we are in His image and likeness and we have been created to do the works of Jesus.  “Jesus said in John 14:12, “Most assuredly, I say to you, he who believes in Me, the works that I do he will do also; and greater works than these he will do because I go to My Father.”

Throughout the entire Bible you will read about the Kingdom of God.  It’s in the Old Testament from Genesis to Malachi and in the New Testament Jesus talked about the Kingdom of God over one hundred times.  In the Book of Acts 1:3, Jesus spent forty days after the resurrection talking about what?  The Kingdom of God to His disciples.  Not about the cross, not about hell, not about His suffering – He talked about the Kingdom of God His disciples where about to undertake in this world.

So, by now it ought to make sense to conclude that if our world or its religions has no answers to the questions we ask and no solutions to the problems we have created, then it might be wise to look to another for help.  That is Jesus Christ and His Kingdom of God.   If you can come to understand that this Kingdom stems from a parallel universe called Heaven and that the Creator is a King who is always extending His territory to man and the nations and the King’s desire is for YOU to be part of His family business so you can run it for Him on earth to influence mankind and the nations.  What a promise!!!! You can find significance for your life and also fulfill the purpose as to why you were created!!!  “The heavens – even the heavens are the Lord’s but the earth He has given to the children of men.” (Psalms 115:16)

As a matter of fact, the purpose and goal of Jesus coming to this earth was to communicate His ideas and concepts from His mind to our mind.   That is why we renew our mind (Romans 12:2) with the washing of the water of the Word to remove our ideas from our mind so we can receive His ideas in our mind.  “Let this mind be in you which is in Christ Jesus.” (Philippines 2:5)

Every person born into this world is born with the fallen nature of Satan.  To renew your mind is not that complicated.  Your mind records everything you have heard, seen, tasted, experienced and is forever recorded in your soul – which consists of your mind, will, and emotions.   God’s process for renewing your mind is as you read the Word of God and mediate on the Word and then act on what you have read, then the worldly ideas that are in your mind from your old nature is washed from your mind by the water of the Word and God’s ideas replace them.  The King’s Word is law; it contains His ideas and we are to embrace them and to obey them and we have no opinion or private interpretation of His Word!!!

So, let’s recap what God had in mind when He created man and placed him on this physical earth?   It was God’s idea to share His invisible Kingdom Government in Heaven with His offspring, which He called mankind and sons, and to give to them His nature and characteristics so they would extend His invisible Kingdom Government to the Physical realm called earth.  It is called the Kingdom of God.

In Genesis 1:26, “Then God said, ‘Let us make man in our image, in our likeness, and let them (let mankind) rule (have dominion) over the fish of the sea and the birds of the air, over the livestock, over all the earth and over all the creatures that move along the ground.”   Notice here that God did not intend for man to rule over man.  This statement is the first declaration of God’s intent for you and me, and encompasses the total purpose, assignment, potential, passion, and design of man as an entity.

The second declaration of God’s intent for you and me as sons of God was to extend His rule, His will, and nature from heaven to earth.  His desire was to manifest His glorious character, wisdom, righteous judgments, and purposes in the earth realm through the administrative leadership of His sons on earth.  Man was created with the gifts and divine nature when he is born from above into the Kingdom to execute God’s will on the earth.

The ultimate goal of God the Creator was to colonize earth with the ways of heaven and establish it as a visible territory of the invisible Kingdom of God.  His purpose was to have His will done and the heavenly kingdom to function on earth just as it is in heaven.  The Bible says that in the fullness of time Jesus came to earth.  The fullness brought Rome to power so He did not have to explain Kingdom in detail to the people because they were under the rule of Caesar’s Roman kingdom and knew exactly how it operated.

Caesar would extend his territory by sending a governor to a region to colonize that region to become a Roman Colony that would reflect the character and will of Caesar.  That is exactly what Jesus did when He came to earth.  He established His Kingdom, taught His disciples all about the Kingdom of God, character in the Kingdom, conduct in the Kingdom and ministry in the Kingdom.  Jesus later sent them out to make disciples and to colonize that region to be influenced by the character and will of God.  That mandate has not changed today while we continue to ignore it!!!

When you are born from above into the Kingdom, you become a citizen of the Kingdom and since you will be representing the Kingdom government, you are an Ambassadors of the Kingdom of God.  We represent heaven on earth – we are to bring the will of God, the character of God, the ways of God, the morality of God and to train and equip them to bring this Kingdom of God to earth as it is in heaven.  One only has to look at the foolishness we are doing in church today to see how far from the will of God we are in America.

The first thing Jesus did after the wilderness experience was to proclaim, “Repent the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 4:17)  Change your ways, the way you think, think Kingdom, it is here.  Then in Luke 4:43, Jesus said, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also because for this purpose I have been sent.”  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!  Yes, He did and that is our purpose and mission also in America.  To proclaim the Kingdom of God by bringing His will in heaven to earth.  Jesus is clear, “Seek first the Kingdom of God and His righteousness.  Pray like this, Thy Kingdom come, thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.

The Kingdom is all about influence.   Do you realize that influence is more potent than power.  Jesus said the Kingdom is like yeast.  Put a dab in and it will spread all over.  Unfortunately, because of religion, we have ignored our spiritual mandate and responsibilities and we have the fruit to prove it – Satan rules America, we are a captured nation, and we have become a dwelling place for demons, demonic occult gods and their manifestations are all over our nation!!

In Mathew 24:43, “Jesus said, “But know this, that if the master of the house had known what hour the thief would come, he would have watched and not allowed his house to be broken into.”  The context of this verse is the second coming of Christ.  Perhaps it has a relevance to our day and hour.  For many years now our house (nation) in America has been broken into and is being stolen by the thief –   Satan and his powers of darkness which include some of our:  Presidents, politicians in both House and Senate, Corporations, news media, our education systems, demonic occults, and those advocating the New World Order just to name a few.

We know exactly what the thief is doing and because too many of us are cowards, ignorant, and apathetic, we continue to see no evil while allowing the thief and his followers to capture our nation, steal our freedoms, and degrade our culture without little to no resistance when it is our responsibility and, in our power, to do so!!  This is in itself pure evil on the part of our pastors, churches, and citizens for allowing our enemies to steal our nation.  Because of our sinful ways and disobedient to God, the Kingdom of Satan – and not the Kingdom of God – has come to America and no one is coming to bail us out!!

Satan and his powers of darkness are indoctrinating our children to the ways of Satan, mutilating our children, and teaching sexuality to our young children.  These demonic occults are doing rituals to summon the ancient gods and their strongholds to further capture our children and our citizens in America.  How long will we tolerate and remain silent on these serious spiritual issues?

God can restore us but only if we repent from our heart and change our wicked religious ways otherwise, we will learn obedience through much pain, discomfort, and even death!!!  God bless, I remain His Ambassador, warrior, and watchman, Glynn Adams (Special thanks to the Late Myles Munroe, the late Dr. Francis Schaeffer, Pastor Reggie McNeal of Leadership Network, and John W. Whitehead)

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Truth Spoken Boldly Overcomes Censorship

by Rolaant McKenzie

June 9, 2024

In the 1993 American science fiction action film Demolition Man, it is 2032 in San Angeles, California, a megalopolis formed from the merger of Los Angeles, San Diego, and Santa Barbara. It appears to be a relatively crime-free, ideal society that was designed by its seemingly benevolent technocratic ruler, Dr. Raymond Cocteau.

Order was maintained through a cashless system that involved everyone having to receive an implanted microchip in their right hand that would monitor their health and all financial transactions. Ubiquitous listening boxes monitored the speech of everyone, wherever they were, and issued fines automatically deducted from a person’s digital account for anything said that was contrary to Dr. Cocteau’s rules.

Those who refused to be implanted and controlled by Dr. Cocteau’s speech and behavioral laws were compelled to live in the underground of the city, only resurfacing periodically on raids to acquire food. Desiring to eliminate this last resistance to his rule, he secretly thawed violent criminals from the California Cryo-Penitentiary, a prison in which convicts are cryogenically frozen for lengthy terms, and sent them underground to destroy them.

But Dr. Cocteau’s rule was ended when he was killed by the same criminals he unthawed to murder others, and the people underground and on the surface of San Angeles started the process of working together to combine the best aspects of societal order with personal liberty and embrace freedom of speech.

The obsessive efforts to control speech and other freedoms exhibited by Dr. Cocteau in Demolition Man are reminiscent of the current efforts of many governments that once respected freedom of speech and religious expression to censor speech under one guise or another, especially to supposedly protect certain special interest groups.

On April 1, 2024, in Scotland, the Hate Crime and Public Order Act of 2021 came into effect, which allows for criminal penalties to be imposed on anyone the government deems to have said something hateful based on police guidelines that are largely secret. Someone expressing views on the biological realities of men and women and marriage between a man and a woman, either verbally or on social media, could be punished under this law, even retroactively.

In Canada, on February 26, 2024, the Online Harms Bill C-63 was introduced to supposedly combat the abuse and sexualization of children on social media platforms. What it actually proposes is that the government determines if anyone has said something it decides is hateful and imposes severe criminal penalties, including against those whom the government thinks will likely say something hateful in the future.

Various places in the United States are introducing laws and policies to define “hate speech” as including not affirming another person’s preferred gender identity or pronouns, with punishments that include heavy fines and varying lengths of imprisonment. These efforts to control speech have encouraged corporations to compel their employees to deny their beliefs in the binary, objective, and immutability of sex or face disciplinary action up to termination. One example is a young woman, Taylor Trice, who lost her job in 2022 at a Starbucks coffeehouse in North Carolina because she would not violate her Christian faith by using preferred pronouns or participating in “Pride Month” activities.

Pro-Hamas and anti-Israel demonstrations taking place on many university campuses across the country during the 2024 graduation season have endangered the wellbeing and safety of their Jewish students. On the heels of this, the U.S. House of Representatives passed the Antisemitism Awareness Act of 2023 to prohibit “hate speech” specifically against Israel and Jewish people. In this unconstitutional act, antisemitism is defined so broadly that there are concerns that such a law could be used to criminalize Christians for their beliefs, particularly regarding the events leading to the crucifixion of Jesus Christ found in the Bible. It could also set a precedent that could later be turned on Jewish people who read passages in the Torah prohibiting sodomy.

Prosecutors in Finland, even after losing two unanimous lower court rulings, still pursue charges of “hate speech” before the Supreme Court of Finland against MP and former Interior Minister Päivi Räsänen and her friend Lutheran Bishop Juhana Pohjola. In 2019, Räsänen shared her Christian views of marriage and sexual morality on Twitter, in a radio debate, and in a 2004 booklet she authored called Male and Female He Created Them. Bishop Pohjola was charged because he published her booklet to his congregation in 2005.

Efforts to censor speech under the guise of not upsetting one special interest or another have Marxist ideas as the common thread driving them. According to Richard Wurmbrand, author of the book Marx & Satan (1986), Karl Marx came from a God-fearing family but rebelled against God and Christian values early in his adulthood. Wurmbrand, by examining his poetry and other literary works, built the case that Marx became a follower of Satan, which can be seen in the fruit of the political philosophy named after him: hatred of God and humanity, abolishment of freedom of expression, an obsession with destroying Christianity, and mass murder.

Because Satan seeks to blind people from believing the gospel of Jesus Christ so that they will remain lost and join him in his final destination in the lake of fire (2 Corinthians 4:1-4), it is reasonable to assume that he will inspire people like Marx to develop philosophies that seek to destroy freedom and prohibit the proclamation of the gospel.

Acts 5:17-32 describes how the authorities forbade preaching about Jesus, but Peter and the other apostles answered them by saying, “We must obey God rather than men.”

We must not be intimidated into self-censorship through fear of persecution. Jesus is always with us and has promised to never leave us (Matthew 28:18-20; Hebrews 13:5-6). The strength and joy He provides help us to overcome censorship, unabashedly share the gospel, and speak the truth on moral issues.

Bishop Pohjola, in a late April 2024 interview with LifeSite News, said that now is the time to exercise our freedom of speech; otherwise, we will lose it. We all need Jesus Christ and His healing grace in our lives. As Christians, we have the wonderful opportunity to share the good news about the forgiveness of sins and salvation in Him.

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Political Brass-Knuckles

By Dennis Linthicum

June 8, 2024

Your overwhelming support has led to my victory as the Republican Candidate for Oregon’s Secretary of the State (SOS) – Thank you! You deserve a thunderous round of applause!!

We all know this is just the beginning. Now we need to focus on winning in the 2024 General Election on November 5th.

We have a lot of work ahead of us because today’s ideological battles are part of a modern war. The battles we face are much more than meaningless skirmishes. The far-left has crafted their one-sided story under a false narrative of oppression and victimhood. The vast majority of Oregonians, left, right, and center know something is wrong with this picture.

The influential elites are so disconnected and out-of-touch that they still don’t get it. They lack our crucial belief in freedom as the key ingredient in our daily lives. They don’t understand liberty, and have grown the state into a metastasized cancer that has gained centralized control over every facet of life: wages, hours, benefits, temperature and taxes.

What the elites have done is thrown millions of taxpayer dollars into the eager hands of power brokers and big-moneyed donors without ever caring about real solutions. With the upcoming IP-17, Oregon’s new calling card might soon become, “Nothing’s Working – Let’s Tax More to Spend More!”

In a practical sense, the tragedy destroying Oregon originates from unreasonable legislative mandates. But the accountability failures belong directly on the back of Oregon’s executive officers. Everyone should remember that damaged societies take years to unravel and during that time, the executives will continue to make excuses, cherry-pick data to keep their ghastly myths alive and increase your taxes to fund the ‘public-private partnerships’ that fill the bank accounts of the well-connected.

Oregon’s economy is saddled with too many rules, regulations and taxes that typically don’t impact the elites in a negative way. Their private jets fly far above the turbulence. They don’t understand the burdens placed on hardworking Oregonian’s nor do they regard their rules, regulations and taxes as troublesome.

This is our time to throw off this miserable shell of one-party political and institutional machinery. With the recent decisions against President Trump, everyone should rightfully fear the growing system of malicious ambition and premeditated political villainy that is worming its way through the heart of our Nation.

Now, it’s up to us to put on our political brass-knuckles and join the fight for both Oregon, and America.

As your next Secretary of State, I will transform this executive office by steering it back to its original constitutional and statutory design. I will repurpose the office back to being an accurate barometer for transparency, accountability and fairness, where truth and common-sense rule the day.

Together we can and will turn Oregon back to the common-sense values of hard work, freedom for small businesses and entrepreneurship, utilizing our abundant natural resources both productively and sustainably, and ensuring excellence and ingenuity in our educational outcomes.

We all have heard the phrase “Money is the mother’s milk of politics.” My Democrat opponent will undoubtably be well-funded by the George Soros-type elites as well as Union backers.

I am confident, We the People, can meet the fund-raising challenge necessary to wage a winning campaign.

We are facing tough times with Bidenomics but I humbly ask for you to consider a donation of any amount that you can afford.

Please give generously today to get my Secretary of State campaign off to a strong start!

Your support and prayers are invaluable! Thank you!

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com




What Does It Mean to Be a Conservative? – Part 1

By Steven Yates

June 8, 2024

When ancient opinions and rules of life are taken away, the loss cannot possibly be estimated. From that moment, we have no compass to govern us, nor can we know distinctly to what port to steer.”   -Edmund Burke, Reflections on the Revolution in France (1790).

Doubtless readers expect something on the Trump lawfare verdict in the “hush money” kangaroo court. What Tucker Carlson wrote on X:

Import the Third World, become the Third World. That’s what we just saw. This won’t stop Trump. He’ll win the election if he’s not killed first. But it does mark the end of the fairest justice system in the world. Anyone who defends this verdict is a danger to you and your family.

Ah, Tucker’s optimism. I’m not sure the Democrats and those working behind them (e.g., in Big Tech) will allow Trump to win. Should I be wrong and Trump miraculously wins in the Electoral College, we’re liable to see Soros-funded “mostly peaceful protesters” taking to the streets again and burning down city blocks.

A close friend of mine sent me this:

“It is all in the instructions!” Phillip Kline, a law professor at Liberty University and former Kansas attorney general, wrote in a post on X commenting on the jury instructions. “Judge Merchan has thru delay and obfuscation hampered the preparation of a defense, constructed a manner for the jury to convict without agreement on what crime was committed, and paved the way thru allowing irrelevant evidence for mere animus toward Trump to convict! Welcome to the left’s living Constitution!”

Doubtless pundits real and fake will talk the verdict to death. Convicted felon is the term being bandied about by corporate media as the latest verbal sledgehammer. Suffice it to say: we had a leftist court, a leftist prosecution, a leftist judge; the jurors remain unidentified but they’re all New Yorkers. Draw your own conclusions. This represents the full hijacking of the legal system in a country that has been subject to periodic lurches leftward for decades. Why the country has continued to lurch leftward no matter which party controls Congress or the White House and no matter what conservatives say and do is an interesting problem! Whatever happens in November, never has the need for a new articulation of what conservatism was/is supposed to be more badly needed, and I can only hope this is read in that light.

“Conservatism” today is rife with divisions. The deepest, obviously, is between “movement” (Establishment) conservatives of the past who took their original cue from William F. Buckley — Reagan, the Bushes, the Cheneys, the Romneys, etc.; writers such as George Will and other token conservatives at The Washington Post — versus “MAGA” conservatives who reject that past, are represented by figures such as Michael Anton (who penned “The Flight 54 Election” as Publius Decius Mus) and who have pretty much taken over the Republican Party: a sign the “Establishment” wasn’t as established as its members thought. Their grip did not survive the collapse of all their narratives.

The Establishment is obviously still around and has nothing but disdain for the MAGAs. The MAGAs despise the Establishment.

Then there are neoconservatives — the Kristols, Norman Podhoretz; Project for a New American Century types whose Rebuilding America’s Defenses became a blueprint for the war machine of the 2000s; most of Bush the Younger’s appointees; or writers such as Max Boot whose affiliation with the Council on Foreign Relations should tell you all you need to know. There is abundant overlap between the Establishment and these guys, obviously.

The first group is on its way out as it only has one highly visible member under age 60 — Liz Cheney. The second is trying to return Trump to the White House. The third seems hellbent on getting us into World War III.

Now, the million-dollar question:

If they claim to be conservatives, could any of them tell us what they want to conserve?

Back in the day I asked an acquaintance in my age bracket whose views aligned most closely with the third (he’d supported the Iraq War against every criticism I made) who self-identified as a conservative what he was trying to conserve.

I received a blank stare of noncomprehension I never forgot.

So here we are—

  1. What Conservatism Isn’t.

My late father called himself a “conservative Republican.” For him, and for many people whose means of keeping the lights on and food on the table involved Monday thru Friday eight-to-fiving, conservatism seemed to mean, “what’s good for business is good for the country.” He never said as much, but the idea often emerged from his actions.

And making money. I forget whom I was criticizing, but my dad’s response was, “They make money.”

I retorted, “So do drug dealers and sex traffickers.”

He told me I had a bad attitude.

Al Capone was once quoted as saying, “I’m just a businessman giving the people what they want.”

Readers should consult Randall Fitzgerald’s The Hundred-Year Lie: How Food and Medicine Are Destroying Your Health (2005). It is full of insights on Big Pharma and Big Food, which also make money.

The majority of businesses supply a lot of good and necessary products, obviously. Some of the biggest have served up carcinogens, and drugs linked to violence and suicide as well as environmental damage (e.g., discarded pharmaceuticals contaminating the water table).

What’s good for business is good for the country didn’t ring true to me in any generalized sense of just giving the masses whatever it is they want, and for a long time I rejected conservatism. In college I had my “left-liberal phase.” If we’re reasonably intelligent and intellectually curious, don’t we all? Later, I discovered Libertarianism. But that’s for another day.

Conservatism isn’t merely “what’s good for business.” It’s not about money. What if global corporations have sold us out by undermining the well-being of ordinary working Americans while they laughed all the way to the bank?

I hope that’s not a “lefty” type question.

If so, conservatives need to sort out their relationship to a free-market absolutism that is more associated with Libertarianism. What markets do they want to support, and what must constrain the system so that it benefits instead of harms?

Nor, finally, is conservatism what advances the interests of defense contractors who serve the war machine, allegedly to “make the world safe for democracy.” That’s to confuse it with neoconservatism again. Conservatism isn’t a furtherance of Empire, as Patrick J. Buchanan explained in one book after another.

So, then, what is it that conservatives should want to conserve?

  1. Richard Rorty: Achieving Our Country? Or Restoring It?

Richard Rorty (1931–2007) may be the last American academic philosopher of historical importance (judging from the way academia is circling the drain). In the late 1990s when Harvard was still a mostly respectable place, he delivered a series of lectures there. The response was sufficiently favorable that he turned them into a slim volume published as Achieving Our Country: Leftist Thought in Twentieth Century America (1999).

Surprisingly, Rorty criticized academic leftists stingingly. He saw them as insular, obscure, micro-specialized, and ultimately pointless in their typically academic retreat from the lives of the ordinary, suffering human beings their ancestors had claimed to speak for. He thought that their overriding disdain for “American pride” was wrongheaded and unhelpful.

Emerging from Achieving Our Country along the way, though, was an image of Right versus Left relevant to what conservatives might want to think about conserving.

Rorty maintained that according to the Right, America’s greatest achievements were in its past, so that the country’s overall trajectory over the past century (maybe longer) has been downhill. While there are some exceptions to this: check.

The Left — or what Rorty saw as best and healthiest in the Left — sees America’s greatest achievements as in the future. We have not, that is, “achieved our country.”

The Right is thus driven to restore something lost. Constitutionally limited government, perchance?

The Left seeks “progress” toward that future. Hence leftists’ frequent use of progressive to describe themselves and what they want.

  1. Conservatism and the Transcendent.

Rorty was part right and part wrong.

Conservatism, if associated with ‘The Right,’ does look to the past to find our greatest accomplishments. It sees documents such as the Declaration of Independence and the Constitution. These did not come from thin air. Their predecessors included the English Bill of Rights and ultimately the Magna Carta of 1215.

But conservatism doesn’t just look at the past. Rorty oversimplifies.

A thoughtful conservative wants something Rorty’s philosophy of ‘neopragmatism’ (like the product of most academic intellectuals) rejects: that which is transcendent and eternal, whether exemplified in past, present, or future.

Or, as conservative philosopher Russell Kirk put it, a thoughtful conservative perceives an enduring moral order, an order made for us and for which we were made.

Going back to Aquinas, who lived not long after the insidious King John was forced at sword point to sign the Magna Carta: God left humanity two books: the direct revelation of Scripture, in which we find Moral Law, and the indirect revelation of His Creation, in which we find Natural Law.

According to conservatism, there is both a definite human nature and a definite natural order. Natural Law is where they intersect. Our actions, whether as individuals or as a society, either harmonize with Natural Law or they ultimately fail.

Truly great achievements are timeless because they glorify God the Creator who is timeless. God’s existence is of an entirely different order than our limited spatiotemporal existence. His existence is evident in the workings of nature — their complexity under close study (e.g., the amount of information biochemically encoded into a single strand of DNA) as well as their immense beauty (think of the peaks of a snow-covered mountainscape, a sunset viewed over an ocean under a clear sky, or perhaps a new mother cradling her just-born baby for the first time).

Rorty, it goes without saying, was an atheist and a materialist. He saw both instrumentally, and not as descriptions of anything “interesting.” His ‘neopragmatism’ saw little to be gained, or practical and social problems to be solved, by asking the questions such terms raise. He would have had us stop asking whether there’s a God, or ‘what the world is made of’ beyond science’s provisional answers.

Leftists — progressives, if one prefers — tie themselves to history, not eternity. Their modern founding father is German philosopher G.W.F. Hegel, who originated the ‘master-slave’ (or ‘lordship’ vs ‘bondservant’) dichotomy, in which the two experience the world in very different ways.

Karl Marx cut his teeth studying Hegel. He saw the dichotomy in terms of class (oppressing bourgeoisie versus oppressed proletariat). Twentieth century cultural Marxists such as Herbert Marcuse generalized it to incorporate race; radical feminists expanded it to include gender; homosexuals took it still further. With transgenderism, no longer is there any definitive Natural Law, not in a world where you can be any “gender” you like.

The Hegelian dichotomy thus haunts us to this day in the present divisions drawn between oppressors (typically straight, non-gender-confused, white Christian males) and the oppressed (everyone else).

Leftists and materialists make a good pair, as do leftists and postmodernists (the relationship between materialism and postmodernism is too complex and obscure to get into here).

Both reject the idea of a transcendent ground for moral valuation outside history and culture. Both see these as human creations, or to use the trendy phrase, “social constructions.” Reality itself is a “social construction.” It’s not that there’s no such thing as objective reality, but what we see of it is always viewed through the lens supplied by “oppressor” language and epistemology, or that of the “oppressed.”

Conservatives do not see or speak about structures of privilege and domination; they see departures from both Moral and Natural Law by sinful humanity, and societal failure to constrain these departures.

Leftists claim that the “oppressed” experience daily the effects of white supremacy, misogyny, homophobia, transphobia, etc.

Indeed, one of the propositions of critical race theory is of “everyday racism” that permeates American life all the way down to the privileged “Karens” because it is systemic.

According to “third wave” radical feminists, misogyny is structurally built into marriage and the family which ‘privilege’ ‘toxic masculinity.’

Speaking generally, leftists (academic or otherwise) now see their job as unmasking all these ‘structures of privilege,’ exposing them to the light of day, and taking all us straight white Christian males down as many notches as possible.

Is it not clear, even taken on its own terms, that this is a recipe for distrust, miscommunication, division, hostility, conflict, and rising social chaos — not progress? Is it not fundamentally nihilistic? Its advocates cannot even describe a society they claim would be free of the “systemic racism” they claim permeates America. It’s too all-pervasive!

Surely the America they describe is hardly worth conserving!

Continued in Pt 2: principles worth conserving!

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is available on Navigating the New Normal, on Substack. Please consider subscribing. It’s still free (for now).

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




RFK Jr.: The Silver-Tongued Spoiler

By Cherie Zaslawsky

June 8, 2024

Like so many others, I greatly admire Bobby Kennedy’s organization Children’s Health Defense, his stunning exposé “The Real Anthony Fauci,” and his work in the health freedom movement. As an attorney, he’s been a tireless crusader focused on environmental and health issues.

However, his latest crusade in the extraordinarily high-stakes 2024 presidential election could cost us our Republic.

First, let’s examine whether Kennedy has truly left the Democratic Party and what he stands for.

AN INDEPENDENT OR A DEMOCRAT?

The moment this iconic Democrat went rogue by joining the Independents for a third-party run, Kennedy outed himself as a NeverTrump spoiler.

He appears to admit this himself, but with impressive verbal dexterity bordering on Shakespearean aplomb, twists it into a badge of honor:

Our campaign is a spoiler…. It’s a spoiler for President Biden and for President Trump. It’s a spoiler for the war machine. It’s a spoiler for Wall Street and big ag and big tech and big telecom and big pharma and the corporate-owned media and all the corrupt politicians and corporations.

Under the sway of such passionate rhetoric, listeners might not recollect that this Knight errant supports the following Progressive positions:

They might have also forgotten that far from Trump being a “tired and unpopular head of the uniparty,”  he’s one of the most popular Presidents in modern history, an outsider who refashioned the Republican Party as MAGA America Firsters, or that it’s that very same “Uniparty” Kennedy decries that keeps attacking Trump.

The battle lines were clearly drawn in 2016: Marxist/globalist Democrats vs MAGA Republicans—and  Kennedy endorsed Hillary. Never-Trumper then, Never-Trumper now.

And lest we forget: the Democrats are not the solution—they are the problem!

AN INDEPENDENT OR A LIBERTARIAN?

More verbal legerdemain:

At the Libertarian Freedom Fest conference last summer, Kennedy portrayed himself as a free market Libertarian even though most of his life he’s been litigating to enforce government regulations against corporations—an anathema to Libertarians. Though of course running as a Libertarian would have solved his ballot access problem.

However, a majority of Libertarians saw through Kennedy’s pretense that he’s one of them, and recently handed him a humiliating defeat as the lowest scoring candidate, with a measly 2% of the votes in the first round of their nominee selection.

A commenter on an Epoch Times article about the convention, Barry AuH20, sums it up nicely:

“NEWS FLASH: Donald Trump IS the 3rd Party Candidate to break the stranglehold of the DNC and GOP. But, frankly, I’m still voting straight party GOP. The stakes are far too high to be playing idealistic games.”

Exactly!

PINNING THE TAIL ON THE DONKEY

As the Republican National Committee documented in a recent publication, Kennedy is a Progressive Democrat in Independent’s clothing strictly as a political strategy.

Want proof? How about his choice of running mate?

Nicole Shanahan, 38-year-old ex-wife of Google’s cofounder Sergey Brin, is Silicon Valley’s answer to Kamala Harris. Not only are neither of them remotely qualified for the job, but they’re both Constitutionally ineligible! Neither one is a natural born American citizen. Shanahan’s Chinese immigrant mother gave birth to Nicole two years after entering America—it takes five years for immigrants to be naturalized, or three if married to a US citizen.

Politically, Shanahan is a Democrat billionaire who’s poured millions into the “defund the police” movement among other far Left causes. She’s been described as “supporting sustainable development.” That’s code-speak for Agenda 21/ 2030.

In fact, the only plausible explanation for Kennedy’s ostensibly cynical pick is the lady’s checkbook. Who else would have paid for his cringeworthy Super Bowl ad?

But Shanahan is not the only Democrat in Bobby’s “Independent” campaign. His first campaign manager was far-left Democrat Dennis Kucinich. Socialist Charles Eisenstein, his “Senior Advisor,” supports Universal Basic Income. Treasurer John Sullivan participated in Obama’s campaign. And Press Secretary Stefanie Spear is a Leftist environmental activist and founder of “EcoWatch.” Birds of a feather….

It’s wishful thinking to believe Kennedy is offering anything but the latest Progressive version of “hope and change.”

THE PROBLEM WITH IDEALISTIC & IDEOLOGICAL CRUSADES: UNINTENDED CONSEQUENCES—OR WORSE

Kennedy’s history as an environmentalist lawyer proves two things: his credentials as a Progressive Democrat, and the fact his crusades have often backfired.

Case in point: Canadian investigative journalist Elizabeth Nickson blames Kennedy for spearheading protests that ultimately destroyed British Columbia’s flourishing timber industry, followed by its sad replacement with casinos and drug-and-sex trafficking cartels.

Trump, writing in Truth Social, blames RFK Jr. for convincing Governor Cuomo to cripple energy production in New York:

“Upstate New York was not allowed to drill or frack as Ohio, Pennsylvania, and others ripped off New York Energy. Because of this, prices have skyrocketed… especially [in] Upstate New York and New England.”

Regarding another of Bobby’s “successes,” Michael Lacey, founding editor of Village Voice Media, writes:

“I have junior’s receipts. He willingly sacrificed hundreds of jobs for Mexicans—in a notoriously impoverished desert—to wage a phony worldwide campaign on behalf of the charismatic gray whale.”

Let’s not forget that Agenda 21/2030 involves exploiting environmentalism to deindustrialize first world nations, and Kennedy seems to have followed this playbook, however well-intentioned he might be.

But the damage Kennedy’s election crusade could cause would far exceed that of any of his environmental exploits.

A CONTINGENT ELECTION?

Kennedy’s campaign consultant Rita Palma touted the possibility his campaign could score enough electoral votes to deprive both Trump and Biden’s replacement from reaching 270 electoral votes, throwing the “contingent election” to Congress. And in an article titled, “How RFK Could Smash the Two-Party System,” Pippa Malmgren argues his third party run could lead to a contingent election, with months of chaos likely to ensue.

If Congress, replete with Dems and RINOs, gets to choose the president, does anyone think it will be Trump?

Meanwhile, America faces an asymmetric war while our enemies—the Communist Chinese, jihadist Islamists and supranational globalist elites— are salivating at the prospect of America’s demise.

We need a Commander-in-Chief, not an idealistic crusader who plans to cut defense spending.

There are only two candidates in this election: Donald Trump and Barack Obama. Trump stands for America and our national sovereignty.

Obama, through his surrogate, will proceed with the Marxist takeover of the USA he’s advanced all along, designed to make America a vassal state in the globalist elites’ planned One World Government “utopia,” where we’ll “own nothing and be happy.”

Washington Times columnist Don Feder opines: “God knows Donald J. Trump isn’t perfect. But he’s all that stands between us and a totalitarian nightmare from which we may never wake up.”

Kennedy, through his inspiring orations, acts as a pied piper drawing many well-meaning health freedom advocates to support his presidential aspirations. But if he succeeds in stopping Trump from reaching 270 electoral votes, the collapse of America will follow as surely as night follows day.

A word of advice: Be careful what you wish for.

© 2024 Cherie Zaslawsky – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cherie Zaslawsky: cherzz@sbcglobal.net




Oil is Power, CO2 is Food. Globalists Want Control of Both

By Karen Schoen

June 8, 2024

How often do I say everything is connected. Nothing is more evident than that. Just look at what we see going on in the world.  Can you make the connection? Climate change is not about the climate it is about control. Oil is power. Cheap oil gives people power. Global elite will never give people power. That would cut into their wealth and create competition which is not acceptable. Who controls the food (CO2) controls the people. Who controls the energy(Oil) controls the country.

The big threat to the planet is people: there are too many, doing too well economically and burning too much oil.” – Sir James Lovelock, BBC Interview (Contributor to UN Agenda21/2030)

Oil makes business possible. It powers the economy. Global elite don’t want people to have power because it cuts into theirs. No competition allowed. Wealth redistribution is what climate change is about.  Where do globalists get their “data” They program it. Data is only as good as the people who do the programming. By going back in time thousands of years and charting climate cycles you can see that climate changes. It gets hot. It gets cold. Regardless of man and industry climate changes. Today we find that, the ice caps are not melting unless your pictures are from the summer, polar bear population has increased and the sea are not rising. By using data in a shortened time frame you can skew the results. If they are so worried about the affects of CO2, why ae they nt planting trees instead of planting solar and wind farms?  Once you grasp the power of oil the world crises begin to make sense. Let’s take the Middle East.

It is a given that the radical Arabs, Hamas, Hezbollah, hate and want to obliterate the Jews. It is sad to see young Americans putting their energy into a fight they don’t understand for a group that in the end will subjugate them as well because they are infidels. Hamas treats women like slaves and have criminalized homosexuality with a punishment of death. Knowing the globalist always have a motive let’s look at the land mass called Gaza. I recently stumbled on the fact that Gaza sits on one of the largest natural gas reserves in the world.  June 2023 Israel said that the Gaza Marine gas development could go forward. Israel wanted to be recognized and left alone. Imagine the wealth that would bring to the people of Gaza.

Why did Hamas hit Israel at a time when they could have had a windfall profit from their natural gas?  Recently OBiden told the world a cease fire was approved by Israel.. This was not true. Why is America meddling in this war? Could the natural gs be the reason? Do you know what is going on in Europe or Canada? The noose is getting tighter coming to America soon. Have you seen the demonstrations largely created by farmers who know, no farmers, no food. The farmers are exposing the evil of the green agenda, net zero, and the war on energy and food. Remember thier goal: DEPOPULATION. Not because the planet can’t hold this amount of people but because more people to control and feed.  I am not interested in fighting with you when we have much bigger issues like both parties are destroying America. They use an issue with no solution, get us to fight each other so they can slip in new regulations destroying the middle class.

That is the globalists method. It works.  Soon we will have no rights. People are finally waking up and beginning to fight the real enemy the globalists not each other.  The late Rosa Koire warned Europe between 2010-2015 about “the blueprint, the comprehensive plan of action for the 21st century to inventory and control all land, all water, all plants, all minerals, all animals, all construction, all means of production, all energy, all law enforcement, all health care, all food, all education, all information, and all human beings in the world.” This plan is Agenda 21.  

The W.H.O. the Globalist UN World Health Organization is setting this policy and the RINOS and Democrats made this possible. The WHO decided they should control world health under any emergency they declare like climate change.  The treaty did not pass but amendments were added to the existing treaty with the same control sponsored by the OBiden administration with our tax dollars. . I do not want our legislators to give away our national sovereignty or money to a group of power hungry control freaks in the UN. Tell your legislators. Communicate with congress, join https://sovereigntycoalition.org/

Our bobblehead legislators just funded the WHO  again. Speaker Johnson is either afraid or was bought off just like the rest of the criminals in congress who are exiting congress. They probably think leaving early could flip to the House to the Democrats.  This way the new congress can refuse to allow Trump to take office. It is imperative that we elect MAGA republicans to office.   The Dems know they can win unless they cheat. They must silence to voice of we the people. We must make sure we vote. Can you volunteer to help get out the vote?

A new web site to support President Trump called trumpforce47.org will be up shortly .

I want to be in America, Everything Free in America

The funding stream from the U.S. Treasury to the UN International Office for Migration will be uninterrupted, so the invasion can continue. Be sure to thank the 101 House republicans who surrendered the United States to the UN.

101 House republicans surrendered to the United Nations. Almost $4 billion for “migration and refugee assistance” means THEY WANT THE INVASION TO CONTINUE Kim “filterless” Wexler MA JD

It is us, you and me against a powerful machine comprised of the government, NGOs, Chambers, political leaders, media and Hollywood. They all lie. That was the hardest thing I had to realize. A real slap in the face. Recognizing everything I grew up and learned was a lie designed to bloat the government and give them more power until we are slaves. You will own nothing and be happy or will you?

OBiden has allowed our enemies to infiltrate. They are here anxiously waiting for the command (probably on the phones we gave them) to strike. Between the Islamists, Chinese and Cartels are you prepared?  I believe as the election draws we will see another “Summer of Love”.  Don’t let them sucker you in. They are looking for another J6.

Nationalists will dream of their future, their life and set a plan to achieve that dream. Globalists will have a visions of life and demand you fit into their vision without deviation. If you disagree squash you.

All Globalists want is Money, Control and Power. They can only get Power if we give it to them. Don’t give them yours. Challenge them with the truth. Doing Nothing is Affirmation. The Regime will not go quietly, Prepare.  Can you share this with 5 five people and then share all information with those 5. So join me on the radio Americaoutloud.news. Saturday and Sunday 7AM and 5PM ET.

© 2024 Karen Schoen – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Karen Schoen: kbschoen@bellsouth.net

Website: http://www.karenschoen.com




Trump’s Life is in Grave Danger

By Cliff Kincaid

June 6, 2024

As a birthday present, my son gave me the book, Surprise, Kill, Vanish: The Secret History Of CIA Paramilitary Armies, Operators, And Assassins, about how the Intelligence Community eliminates enemies of the United States. I immediately thought of their current enemy – former President Trump. If they can kill people abroad, why not at home? And then I thought of Clinton Deputy White House counsel Vincent Foster. whose dead body was dumped in a public park after obtaining documents regarding NSA surveillance procedures and practices.  

The book was published in 2019.  Today, Trump is perceived as the main enemy of the Intelligence Community, and the element of that “community” that was armed and ready for violence in the raid on Trump’s home was the FBI.

After that raid took place and it was revealed that the use of force was authorized, Biden officials went into damage control, insisting they did not want to kill Trump. I don’t believe them.

Eric Trump has told the cable channel Newsmax that his father’s political enemies would like to see “real harm” done to his father because nothing else is working. Claims like this are quickly dismissed by the major media, and Special Counsel Jack Smith wants President Trump gagged in his federal documents case for saying that the Department of Justice wants to kill him.

Standing by his father, Eric Trump said “they would love to see real physical harm done to him. And it pains me to say that.”

I usually don’t quote Tucker Carlson, since he veers into tangents like UFOs and seems to have a visceral hatred of Ukraine, but his comments about threats to kill Trump do make sense. He said of the anti-Trump campaign, “If you begin with criticism, then you go to protest, then you go to impeachment, now you go to indictment and none of them work…What’s next? Graph it out. We are speeding towards assassination obviously…They have decided that’s there’s something about Trump that’s so threatening to them, they just can’t have it.”

What is that “something” that these sinister forces find so threatening?

One might think the Secret Service would protect the former president. But former Secret Service agent Dan Bongino added his voice to the chorus, airing a podcast titled “Speeding Towards Assassination?” He may know something we don’t.

Nobody knows the use of political assassinations better than one of Tucker’s interview subjects, former KGB colonel and now Russian President Vladimir Putin.  Annie Jacobsen’s book, Surprise, Kill, Vanish: The Secret History Of CIA Paramilitary Armies, Operators, And Assassins, has a section on the how the KGB carries out assassinations.

For Americans, the issue is whether domestic political assassinations have occurred in the past. There are many such cases, including the Lincoln assassination, but in the current political environment one stands out — the 1993 murder of Clinton White House lawyer Vincent Foster.

It is significant that Trump during the 2016 presidential campaign had alluded to the “fishy” nature of the “suicide in the park” finding about Foster’s death. The Washington Post, a mouthpiece for the CIA, was quick to publish a story in rebuttal, entitled, “No, Donald Trump, there’s nothing ‘fishy’ about Vince Foster’s suicide.”

We know he was shot but not where Foster was murdered and how his body was moved to Fort. Marcy Park. We also don’t know the complete list of federal intelligence agencies which had a role in the murder and/or cover-up. But the work of Attorney John H. Clarke, grand jury witness Patrick Knowlton, researcher Hugh Turley, and AIM founder Reed Irvine provided the evidence that Foster was murdered. Knowlton was harassed and pressured by federal agents to change his story to conform to the narrative that Foster drove himself to the park and killed himself.

Knowlton, who had been at Fort Marcy Park where Foster’s body was found, had testified that Foster’s car was not at the park.

Bringing this case up-to-date, to understand the significance of Foster’s death and the power of those engaged in a cover-up, we must learn a lesson from what has happened since then, after Trump beat Hillary in 2016 in a shocker and then his re-election campaign in 2020 was derailed.

The only rational explanation for the suppression of the Hunter Biden laptop story during the 2020 campaign is that U.S. intelligence agencies are in command and control of our political system and that Joe Biden and/or members of the Biden family are their agents or assets. That includes Hunter Biden, now on trial.

These are the same intelligence agencies featured in Jacobsen’s book about how they make their targets die or disappear.

As reluctant as we may be to face facts, the conclusion is the Intelligence Community controls our political and corporate and social media organizations and functions in a realm that is clearly above the law. Hence, the appropriate term “Deep State.” They will lie, as we saw in their statement dismissing the Hunter Biden laptop as Russian propaganda. The suppression of the story, now coming out years later in the Hunter Biden trial, was part of a plan to swing the 2020 election away from Trump and toward Biden. It worked.

A trial of Hunter Biden on gun charges doesn’t address the deeper issue of armed federal agencies engaging in military-style operations, such as the raid on Trump’s home, and when they are used (and by whom) to intimidate or even kill their domestic enemies.

What we know is that Trump is back, and he threatens their power. It was Senator Chuck Schumer, the Senate Democratic leader, who once questioned why Trump would fight the intelligence agencies, saying “they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you.” What followed was Russia-gate using Russian disinformation paid for by Hillary. Perhaps she was alarmed that Trump would seriously investigate the “fishy” Foster death.

The U.S. Secret Service intercepted a letter with the words, “If it doesn’t work, I will find a better recipe,” addressed to President Trump, and the person who sent the letter, Pascale Ferrier, was apprehended and charged and later pleaded guilty to threatening to kill Trump by using the poison Ricin. There was no way that Attorney General Merrick Garland could sweep this case under the rug. She was sentenced to almost 22 years in prison.

Ricin and Novichok are poisons known to be used by the remnants of the Soviet KGB.

Whether this was a bumbling fool who just got caught, or whether it was a trial run for what could happen to Trump, remains to be seen.

What we do know is that powerful entities are determined to keep him out of the Oval Office.

In the Foster case, we must assume the reason for Foster’s murder was something very big to require the ongoing cover-up by the Deep State. We know that Foster was called the man who knew too much and had knowledge of various Clinton scandals, including Travelgate, the Waco tragedy, and possibly some illegal activities involving national security. His secretary had testified he had access to mysterious binders associated with the NSA, the agency that conducts mass surveillance, ostensibly for the purpose of monitoring terrorists and foreign agents, but which can gather information to blackmail people to do their bidding.

Trump did not do their bidding. Therefore, he is a target.

Since the Foster death, of course, another high-profile figure, Jeffrey Epstein, met the same fate.

Forget about Stormy Daniels and Trump’s “felony conviction” on trivial bookkeeping matters. The sex scandals involving Epstein are far more troubling. But Attorney General Merrick Garland shows no inclination to get to the bottom of this “suicide.”

The Stormy Daniels sideshow pales in comparison to the failure by the media to explore the high-level contacts of Jeffrey Epstein, whose victims described how their sexual encounters with the rich and famous were taped for blackmail purposes.

Do the Russians and the Chinese have those tapes? If they did, that would explain a lot about America’s ruling class and those in the White House today.

We do know that the “prestigious” Council on Foreign Relations counted Jeffrey Epstein among its prominent members.

Billionaires like Bill Gates associated with Epstein after he was convicted of sex crimes. Clearly, Epstein seemed “respectable” to the movers and shakers in New York and Washington, D.C.

The best book on the topic, A Convenient Death, by Alana Goodman and Daniel Halper, makes it clear that homosexuality, blackmail, and extortion were behind his initial acquisition of wealth and power. Yes, that’s right – he was gay, too.

Eventually, like Foster, he became a man who knew too much.

Trump, having served four years in office, knows a lot as well. He is a real threat to those holding some very sensitive state secrets. He may have had some of them stored at Mar-a-Lago. And that explains why they raided his home and were prepared to kill him.

Just because he wasn’t home and his life was spared doesn’t mean they won’t try again. These are very dangerous times.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Make Way for Utopia

by Lee Duigon

June 6, 2024

New Jersey Democrats have finally shattered the glass ceiling that separates the living from the dead.

In their recent primary, they have elected a man who died in April.

“We have long agonized over how to secure voting rights for undocumented migrants,” said a man who prefers to remain anonymous: his neighbor’s children play tacky jokes on him. “But there is an even bigger underserved minority—the dead.”

Combine Artificial Intelligence (AI) with actual historical data, “And the next thing you know,” said our source, “for all practical purposes, we’re bringing people back—from the dead!

“It’ll be the greatest thing since those little boats in the old Tidy Bowl ads!” he continued. “Once we get that 18th Amendment , or whatever it is, out of the way, there will be nothing to stop us from electing, over and over again, the best and the brightest.

“Franklin Roosevelt won four terms as president. Think what he could have done with eight, or twelve! Think what he could do if we brought him back today.”

But wait, there’s more!

“Think of the awesome spectacle of Mount Rushmore: Washington, Jefferson, Lincoln, and that other Roosevelt,” our source went on. “Okay, they’re only big heads carved out of the rock—or are they? Are they really? Can’t they be much more than that?

“Where is it written that a massive AI system can’t be installed in each of those four heads? Why not take our country’s problems to its wisest leaders and let them guide us? Why should it always be up to us to solve problems? I don’t know about you, but that kind of thinking always makes my head hurt!”

America, he added, “must not fall into the trap of underestimating AI—and to think how, for years and years, you only saw ‘ai’ as the answer to a crossword puzzle clue! It was a two-toed sloth or something.”

Meanwhile, we have been trying to get the Washington Post to dig up the actual identity of the speaker, supposedly a major figure in the Biden White House (we don’t believe his only job is to feed the goldfish). Unfortunately, the WaPo is in a bit of a shambles just now. Sales are down 50 percent, the executive editor has been shown the door to the sidewalk, and various staffers are in a panic over rumors that the management plans to replace them with AI bots.

Well, why not? Surely a bunch of two-toed tree sloths couldn’t lose more money than they’ve lost already. Nay-sayers are blaming the loss of revenue on the paper’s predictably Woke stance on any public issue, which, they say, “turns off normal people.” The paper’s motto, “Democracy dies in darkness,” means more than just having the lights turned off for failure to pay the electric bill.

But think of the future. No more elections. No more scandals. Just a great big country safely humming along in the hands of AI robots, with no need for flesh-and-blood humans to do any thinking at all.

Utopia is knocking at our door.

I have discussed these and other issues throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit… or get a robot to do it for you. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




D-Day: June 6, 1944

By Attorney Rees Lloyd

June 6, 2024

June 6, 2024  is the  80th anniversary of  a day which should live in history and in the minds of all generations of Americans as a true milestone of liberty: D-Day, June 6, 1944.

On D-Day in World War II,  in the largest amphibious landing in history, some 156,00 soldiers, sailors, marines, air corps and coast guard members of primarily America, Great Britain, Canada, and also some forces of free France, Poland, and other nations, participated in the allied invasion at Normandy, France, to defeat the totalitarian tyranny of  the National Socialist German Workers Party (NAZI) of Adolf Hitler,  who had conquered all of Europe.

Those who fought at Normandy on D-Day to preserve freedom from defeat by Hitler’s national socialist fascists paid a terrible sacrifice. The beaches at Normandy, with NAZI artillery and machine guns established in cross-fire patterns, were, indeed, “killing fields,” prepared for slaughter. The sea and sands ran red with blood.

The beaches designated Omaha, Utah, and Gold were covered by the wounded and dying. Over 4,000 of them, including 2,500 Americans, were killed in action that single day alone.

In the month long Normandy invasion fighting which began on D-Day,  more than 29,000 Americans were killed in action, and more than 100,000 were wounded. Altogether, more than 400,000 Americans would sacrifice their lives in WWII.

But by their bravery and sacrifice,  they turned the tide of war in what the late famed historian Stephen Ambrose called “the climatic battle of WWII,” in his classic book, “D-Day: June 6, 1944.”

Hitler was convinced — and had convinced most of the western world — that his Fortress Europe could turn back and defeat any attempt to invade occupied Europe by sea. So confident were the NAZI socialists, that their top generals were elsewhere—including Erwin Rommel, the “Desert Fox,” Hitler’s best fighting general who had gained fame in the Africa campaign.  Rommel was on leave in Germany and caught by surprise when the invasion was launched from Great Britain for Normandy — and not for Calais, which the Nazi’s thought would be the point of invasion if one were made.

Hitler was confident his Fortress Europe would defeat any invasion, anywhere, because  Rommel, himself, had overseen the NAZI’s military arrangement of massive armaments all along the coast from Spain to Norway, creating Fortress Europe.

In contrast, on D-Day, June 6, 1944, there was great doubt among the allies that the invasion could succeed. General Dwight D. Eisenhower, the Supreme Allied Commander, and later President of the United States, actually paused to write a statement, in his own hand,  to be released publicly should the D-Day invasion be lost.

Gen. Eisenhower wrote that if the invasion failed, it was entirely his fault, and his alone. He made  no excuses. He emphasized that failure  was not the fault of his subordinate officers or the soldiers who fought it, and did not blame any of the allied nations’ governments, military officers or troops. He, alone, took responsibility for defeat.

After writing that note, Gen. Eisenhower issued a simple order: “OK, lets go!” American and allied soldiers went on D-Day, June 6, 1944. They fought. They were wounded and killed in the thousands, on that day, and in all the days of WWII.   But, they conquered. They saved the freedom of America, and the world, from the tyranny of Hitler’s national socialist fascists.

How many of us Americans will remember, and have a sense of thankfulness,  on this D-Day 2024,  that we are the heirs of freedom purchased for us by the blood of the thousands of killed and wounded in the D-Day invasion and all the days of  WWII which followed?

Who were those Americans of the WWII generation who fought the NAZI’s on D-Day and thereafter through Europe, while other Americans fought in the Pacific against the Japanese imperialists, more than 400,000 sacrificing their lives?

They were children of the Great Depression. As children, they knew “want,” not wealth. They went from the poverty of the Depression in their childhood, to the horrors of war in their young adulthood.  Many were in their teens. The average educational level of those who saved freedom in WWII was only the “Eighth Grade.” They, too, had their dreams of life. But they went to war to defend American freedom when our country called them to service.

Ultimately, more than 16-million Americans would serve in WWII. They fought. They were wounded—physically, mentally, emotionally. They were killed. They preserved our freedom by their sacrifice.

What were the beliefs, the values of those who served on D-Day and the duration of WWII? The late author Michael Novak, in his important book entitled, “On Two Wings—Humble Faith And Common Sense At the Founding Of America,” cites a study done in the late 1950’s on the values of Americans.

What the study found was that the Americans whose values were closest to the Founding Fathersvalues were the American families whose loved ones  had served in WWII.  Think deeply of the implications of that fact, especially in considering the dominant values of America now.

We Americans of this era owe a debt to those Americans who came before us and preserved our freedom. We pay that debt by what we do to preserve the freedom of those Americans who will come after us.

Therefore, a question we Americans must ask ourselves on D-Day 2024, is: If the values of the First Generation and of the WWII Generation no longer abide in America, will we Americans of this era —if necessary — be willing to preserve freedom with our lives as did the Americans on D-Day 1944 and all the days of WWII that followed?

May God bless and keep all those Americans who served on D-Day, June 6, 1944, and the entirety of  WWII, as “all gave some, and some gave all,” that we might be free.

May we, as Americans of this era,  still have the courage, and the values of love of God and Country of the WWII Generation, that led them to fight and die for our freedom.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




Time To Capitalize On the Left’s Blatant Attack On America

Kat Stansell

June 5, 2024

The Donald Trump “Guilty” verdict has turned into a gilded one. The lemons handed Trump have been sweetened by the massive show of both monetary and other support he has received in the single day since the verdict.

WinRed received over $52.8 million dollars in small donations in the 24 hours following the verdict, enough to crash the website. That comes to over $2.2 MILLION / hour.

One of Hillary’s donors announced his change of support and gave Trump $300,000. Another megadonor gave $800,000. I guaranteed that there will be many more. Sports stars and performers have spoken out for Trump.

Donations from us little people continue to flow in at an unprecedented pace, but we cannot sit back. We need to keep making lemonade!

This whole show trial in the armpit of America, was a move of desperation by a campaign who KNOWS it cannot win the office they seek, by any legal method. They had to hold the circus in NY because few other places are so far gone as to provide the required numbers of the lib-otomized for the jury pool, and crooked judges. The odor in the air in NYC is the stinking sweat of desperate people.

And you thought the smell was just the unsanitary conditions created by all those living in “sanctuary”!

The Globalists’ desperation may well cause their demise. Pray and help.

Entrepreneurs have vowed never to do business in NYC again.

Even Joe Manchin has officially quit the democrat Party! lol…I think he’s just tired of getting blisters on his privates, from riding the fence for so long.

Other politicians have finally seemed to shake off some of their DC torpor, and offer real action – finally. Yes, this should have happened years ago, but if they do what they promise, it can and will help.

Ten US Senators (Blackburn TN, Hawley MO, Johnson WI, Lee UT, Marshall KS, Rubio FL, Schmidt MO, Scott Fl, Tuberville AL, Vance OH) vowed to refuse to vote with the Left anymore. I pray to God that they mean it. I hope this is the first group of MANY who will no longer aid and abet our enemy.

There were other “strongly worded letters” from politicians, of course, which only serve to gag us at this point. The days of “strongly worded letters” must turn into strong and focused action, as it should have decades ago. Remind your Congress critter of that daily.

Each day will bring more responses. The farther away from the verdict they come out, the more “carefully worded” they are likely to be.

I promised I’d check on a few notables to see what they said.

DeSantis attacked the court system, and came out in support for Trump (first time in public since he shelved his campaign) but said it was because he didn’t like Nikki Hayley (?) Nimrata has issued no statement, and has been touring Gaza even since the verdict was announced. Lara Trump has made no statement that I could find. Only Eric was in the courtroom with his Dad when the verdict came down.

As of this writing, the RNC, Co-chaired by daughter-in-law Lara and Michael Whatley, has issued NO statement. Their candidate who has led since day one of this election cycle has just been attacked by a jury of the Lib-otomized and minions of the Marxists, AND THE RNC HAS NO STATEMENT. Yeah.

If you haven’t seen the creepiest response of all, it came, of course, from “Pres”. Joe when he heard President Trump’s comment which blamed being a political prisoner on old Joe. You have to see it on Twitter…

https://t.co/00ttZKSMBZ

As Wayne Root has written, the Left has turned Donald Trump into America’s Nelson Mandella. The sleeping giant has been awakened. Joe is too far gone to get it, if he was ever that smart.

IT IS NOW OUR JOB TO KEEP THAT GOING. The fake trial of Donald Trump and its pre-planned verdict, has awakened the world like no campaign speech ever could. Keep the volume up loud and clear!

There are approximately two billion dollars of foreign money from the Globalist cabal, invested to keep the miserable old man, Chief EHFP (EmptyHeadFull Pants), and his tribe of crooked cronies in office. It is our job to counter that.

Make this the summer of MAGA lemonade, the drink of true Americans. Keep that SWEET BLAST OF SUPPORT COMING ON STRONG! Here’s a couple of ideas…I know I will try at least one or two myself.

Host”lemonade” parties, hold yard sales, even fancy “gala” parties, to keep the donations coming. If ever there were a “cause celebre”, this is it. Our very freedom, and that of an innocent man who would save it for us, is at stake. Heck, even lemonade stands – where fascist laws still allow them – can earn money for our real POTUS, who has accrued over $500k in legal fees alone, as he stands between us and the enemy. Donate to Trump directly. DO NOT GIVE TRO TRUMP VIA THE RNC.

As the old saying goes, when the world gives you lemons, make lemonade. I’ve never seen a time when that old classic was more appropriate!

Following the purchased and unlawful “verdict” against our President yesterday, the world had responded with resounding force. There has been a literal avalanche of support for Donald Trump, in both dollars and action. Lemonade!

If we can keep that going, that will be the path to relighting that torch of the Lady in the harbor.

Do all you can, then you cannot do anymore, and you will sleep well knowing that you did.

As MLK once said, “If you can’t fly then run, If you can’t run then walk, If you can’t walk then crawl. But whatever you do, you have to keep moving forward.”

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




What Am I Doing Wrong? Absolutely Nothing, Scripturally

By Bradlee Dean

June 5, 2024

“But God forbid that I should glory, save in the cross of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom the world is crucified unto me, and I unto the world.” —Galatians 6:14

Most recently, I was speaking to one of my ministry friends and he had told me of someone that he knew in the ministry that he said was a great man, and had won awards and big prize money for his works. I thought out loud and said “Good for him”, and then I thought, “What am I doing wrong?”  “Of course,” I said this knowing that it was an opportunity for me to preach the Biblical Christ to him.

I know that I am nothing and that I am not great (2 Corinthians 12:10).  The One that I love and serve belongs all praise and honor (Revelation 19:16).  In reflection of his statement, I said, “My accolades have been me being scoffed at by other people (especially within the American church), being persecuted, being mocked, being lied about, being hated and even having death threats (Matthew 10:22).  Look at what Paul endured when bringing the Gospel of Jesus Christ to the world (2 Corinthians 11:23-33).

This seems to be the recurring theme in the American church today.  Men seeking the praise and approbation of man, and not THE LORD LEST THEY SHOULD OFFEND (Galatians 1:10).  I strongly believe that too many (More than not) in the pulpits today are enemies of the cross (Philippians 3:18).

In Luke 16:15, Scripture tells us:

“For that which is highly esteemed among men is abomination in the sight of God.”

And Luke 6:26, “Woe unto you, when all men shall speak well of you! for so did their fathers to the false prophets.”

How do men today preach in such a fashion whereby they are loved and honored by other men?  I mean to say that 11 out of the 12 apostles were martyred for their faith, including the Son of God and yet, men today are praised by others.  As if to suggest that there is a diplomatic way of telling people to repent without offense (Matthew 3:2).

Reformer Martin Luther said:

“Always preach in such a way that if the people listening do not come to hate their sin, they will instead hate you.”

How does one reconcile this with the praise of man?

George Whitefield said, “I was honored today with having a few stones, dirt, rotten eggs, and pieces of dead cat thrown at me.”

I believe that Leonard Ravenhill had it right when he stated, “If Jesus had preached the same message that ministers preach today, He would never have been crucified.”

In this quote below, Charles Spurgeon describes the kind of man God uses to accomplish great things:

“All great movements need the entire self-sacrifice of some one man who, careless of consequences, will throw himself upon the spears of the enemy…

He must be simple-minded, outspoken, bold and fearless of consequences… Ease, reputation, comfort, he must renounce, and be content so long as he lives to dwell without the world’s camp.

Standing at the point of the wedge he must be ambitious to bury as many spears as possible in his own bosom that others may win the victory.”

Conclusion: How can one (if that person is truly preaching the Gospel the way that Christ and the Apostles did) receive the praise and approbation of men?  As I said, Christ was crucified for telling the truth.  All but one of the Apostles were martyred.  The Gospel, in its pure form, is not a pill one can sugarcoat to make it go down easier.  It is the simple, honest and convicting truth that when preached, in accordance with the Word of God, will set men free.  If we think we can make it less offensive to be liked by others or otherwise praised by men, we are deceiving ourselves and have no love for the truth. By its very nature, the truth will be offensive, divide the sheep from the goats, light from darkness, right from wrong, and Heaven from Hell. If we will by our own might to make it otherwise, we are not faithful servants or witnesses of Jesus Christ.

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Thinking Globally, Acting Locally: How Sustainable Rule Took Over Your City

by Tom DeWeese

June 4, 2024

Solar and wind farms to eliminate gas and oil; 15 Minute Cities; eliminating single-family homes; eliminating gas-powered cars; stop eating beef; no more warm water showers; ban ice cubes and electric stoves; Sustainable! How did these radical ideas become official policies in our once great American cities, now on the verge of collapse? Here’s the story.

San Francisco is the birthplace of the United Nations. On June 5th, 2005, it was also the location for a major effort by the UN to circumvent national and state governments in order to reorganize human society. Coincidentally, the date was also World Environment Day. This time the UN was targeting mayors from all over the world to enlist them to be soldiers in the Sustainable war.

Like a scene from Michael Crichton’s landmark novel State of Fear, all the usual suspects, our self-appointed saviors, were there. There were UN bureaucrats seeking to increase their power and influence, NGOs with their private agendas, Hollywood celebrities acting like authorities on how Americans should rightly live, leaders of corporations seeking to help devise global regulations to kill their competition, and representatives from national and local news outlets that long ago had lost any pretense of delivering unbiased news.

They were all there. UN Secretary General Kofi Annan, along with the host committee, including San Francisco Mayor Willie Brown and Senator Diane Feinstein. Helping to host were the federal Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and Jonathan Lash of the World Resources Institute. Walking among the crowd were actors Robert Redford and Martin Sheen. As everyone fawned over them, singer Judy Collins could be heard inspiring the gathering with her emotional lyrics. Of course, to be expected were representatives from ICLEI. They had recently teamed with Robert Redford and the Mayor of Salt Lake City, Utah to form an environmental congress called the Sundance Summit. Also in attendance were the leaders of the Natural Resources Defense Council (NRDC), the legal arm of the radical Green movement that worked diligently to frighten Americans about everything in our society — from the food we eat, to the chemicals we use and the water we drink. Corporate sponsors included Federal Express, Toyota Prius, and Mitsubishi International Corporation Foundation, all dedicated to capitalizing on Sustainable Development practices. All of these forces were ready to do their dance and perform their magic tricks to influence your mayor to join their game.

As the cheerleading and drum circles faded, the gathering got down to the serious business. As part of their participation in the conference, the mayors were pressed to commit their communities to specific legislative and policy goals by signing a slate of United Nations accords. Two documents were presented for the mayors’ signatures.

The first document was called the “Green Cities Declaration,” a statement of principles which set the agenda for the mayors’ assigned tasks. It said, in part, “Believing as Mayors of cities around the globe, we have a unique opportunity to provide leadership to develop truly sustainable urban centers based on culturally and economically appropriate local actions.” The Declaration was amazingly bold in that it detailed exactly how the UN intended to implement a very specific agenda in every town and city in the nation. The document included lots of rhetoric about the need to curtail greenhouse gasses and preserve resources. But the final line of the Green Cities Declaration was the point of the whole affair: “Signatory cities shall work to implement the following Urban Environment Accords. Each year cities shall pick three actions to adopt as policies or laws.”

The raw meat of the agenda was outlined in detail in the second document, called the “Urban Environment Accords.” The Accords included exactly 21 specific actions (as in Agenda 21) for the mayors to take, controlled by a timetable for implementation.

Here’s a quick look at a few of the 21 agenda actions called for. Under the topic of energy, action item number one called for mayors to implement a policy to increase the use of “renewable” energy by 10% within seven years. Renewable energy includes solar and wind power.

Not stated in the UN documents is the fact that in order to meet the goal, a community would have to reserve thousands of acres of land to set up expensive solar panels and even more land for wind turbines. Consider that it takes a current 50 megawatt gas-fired generating plant about two to five acres of land to produce its power, yet to create that same amount of power through the use of solar panels would require at least 1,000 acres. Using windmills to generate 50 megawatts would require over 4,000 acres of land, while creating a deafening roar and chopping up birds. The cost of such “alternative” energy to the community would be vastly prohibitive, yet such unworkable ideas became the environmentally-correct order of the day that the mayors were being urged to follow.

Perhaps the most egregious action offered in the Urban Environmental Accords dealt with the topic of water. Action item number twenty called for adoption and implementation of a policy to reduce individual water consumption by 10% by 2020. Interestingly, the document begins by stating: “Cities with potable water consumption greater than 100 liters per capita per day will adopt and implement policies to reduce consumption by 10 percent by 2015.”

There is no basis for the 100 liter figure other than employing a very clever use of numbers to lower the bar and control the debate. One must be aware that 100 liters equals about 26 gallons per person, per day. According to the UN, each person should only have 10% less than 26 gallons each day to drink, bathe, flush toilets, wash clothes, water lawns, wash dishes, cook, and more.

However, according to the U.S. Geological Survey, Americans actually need about 100 GALLONS per day to perform these basic functions. Consider also that there is no specific water shortage in the United States. According to the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, annual water withdrawal across the nation is about 407 billion gallons, while consumption (including evaporation and plant use) is about 94 billion gallons. Such restrictions, as outlined in the Urban Environment Accords, are really nothing more than a dishonest campaign by the UN to control water consumption. That’s why in San Francisco, the nation’s mayors were being pushed to impose policies to take away our free use of water. Control the water, control the people.

The rest of the Accords dealt with a variety of subjects including waste reduction, recycling, transportation, health, and nature. Perhaps the most outrageous promise of action was Action number sixteen in which the mayors were supposed to agree to: “Every year identify three products, chemicals, or compounds that are used within your city that represents the greatest risk to human health and adopt a law to eliminate their sale and use in the city.”

There you have it. Every year, our nation’s mayors were to promise to ban something! What if there isn’t a “chemical or compound” that poses a risk? Gotta ban something anyway!

That’s not an idle threat. In the 1990s, Anchorage, Alaska had some of the most pristine water in the nation. It had no pollution. Yet the federal government ordered the city to meet strict federal clean water standards that required it to remove a certain percentage of pollution from its water. It’s pretty hard to comply with such regulations when the situation simply doesn’t exist. But government never was built around logic. Regulations must be obeyed. In order to meet those requirements, Anchorage was forced to dump fish parts into its pristine water so that it could then clean out the required quotas of “pollution.” Your city’s mayor may have to ban the ink in your fountain pen to meet his quota — and ban it he will!

What was to be each mayor’s reward for destroying private property rights, increasing energy costs on less consumption, and banning something useful every year? He would get Green Stars! That’s right. According to UN documents, if your mayor could successfully complete 8 to 11 of the prescribed 21 actions, the town would get a green star and the designation, “Local Sustainable City.” Twelve to 17 actions completed would garner two green stars and the designation, “National Sustainable City.” Fifteen to 18 actions completed would bring in three green stars and the title, “Regional Sustainable City.” Finally, the energizer bunny mayor who completed 19 to 21 actions would get a full four green stars and the ultimate designation of, “Global Sustainable City.” Certainly, he or she would also get a plaque and get to sit at the head table at the next UN Sustainable Development conference.

Sustainable Development is truly stunning in its all-encompassing reach to transform the world into feudal-like governance by making nature the central organizing principle for our economy and society. It is a scheme fueled by unsound science and discredited economics that can only lead modern society down the road to a new Dark Ages of human misery. It is a policy of banning goods and regulating and controlling human action. It is systematically implemented through the creation of non-elected visioning boards and planning commissions. There is no place in the Sustainable world for individual thought, private property, or free enterprise. It is the exact opposite of the free society envisioned by this nation’s founders.

America’s mayors are the elected representatives closest to the people. They are the ones that our founders intended to have the most influence over our daily lives. The UN and NGO forces knew exactly what they were doing by going to the mayors to enforce the policies locally. It accelerates the process much faster, one city at a time, than going through the congressional process. But after decades of this process, alert Americans are beginning to understand that the ability of local citizens to choose their own locally controlled government is ceasing to exist under UN sustainable policy dictates. But signs, adorned with green stars certainly greet us at many city limit lines. Yet, inside those city limits are the inhabitants, stripped of their property rights, buried under huge tax burdens, and struggling under reduced energy flow. As they struggle to maintain a livable lifestyle, their proud mayor gleams in the global limelight under the banner “think globally and act locally.”

Again, the UN’s meeting with the mayors took place in 2005. Do the dictates of the Green Cities Declaration still guide the process? Well, as usual, over time the names change, but the policies become more targeted and radical.

Fourteen major American cities are part of a globalist climate NGO known as the “C40 Cities Climate Leadership Group.” The goal of the group is “0” meat and dairy consumption by 2030. Also included in the goals are “0” private vehicles owned by citizens, only “one” short-haul air flight per person every 3 years, and “3” new clothing items per person per year.

The group is funded mainly by Democrat billionaire Mike Bloomberg, and nearly 100 cities across the world are members. In the U.S. members include Austin, Boston, Chicago, Houston, Los Angeles, Miami, New Orleans, New York City, Philadelphia, Phoenix, Portland, San Francisco, Washington, D.C., and Seattle. Most recently we’ve learned that Ohio cities, Cleveland, Cincinnati, and Dayton have recently joined.

Now as the plan is exposed, the group swears that these are “not policy recommendations,” but rather just “different emission-reduction alternatives and long-term urban visions.” But we’re watching them unfold daily.

Most notable, in the current era, is the Circular Economy, leading to Circular Cities. Of course, the main force promoting the Circular Economy is the World Economic Forum (WEF) and its Great Reset. The WEF actually provides instruction for local elected officials to help them impose the very same plans as outlined in the Green Cities Declaration.

One of the main policy goals of the Circular Economy is the elimination of cash money, to be replaced with digital currency. Once digital currency is in control imagine the control each mayor will then hold over each citizen. Every action will be monitored. Break the sustainable rule and every dime you have in bank accounts will be confiscated from such an unworthy citizen.

As the WEF’s head, Klaus Schwab said, “Own nothing and be happy!” Right out of the Green Cities Declaration. Freedom dies at the whim of a mayor competing for his next plaque.

© 2024 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org




Your Life On The Ledger: Net Zero Is The Goal

By Anita B Hoge

June 4, 2024

Data Is The Lifeblood Of The Global Well-Being Economy. A Statistical Plan Is Moving Forward In The United States To Change Our Capitalistic System Through Forced Compliance, Super Surveillance, and Mother Nature.

It’s the data. President Biden has pushed his Green New Deal antics and proposed a statistically threatening journey that should have Americans gasping for air. America’s days are numbered. Every financial transaction you make will align with an accounting framework that records your every movement by monitoring anything purchased or consumed through your carbon footprint. So where you live, what you do, what you eat, and every aspect of your life will be monitored and resourced to its origin, a natural resource. Why? It is so that you can be monitored and taxed for every movement and carbon footprint. Read here: National Strategy To Develop Statistics For Environmental-Economic Decisions (Statistics Plan: Legislation source: p. 86)

What is Net Zero? It balances the amount of greenhouse gases we emit with the amount we remove. We reach net zero when we add no more than what we take away. According to the World Economic Forum, “every financial transaction has a climate consequence – whether it is obvious, such as filling up your car with petrol or booking a long-haul flight, or subtle, like when you buy a coffee or a new pair of shoes, or even increase your cloud storage plan. Our daily choices leave a carbon footprint.” (Source)

Look at Mother Nature and how President Biden plans to change your life with every financial transaction you make. The Biden administration lays out a plan to reach Net Zero by changing the financial system in this country. Your consumption of natural resources and your carbon footprint will be subtracted from your income or added to the purchase price of products. You will be taxed accordingly. Data is streaming. The financial record-keeping will ultimately be tied to blockchain-based technology overseen by Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC) to regulate this river of data. (The Future of Money and Payments), Money and Payments: The U.S. Dollar in the Age of Digital Transformation, k, Executive Order Digital Assets) Forced compliance and taxing will punish you until you change your daily life. Your purchasing behavior and what you own will be monitored assuring your targeted assets will be included. Capitalism and freedom are compromised through data optimization while your government is allowing you to be hacked. The intent, of course, is to create a global citizen that complies with Net Zero.

The Plan To Kill Capitalism In The United States.

The Biden administration began this effort to destroy our country the day he took office, January 20, 2021, starting by signing Executive Orders unwinding President Trump’s policies, claiming a climate crisis.  The United Nations’ fingerprints are all over this agenda, including the World Economic Forum, WEF, Office of Economic Cooperation and Development Council, OECD, and the International Monetary Fund, IMF, and WHO, World Health Organization. (Source, p.15)

The OECD-Beyond GDP-Measure What Counts For Economic And Social Performance policy paper states that we should be “…measuring the joint distribution of income, consumption and wealth at the individual level…inequalities within households and the way resources are shared and managed.” The OECD refers to natural assets as “hidden capital.” These globalists believe our capitalistic economic system is “rigged” to benefit a few. (Beyond GDP: pg 19) Source: OECD Measure What Counts, Executive Summary, (Link here: (National Strategy To Develop Statistics For Environmental-Economic. Decisions)

The Overarching Biden Resilience Plan

The Biden administration initiated the Federal Plan for Equitable Long-Term Recovery and Resilience for Social, Behavioral, and Community Health on 1/20/2022, explaining that the COVID-19 pandemic had accelerated and exposed deeply entrenched disparities in health and well-being. Using the whole-of-government approach, President Biden revamped every government area to promote his well-being agenda. This plan cannot be implemented until statistics are collected to monitor natural resources in our everyday lives, and your carbon footprint can directly correlate to individual consumption. Time may be on our side.

It’s The Data

August 2022, President Biden delves into merging environmental statsitics into the United States economic model. Five months later the Biden administration released the national strategy to fund a 15-year statistical plan documented, January, 2023. The 15-year statistical plan written to measure the air you breathe, the water you consume, the food you eat, and the energy you use, will be all determined by nebulous numbers based on nature aligned to your every action. The Department of Commerce would need the ability to direct all financial transactions and the monetized value and quantity of your carbon footprint through consumption, in a standardized international format linked to every individual.
The entire 15-year Strategic Plan to be finalized by 2036 is based on three concepts: monetizing the value of natural asset boundaries cross-referenced to the behavior of individuals through consumption. (p. 15)

• direct contribution,
• defensive expenditures, and
• individual and household production.

“Environmental activities are one way of connecting environmental goods and services and natural capital to other economic sectors and capturing relationships among produced (capital), natural (capital), and human capital.” (Emp. Mine) (p. 49)

The Wellbeing and Sustainability Task Team includes “services individuals produce for themselves.” This topic is closely related to “unpaid household service work,” discussed in the 2025 SNA revision. (p.24) The smothering concept of monitoring EVERYONE in this agenda includes people who work (income) and people who don’t work and have no income, including stay-at-home Moms, retired persons, people on assistance, etc. Everyone is identified, monitored, and given a monetary value minus consumption. (See Wellness graph link here: United Nations Statistics Division. (2022). (p. 5) Wellbeing and Sustainability Task Team) (Important in how these services are tallied. Worth a look. Source: Unpaid Household Service Work🙂

• FIRST: a system of statistics is being developed by putting a NUMBER on the quantity and value of natural resources that will be identified in nature (water, air, land, fish, wildlife, plants, forests, minerals.)
• SECOND: a value will is placed on using those natural resources in your everyday life. (Consumption)
• THIRD: a “stocks and flows” system will determine how natural resources are used in industry, households, and government. (See graph on stocks and flows on page 80.) You will be penalized twice for the amount of natural resources you use: purchase + consumption.

One investment vehicle failed last January at the Securities Exchange Commission/New York Stock Exchange, SEC/NYSE, called the Natural Asset Company (NAC). I believe the most important plan is the collection of data. The Statistical Plan is the weakest link which is a compilation of statistics to measure the consumption of natural resources that the Biden administration joined with the U.N., OECD, WEF, and the IMF and is moving forward.

NACS Natural Asset Companies Currently Withdrawn by the SEC: (SEC withdraws NACs-failed plan. “The New York Stock Exchange is initiating a partnership that enables trading of natural assets in the form of “Natural Asset Companies” to facilitate liquidity between natural capital and financial capital. Firms increasingly focus on voluntary frameworks to guide environmental, social, and governance (ESG) reporting, such as the framework developed by the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial Disclosures (TNFD) and the Natural Capital Protocol. However, business leaders often cite uneven data quality and definitions as a barrier to using natural capital in decision-making. A standardized, regularly- updated national system of natural capital accounts and environmental-economic statistics is necessary for these frameworks to succeed and to enable U.S. firms to compete as other countries develop such accounting systems.” (pgs. 9-10) NOTE: I believe the SEC withdrew the plan because the statistics were not wholly developed when the NACs were initiated.

This is the plan needed for the globalists to succeed: A National Statistical Plan: (National Strategy To Develop Statistics For Environmental-Economic Decisions.

The Statistical Plan is proceeding with warp speed. The Biden administration is developing statistics for individual consumption of natural resources, your carbon footprint by referring to natural assets and climate change by using the terms “environmental injustice” and “inequities among households” (p. iv, p.11) and tracking progress on the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDG). (p. 82)

This statistical plan is supposedly a way to balance the rich vs. poor on an equitable basis. Biden stammers through his latest speeches with comments about targeting billionaires, but his words have a deeper meaning than most could predict. Of course, the Biden administration wants the controversy erupting between the “average household vs. the rich” when, in essence, his agenda covers every person in the United States. So how is wealth redefined, and how will everyone, not only the rich, be punished by the Biden administration and the United Nations agenda?

Equalizing Households.

The rich must be penalized, and there is no better way to punish them than by “equalizing households” through the consumption of natural resources. In essence, the more you own, the more you pay. But everyone uses natural resources; it’s not only the Robin Hood effect of “take from the rich.” According to the United Nations, the depletion of natural resources or Net Zero is everyone’s cross to bear. For example, property and consumption of any/and/all natural resources will be monitored: land, air, water, forests, minerals, fish, wildlife, plants, etc.

Just think about how people are impacted every day by a natural resource. Your every movement will be monitored: from purchasing food, using gas/electricity to heat/air condition homes, charging your phones, taking a shower, turning on the lights, what you spend on groceries, beverages, alcohol, eating out at restaurants, farming, home gardening, construction, medicines, vacations, running the dishwasher, cooking, using the restroom, irrigating your yard, or playing outside, hiking, boating, swimming, sports and outdoor activities, etc. These examples do not address how these statistics will impact industry and manufacturing. The total for using natural resources will correlate to a score (your carbon footprint) that will be taxed or subtracted from your human capital (worth or wealth of the individual).

One comment in a footnote referenced in the Statistics Handbook defines where this agenda is going- if you put a canoe into the river, can they allot an amount of rent for using water? YES, RENT. The well-being and sustainability social accounts include everyone, even homemakers or caretakers of family members who do not make a salary but yet, use natural resources. This instance proves that these new environmental add-ons to economics and GDP, Gross Domestic Product, are extended to include everyone’s consumption. And that score means everyone. A new system that monitors EVERYONE’s BEHAVIOR will be instituted into the financial system even if you do not make a salary. Why? You are using natural resources every day. Your carbon footprint must be monitored. Net Zero is the goal.

Where Do You Live? How Will This Be Done?

A direct correlation gives a numerical account of the impact to the environment and personal use. ZILLOW is used to place an estimate of “hundreds of millions of property transactions within a hedonic framework to estimate property-level land values of residential, agricultural, commercial, and industrial land. These values are aggregated to local, state, regional, and national levels.” (p.43) Even though you have already paid for real estate or any product you personally use, you are fined or taxed a natural asset tax that will be monitored by location or through purchasing products. The combination of subtracting consumption from your income, will be correlated to your address for other debits or combined household production. This is an extreme method of wealth redistribution. (See footnote 24) U.S. Bureau of Economic Analysis. (n.d.). Regional Data: GDP and Personal Income. Retrieved August 5, 2022.

The Shut Down Of Capitalism

The thinking of this liberal U.N. agenda is that capitalism, a failed economic system, has created a too-top-heavy economy by only using GDP as an economic thermometer of how well the country is fairing. The rich are getting richer as the rest of the economy is lagging. They refer to this problem as “GDP Fetishism.”

“It used to be thought that America’s greatest strength was not its military power but an economic system that was the envy of the world. But why would others seek to emulate an economic model by which a large proportion – even a majority – of the population has seen their income stagnate while incomes at the top have soared?”

“The report by the International Commission on the Measurement of Economic Performance and Social Progress emphasized that GDP is not a good measure of how well an economy is performing. The U.S. Census reports remind us of the importance of this insight. Too much has already been sacrificed on the altar of GDP fetishism. Regardless of how fast GDP grows, an economic system that fails to deliver gains for most of its citizens and in which a rising share of the population faces increasing insecurity is, in a fundamental sense, a failed economic system. And policies, like austerity, that increase insecurity and lead to lower incomes and standards of living for large proportions of the population are, in a fundamental sense, flawed policies.” (Emp. Mine. Source: “America’s GDP fetishism“)

Another often-quoted author/economist who is recognized as an expert by the UN is Mariana Mazzucato, who wrote “Mission Economy: A Moonshot Guide to Changing Capitalism.” Mazzucato is also chair of the World Health Organization’s Council on the Economics of Health for All.

Let’s Talk About Freedom. Can You Put A Number On Walking On The Beach or Viewing A Scarlet Red Sunset?

The “National Strategy To Develop Statistics For Environmental-Economic Decisions” handbook explains this agenda as “a change in wealth held in nature.” The key is how wealth is changed or how our freedom will be affected by adding fees to our everyday lives. Changing the definition of wealth will eliminate the middle class with only super rich and BOP (bottom of the pyramid) poor people with a less than 15-year-phased in approach to destroy our capitalistic economy and private ownership of property. The fees will be astronomical. People will lose their homes and livelihoods by pushing industry out of business.

This idea of “double dipping” that you purchased something made organically or from a natural resource will relate to how you use or consume it. The biggest problem is grounded in the fact that the industry or consumer has already paid for whatever it is they are using. But first, they have to put a value on natural resources to create an algorithm to determine how they are used for consumption as an extra fee beyond the purchase price. The numbers are staggering.

“…connect information on nature and the economy to help America prosper as the country overcomes 21st-century economic challenges, including those linked to climate change, biodiversity loss, air and water pollution, and environmental injustice.” (p. ix) Remember to these environmentalists that maintaining a garden, fishing, or raising farm animals is ecocide. Every movement will cost you, and every behavior is correlated with nature.

Beyond GDP Gross Domestic Product (pg. 5)

“Economists often state that Net Domestic Product (NDP), which deducts for loss of assets—including natural assets—is a better benchmark measure of economic progress than GDP. The international community is expected to call for increased accounting for and attention to natural resource depletion, degradation, and growth and increased focus on NDP and Net National Income (NNI) as part of the 2025 update to the internationally agreed upon System of National Accounts (SNA). Change in wealth, inclusive of natural asset wealth, is also a critical indicator of sustainable development. By considering changes, rather than only depreciation, NDP or NNI can be linked to Adjusted Net Savings.” (p. 5) “Measuring the change in Natural Asset Wealth requires ascribing a monetary value to changes in natural assets in order to provide a common unit that can be compared. This Strategic Plan unifies environmental sectors and traditional economic sectors under a single framework.” (p. 34) “Guidance for translating these measures into a national-accounting context and back again will help strengthen the monetization components of the accounts and enable the natural capital accounts to be a starting place for benefit-cost analysis.” (p. 65) (Emp. Mine.)

What Is Counted And WHO Is Counting?

Equalizing The Inequality Within Households-The Mold For Conformity.

Income inequality is different from wealth inequality; the former involves salaries/wages, while the latter involves net worth. When the United Nations groups decide to target wealth, they target net worth with a focus on “consumption at the individual level” or “inequalities within households.” The Central Framework written collaboratively by the U.N. groups has targeted this agenda for some time. What is frightening is that the Biden administration is prepping our country to dive into changing our capitalistic economy without Congressional authority or American approval. See the International System of Environmental-Economic Accounting 2012 below:

OECD “Measure What Counts For Economic and Social Performance:”

“Inequality in income and wealth has today a central role in policy discussions in ways it did not in 2009. But important progress is still needed in a range of areas, such as measuring what happens at both ends of the income distribution, integrating different data sources, and measuring the joint distribution of income, consumption and wealth at the individual level. When looking at inequality, it is also important to look at differences between groups (“horizontal inequalities”), at inequalities within households and the way resources are shared and managed, which are especially important in the case of wealth.…. It is also important to pursue efforts to integrate information on economic inequalities within national accounts, to provide metrics of how GDP growth is shared in as timely a fashion as output statistics.” (OECD Executive Summary)

The Statistical Plan Recommendation 3 is to meld the United States together with the United Nations Plan: Federal departments and agencies should embed the system of natural capital accounts and associated environmental-economic statistics in the broader U.S. economic statistical system through the following actions: (p.15)

a) Incorporate the internationally agreed-upon SEEA to guide development of U.S. natural capital accounts and environmental-economic statistics, where the SEEA standards are relevant and robustly developed. (See System of Environmental Economic Accounts, SEEA)

b) Adhere to three specific asset boundaries—direct contribution, defensive expenditures, and individual and household production—to accommodate different applications and contexts, which implies creating three partitions in the natural capital accounts.

c) Use rigorous and the best available economic science for monetizing the value of natural assets, with monetization being consistent with the three established asset boundaries.

All factories and industries in America should investigate the significance of the economic impact of “stocks and flows” definitions, which will impact fees attached to all products made or produced using natural resources. The Stocks and Flows Appendix B is the internationally agreed-upon guidance on national economic accounting, the SNA, with the NIPA. It is significant to evaluate the physical elements of natural resource services that pinpoint the areas provided through harvest or functioning in the environment.. (More details about the relationship between environmental-economic statistics and national economic accounts can be found in Stocks and Flows Appendix B.” (Quoted on p.15; go to page 80.)

STOCKS AND FLOWS

Appendix B. Connecting Natural Capital and Environmental-Economic Statistics with National Economic Accounts.

“Stocks and Flows”

“The concepts of stocks and flows are used throughout the Strategic Plan. Stocks are durable, physical elements of nature that can provide services either through harvest or through their regular functioning in the natural environment. When the services convey production, income, in-kind or implicit income, or future opportunities, then the stocks are capital or assets. Physical flows are the creation, destruction, or movement of material. For examples, the generation of particulate matter through combustion or the harvest of timber from a forest are physical flows. The process creating income is also a flow. The relationship between flows and stocks is similar to the relationship between kinetic and potential energy – flows reflect changes in stocks. This creates accounting identities that are used in natural capital accounting and environmental-economic statistics.”

“The environmental and natural capital elements of many of these indicators could be supported through supply-use and other underlying statistical organizations laid out in this Strategic Plan. SEEA compliant natural capital accounts increasingly play an important role in tracking progress on the U.N. Sustainable Development Goals (SDG). Other social progress measures, such as those based on subjective well-being or “happiness,” would require separate statistical efforts. Furthermore, purely biological or ecological indicators could be appropriately covered by other initiatives, such as the National Nature Assessment.” (p. 82)

“You will own nothing, and you’ll be happy,”

The World Economic Forum guarantees the probability and result of this quote, where Biden’s Green New Deal gives the money, data, and expertise needed to accomplish these goals. WATCH

Plan of Attack:

The United States began to collect environmental data in the United States when Nobel laureates William Nordhaus and James Tobin in 1973 wrote a seminal piece which noted “serious consequences of treating as free things which are not really free.” As a global leader in data collection, BEA, Bureau of Economic Analysis, initiated the Integrated Environmental and Economic Satellite Accounts (IEESA) published in 1994. At that time the Commerce Department was directed by law to suspend further work expanding the “National Economic Accounts to Include the Environment” until an independent entity analyzed the Commerce Department’s proposed methodology. A review panel working under the National Research Council’s Committee on National Statistics examined “the objectivity, methodology, and application of integrated environmental and economic accounting in the context of broadening the national economic accounts.” This is an indication that we can suspend this agenda again. We must stop this plan. (Emp. Mine. Pg. 78) (Source: pg. 49) Note: “Practical challenges (remain) in implementing the theory in a consistent fashion.” (Link)

1. We MUST defund and stop this statistical package that combines natural assets with GDP, which will explode our capitalistic financial system in the United States. The data is the weakest link. The system must have individual data to monitor consumption accurately. Privacy is the issue.

2. A probable means of attack would be to challenge the subjective and arbitrary concept of monetizing or placing a “number or value” on a natural resource as consumption that impacts every person in the United States. The weight-of-evidence is therefore random.

The argument should focus on the arbitrary values placed on consumption in broadening the national economic accounts beyond GDP. We must question the numbers as not being objective, the methodology, and the application of how those numbers are applied by integrating environmental data into economic accounting.

3. Is consumption double dipping when you have already purchased property or any product? Should we be punished for using the outdoors
as recreation? What was the purpose of creating National Parks? Are the numbers real? Are the numbers believable? WHO decide Our freedom depends on you and our action today.

4. Vote to exit the UN. World Health Organization WHO Treaty meeting May 27-June 1, 2024. Pandemic Agreement Treaty and Amendments to International Health Regulation (IHR)

AUXILIARY QUOTES, NOTES, LEGISLATIVE AUTHORITY, DOCUMENTATION

© 2024 Anita Hoge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Anita Hoge: hogieshack@icloud.com




Stopping Another Steal November 2024 Elections

By: Devvy

June 3, 2024

“Cheaters don’t think cheating is wrong until they get cheated on.”Sonya Parker

In my Jan. 24, 2024, column, Finally: RNC Files Bombshell Election Lawsuit, I covered a new lawsuit by the RNC regarding violation of federal election law (Foster v Love) and how Trump was cheated out of his second term in 2020.  All candidates for federal office (House & Senate) were also cheated but that was the game plan and it hasn’t changed four years later.

A second lawsuit was filed (which I covered in my May 10, 2024 column).  Foster v. Love cited.

ALL the ‘swing’ states violated a U.S Supreme Court ruling and fully intend to do so in November.  It is the only way the Democrat Communist Party USA can “win”.  In addition to preparing to cheat the American people again knowing how popular President-Elect Donald Trump is, those working tirelessly to destroy this constitutional republic made sure state Attorney Generals and county DA’s were well funded to cheat their way into office and go after Trump, his lawyers, business colleagues and family.

As a result, we now have this new term, lawfare.  If not funded by Mark Zuckerberg – a freedom hating globalist who continues to add billions to his piles of money (net worth in 2024 $124 BILLION) from conservatives, Christians, Republicans, it was America hating George Soros and now his son whose taken over operations.

Oh, yes, Zuckerberg laughs all the way to the bank and continues to get wealthier by the day off you.  If you have a Facebook page, you are a commodity to Zuckerberg who sells everything about you, anyone on your Facebook page algorithms pick up, data analyzed and sold, not to mention iron fisted censorship.  Something to think about.  Would you keep a Facebook page if it was owned by Soros or Gavin Newsom?

Only a few words about the grotesque guilty verdict in one of the most disgraceful prosecutions ever in this country in the political world.  Trump is guilty of nothing more than being Donald Trump, a multi-billionaire who donated his presidential salary every year he was in office to veteran’s organizations.  Meaning Trump worked for no paycheck for four years and lost about $2 BILLION dollars in revenues for his business enterprises because he set out to fix as many problems as he could while president – starting with building a wall.

There was no way Trump could get a fair trial in Manhattan.  The poster boy for sloth and stupidity, Alvin Bragg, DA, brought a trial with no crime. That’s all well documented.  The low-life “judge”, Merchan, has disgraced his profession and now swims in the feces filled toilet right along with dirty traitor, cheater and liar (and ineligible to be president), America hating, Hussein Obama.  Merchan, in his pile of manure jury instructions literally and in plain language directed the jury to find Trump guilty.  If you read the 50 pages of jury instructions that is a fact.  Here’s a nice dish of lollipops in different colors.  Choose which ones you like and vote guilty.

Legal scholars from BOTH political parties have written and/or given interviews all saying the same thing:  That trial was (like the other three) a political hit job to get Trump in jail and off the campaign trail.  Putting a former stripper who sold her body for money up on the stand had ZERO to do with booking keeping “crimes”.  It was done to shock the sheep in the jury box with salacious details from a tittie queen in the world of porn who vehemently denied in writing several times ever doing the nasty with Trump.

After the jury of no peers found Trump guilty of no crimes because Trump is legally innocent, other completely ignorant, herds of cows all mooed with delight.

Remember when now retired political hack, NBC mouthpiece Chris Matthews vomited up this gem: “I Felt This Thrill Going Up My Leg” As Obama Spoke.” What a fool.  It didn’t matter Obama is a devout Marxist and ineligible as defined in the U.S. Constitution.  Hussein is not and never will be a natural born citizen.  Of course, for Matthews and his highly paid prostitute colleagues the only thing that mattered was the color of Obama’s skin.  They all forgot his mother was Caucasian.

Not to be outdone, once the guilty of no crimes decision came down last week, one of the more ignorant hens on the Made for Dummies TV show, The View, Joy Behar, actually and gleefully said, “I Got So Excited I Started Leaking a Little Bit” (VIDEO).

I’m not going to poke fun at her admission about “leaking”.  Behar is 81 years old and ‘leaking’ (meaning not quite peeing) happens to older people. Really not something to joke about.  However, she IS a bad joke simply because Mrs. Behar has ZERO understanding of the law or even what went on in that courtroom so she should keep her trap shut and talk about her grand children or gardening.

What happens next? Well, even before the guilty as charged of 34 non crimes, the Secret Service was working with the minions at Riker’s Island where to jail a former legal president of these united States of America once he’s sentenced.  Imagine that if you can.

Watch or read transcript:  Mark Levin’s Advice to Trump’s Legal Team: ‘Try Like Hell to Get to the Supreme Court’ (VIDEO).  Levin cites Gore v Bush (Constitution Center).  I know all this takes reading time but if you do it in segments, you’ll get the full truth about this latest farce and phony “get Trump” circus.

While I have no legal training and am not a lawyer, let me say this about the Gore v. Bush debacle argued to SCOTUS, Dec. 11, 2000.  SCOTUS agreed to hear the case on November 24, 2000.  Allegedly, the race was too close to call on election night:  “By the end of Election Night, 2000, Gore’s tally stood at 250 and Bush’s stood at 246 with Oregon, Wisconsin and Florida too close to call.”

Under federal law that election should have been declared void.  Under that 1997 Supreme Court decision, Foster v Love, Trump was so far ahead of cheater China Joe by midnight ON ELECTION DAY, he should have been declared the winner.  It’s too bad Trump’s million dollar an hour attorneys didn’t file immediately with the U.S. Supreme Court since it was their 1997, 9-0 decision.

Elections Undecided by Midnight are Void & Preempted by Federal Law – Foster v Love (1997; 9-0 Decision), Nov. 18, 2020 by Ren Vander, Esq.

“Federal Election Day statutes were designed to curtail fraud, and to infuse a prima facie sense of integrity in our electoral process.  But these States – in failing to obey Congressional deadlines – have flagrantly attempted to preempt federal law.  This is certainly prohibited, and this is why the late election results are void. If you haven’t read his legal analysis, do take the time.

Of the most effective tools for cheating Trump out of a second term were mail-in ballots. Those ballot dumps in GA during the middle of the night could not be counted because Election DAY was over at midnight.  Well, those of us paying attention knew the obvious reason for the middle of the night vans full of ballots was to make sure enough were created to cheat Trump in Georgia and Pennsylvania.

When Marxist America hating Hussein Obama unlawfully ran for president, the prostitute media, political whores in swing states and other Comrades in the Democrat Communist Party USA all used the same talking points:  There were 70 court cases filed and every one of them sided with Hussein and dismissed.  What none of them bothered to explain to the general public was the cases were dismissed because of something called standing loved by judges too cowardly to take on hot issue lawsuits.  Not ONE was determined on the merits of the case, only the convenient standing.

A new Writ of Certiorari to SCOTUS was filed this past March in the communist state of Oregon:  Marc Thielman, et al, Petitioners v. LaVonne Griffin-Valade, in her official capacity as Oregon Secretary of State, et al.  If you are not aware, it costs thousands of dollars to get a Writ filed with SCOTUS.

It is 68-pages, very well prepared and yes, I read every word.  I read because it’s how I’ve learned so many truths over the past 31 years. In this case:  Question

Do petitioners have standing to challenge Oregon’s vote-by-mail election system due to the loss of their freedom caused by Oregon’s confidence-destroying election processes?

The writ was distributed for conference on May 15, 2024; the petition was denied May 20, 2024.  Oregon is 100% vote by mail – a gigantic magnet for fraud.

Oregon is one of the most beautiful states of the Union; met many wonderful, patriotic Americans the two times I was there for speaking engagements. Sadly, it’s become a third-world sh*t hole controlled by the Democrat Communist Party USA.  As of May 28, 2024, 13 counties in Oregon have voted to secede to become part of Idaho; movement known as The Greater Idaho Project. Don’t give up, my fellow Americans.

As for President Trump regarding what the prostitute media is saturating the airwaves and Internet – “convicted felon Donald Trump”, blah, blah, blah, we shall see if Trump’s legal team files an appeal first with the very liberal NY Court of Appeals or goes straight to SCOTUS.  Sentencing, boy this is hard to type, is only 4 days from the RNC’s National Convention where Trump IS the presumptive nominee.  This is the quintessential example of in-your-face election interference.

In the meantime, what we ALL must do is work to make sure the election isn’t stolen again – not just Trump but the U.S. House and those all-important Senate seats.  YOU have to get involved if possible.  I realize tens of millions of Trump voters work full time, many are up there in years and maybe can’t do anything other than spread the truth, but it’s going to take a lot of boots on the ground.

There is no going back if the federal elections are stolen, again.  Not that Donald Trump is the perfect candidate and the same applies to the House and Senate but the lying, conniving, cheating Democrats, unelected and elected will completely destroy this country if they aren’t completely destroyed on election day.

Trump’s campaign has hundreds of lawyers and volunteers already committed but it’s who counts the votes that matter.  It’s just a damn shame we haven’t been able to get rid of those machines and scanners, but we must deal with what we have for now.

Protect The Vote is a multi-state organization: “Republicans across the country have been fighting to make sure your vote is safe and secure – but the work is never done. We are working in key states to make sure your vote is protected. If you want to be part of this critical mission to ensure Republicans win in 2024, sign up to be an Election Integrity volunteer in your state.”

There’s a whole lot going on people never hear about – even on the biggest talk shows in the country like Sean Hannity.  Clay & Buck who are heard by millions Mon-Friday spend their time yapping about the polls, who they hang out with and events they attend for fun like the Kentucky Derby.  Who cares?  Forget the polls.  No one knows what’s going to happen with the walking cadaver in the WH and we’ll be damn lucky if the current moron Secty of State doesn’t get us into a war:

The Pale Rider of Revelation” – Anthony Blinken is apparently determined to get us all killed. “And it was much worse than the headline suggested. Blinken didn’t just say Ukraine could use American weapons to strike targets in continental Russia. The moronic Secretary of State said we would help Ukraine do it…”  (There would have to be a draft as our military is all but destroyed and enlistments are dismal to say the least.)

All these multi-million dollar a year conservative talk show hosts need to talk about those important lawsuits:  No ballots counted for federal office after midnight ON election DAY and other constitutional issues.  Forget should a man stand in line alone to buy an ice cream cone?  I turned the channel to music.

Protect the Vote lists a slew of lawsuits and a section to become a volunteer election integrity attorney for November.

True the Vote is nationwide for everyone – except illegal aliens.  Keep up to date and this on their site:  This Week at True The Vote, March 23 2024:  “We’re thrilled to announce the relaunch of the IV3 website! The app that empowers voters with an automated way of confirming accuracy, identifying ineligible records, reporting findings to local authorities, and helping you stay up-to-date on changes to the voter rolls, is here for the 2024 election cycle!

“If you’ve been with us before, we want to extend a warm welcome back! The IV3 team has been hard at work ensuring a seamless transition, and we’ve already updated your registration for the new site. So, no need to worry about re-signing up. This weekend, you’ll receive an email to reset your password. With that, you’re all set to dive into the latest updates, insights, and discussions.

“For those who are new to IV3, welcome aboard! Now is the perfect time to join our vibrant community as we gear up for the 2024 election. Whether you’re passionate about politics, eager to stay informed, or simply want to engage with like-minded individuals, IV3 is the place to be.

“So, what are you waiting for? Head over to https://www.iv3.us today to sign up to help safeguard our electoral process! Commit today to work in your local elections in 2024.”

A super active and very effective organization here in Texas, Grassroots America – We the People – get signed up for their free emails.  Learn how to become an effective election volunteer, vote counter, precinct captain.  ALL POLITICS ARE LOCAL.  You can contact your local county clerk to find out who heads up your local county GOP group/committee.  I belong to the GOP County Club but have been registered No Party since 1996.  The work won’t get done by wishing and hoping or let someone else sacrifice their time.

Before you vote, find out if you can use paper ballots. I’m not going to re-hash three decades of vote fraud by machines and scanners I’ve written about over and over and over. Paper ballots are critical for recounts:  Voting methods and equipment by state – find yours.

Florida Republican Assembly Issues Second Call For Resignations, Jan. 11, 2024.  “DeSantis apparently doesn’t believe in election integrity: The plain answer to why they are still in office, is that both are APPOINTED officials, NOT elected. Ultimately they answer only to their Governor, who has been busy ignoring a LOT of Florida’s problems since taking office. Like those J-6ers. But I diverge.

“The Governor is involved, and that cannot be denied. He should have a response to this latest resolution, asking real election integrity, but I’m guessing he won’t. After all, right before he jumped the Sunshine Ship to enter the national political fray, he signed bill MANDATING THE USE OF THESE INSECURE MACHINES, AND DISALLOWING ANY HAND COUNTS OR AUDITS FROM OUTSIDE GOVERNMENT. DeGov had to have known the insecure conditions of voting machines.

“If he did not…we have to ask that question one more time….

“Is DeGov clueless or complicit? If he is that clueless as to the integrity of elections in his own state, then he should not be holding office – of ANY kind. If Ron DeSantis is complicit, well…you’ve got a real problem on your hands, Florida. We MUST have hand-counts legalized before the 2024 election – in Florida and all the rest of the states of the Union. They are no more expensive or less secure (lol) than the machines, and I will go into some detail on that soon.”  (Kat is a featured writer on NWVs so if you’re not signed up for their free email alerts, you should.  That way you can keep up with her findings.  Here’s her latest: Why is the RNC “Working Feverishly” Against Donald Trump?)

The communists (ACORN) were so successful getting out the vote (community organizing) for America hating ineligible Hussein Obama in 2008, they left Republicans in the dust.  We CANNOT allow that to happen again.  I intend to do my part in my city, how about you?  Start your planning and contacts NOW as November will be here before we can blink.  Decide what takes precedent in your life, your family and the future of our republic.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, Taking Politics Out of Solutions, 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

This is a MUST read and be sure to pass along to independents and any Democrats you might know:  34 REASONS the Bragg-Biden Show Trial Should Have Been TOSSED OUT — Each One Alone Providing Grounds for a Mistrial

Thread from Former FEC Chairman Whose Testimony Merchan Refused to Allow in Trump Trial DAMNING Must-Read

NY Times best seller and actual legal expert:  Gregg Jarrett: I’ve never seen such a disgraceful abuse of our legal systemFox News legal analyst Gregg Jarrett discusses the details of Trump’s criminal trial in New York as jurors are set to begin their second day of deliberations.

(A life-long Democrat) Dershowitz: It’s a Day After the Ruling and I Still Don’t Know What the Crime Is – Merchan Took This a Step Further than Stalin – Supreme Court Should See This Case and Reverse This Case

All 55-pages of “Judge” Merchan’s jury instructions (They didn’t get a copy; jurors had to go by memory o the 55 pags.)

BREAKING: The Nevada Supreme Court has made a unanimous ruling AGAINST Democrats and rejected their fight to stop a Voter ID initiative from being on the November ballot

Alvin Bragg’s Office Accused of Leaking Trump’s Potential Sentence to ‘The View’ — Likely to Recommend a Year Behind Bars for Trump at Rikers Island (VIDEO)

Trump gets win in New York appeals court as he awaits separate trial verdict – A New York court cleared the way for Trump to sue his niece, Mary Trump, May 30, 2024

Fast Growing USA.Life is the #1 Most Popular Christian Social Network

10 Best Facebook Alternatives with No Censorship 2024 – “In this post, I’ll talk about some of the best Facebook alternatives that don’t have censorship but first, let’s discuss why Facebook is so problematic.”




When Did the Federal Reserve become the National Treasury?

By Paul Engel

June 3, 2024

  • Why did the Founding Fathers place the power of the purse in the hands of Congress?
  • Does Congress have the ability to give up the power of the purse?
  • Why would Congress voluntarily give up a tool as powerful as the power of the purse?

Article I, Section 9, Clause 7 of the Constitution states “No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law;”. That seems pretty straight forward. So how could Congress establish a government agency funded not by appropriations from the treasury, but by fees paid to another federal entity? This was the question brought to the Supreme Court in the case CFPB v. Community Financial Services Assn. of America. Sadly, it seems that the Supreme Court once again showed they have a hard time reading and understanding the English language.

One of the features of court opinions I often point out is how rarely they actually quote the Constitution. So I was initially pleased when the Supreme Court actually quoted the Constitution in the case CFPD v. CFSA.

The Constitution gives Congress control over the public fisc subject to the command that “[n]o Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law.” Art. I, §9, cl. 7.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

Sadly, that initial feeling of pleasure quickly evaporated as I read the syllabus of the opinion.

For most federal agencies, Congress provides funding through annual appropriations. For the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, however, Congress provided a standing source of funding outside the ordinary annual appropriations process. Specifically, Congress authorized the Bureau to draw from the Federal Reserve System an amount that its Director deems “reasonably necessary to carry out” the Bureau’s duties, subject only to an inflation-adjusted cap.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

For over 220 years Congress had funded federal agencies through appropriations from the Treasury. Then, in 2011, Congress decides to fund a new agency in a different way. After this new agency promulgated rules that members of the CFSA objected to, the trade agency sued, making several claims of both statutory and constitutional violations.

In the operative complaint, the associations argued, among other things, that the Bureau “takes federal government money without an appropriations act” in violation of the Appropriations Clause.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

For this reason, the court looked to the Appropriations Clause, but it seems they only focused on one word: Appropriations.

Appropriations Clause

Since the court seemed so focused on the word “appropriation”, let’s start there as well.

The act of sequestering, or assigning to a particular use or person, in exclusion of all others; application to a special use or purpose;

Appropriation – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

An appropriation is merely the setting aside of something to a particular purpose. In the case of the Appropriations clause, it’s the setting aside of money.

No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 9, Clause 7

So the U.S. Treasury cannot send any money until Congress has set it aside to a specific purpose by passing a law. Seems straight forward enough.

This case was first heard at the District Court, which found:

[T]he court explained that “[t]he Appropriations Clause ‘means simply that no money can be paid out of the Treasury unless it has been appropriated by an act of Congress.’” … And, because “a statute authorizes” the disbursements from the Federal Reserve System’s combined earnings to the Bureau “up to a certain cap,” the District Court concluded, “there is no Appropriations Clause issue.”

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

According to the District Court, Congress passed a law to authorize the Federal Reserve System to spend money, so there is no Appropriations Clause violation, However, the case didn’t end there.

On appeal, the associations renewed their argument that the “Bureau’s funding mechanism usurps Congress’s role in the appropriation of federal funds” by allowing it to take “federal money without an appropriations act.”

The Court of Appeals agreed with this argument and reversed. … Drawing on the Constitution’s text and history, the court concluded that the Appropriations Clause “does more than reinforce Congress’s power over fiscal matters; it affirmatively obligates Congress to use that authority ‘to maintain the boundaries between the branches and preserve individual liberty from the encroachments of executive power.’” … By giving the Bureau a “self-actualizing, perpetual funding mechanism,” the court reasoned, Congress in effect abandoned this obligation. It was not enough that Congress enacted the law authorizing the Bureau’s funding because a “law alone does not suffice—an appropriation is required.” … The court thus held that the Bureau’s funding mechanism violates the Appropriations Clause.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

The CFSA argued, and the Circuit Court agreed, that it’s not good enough for Congress to pass a law, but they must pass an actual appropriations act for the purpose.

Court Opinion

The Supreme Court disagreed.

Held: Congress’ statutory authorization allowing the Bureau to draw money from the earnings of the Federal Reserve System to carry out the Bureau’s duties satisfies the Appropriations Clause.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

How did the court come to this conclusion?

Under the Appropriations Clause, an appropriation is a law that authorizes expenditures from a specified source of public money for designated purposes.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

So far, the court is correct. An appropriation, in this context, is a law that authorizes expenditures from a specific source for a designated purpose. Sadly, the court’s decision quickly goes off the rails.

The Bureau’s funding is “drawn from the Treasury” and is therefore subject to the requirements of the Appropriations Clause.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

Except the CFPB’s funding isn’t “drawn from the Treasury”, it’s drawn from the Federal Reserve, a semi-executive agency. The court recognizes that, under the Appropriations Clause, an appropriation is a law authorizing expenditures from a specific source, but that source must be the U.S. Treasury. So does the CFPB funding even raise an Appropriations Clause question?

Since the Dodd-Frank bill that created the CFPB appears to have been attempting to find a funding source that was not up for regular congressional approval, we have to wonder why? I believe Justice Alito gives us a clue in his dissent.

Since the earliest days of our Republic, Congress’s “power over the purse” has been its “most complete and effectual weapon” to ensure that the other branches do not exceed or abuse their authority. … The Appropriations Clause protects this power by providing that “[n]o Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law.” Art. I, §9, cl. 7. This provision has a rich history extending back centuries before the founding of our country. Its aim is to ensure that the people’s elected representatives monitor and control the expenditure of public funds and the projects they finance, and it imposes on Congress an important duty that it cannot sign away. “Any other course” would give the Executive “a most dangerous discretion.”

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

There’s more to the Appropriations Clause than just the appropriation of money.

No Money shall be drawn from the Treasury, but in Consequence of Appropriations made by Law; and a regular Statement and Account of the Receipts and Expenditures of all public Money shall be published from time to time.

While the Treasury is required to regularly provide a statement and an account of all receipts and expenditures, the Federal Reserve is not.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 9, Clause 7

The Board of Governors and the Federal Reserve Banks annually prepare and release audited financial statements reflecting balances (as of December 31) and income and expenses for the year then ended. The Federal Reserve Bank’s financial statements also include the accounts and results of operations of two limited liability companies (LLCs) that have been consolidated with the Federal Reserve Bank of New York and one LLC that has been consolidated with the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

Fed Financial Statements

It appears that Dodd-Frank attempted to bypass not only the routine appropriations process to have a regular source of funding, but the reporting requirements of the U.S. Treasury as well. This appears to be an attempt to remove CFPB from congressional oversight, which brings up another question. Was Congress attempting to establish an executive agency that was outside the “power of the purse” the Constitution delegated to Congress?

Dereliction of Duty

The Constitution is very specific. Congress can only collect taxes of various forms for three very specific purposes, and consumer protection is not one of them.

The Congress shall have Power To lay and collect Taxes, Duties, Imposts and Excises, to pay the Debts and provide for the common Defence and general Welfare of the United States;

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 8, Clause 1

Congress is not authorized to collect “fees” to fund an agency, or anything else for that matter. Furthermore, by funneling these ill-gotten fees through the Federal Reserve, Congress is attempting to hide this money from the Appropriations Clause reporting requirements, thereby hiding it from the American people. In short, it appears Congress has been “cooking the books”, by hiding a portion of its taxing and spending through the Federal Reserve. Why would Congress create an agency that was outside its most powerful oversight tool? Was it the intent of Congress to create an unaccountable agency? Or was it the intent of a couple of Congressmen and the rest of Congress simply went along with it? It any case, what we have here is not a violation of the appropriations part of the Appropriations Clause, but of its reporting requirements. More importantly, we have a violation of the Tenth Amendment, since Congress has empowered a federal agency outside of the United States Treasury to spend money, a power not delegated to Congress.

Conclusion

Leave it to lawyers and judges to twist a simple sentence to make it say something completely different. The Appropriations Clause is pretty clear that money cannot be spent out of the Treasury without appropriations. This court though, has somehow deemed a semi-government agency, the Federal Reserve, is the United States Treasury. The Congress is not delegated the power by the Constitution to allow entities other than the Treasury to spend public money, especially for the purpose of hiding it from the American people. As Justice Alito stated in his dissent:

The Court upholds a novel statutory scheme under which the powerful Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (CFPB) may bankroll its own agenda without any congressional control or oversight.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

Once again, the court turns its head away from the law and justice for a political agenda. Of the nine justices on the court, only two, Alito and Gorsuch, saw some of the problems in this funding mechanism.

What’s even worse, now that the court has placed a false imprimatur of legitimacy to the CFPB’s funding mechanism, what is to stop Congress from doing this for other agencies?

Finally, the associations contend that if the Bureau’s funding mechanism is consistent with the Appropriations Clause, then Congress could do the same for any—or every—civilian agency, allowing the Executive to operate free of any meaningful fiscal check.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau et al. v. Community Financial Services Association Of America, Ltd.

Imagine a country where agencies like the EPA, DOJ, and Social Security no longer need congressional approval to spend money, and none of the details are reported? All these agencies would need is to tell the Federal Reserve how much they want, as long as they stay within the limits Congress has set. I guess that’s one way for Congress to get out of its responsibility to pass a budget. All they’d have to do is pass a single one-time bill saying how much an agency could draw from the Federal Reserve, and how much that pot would grow every year. What do you think our national debt would look like then?

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




How To Handle Anyone Who Drivers You Nuts

By Frosty Wooldridge

June 3, 2024

If you work in a school, company, fast food joint, office or any other organization that forces you into contact with other people—you must deal with one or two characters that drive you nuts. They may be arrogant, rude, aggressive or impudent.

They offer you frustrations and, at the same time, lessons on your journey through life.

Did you hear of the older lady driving a Cadillac who aimed her automobile toward a slot in the parking lot near the store? Seconds before she pulled into the space, a young man zipped into her spot in his shiny sports car.

She yelled, “That was my spot you just took.”

“Tough lady,” he said. “I’m younger, quicker and drive a faster car. Deal with it!”

“I will young man,” she said as she slammed her Caddie into reverse, then, back into “Drive.”

She crashed into the back of his sports car—pulverizing it. She backed up and smashed into it two more times.

“You just ruined my car,” he screamed. “Why did you do that?”

“Because I’m old, rich and insured,” she yelled. “Besides, you needed a lesson in manners.”

In life, we find who people who march into our lives become friends, acquaintances and/or irritations; depending on their propensities. Some teach us lessons. They may bring us laughter, joy and anger.

What do you do when someone enters your life that drives you nuts? How do you deal with an obnoxious office mate, sibling, parent or teaching colleague?

First of all, you must realize that living on this planet offers you a “spiritual boot camp” that tests your ability to grow from one task to the next. Every person along the way offers new challenges and lessons.

We maintain responsibility for our own story. We may dance with a weak or wounded self-concept. We may need to be right all the time or protect our image. Or, we can become victims.

You enjoy choice of response to people who irritate you. If your mother irritates you, the easiest method for you to come to terms: sit down with her, talk to her, set the guidelines by which you expect her to act around you and make sure she appreciates your boundaries.

With an office mate that bothers you: sit down, ask them about their passions, their frustrations and their goals. After they provide you with their priorities, you can better gage your response to their actions. Additionally, by showing you care about their lives, you can spell out what you like and don’t like as to interaction in the office.

You must welcome the new you. Become available to something more. You must forgive others who lack balance. Choose a new perspective. You must give them a chance. You may speak in a new and conscious manner.

This topic reminds me of the story of a very irritating and perfectionist Italian mother who brought up her son Alberto by herself. She demanded that everything be “just so.” During dinner, Alberto loved to talk with his grandfather, but as the old man grew more infirmed, he broke a soup bowl because of his palsy. She banished him to the kitchen to eat alone.

Thereafter, Alberto hurried his dinner so he could talk with his grandfather in the kitchen. One night, the old man broke another bowl. At that point, she relegated him to a wooden bowl, which demoted him to the lowest rung on the social ladder.

One night, Alberto failed to show up for dinner. When she found him in his bedroom, he sat on the bed carving a piece of wood into a bowl.

“Why didn’t you come to dinner tonight?” she asked. “Don’t you know it’s rude to miss dinner?”

“Sorry mama,” said Alberto.

“What are you carving?” she asked.

“I am carving a bowl for you when you get to grandfather’s age,” said Alberto.

From that day onward, the mother invited grandfather back to the table to share in the family dinner and mentor her son Alberto.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Nothing, and I Mean Nothing, Can Stop Trump and His Love for America

By: Amil Imani

June 2, 2024

In the annals of American history, moments of undeniable momentum and change are marked by a singular certainty: Nothing can stop what is coming. Such is the case as we stand on the precipice of a transformative period in our nation’s journey. The echoes of past struggles and triumphs resonate through the corridors of power, yet the future beckons with a promise of renewal and rebirth.

Let us venture bravely into the heart of the storm, wading into the forces that are shaping our destiny, and a big salute to the indomitable spirit that fuels the march towards a brighter tomorrow. Amidst all these clashes and cacophony, one truth emerges clear and unyielding: The momentum of progress cannot be halted.

Let’s face it: In the face of adversity, Donald J. Trump stands tall, unyielding in the face of a rigged political witch hunt. This false conviction on charges stemming from an unjust trial marks a pivotal moment in American history, one that is more than a raging debate within the nation. Amidst the turmoil, Trump’s resilience and unwavering commitment to his principles shine through for the millions of Americans who share his vision for the future.

The trial that has led to Trump’s conviction has been met with skepticism and controversy all around, with a big question mark on its fairness and impartiality. It is beyond mere assertion that the proceedings were part of a larger political witch hunt, and the entire ordeal is nothing short of a politically motivated attempt to silence him. The raids on his home, the arrest, and the subsequent conviction all lead to outrage and disbelief, fueling fears of a two-tiered justice system where the powerful are exempt from the laws they enforce upon others.

Amidst the chaos, Trump’s call to action is clear and compelling. We all have to rally behind him to push back against an unprecedented attack on the freedoms of countless Americans. His words are a rallying cry, a clarion call to unite and fight for the values that he believes define America’s greatness. Once again, with the White House within reach, Trump is asking us to stand shoulder to shoulder with him to ensure that Biden understands the strength and resolve of those who oppose him.

Trump’s vision for America is one of unity, strength, and prosperity. He promises to lead the charge against what he perceives as the forces seeking to undermine the nation’s very fabric. By uniting under his banner, Trump believes that his supporters can turn the tide, ensuring that Joe Biden’s chances of securing a second term come to an abrupt end. This is not merely a battle for the presidency; it is a struggle for the soul of America to ensure that the country remains true to its founding principles.

The choice before us is clear as we stand on the brink of a historic moment. Will we allow the voices of dissent and division to drown out the calls for unity and strength? Or will we rise to the occasion, standing firm with Donald J. Trump as he fights to reclaim the White House and restore America to its rightful place as a beacon of hope and opportunity for the world?

This is our moment. This is our chance to make history. With Trump at the helm, leading the charge against injustice and for the preservation of American ideals, we have the opportunity to ensure that Joe Biden regrets ever challenging the will of the people. Together, we can make America great again.

The spirit of the American people shines brightest. As we approach the critical moment of truth on November 5th, the real power lies not in the halls of justice or the chambers of Congress but in the hands of every voter nationwide. Joe Biden and the Democrats may seek to manipulate the narrative and use trial outcomes as tools to sway public opinion. Still, the true measure of a leader—and the fate of our nation—will be determined by the will of the people at the ballot box.

This election is not just another vote but a referendum on the essence of what America stands for. It tests whether we will allow the political elite to dictate our destiny or if we, the citizens, will take control of our future. The choice before us is stark: continue down the path of division and mistrust or unite behind a leader who promises to restore the pillars of strength, freedom, and prosperity that made America great.

Donald Trump has stood firm against the challenges thrown at him, refusing to be silenced or deterred from his mission to Make America Great Again. Now, it falls to us – the voters – to echo his call to action. On November 5th, let us send a resounding message to Washington: We will not be swayed by sham trials or manipulated by political games. Our verdict will be cast in ballots, and we will choose our path forward together.

Vote Trump. Stand with him. Let our collective voice be heard, loud and clear, as we reaffirm our commitment to the principles that bind us as Americans. This is our moment to seize, our chance to shape the future. United, we can ensure that Joe Biden and the Democrats understand that America’s true power resides with its people and that on November 5th, we will make our voices heard.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




God’s Intent for Creation and the Kingdom of God

By Glynn Adams

June 2, 2024

The Bible speaks clearly about God’s intent, purpose, and mission of Jesus Christ but you have to read and study the Word of God to understand it. Evidence abounds in Scripture that Jesus came to restore back to the sons and daughters of God dominion of the earth and the Kingdom that Adam lost in his fall. Adam did not lose heaven; he lost a kingdom and dominion of the earth. So, Jesus Christ’s visitation on earth was to reintroduce the Kingdom on earth, restore dominion of the earth to man, and to preach the gospel of the Kingdom. “Many are the plans in a man’s heart but it is the Lord’s purpose that prevails.” (Proverbs 19:21)

Because we have failed to learn the true intent, purpose, message, and assignment of Jesus Christ and because we have ignored the Kingdom message of Jesus, we have no answer for the evil overtaking our nation and how to resist it. Instead of the sons and daughters of God having dominion over the earth and specifically the culture in America, the Kingdom of God laws and will of heaven are not ruling and reigning over America. Instead, Satan and his demons are ruling and reigning over America.

The sons or daughters of God who are seriously seeking for answers, truth, and purpose will find this article very interesting and hopefully life changing. We must get back to a Kingdom mindset. For years we have been lied to and deceived by pastors and denominational religious systems who are deceived into following religious traditions and rituals instead of reading the Word of God and being instructed by the Holy Spirit of the true message of Jesus Christ and His purpose.

If you are not reading the Word of God yourself and studying and researching for the truth, then someone else will guide you away from the truth. We must look forward to what is ahead – more true revelation of Jesus Christ and completing our purpose in this life in Christ!!!!

So, for us to discover the original intent, purpose and mission of Jesus, we must consider His own declarations recorded in the Word of God concerning Jesus’ purpose and mission for coming to earth. A Scripture verse in Luke 19:10 that is overlooked and misinterpreted, tell us why Jesus came to earth. I quote Jesus’ own words, “For the Son of Man has come to seek and save that which is lost.” The word “that” is not a personal pronoun talking about people being lost but something that was lost. Adam did not lose heaven; he lost a Kingdom and dominion of the earth in his fall.

Jesus came to reintroduce the Kingdom to His children, to restore dominion of the earth back to man, and to preach the Kingdom of God message. Jesus did not come to earth to start a religion called Christianity!!!! We have as our example in the Book of Acts of the church Jesus built but in the Third Century, Constantine became Emperor of Rome and perverted the Church Jesus built turning it into a religion called Christianity created by man, with the ideas and intent of man, and run by man.

Jesus Christ came to earth, born of a virgin, and began His ministry proclaiming the Kingdom of God. It was the most radical proposal ever presented to the mind of man, the proposal to replace the present world order, the Kingdom of Darkness with God’s order, the Kingdom of God which means – “the rule of God.” We have diced and sliced Christianity up so much that it is hardly recognizable by Biblical standards.

“From that time on Jesus began preaching, ‘Repent, for the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.” (Mathew 4:17) “And Jesus was going about in all Galilee, teaching in their synagogues and proclaiming the gospel of the Kingdom and healing every kind of disease and every kind of sickness among the people.” (Matthew 4:23) He told His disciples as you go, preach this message, “The Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.” (Mathew 10:7) Look at all the parables Jesus taught in Matthew 13 concerning the Kingdom of God. “The Kingdom of God is like-The Kingdom of Heaven is like.” Look at the Lord’s Prayer. “Thy Kingdom come Thy will be done, on earth as it is done in heaven.” The second phrase explains the first, the coming of the Kingdom of God was the doing of the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven by His children on earth!!!

Jesus made it clear in Luke 4:43, when He told the people, “I must preach the Kingdom of God to the other cities also for I was sent for this purpose.” HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!! Is that clear? But that is not all, Jesus said in Matthew 24:14, ”And this gospel of the Kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come.” Do we get that? The gospel, “the good news”, of the Kingdom, “the rule of God” must be preached to the whole world before His second coming. Now we know when He is coming back but not the day or hour. Folks, this is important – God’s children will determine when Jesus returns when we have preached the gospel of the Kingdom to America not to mention the whole world. We are to preach what Jesus preached for it is “good news” to people when they learn about the Kingdom of God.

Jesus stayed with His disciples for forty days after His resurrection (Acts 1:3). To talk about what? Farewell conversations about everything in general? No. He did not talk about the cross, or the resurrection but He talked to His disciples about the Kingdom of God. Is anybody beginning to see why the religion of Christianity is so screwed up and perverted today? The greatest loss that has ever come to the Christian movement in America is the loss of the Kingdom of God message. The Good News has been lost.

Space does not permit me to post all but Jesus referred to the phrase “the Kingdom of God” or its equivalent “the Kingdom of Heaven” more than one hundred times. He sent out His disciples to preach the gospel of the Kingdom. His purpose is our purpose; His mission is our mission! If Jesus made the Kingdom of God the center of His message and the center of his endeavor, the greatest need for us in America and the nations is to rediscover the Kingdom of God. We need nothing so much as we need something to bring life together into total meaning and total purpose and give total meaning to our otherwise fragmented lives.

Our religion has confused us and we in America are being pushed and pulled and beckoned to, enticed and bludgeoned from all directions. But the most intelligent person that ever existed says the Kingdom is the total answer to man. He said in Mathew 6:33, “Seek first the Kingdom of God and all these things will be added unto you.”

You can read in Matthew 6:25-32 to see what things will be added to you. However, seek first something other than the Kingdom of God and everything else will be subtracted from you. Isn’t that what is happening to us in America today? Our freedoms from God, our Constitutional form of government, our food supply, our economy, our currency, and our way of life in America are being subtracted from us. Why? Because we have ignored the Kingdom of God message rather than seeking His Kingdom first and exercising dominion on the earth. As a direct result, Satan and his demons are ruling, reigning and having dominion over us rather than God.

My friends, forget what you have been taught by some pastor and his religion. You miss the Kingdom; you miss Jesus!!! The only message Jesus preached was the Kingdom of God – “Repent for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 4:17) Jesus did not preach on healing, He healed. He did not preach on deliverance from demons, He delivered people from demons and demonic sicknesses. Jesus hung out with sinners and ate with sinners because He loved His neighbor as Himself. Jesus went to where the people where and He ministered to them. These are the things we are to do in the Kingdom because we are in His image and likeness and we have been created to do the works of Jesus. “Jesus said in John 14:12, “Most assuredly, I say to you, he who believes in Me, the works that I do he will do also; and greater works than these he will do because I go to My Father.” Did you get that? Our religious ways are destroying us!!!!

The solution for the American Church- “Repent, for the Kingdom of Heaven is at hand.” Repent means to change your thinking and change from our religious ways and think the Kingdom of God. “Do not be afraid little flock for your Father has chosen gladly to give you the Kingdom.” (Luke 12:32) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!

The Body of Christ having lost its absolute – the Kingdom of God – needs nothing so much as it needs a rediscovery of the absolute, the Kingdom of God. This would result in bringing unity back into the Body of Christ, discover the power of the Holy Spirit and give the Body of Christ the nerve and backbone to face a hesitating and confused world with, REPENT FOR THE KINGDOM OF GOD IS AT HAND.

It would also cause the Body of Christ to fight this spiritual war between good and evil raging in this nation which would eventually reset the “rule of God” in America. This would certainly change the erroneous direction the present-day Body of Christ is headed – to leave a mark on this nation instead of a blur. May God forgive us for messing this up so badly!! We can’t even recognize our responsibility or pray for repentance in the Body of Christ today. How in the world are we going to get out of this mess?

Talk about perversion – The Kingdom message in America has been perverted into an individual experience now and we all are going to walk the streets of gold in the hereafter. These two perverted experiences, the now and the hereafter, have vast, vast areas of life and people in our nation who have been left out and ignored – the unredeemed – the social, the culture, the economic, and the political.

But we continue to have our fun times at seminars, podcast, and getting together preaching to the choir and telling the choir what is wrong in America while our nation is dying and going to hell and we are so busy we don’t have time to organize a plan and implement a resistance force against evil!!! Well, God has the plan – the Kingdom of God if we will just get in on it!!!

And while we sat around and our flesh thinking of self and our inner experiences and dreaming of being raptured to the streets of gold, an alien demonic philosophy called the Chaldean spirit has moved into the soul of Christianity and America and we have a crippled Body of Christ that is stumbling across this nation leaving a crippled and destructive result. We stumble because we are disobedient to the Word of God and to His Kingdom. Just look where our flesh, which is hostile to God and will not obey the Word of God, has carried us today?

Our vacuum is being filled by earthborn totalitarianisms such as Secular Humanism, Socialism, Marxism, Communism, Progressivism and the New World Order demonic elites and they have said to the cowardly and frightful Body of Christ in America, “If you will stay in your buildings, we will give you your inner experience now and your hereafter experience about heaven, but we will take over the rest – the economic, the social, the culture, the political and to hell with your God and WE will direct all things to OUR ends with YOUR means.” Because we are cowards and religious, we gave in to them rather than resist!!!

The judgment of God is upon America and more is coming. Our enemies are coming after us and we will know it when the Chaldean Spirit is let loose in America because the wholesale persecution and killing of anyone associated with Jesus Christ and His Church will begin because it is believed that it was the Chaldean Spirit that was operating in the First and Second Century against the Body of Christ.

Does anybody have any shame for our disobedience, our pride, our arrogance, and our sinful behavior against our King who died on Calvary so He would have a people who would present His Kingdom of God to a lost and dying world but may soon be outlawed and lay in perverted ruins having been overtaken by the demonic New World Order in once faithful United States of America? It is time to be a true Christian in the Kingdom of God and to do His will on earth as it is done in heaven.

God bless, I remain His warrior, His ambassador of the Kingdom and watchman, Glynn Adams (More on the Kingdom in my next article. Thanks to the Late Myles Munroe, the late E. Stanley Jones, the last Dr. Francis Schaeffer, Frankie Shaeffer, Reggie McNeal, John W. Whitehead, and Frank Viola whose books and tapes have helped me see the reality of the Kingdom of God)

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Your Mind is Stressing You to Death

By Late Roy Masters

June 2, 2024

Your mind is stressing you to death. All the memories that come back to taunt you cause your body to react as though the past were repeating itself over and over again.

Foolish people try to reverse the negative effect that their memories have on their bodies by reminiscing in a nostalgic way; that is, they recall only good experiences in order to hang onto good feelings in the present, but alas, they are obliged to spend more and more time amid the fantasies of their minds, prettying up the past to drag it into the “future” of the present.

They are degenerating in the process.

We cope with the fear of the future by running toward memories of the past. With nothing to look forward to, we go back in time to the childishness that characterizes senility. As you succumb to this vile practice, your memories excite you and drag you down, draining away your energy.

Down, down your ego goes, back to the beginning, to the time when things were better and you were more innocent.

But to know the true innocence of a new life’s beginning, you must go forward to meet your true self, and forward is not necessarily somewhere ahead of you. It lies just beyond time itself, in the moment when the Light shines within you.

“You cannot govern your own life properly as long as you allow yourself to be subtly guided by the phantoms of your imagination”

Past and future are devices the ego uses to escape from reality, and they exist only in the mind. Your problem is that you live so much in the past and the future that you fail to meet the present moment correctly.

Your thought world is filled with past and future, but the only time you have in which to see clearly the truth of anything is the present, the time that is, now. The reason you are making such a mess of your life is that you don’t know how to live calmly and objectively in that present.

You cannot govern your own life properly as long as you allow yourself to be subtly guided by the phantoms of your imagination.
As long as your consciousness, your ego self, remains lost in thought, imprisoned in a dungeon of dreams,
no meaningful change can take place in your life.

Strong emotions stir up vivid thoughts that can hold your attention so captive that you fail to see where you are going, and when you can’t see where you are going, you have accidents.

Being constantly upset and preoccupied affects the way in which you see people and opportunities, so you make bad judgments, and the bad judgments lead to more frustration, more debilitating reactions to stress.

Your emotional upsets drain you of energy and you become run-down. Your health suffers, and disease claims you.

© FHU.com
https://www.fhu.com/contact/




America’s Severe Storms of May 2024 are Following the Same Path as the April 8 Solar Eclipse

By George Lujack

June 1, 2024

THE SEVERE WEATHER PLAGUES UPON AMERICA THROUGHOUT MAY OF 2024: FLOODS, HAIL, STORMS, AND TORNADOES ARE FOLLOWING THE PATH OF THE APRIL 8, 2024 SOLAR ECLIPSE

No major earthquake or catastrophe occurred in the United States on May 18, 2024, forty days after the April 8, 2024 solar eclipse, a prediction some made based on conjecture according to the warning Jonah issued to the people of Ninevah (Jonah 3:1-4). This does not preclude the possibility of a major earthquake occurring in the United States as the climax of a pre-judgment of America. America is currently under judgment from God by way of cicadas (Exodus 10:1-20), floods, golf ball to softball size hail (Exodus 9:13-35), storms, and tornadoes.

America’s severe weather plagues are thus far following a pattern: they are following the same path as the April 8, 2024 solar eclipse across America.

THE UNITED STATES IS A NATION THAT HAS REJECTED AND FORGOTTEN GOD. THEREFORE AMERICA DOES NOT RECOGNIZE GOD’S PLAGUES, DESIRES TO REPENT OF ITS NATIONAL SINS

America is a nation that once honored and revered God, but is now a nation that has kicked God and Bibles out of the public school systems and the public square, relegating discussions and expressions of faith to 501(c)(3) government-controlled churches and private venues. Having kicked God out of the classrooms, the American education system has replaced Judeo-Christian values by teaching every form of sexually immoral conduct to children. America, on the national level, is a nation that now embraces sin under the guise of freedom, liberty, and human rights.

As the severe storms tear through the path of the April 8, 2024 solar eclipse, many mainstream media news outlets are attributing the cause of America’s severe weather to global warming, as they fail to recognize that the severe storms of May 2024 in America have followed the same path as the  April 8, 2024 solar eclipse indicating something different. Some of the severe weather is now turning to America’s east coast.

America’s severe weather in May 2024 was not due to global warming, which is what the adversary, Satan, wants people to believe. The severe storms of May 2024, traveling along the same path as the April 8, 2024 solar eclipse, indicate a signature from Almighty God that He is judging America, according to His sovereign will.

© 2024 George Lujack – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail George Lujack: georgelujack@gmail.com




A Fanciful or Hopeful Scenario if Trump Succeeds in Gaining a Second Term

By Sidney Secular

June 1, 2024

This will hopefully elevate our race  and terminate our race’s plunge to the bottom of humanity’s heap. Trump’s inner circle would (hopefully!) revisit and resurrect Civil-Rights era laws to confront anti-white racism, placing less emphasis on alleged discrimination against minorities and focusing on actual discrimination against any person or group. Remember, it was Obama’s Attorney General who said that whites were not protected by these laws! Affirmative action and DEI policies would be dismantled within the federal government, leading to their termination elsewhere – a great relief to the intelligent who have been stampeded into following such wrongful dictates often against their own better judgment and sense of what is right and just! The use of “positive discrimination” would be terminated since it merely instigates and intensifies racial conflict – and doesn’t work anyway since it was supposed to “prove” that the only reason whites appeared superior to blacks was “racism.” It wasn’t! The societal pendulum must begin swinging the other way, away from trying to benefit one group as against the others in a zero-sum game that leads to zero satisfaction and zero good all around.

All offices and initiatives instituted by Biden to transform America into a hodge-podge of conflicting interest groups will be terminated. This will stop the descent into a dystopian derangement where traditional legal and societal safeguards are turned into tools for oppressing the majority until they are no longer a majority and then oppressing the new minority! Foundational principles meant to unify the people must be applied not to try to unify a polyglot population but to take a small minority of that population and place them at the apex of power. They have turned normality upside down targeting the most productive elements of society leading to a social order rife with suspicion, fear, suppression and oppression. In preparation for Trump’s triumphal return, his associates will craft a variety of lawsuits allowing reverse lawfare to be used for beneficial purposes without destroying the underlying legal precedent that should have prevented what we have been suffering for decades! This will restore legal systems to some semblance of sanity and the restoration of justice, and the elimination of petty identification politics and “affirmative discrimination.”

In the arena of culture and education, Trump will advocate a revamping of school curricula to reflect our true American identity and history as well as the achievements of the nation’s founders as it used to be without undue reference to race, the elimination of CRT, and the restoration of cultural memory. He will attempt to reverse the rise of social savagery and the regression into primitive mass behaviors and conformism that have been used to drive the people into voluntary government run enclaves. This will involve campaigns to eliminate illiteracy, rampant drug abuse, the pervasive influence of degraded ghetto-based music and culture, the restoration of social codes, the reversal of cultural atrophy and apathy among the young, the reversal of nihilism in the arts, the mass media’s mendacity, mediocrity and brutalizing influences and the strengthening of community cohesion to the degree possible in a multicultural pot of competing interests that neither meld nor melt together as it once did into an assimilated whole, a la E Pluribis Unum. In a word, he will try to reverse the ongoing civil involution, sexual revolution and confusion, and the cultural maladies and malaise.

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




The Real Fight, Pt. 2

By Steven Yates

June 1, 2024

The only “us versus them” that matters. The values that matter.

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this two-part series are solely mine, the author, and not necessarily the opinions and conclusions of NewsWithViews.com, its editors, staff, or other writers.]

Pt 1 Fallout.

The Substack version of Part 1 cost me a subscriber. I suppose it’s a plus that I only lost one; most readers drawn there seem open to unpopular ideas. I’m not writing the usual lovefests for Israel that afflict a lot of Christians as well as neocon and neoliberal secularists. I hope they don’t ever encounter anything about the U.S.S. Liberty. Their heads will explode. I’m open to hearing from anyone who believes he/she has evidence that present-day Israel has something to do with the Biblical Israel.

Zionism, a modern political-economic (not religious!) movement dating at least to the late 1800s, aimed to create and unconditionally protect a special nation for (Ashkenazi) Jews alone, under the premise that (Ashkenazi) Jews aren’t safe anywhere else, and is just one side-current of the globalism I oppose. It is secular to its core.

This is not something I will pursue further here. Many things are happening at once. At home, there’s the ongoing crisis caused by over 15 million illegal aliens having flooded into America since the Bidenista era began. There’s the ongoing collapse of higher education, courtesy of the Diversity-Inclusion-Equity (DIE) intellectual vacuum and other misplaced priorities. There’s the rising cost of living for everyone, courtesy of the systemic debauching of the currency (thank you, Federal Reserve). Tensions are rising over the upcoming election between those who want a second Trump term and those who hate everything Trump stands for.

We must pick and choose our fights. As a “big ideas” writer, I’m trying to isolate the Real Fight, underlying all others. Fighting it successfully will open a path to sustainable freedom. This means defeating the Real Enemy.

Who is the Real Enemy, against which we wage the Real Fight? What is the latter’s real nature?

The most obvious candidate for Real Enemy is what I’ve variously called the superelite, globalism, GloboCorps, or most recently, the Global Corporatocracy.

We’re not going to be fighting the Global Corporatocracy directly any time soon. It doesn’t offer many visible targets. We’d not only lose hands down, but probably get killed in the process and our very existence memory-holed so that no one would even know we were here.

There’s a second candidate for Real Enemy I’ll discuss at the end. An Enemy we can defeat with a second Real Fight.

So what is this Fight?

The First Real Fight: Reiteration and Expansion.

As stated in Pt 1, there are those who desire to live as they see fit, participating in traditions of their choosing (probably because they grew up with these traditions) and otherwise be left alone if they aren’t bothering anyone else.

Then there are those who, in one way or another, won’t allow them to live as they see fit because in one way or another they are drawn to power.

The latter have always existed. We’ve always had warlords, kings, tyrants, etc., and today we have dictators and would-be global soft-totalitarians. Technology has enabled those drawn to power to pursue it on a planetary scale, invoking “global problems” they claim call for “global solutions” and this “global governance.”

The former are content with family, occupation, church, community, locality, circumscribing what they know and care about: God, spouse, children, work, those they interact with on a regular basis. Few are systematic thinkers, though some are intelligent, carefully consider their opinions, and vote. Their “philosophy” could be described as a kind of native realism. The world is what it is, and as Edie Brickell sang in that 1989 hit, “I know what I know if you know what I mean.”

There are right ways versus wrong ways of doing things. This is reality. One’s first obligation to one’s spouse is love, kindness, support. One’s obligation to one’s children is to school them in what is right, as well as love, kindness, support. This may mean the right way to handle workaday situations such as growing food, or in the moral sense: it is wrong to hit people, or lie to them, or break promises. Money is a tool — for acquiring and maintaining the necessities of life. These folks don’t expect to get rich doing whatever they are doing but if your relationships to God and to loved ones are solid and nurturing this is okay! Implicitly the common people understand that relationships are what is important.

Their relations are built on trust, typically longstanding. They favor working with (or for), and doing business with, people they know, like, and trust. This explains the suspicion of outsiders some gripe about when they pass through small towns. Outsiders, by definition, aren’t known quantities. The natural tendency of locals is to watch them carefully, however disconcerting this may be to the outsiders. But trust is earned, not given away for free. Keep going back, behave yourself, be honorable, be useful, and it’s possible.

The superelite, driven by their fascination with power, may have a vision of global domination, a Utopia. Among their number are enough systematic thinkers to suggest that this is an occupational hazard. Others are driven by an inner compulsion to be larger than life even if this means controlling the lives of strangers they will never know, much less value as unique persons. The money bug has bitten them. They see how money enables control. So they want more of it. The more the better. Money is more than just a tool. It is a means to power. It enables creating systems to control those whose beliefs, low-tech occupations, guns, and God, are in the way.

The superelite collectively believe themselves most fit to rule. They believe themselves authorized to make decisions — usually exchanges with like-minded others — because they can (and because the results make money) even if their decisions bring harm to tens of thousands to millions of people. They rationalize these beliefs and actions with bromides about “free trade.”

Professional relationships among elites are based on such abstract factors as credential power. This guy has a PhD from Harvard. He’s smart and his judgment can be relied upon. She held a position in such-and-such corporation (or federal agency). Or: she’s written such-and-such. So she’s one of us. They can be family people, or not. What should be clear is that anything as traditional as family is not what motivates them. I can’t help but suspect that many elites are emotionally isolated.

That first group, the common people, we noted, are the majority. They have ways of dealing with any psychopaths in their midst. Those who aren’t honest with others find themselves excluded at best, and at worst, they run afoul of the law by harming others and end up jailed. Or they figure their best bet is just to leave and move to a big city where the anonymity of most interactions protects them.

The elites, drawn to globalism, amount to a tiny fraction of any human population as we also noted. Psychopaths and sociopaths may thrive in its midst nevertheless. Birds of a feather, and all that. Borderline cases may consolidate in urban power centers among the “well educated” (government, corporations, so-called intellectual centers, and everywhere in between). These relationships are also built on a certain degree of trust. Those who prove themselves reliable in furthering official agendas rise in any large organization. A reasonably intelligent sociopath figures this out and acts accordingly.

The common people are interested primarily in what affects them and their loved ones directly, or in what they can affect. What’s not in that purview, might as well not exist. This will work against them, because what they’ve not foreseen will affect them. As when a “free trade” deal closes the factory they work for, all the small businesses that depended on that factory also close, city streets are soon boarded up, and a once-thriving community turns into a ghost town.

Strategists among the elites instinctively apply the divide-and-conquer principle. They hijacked race relations long ago, because the last thing they wanted was working class blacks and working class whites talking to one another and comparing notes. If the peasants, whatever their ethnicity, observe enough and learn enough, their attention will eventually turn to the elites.

This also holds true of the hijacking of feminism of the 1960s understood as equal pay for men and women of equal experience doing an equal amount of work in the same job. All fair-minded people supported this. The elites have been very effective at driving men and women apart. The number of single-never-marrieds of both sexes, growing older alone, testifies to this.

The “free trade” deals, of course, accompanied by the diminished purchasing power of the debauched currency, accentuate the biggest and worsening divide, which is between the haves and the have-nots.

It is easy to envision the Real Fight, then, as between these two mindsets: the only “us versus them” that matters!

Making matters tougher is realizing further that this is not an absolute dichotomy. There are all manner of shades of gray — many people who come from one background adopt traits of the other. Those with an elite mindset can hijack small towns. They aren’t exactly oligarchs, but neither are they poor. Most live in reasonable comfort. They identify with authority and don’t mind it being imposed on others, including the “commoners” they look down their noses at.

Can we fight this fight?

Much of my work, dating at least to the late 1980s, has involved trying to “wake people up.” Most do not respond, of course. G.I. Gurdjieff, whom I mentioned in Pt 1, believed most people exist in a kind of “waking sleep” that subjects them to control.

Most in that first category above are in comfort zones and won’t leave their comfort zones voluntarily.

Scottish philosopher David Hume said it back in the 1700s: reason is the slave of the passions. Emotions rule us more than reason. The emotion here is fear. By and large, people are afraid of what I’m talking about. They’d rather remain pleasantly asleep and dreaming than face unpleasant truths.

Since arguing is pointless, one turns to popular culture (as I’ve sometimes done), i.e., to productions like The Matrix (1999), arguably the most important film of the past half-century. Morpheus explained in a crucial scene:

The Matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy. But when you’re inside, you look around, what do you see? Businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system and that makes them our enemy. You have to understand, most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are so inert, so hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it.

This, dramatically, is the mindset that calls this a “conspiracy theory” and closes the case. The Matrix does much more, of course, depicting the looming dystopia by substituting for it an AI-generated artificial reality, which each “sleeping” person experiences while being plugged into the ruling entity which is actually using his/her life energies:

What is the Matrix? Control. The Matrix is a computer-generated dream world, built to keep us under control, and turn a human being into this.

Morpheus is holding up an ordinary battery: symbolic of the life energy of everyone being drained doing meaningless tasks serving those in power.

Real money power is not hiding. World Economic Forum annual meetings are not hidden from us, even if they are invitation-only. Their projected Great Reset is not a conspiracy. It’s happening out in the open, though there are myriad distractions from it.

Here is a list of distractions: claims about “systemic racism,” “misogyny,” “homophobia and transphobia”; the struggle between Zionist forces and pro-Palestinian ones; the lawfare against Trump and the abject terror felt by Democrats over the possibility of a second Trump term; the demonizing of Putin over Ukraine; multiple elections around the world; doubtless more.

Obviously I’m not saying that these conflicts are, in some sense, unreal. They’re real and deadly! My claim is that none had to happen. They were fomented, and that they take attention off the Global Corporatocracy.

This bloblike entity is what is eroding not just freedom but hope itself as it uses the money political economy (degraded and devalued currencies) to encircle and transform us into computer-literate but medieval-minded serfs — owned not by the feudal lords of old but by the system itself, its specific agents being corporations (be they employers or suppliers of necessary goods and services).

The late political philosopher Sheldon Wolin called this system inverted totalitarianism. Totalitarianism without visible totalitarians, because the system itself is totalizing. Greek economist and former Syriza Party Minister of Finance Yanis Varoufakis calls it technofeudalism (a term I’ve used in the past). Interestingly, both these gents write from the Left, not the Right. Plenty of folks on the Right speak of being “red pilled” and urge people to “wake up.” Along these same lines, Russian philosopher Aleksandr Dugin penned The Great Awakening vs. the Great Reset (2021). Good luck finding it; the book has been “shadow banned” in the U.S. Amazon refuses to carry Dugin’s books. Wikipedia calls him “fascist or neofascist” because he is openly pro-Russia. This is typical. My response: read the book if you want to know what Dugin has to say. Look for copies on eBay.

There’s more to fighting the Real Fight than reading a few books, obviously. Although it helps.

A widespread belief holds that if the globalism of the Global Corporatocracy is sufficiently exposed to the light of day, especially in light of its many failures (“Globalization will make us all rich”), popular sentiment will reject it, and that this explains the upsurge of “populist” movements around the world.

There’s something to this. A few leaders labeled “populist” or “nationalist” have retained office despite globalist-controlled media hostility. Hungary’s Viktor Orbán comes to mind. Others, though, despite winning elections, were ousted (by means fair or foul; I’ll not get into that here): Donald Trump obviously, and Brazil’s Jair Bolsonaro. Meanwhile, “the Right” has been rising in Europe, with Giorgia Meloni becoming Italy’s prime minister, Geert Wilders having won the Netherlands’ recent election on a platform rejecting open borders, and political parties corporate media hysterically labels “far right” and “neofascist” making gains in France, Germany, Sweden, and elsewhere.

The plan-demic both should have, and did, “awaken” even more people despite the censorship, the deplatforming, the demonizing of criticisms of the official narratives and production of alternatives as “misinformation.”

Yet we’re still in the New Normal and wondering when the next shoe will drop.

For the fact remains: we’re up against something backed with oceanic-trench-deep pockets.

Atop the Global Corporatocracy is a group that would fit comfortably into a university lecture hall. This group, which regularly attends annual WEF confabs, commands more wealth and resources than the entire bottom 50 percent of the world’s population.

The Second Real Fight. And in sum….  

What, then, are our options?

As stated above, opposing the Real Enemy openly is a road to nowhere. A far better strategy is to do what these articles attempt to do, which is reach as many people as possible with truthful information, counseling them to “wake up.” Some will respond; most won’t. Those who won’t, will reap the consequences of remaining “asleep” (or “plugged in” or “taking the blue pill”).

This brings me to the second candidate for Real Enemy I mentioned, against which we have a second Real Fight.

It’s counterintuitive until we think about it, but this second Real Enemy is ourselves.

Our impatience, our frustration with “the sheeple,” our anger however justified.

All futile….  You cannot force anyone to agree with you!

This second Real Fight, therefore, is with ourselves: to control ourselves by circumventing all the above with mental systems of self-discipline, a quest for viable strategies of “opting out” as best we can, and of course turning to and relying on God, while patiently educating those who will listen.

Also read Epictetus the Stoic on focusing on what you can control: your mind and your actions. You can choose to value what is really important: your relationships with others. You can cultivate kindness to all those around you, whether they are on board with any of this or not. You can be patient with those who don’t “get it.”

Other, more visible actions are obvious. Don’t go into debt if you can avoid it. Don’t live in big cities. Steer clear of big universities. Learn a trade instead. You can do this at a community college, or through an apprenticeship if you can arrange one. Had I been born into Gen Z knowing what I know, I’d be doing the latter. Farmers, electricians, plumbers, etc., are “evergreen”: always needed to keep a community running. They will never be replaced by AI or other technology.

And then be doubly-patient.

Because the Global Corporatocracy is an Empire. If we study Empires historically, we learn one thing: all eventually fail. They fall from within.

The one being built now will not be an exception.

Those with hands-on skills will be the ones to build up something of value both during, and in the wake of, its fall into oblivion, however fast or slow this happens.

In ensuing material I hope to explore the nature of the Global Corporatocracy more, and this kind of response. I don’t wish to focus on details of the upcoming election. Ask me who is going to win, and I’m going to echo Tucker Carlson’s answer: I’ve no idea. I’m convinced that leftist agents of the Global Corporatocracy will pull out all stops to make sure it isn’t Trump. The rest is details. As I’ve stated previously, I have over a dozen scenarios in my back pocket. I’ve no idea which one(s) the elites will implement in their bid to maintain Empire power.

Of greater importance is the need to explore what we can do as persons to extricate ourselves and protect ourselves from the debacle likely to come. Focusing on what we can control.

The Global Corporatocracy is filled with sociopaths and psychopaths from top to bottom. How high do its layers go? I don’t know that either (but read C.S. Lewis’s Screwtape Letters!).

What I should note in closing: it is fundamentally corporate. Not governmental. Most freedom fighters get this wrong. Its primary institutions (e.g., central banks) are private, not public. It controls governments by buying easily-manipulated political classes and legions of bureaucratic underlings. It is probably behind every major political assassination of the past 70 years, with the CIA being its ever-reliable tool. It is behind a lot of what the Left condemns as colonialism, which destroyed indigenous cultures and pulled whatever was left into the money political economy of mass consumerism.

It is behind what the Right condemns as wokeness (bankrolled by the George Soroses of the world). This further undermines what was already on life support: liberal arts learning generally, and specific learning based on a Christian worldview. Wokeness — the DIE intellectual vacuum — demonizes those who have done the most to build Western civilization: straight Christian white males, or just those believing that physical science was serving up useful understanding of an objective reality. Many woke beliefs, e.g., in “gender fluidity,” reflect its departure from the kind of realism discussed above. That this is being pushed on impressionable children further indicates their psychopathy and penchant for destroying ordinary people’s lives.

The Global Corporatocracy was almost surely behind the covid catastrophe!

This does not mean that everyone with an elite mindset, or who starts a war is working for the Global Corporatocracy, or even knows about it. Most politicians probably don’t. I doubt that a Yahya Sinwar does, or that necessarily a Netanyahu does (though I could be wrong). In a divided, materialist world in which money talks and amorality prevails, there are bound to be political nihilists and independent mayhem-makers whose destructive actions prove useful.

The point has been, and still is, to the keep the industrial serfdom focused anywhere except on the very top.

We must realize that if we want to live free lives, we’re going to have to figure out how to do it ourselves. No one is going to do it for us. Fortunately, some are already doing what it takes.

That’s the Real Fight, in whichever variant, and the sooner we absorb all this into our worldview, the better.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is available on Navigating the New Normal, on Substack. Please consider subscribing. It’s still free (for now).

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




How ‘World Economic Forum’ Threatens Montana & the Rest of America

By Edwin X Berry, PhD, Theoretical Physics

May 31, 2024

I have seen the face of evil.

My professional work in climate physics and my effort to bring climate truth to the people and our elected leaders has let me see things few ever see.

A powerful cabal of evil Republicans are working to steal Montana’s freedom and turn good Montanans into slaves.

Every preacher, pastor, priest, and rabbi, scientist, public servant, and all who care about freedom must warn Montana voters before June 4, or these voters may vote for their own slavery.

Republicans purposely lost Held v Montana.

In June 2023, Montana Republican Attorney General Austin Knudsen PURPOSELY lost the critical Held v Montana climate lawsuit, which was the most important climate lawsuit in America.

AG Knudsen had three years to prepare his defense. He could have easily defeated Held v Montana. He only needed to defend climate truth, which is easy.

A good trial attorney with good climate expert witnesses would easily have proved the plaintiffs’ climate experts were wrong. That’s why Knudsen blacklisted me and other climate physicists who would have defeated Held v Montana.

The World Economic Forum (WEF) needs the climate myth to support its plan to control us. The climate myth creates dummies who vote to help WEF make them slaves. If we had defeated Held v Montana, we would have destroyed WEF.

To make it a quick death, Knudsen gave away Held v Montana in the first few minutes of the trial on June 12, 2023. His assistant attorney stipulated that Montana agrees with the Plaintiffs’ climate and damage claims. Game over. WEF won.

Knudsen’s trial attorneys did not challenge any Plaintiff expert witness. They presented no expert witness in climate or law. They laid down a legal red carpet to let the Plaintiffs easily win. Knudsen is not that stupid. Knudsen serves WEF.

Knudsen’s purposeful loss of Held v Montana gives the WEF a legal pathway to checkmate Montana’s economy, energy production, and education. His loss gives Democrats free reign to indoctrinate Montana’s kids in the climate myth and global government.

While the Montana Supreme Court can overturn the district court’s ruling on legal technicalities, it cannot overturn that Montana lost the climate science debate.

Montana’s primary election on Tuesday, June 4, is Biblical.

Hosea 8:4 describes what is happening in Montana’s 2024 primary election:

They set up kings without my consent; they choose princes without my approval. With their silver and gold, they make idols for themselves to their own destruction.

Hosea 8:4 New International Version 4 

The cabal of evil Montana Republicans includes Montana Senator Daines, Congressman Zinke, and Governor Gianforte. The cabal also includes Knudsen and Republicans who work in the shadow.

They chose Tim Sheehy without our approval to be our next US Senator, who would be the richest US Senator. With their money and power, they make idols for themselves to their own destruction.

These evil Republicans are using national Republican money to promote Sheehy who will be a WEF puppet. They support the climate myth and Montana’s loss of Held v Montana.

“By their works we will know them.” These powerful Republicans are working to help WEF take over Montana, America, and our lives by 2030.

Our only way to save our freedom and Montana is to elect Brad Johnson for US Senate, Mary Todd for Congress, and Tanner Smith for Governor.

But few Republican voters know they will be choosing between good and evil.

If Republican voters nominate the cabal candidates, we can kiss Montana’s freedom and economy goodbye. WEF will have won control Montana.

The World Economic Forum plans to make us slaves.

The World Economic Forum (and Bill Gates) wants to cull 80 percent of the world’s population and take ownership of our land and property, so we will, in their words, own nothing, go nowhere, eat bugs, and “be happy” submissive, quiet socialists. Their planned “great reset” now in progress plans to put America under socialism.

On June 20, 2023, District Court Judge Seeley gave the Plaintiffs the win Held v Montana.

Senator Daines wrote on X:

“Activist judges, even here in MT, are helping far-Left environmentalists push their green hallucination down the throats of Americans. Shutting down energy projects that support an all-of-the-above energy portfolio is setting America on a dangerous path. We must reverse course.”

Tim Sheehy parroted Daines on X:

“The latest example of a liberal activist judge trying to legislate radical Green New Deal disastrous policies from the bench. We must fight back and take a strong stand against the climate cult and their job-killing agenda.”

Judge Seeley is not an “activist judge.” She made the correct decision based on the arguments presented, because Knudsen presented no argument to defend Montana.

Daines and Sheehy won’t tell you that AG Knudsen purposely lost Held v Montana because that would tip you off that they are lying to you.

In May 2024, Senator Daines sent a letter to Montana Republicans, saying Knudsen is “on the front lines, fighting for our freedoms and defending our way of life.”

Senator Daines lies again. Knudsen did not fight for our freedom or defend our way of life.

What’s the scoop on climate?

The myth of “human-caused climate change” is the most destructive myth in human history. It destroys people’s minds as well as their economies.

Climate alarmism is based on the false assumption human CO2 stays in the atmosphere longer than natural CO2, which is impossible because human and natural CO2 molecules are identical. So, natural and human CO2 have the same half-life in the atmosphere, which according to the IPCC, is about 2.5 years.

These facts easily compute that natural CO2 is now about 400 ppm and human CO2 is about 20 ppm, which means human CO2 is negligible and cannot have any measurable effect on climate change. It also means carbon taxes and carbon capture projects are irrational because they cannot stop mother nature from increasing the CO2 level.

Climate alarmism also assumes CO2 increase causes temperature increase. However, valid published papers prove the reverse, that temperature increase causes CO2 increase.

The Earth’s reflection of sunlight decreased slightly since 1984. A simple physics calculation shows this change of reflectivity explains all the measured global warming since 1984. Human CO2 does not cause global warming or climate change. For more information, read WEF Climate, Amicus Brief, Epoch Times, Berry Papers.

Brad Johnson vs Tim Sheehy for US Senate

Brad Johnson is a proven Montana conservative leader. In 1982, he served as a campaign coordinator for the Montana Republican nominee for US Senate. His conservative values and strong faith guided him while he was serving as Montana’s conservative Secretary of State. Brad’s experiences and long tenure in Montana provide him with an in-depth understanding of the issues that matter most to Montanans.

He won two Montana statewide elections, Secretary of State and PSC Commission Chairman. He worked in the Montana Republican Party for over 40 years. He was a statewide voting member of the MTGOP and a member of the MTGOP executive board.

He supports the Montana Republican Party Platform 100%. He improved the Republican Party Platform as a voting member of the Republican State Platform Convention.

Brad Johnson will vote for climate truth in the US Senate. He is the only candidate for US Senate with genuine experience serving Montanans.

We don’t know the real Sheehy.

The cabal authors his emails and produces his videos. He sends us dozens of emails every day. He has YouTube videos everywhere. He has never held a public office. He is not even from Montana. He is not a cowboy. His past record shows he is a liberal. He does not know what Montanans want or need.

In the fall of 2023, I attended a Pachyderm meeting to meet Sheehy. His talk was a long boring monotone. He held the mic too close to his mouth, overloading the mic and causing big pops from the speakers. When he finished his talk, he disappeared, vanished. He did not stay to meet Montana voters.

He is not a conservative. He embraces radical leftist causes. He achieved his wealth at taxpayer expense. He has Democrat friends in government who helped him get rich, and he owes them.

  • His Bridger Aerospace company promoted itself to the far-left Woke community as a “fundamentally-driven ESG business,” thus securing a $160 million ESG industrial development bond – one of the largest ESG-accredited “sustainability” bonds ever.
  • After becoming a candidate, Sheehy scrubbed all ESG references from his website. He stays invested in climate alarmism-based enterprises, such as the sustainability service Cloverly, a firm that helps companies watch their “planet-threatening” carbon (CO2) output.
  • Until Sheehy announced for the senate, his company boldly represented itself as “fighting on the front lines of climate change” and attacking “CO2emissions to combat climate change.”  This, too, has disappeared from his Bridger website.
  • In August of 2022, Sheehy was still urging “international cooperation” in fighting climate change and described Bridger’s “fundamental business principles of environmental and social sustainability” and the ability “to effectively combat today’s changing climate.”
  • While earning $5 million a year in personal salary and bonuses from his company, 96% of whose revenues are derived from government contracts, Sheehy aggressively fattened his bank account through direct taxpayer subsidies.
  • This included a $774,300 payroll “forgivable federal loan” (swamp-speak for subsidy.) Then he personally donated $700,000 to his senate campaign.
  • Sheehy feasted at the corporate welfare trough a second time, taking a $221,000 federal SBA subsidyso taxpayers could underwrite the training of his employees.
  • Having gained his probable net worth of over $200 million from government grants to support the climate myth, Sheehy will not vote for climate truth in the US Senate.
  • In his TV spots, Sheehy dons his cowboy hat while planted in the saddle of a sturdy quarter horse. He describes himself as “rancher” or “cowboy.” Yet no serious rancher would have “forgotten” to register his livestockwith the Department of Revenue as required by state law.
  • Sheehy avoided Montana state tax by incorporating on the east coast. He recently merged with Jack Creek Investment, a “blank check” corporation and a tax haven for the wealthy in the Cayman Islands.
  • His post-military largesse with lewd photos and erotica connect to his early years on Facebook.
  • On May 5, 2024, the Montana Association of Rabbis and the Montana Jewish Project called on Sheehy to stop his hatred, antisemitism, and bigotry. See their full letter here.

Mary Todd vs Ryan Zinke for Congress

Mary Todd is much smarter and more honest than Zinke. She has dealt with more government problems than Zinke. She has suffered more due to government actions and inactions than Zinke. Mary Todd will make a better member of Congress than Zinke.

Mary Todd’s book – Hard Drive, A Family’s Fight Against Three Countries – is about who left her son, Dr. Shane Truman Todd, a young American engineer, hanging in his Singapore Apartment just a week before his scheduled return to the United States. Her book describes her fight with three countries to find the truth.

Mary Todd writes,

In June of 2012, my son’s life was unjustly taken. Shane died because he was unwilling to illegally trade American secrets. We are still waiting for justice. When I tell you that I am courageous, know that I have had to face the giants. When I tell you that I will give a voice to the voiceless, it’s because I, too, had my voice taken away. When I tell you I will listen to those who have been ignored, it’s because I, too, have been brushed off. When I tell you that I will look you in the eye and fight for your needs, no matter the cost or odds of success, know that I mean it. Because I, too, have been avoided and cast aside. Because of my experiences, I can assure you that my resolve and dedication to the security of this country and to the safety of your family will never waiver.

We are currently in a battle for our nation’s survival. A battle between those who love America and those who hate her. Those who hate her want to destroy it. Those who love America want to keep the American way of life and uphold our Constitution. This is a fight we must win.

Mary Todd attended my climate lecture in March 2024.

Ryan Zinke

Retired Navy Seal Commander Zinke supports Sheehy, the climate myth, and WEF.

Zinke refused to attend my climate lecture in March 2024, even though he was in town. He told me he has no time to talk to me about climate, but he spends hours listening to climate cultists. Zinke is a liberal who will waste our tax dollars trying to stop climate change.

Tanner Smith v Greg Gianforte for Montana Governor

Tanner Smith will be a welcome governor who understands Montana. He will listen to my conclusions about climate truth.

Governor Gianforte supports Knudsen’s purposeful loss of Held v Montana. He has not taken one minute of his time in four years to talk to me about climate. He supports Sheehy and the climate myth.

Vote for freedom.

Vote for Brad Johnson for US Senate, Mary Todd for Congress, and Tanner Smith for Governor.

© 2024 Ed Berry – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Ed Berry: ed@edberry.com




Why is the RNC “Working Feverishly” Against Donald Trump?

By Kat Stansell

May 31, 2024

The Republican National Committee is working against the People’s Choice, Donald Trump. Let that sink in. HE IS THEIR CANDIDATE, for heaven’s sake.

Yes, even with Lara Trump as National Co-Chair.

Lara is either clueless or complicit at this point. There is NO middle ground. All we know about her is that she (NOT DJT) was hired by Fox as a contributor in 2021. In March, 2024, she said that the RNC is “past litigating” the 2020 election, while he father-in-law was in the throes of the stressful and costly NY and GA sham trials. No biggie or “biggie”? You decide.

More on the other Co-Chair, Michael Whatley, in a minute.

Donald John Trump has nearly twice the committed delegates to the National Convention that would be required to win the party’s nomination for President. Yet, the RNC, according to insiders, “is working feverishly” to destroy his candidacy AND, may I add, America’s future as a free republic.

They could care less what you want. They are Globalists, and that is a sign of the sect. In their world, “the people”, don’t HAVE choices.

What follows is information from insiders who know.

FACT: Most of those fired when Rona Romney McDaniel was removed, have been rehired. “Ninety percent …who were fired at the removal of Rona McDaniel have been rehired, and are working feverishly against the re-election of Donald Trump.” PLEASE read this article.

H\ow could Lara not know this?

FACT: Election integrity efforts are a sham, REAL election fraud is not being addressed, and anti-Trumpers (aka, anti-Americans in the 2024 reality) are still in charge. This explains why they are still yapping about ballot harvesting and early voting.

The talk about having hired attorneys in GA, and elsewhere, to guard against fraud is just that. Fraud.

The other RNC Co-Chair, Michael Whatley, is a proven fraud. When chair of the NCRP, he was caught in numerous lies, such as reassuring members that each precinct had the required number of Republican poll watchers, judges, et. al. for the 2022 election. The truth was that, in places like NC’s largest county, Wake, there were fewer than 20% of the Republican workers required by state law. When this fact was pointed out to Whatley, despite his, “I’ll take care of it”, the numbers actually went DOWN.

When he acted as RNC Council before he became co-Chair, he did not even have a law license.

PLEASE listen to the first two interviews on the Georgia Show for all the facts.

Who told Trump that Whatley was “the man for the job”? Was it Lara? She IS kicking off the NC Republican Convention this weekend. The two Co-Chairs seem downright chummy. Her message is about “change”. Once, we might have thought that “change” meant to elect President Trump, to get America back on course. Now, we have reason to believe otherwise.

I am truly sorry to be speculating on this. I want to trust the Trump family, as I know most of you do too. More than anything, though, I want to wake Americans up to the threats we face, so we can strengthen our stance, and not be caught by unsuspected incoming. Few expect Trump’s family to have turned against him.

We know about the state parties of FL and GA, and their efforts to neutralize Trump delegates. See “The RPOF Purges Its Own” for the Florida chapter of the action.

I did have an interesting discussion, this morning, with friends who have just returned from the TX Convention. They said that attendees seemed united in their support of Donald Trump. Delegates were pledged to him.

My friends mentioned “lots of long and drawn out battles”on “rules changes” ( uh, oh) and a strange occurrence when the attendees left the main hall for the “Gala” Saturday evening. When they returned, ALL of their Trump signs, banners and hats, ets., which had been left on their chairs to hold their spot HAD BEEN DISPOSED OF.

Also, their lengthy platform report booklets had been tossed as well. As I said, interesting. Why would a party whose candidate for POTUS, whose signage could have been taken from the convention and displayed in thousands of homes and businesses across the state – WHY would THAT party dispose of their delegates’ personal Trump gear as well as their reference manuals for the proceedings?

We already know that both the FL and GA Republican parties have been caught neutralizing Trump delegates. Is TX possibly following suit? Let’s see what happens in NC this weekend.

Evil has many faces. Be alert. You are smart people, Keep your eyes and minds wide open. Read an research a bit…and let me know what you see. I’d like to check it out.

If you have the chance, attend your state convention. Be loud and firm in support of our rights as citizens of a free country. And pray.

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




The Republican Party is Dying in a Post-God World

By Cliff Kincaid

May 31, 2024

The Republican Party’s candidate for the U.S. Senate in Maryland is a former governor who closed churches during COVID and kept pot shops and liquor stores open. He is now running on a pro-abortion platform to get the votes of Democrats.

Welcome to the Maryland Republican Party and anti-Trump RINO candidate Larry Hogan, known during COVID as “Lockdown Larry.”

Former President Trump may have betrayed the pro-life cause with his “state’s rights” approach to letting babies live or die, depending on the whims of voters, but Hogan is going 100 percent pro-death. Yet he was embraced at the recent Maryland state Republican convention.

The Republican argument is that although Hogan is a RINO, he is still running as a Republican and that his election is crucial to get GOP control of the Senate.

Currently, “independents,” including Vermont’s “Bolshevik Bernie” Sanders, caucus with Democrats. That makes Democrats the majority party under New York Democrat Senator Chuck Shumer’s leadership.

If Republicans follow through and vote for Hogan, it will mean that their desire to “win” at any cost will take precedence over saving unborn human lives and perhaps their own souls.

Hogan is a typical politician who believes the voters can be fooled by shifting stances on issues and flip-flopping.

When the Frederick County Conservative Club sponsored a Senate debate with the various candidates, Hogan boycotted the event, showing his disdain for conservatives. He did not need their votes. Nevertheless, he won the Republican nomination by campaigning against open borders, an issue with appeal to conservatives.

But now, with the Republican Senate nomination in his pocket, his liberal leanings are on full display, as Hogan has proclaimed his promise to be a “pro-choice” senator and support legislation codifying the “protections” of Roe v. Wade that guaranteed abortion on demand. In other words, he will vote to make it lawful to kill the unborn.

At the same time, he says he is personally pro-life and is reported to be a Catholic.

The Catholic position has been reaffirmed because Maryland has a pro-abortion initiative on the ballot this November called the “Right to Reproductive Freedom Amendment.” The Catholic Bishops of Maryland are opposed and declare, “Abortion not only ends the life of an innocent child but also poses significant risks to the physical, emotional and spiritual health of women.”

This is not a religious view but the basic facts of life – or death

As the Christians say, Satan can take many forms, and abortion is one of them. The destruction of the child in the womb is called “freedom” and it is the most important issue for Democrats. Hence, Hogan caters to them. He will do anything to win.

Democrats say he is not pro-abortion enough.

Hogan is apparently not the kind of Christian who can recognize basic truths and facts of life. He lacks what a Christian calls “discernment” and is risking his own soul. His enablers and collaborators do so as well.

The Maryland Catholic Bishops lack credibility because of the sex scandals causing their churches to go without parishioners and their dioceses to go bankrupt. Yet, their basic position on the right to life is correct. Hogan knows he can disregard them without consequence.

It is sad. Maryland is one of the most Catholic states in the nation and yet it is one of the most liberal. It is pro-abortion and even supports grounding human bodies into compost to grow crops. It is the latest “green” fad.

We need more Catholics who believe in their faith like Kansas City Chiefs kicker Harrison Butker. His so-called “divisive” speech at Catholic Benedictine College in Kansas was seized upon by the liberal media as abhorrent.

With more division like this and less “inclusion,” people might go back to church and our country might be saved.

In several notable remarks, Butker said, “Our own nation is led by a man who publicly and proudly proclaims his Catholic faith, but at the same time is delusional enough to make the sign of the cross during a pro-abortion rally.”

Since Butker’s speech and his defense of motherhood and traditional values, however, even liberal Pope Francis seems to have rediscovered aspects of his Catholic faith and has publicly rejected homosexuals in seminaries.

In remarks about the sin of homosexuality, a “lifestyle” characterized by sexually transmitted diseases and an early death, Butker had referred to the “deadly” form of “pride” that has “an entire month dedicated to it,” a reference to the “LGBTQIA+ Pride Month” of June. He denounced “dangerous gender ideologies” and “the tyranny of diversity, equity, and inclusion.”

He also took on Catholic leaders, saying, “…before we even attempt to fix any of the issues plaguing society, we must first get our own house in order, and it starts with our leaders. The bishops and priests appointed by God as our spiritual fathers must be rightly ordered… Today, our shepherds are far more concerned with keeping the doors open to the chancery than they are with saying the difficult stuff out loud.” 

Referring to church leaders acquiescing to the closing of their churches during COVID, he said, “We cannot buy into the lie that the things we experienced during COVID were appropriate. Over the centuries, there have been great wars, great famines, and yes, even great diseases, all that came with a level of lethality and danger. But in each of those examples, Church leaders leaned into their vocations and ensured that their people received the sacraments.”

Becoming emotional, he praised his wife’s role as a mother and homemaker and denounced the “diabolical lies” being fed to women today about succeeding in the secular world taking precedence over families.

Most people don’t have the time to actually watch the speech or read a transcript. It’s just too much trouble. This is a reason why Larry Hogan goes with the secular culture and appeals for votes from those consumed with the murder of the unborn as a human right. Hogan understands the “spirit” of the times. It has consumed his soul and threatens the survival of our nation.

As Harrison Butker said, we are in a “post-God world.” With the Republican Party nominating frauds and phonies like Larry Hogan, the end will come soon.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Does Everybody Go To Heaven?

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 30, 2024

Our family lost a brother last week.  Our brother Dan passed into eternity at the age of 73.  It was unexpected, something millions of Americans have experienced over the past 4 years. Somehow the death of a loved one makes death seem so…well…final.  We all have an appointment with death and the Bible teaches that “tomorrow is promised to no man…”

If you permit, just a brief tribute to our brother.

Dan was a unique guy in that he lived his entire life with one arm.  He lost it at the age of 7 months when our family was broadsided by a drunk driver.  Everyone survived (I was not born yet) but little “Danny” never knew a life with two arms.

Our baby brother Bill wrote Dan’s obit and permit me to quote from it.

Dan did many things that would seem impossible for a one-armed man, including driving a semi-truck for Funnie-Frite Industries, climbing telephone poles to repair lines for United Telephone and operating an overhead crane at Kaiser. He also had a passion for cutting and splitting firewood using a chain saw that he had modified with an attachment that allowed him to use his “stub” to work as his missing hand.

In his younger years, his athletic prowess did not go unnoticed, as he participated in three sports from little league through high school. He could play any position in baseball, but found most success on the mound or as catcher. Many batters feared facing him, as did many pitchers when he was at the plate. In football he was a receiver, a barefoot punter, and a respected tackler. He could hold his own on the basketball court as well, with superb defensive and rebounding skills. Dan was a 1968 graduate of Lakewood High School.

He enjoyed hunting, many big bucks crossed his path when it was too late for them and ended up hanging on his wall. Rabbits and pheasants did not flush quick enough only to become delicious meals prepared in a cast iron skillet. A legendary fisherman who could not only bait his hook, but could remove his catch with ease. Although his drives on the golf course weren’t legendary, his putting skills were top notch. Dan was a skilled poker player, although shuffling the cards proved to be a challenge, he usually left the game with more than he came with. Try any of these activities with one arm and you will appreciate how difficult the things most people take for granted were for him.

He was a remarkable guy.  He will be missed.  Rest in peace, Dan!

This Saturday I will be officiating his Memorial service.  Death is so unforgiving, irresistible, but a reality that we will all have to face.  I have the challenge of memorializing my brother in a way that is honoring while at the same time focusing the attendees on their own appointment with death and the necessary preparations that we all need to consider.

What happens to us when we die?  Is hell real and do individuals actually go there?  Do people really ‘rest in peace’ simply because we say so?  Will you see your loved ones there? Does EVERYBODY go to Heaven?”

Those questions, and many more, flood the mind when faced with the permanent reality of a loved one “passing on.”  Passing on to where?  To what?  In what form?

Covid has popularized a new phrase…DIED SUDDENLY…as if that was normal.  We expect “sick” people to die…but healthy ones…not so much.  Millions of Americans have experienced the shock of losing a loved one unexpectedly over the past few years.  I fear more to come.

Do not get me started on that one…

So let me get to the point.  From my understanding of the Bible EVERYONE is going to Heaven…but not everyone is going to STAY in HEAVEN.  The Book of Revelation describes the Great White Throne Judgement when we all will stand before God and give an account of our lives.  EVERYONE will stand before God.

“All have sinned” the Bible teaches so we will all be found guilty before the Judge.  There are “NONE RIGHTEOUS…NO NOT ONE!”  The verdict from the JUST JUDGE will be GUILTY.  Death will be the sentence that He will pronounce because “the wages of sin is death.”  Death is the penalty we pay for sin. You sin…you die.

Except, God, in His mercy, made other plans.  He sent His Son as a substitutionary sacrifice to die in our place.  ALL have sinned…Christ died for all.

But the sacrifice must be applied individually.  Christ died…paid the fine…not for EVERYONE…but for WHOSOEVER.  It is a choice.  Sort of like getting on the reservation list at a great banquet.  All are invited, but you must get your name on the reservation list for Christ to pick up your sin tab.

Enter ye in at the strait gate: for wide is the gate, and broad is the way, that leadeth to destruction, and many there be which go in thereat: Because strait is the gate, and narrow is the way, which leadeth unto life, and few there be that find it.”

The Bible also tells us that it is an exclusive list…not everyone who says unto me LORD, LORD shall enter the Kingdom.  It is AVAILABLE to all…but not APPLICABLE to all.  An individual must CHOOSE to be “saved.”  After that, righteousness is IMPUTED by God.  You do not EARN salvation…we are DECLARED Righteous…imputed…stamped…saved…by our Savior…

Saved from what?  The JUST penalty for the violation of GOD’S LAW.  The wages of sin is death but the gift of God is eternal life!  Eternal Death or Eternal LIFE!

We will all stand before the Judge and we will ALL be found guilty!  Death is the price (fine) that will have to be paid.  MORE

Did you know God keeps the books?  “And whosoever was not found written in the book of life was cast into the lake of fire.”  Is your name written in the Book of Life?  Have you received Christ as your Savior?

What have you done with HIS sacrifice?  You can pay your own bill…or you can have Jesus pick up the tab.  Your choice.  You sinned…somebody must die.  It is called JUSTICE.  But God is merciful.  Mercy follows Justice.

What will you do with Jesus?

RUN in peace Brother Dan!!

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Music Transcends Race

by Lee Duigon

May 30, 2024

I spend a lot of time on YouTube, and lately I’ve been wondering: am I indulging wishful thinking, or are there suddenly a lot more black conservatives than there used to be? Or have they just found new ways to slip the censors?

We discovered them by accident. My wife got interested in the late Bobby Caldwell, a rhythm and blues star who was rather more heard than seen; and a lot of the people who enjoyed his music—black people—thought he was black, too. There are quite a few videos showing how black fans reacted when they learned that Bobby Caldwell was… white.

Amazement. Stunned surprise. And above all, delight.

Bobby Caldwell did more for race relations than any 2,000 politicians ever did—by bringing people together with his music and making them happy. And although he died in 2023, his music continues to do it. The music transcends race.

And we need a lot of that. Our country has never needed it more.

So suddenly there are all these black men and women on YouTube saying things that I might say, standing for ideals that are my ideals, too—and throwing verbal brickbats at the same left-wing dorks and culture vultures that I disparage in my daily writing (see http://www.leeduigon.com ).

We have so much in common. For years and years, Democrats have been stringing black voters along, promising them the moon but delivering nothing but the same old-same old. “You’re oppressed! White people oppress you. All your troubles are their fault! But vote for us—so we can protect you, avenge you, and hand out reparations—lots of other people’s money to go around, and we’re just itching to dole it out to you!” Etc., etc., etc. And nothing changes.

But it’s starting to look like the scam is wearing thin.

Imagine an America without Critical Race Theory exhorting people to detest and blame each other. You can already find it on YouTube. How to get it out of YouTube and into daily life is a quest well worth undertaking.

Here’s a glimpse of what it looks like: https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LLdKs5W97R4

Thank you, Bobby Caldwell.

Thank you, Bobby Caldwell’s fans.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Be patient with the YouTube link, it takes a minute or two to load. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Discovering the Three profound Secrets to a Happy Life

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 30, 2024

Thomas Jefferson said, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men and women are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.”

(Gary Hall, bicycling from Nord Cap, Norway, 600 miles north of the Arctic Circle, over 3,500 miles to Athens, Greece—asking for directions from some Italian men sitting in the park.)

Through all human history, ordinary people longed for the mythical ideal to be happy, to live a fulfilling life and to enjoy the fruits of their talents.

For the first time in history via Thomas Jefferson and the founding fathers of America—ordinary people suddenly enjoyed the “right” to pursue their happiness in their own ways, at their own speed and at their own choices.

As an ordinary citizen of America, my life path carried me into amazing places. My choices allowed me to encounter some remarkable people who espoused “how” to live a happy life.  I share their ideals with you for you to incorporate them into your own life—and prosper with happiness.

Henry David Thoreau said, “If you advance confidently toward your dreams, and endeavor to live the life which you have imagined, you will meet with success unexpected in common hours.  You will pass through invisible boundaries.  You will engage new and liberal laws.  And you will live with the license of a higher order of beings.”

I read that quote every morning before my day begins. I inculcate the essence of the message into my brain cells and my thought patterns.  I make plans, I prepare to carry them out and I pursue them confidently.  At first, I met with many obstacles with my dream to bicycle on all seven continents.  Those difficulties became stepping-stones to my ultimate success because of my “advancing confidently” toward my dreams.  Successes “popped up” in the creative field of life at the most unexpected hours.

Somewhere along your own journey, by incorporating Thoreau’s wisdom, you will pass through invisible boundaries.  Once you make the transition, you will engage new and liberal laws in your daily activities. Your thought patterns change to increasingly more abundant and creative vibrations.  Those vibrations propel you toward living with a higher order of beings—in other words, you transform via your thoughts.  You become how you think.  You manifest what you imagine.

Jack London said, “I would rather be ashes than dust. I would rather my spark burn out in a brilliant blaze than be stifled by dry rot. I would rather be a superb meteor; every atom in magnificent glow—rather than a sleepy and permanent planet.  The proper function of man or woman is to live, not merely exist. I shall use my time.”

I read aloud this second secret to happiness daily. I engage the energy of London’s wisdom for squeezing every second out of every day.  That may mean contemplative thought and grateful moments versus quickening intensity.  I understand that each moment of living constitutes a marvelous endowment.

You too, enjoy the miracle of living.  By incorporating the first and second secrets, you change the vibrations in your mind, in your heart and in your spirit.    You transition into an entirely new and creative realm of thought and creative process.  London understood it in his vivacious living and his enthralling literary pursuits.  His book Martin Eden lives inside me since I read it 40 years ago.  London inspired me and still does to this day.

Goethe said, “Whatever you can do, or dream you can do, begin it.  Boldness has genius, power and magic in it. Begin it now.”

Actions drive your coveted dreams to reality, which drive your life toward fulfillment.  While engaging your mind to harness your dreams, you take actions that connect you to your happiness.  By channeling the creative energy of the universe, you live a happy life.

“The bicycle is just as good company as most husbands and, when it gets old and shabby, a woman can dispose of it and get a new one without shocking the entire community.”

Ann Strong, Minneapolis Tribune, 1895. This quote comes from the era when bicycling first became widely popular and gave women increased freedom. The suffrage movement was steering a new course for women, away from traditional marriage, and the bicycle was one tool in creating this freedom.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Time to Take a Side and Make a Stand

By Lex Greene

May 29, 2024

I’m always amazed to watch people debate “who’s the perfect candidate” when there’s no such thing as a perfect person. How do you expect to get a “perfect candidate” from a pool of imperfect people? No such thing exists… The over-popular term “lesser evil” strategically used to divide the patriotic electorate, has a natural synonym… “better choice.” The term “lesser evil” implies that there is a “greater evil,” an option even less attractive.

People who want to only vote for a “perfect candidate” overlooked the reality that there is no such thing! They live in a fantasy world.

But one thing is very clear at this moment in history…our government is currently full of the most criminally imperfect people in our country, and that must change! Right now, a growing majority of Americans across the political spectrum see Trump as that agent of change…and the more the corrupt government tries to prevent him from running, the more patriotic Americans rush to his side in a growing revolt against that maniacal anti-American corruption.

The simple truth is, Americans see themselves in Trump, someone under massive assault by our corrupt weaponized government, fighting for his life against an all-powerful cabal of international criminals and global Marxist misfits. They know that whatever our government can do to a high-profile billionaire, they can do even worse to any opponent, and they will. The left has made it personal now, and they have no rules of engagement, no conscience, and no shame!

What did you really expect from a society who thinks killing innocent defenseless babies in the womb is some insane protected right?

The Democrat Party made a critical strategic error when their lawfare turned a high-profile powerful billionaire into a “victim” of government abuses of power. They made Trump an “underdog” and Americans of all political stripes, always fight for an underdog, especially when they watch the government try to destroy a political opponent and all of his supporters!

The leftist lawfare assaults on Trump are a totally partisan politically motivated farce! Only a totally rigged trial could ever end in a conviction.

Never in American history has any political figure been so obviously targeted for destruction, by their political opponents. Never before have we witnessed an entire Justice System turned on its head, manipulated into an injustice system, all designed to defeat an otherwise undefeatable political foe. The people were awakened by what they have watched the criminal Biden regime do to Trump.

But at the same time, I’m also amazed at how easy it is to con millions of Americans, Pavlov training them to hate people they’ve never even met, regurgitate programmed lies as if they have some personal knowledge, willingly lie without conscience, and all because they were told to, by Trump’s political opponents, without a single individual thought of their own.

Despite it all, Trump is positioned to become the next President of the United States, so long as he picks the right running mate, and escapes assassination attempts. Maybe he’s sure to win because of everything democrats have pulled in the past nine-years against Trump, in broad daylight. Many who voted for Biden in 2020 have watched the democrats weaponize the entire federal government to “get Trump!” That’s something that cannot be allowed in the USA, no matter one’s politics!

Many years ago, I spoke of this historical moment in a few radio interviews, when the American people would finally realize the fact that our problems are not just republican vs. democrat… no, instead, our greatest problem is “the governed” vs “the corrupt government.” The people are here now…

Who actually “divided America” … How, and Why?

Of course, the people who actually divided America, blame the division on the people who didn’t…the same people working to unite patriotic Americans for the sake of good over evil today. Accusing your enemies of doing exactly what you are doing is an ancient left-wing tactic of evildoers, often referred to as “projection.” Nobody was better at it than Hitler and Mao, until Obama.

WHO?

In reality, those trying to turn our Constitutional Representative Republic into a socialist “democracy” are the people who “divided America.”

“Marx and Engels believed that democracy is a means to achieve socialism, not an end in itself.”

They set out to destroy everything in the Declaration of Independence, U.S. Constitution and Bill of Rights, and “fundamentally transform America” into something most Americans don’t want. That’s who “divided America,” between Americans who love America and its foundations of freedom, and those who seek to destroy it.

Those trying to turn the USA in to some insane Marxist member of a global commune under the WEF, UN and WHO, divided the USA between freedom loving patriots, and everyone Pavlov trained to hate America, and even march for the likes of Hamas, chanting “DEATH TO AMERICA.”

That’s who caused the deep divisions in America, no one else. The fact that patriotic Americans are finally starting to fight back, in self-defense and preservation of national sovereignty and security, freedom and liberty, means the divisions created by the left are finally feeling a counter-push. They don’t like it!

Before this 2024 election season is over, every American will be forced to take a side and make a stand, like it or not.

Why? …is always the same!

This isn’t about Trump…it’s about the future of freedom and liberty the world over, because as America goes, so goes the world. If America is no longer free, no place on earth will be. There’s nowhere to run, nowhere to hide. Only the political elites benefit from societal divisions, no one else. They divide in order to conquer, plain and simple.

HOW?

In 2008, Obama promised everyone he would “fundamentally transform America” and he sure has. He has made our country the sickest and most vulnerable it has ever been in 248 years. It was done by a “soft-coup,” through “community organizing” by the best community organizer since Hitler.

The current so-called Biden administration is actually Obama’s 3rd term, with Obama administration officials running the White House again since January 20, 2021. It’s a fact, just research it for yourself.

There’s no such thing as a “blue state” in the USA. There are only “blue cities,” most of them “sanctuary cities” in direct violation of US Immigration and Naturalization laws, engaged in harboring millions of fugitives from countless foreign 3rd world lands. All of them, imported by Obama with specific purpose.

Both the 2020 and 2022 elections were rotten with fraud. The people simply cannot afford to allow that to happen again in 2024. No one can “sit this out” on the sidelines. Everyone must take a side, make a stand, hope, and pray for the best, but prepare for the worst our country has ever seen.

STOPPING THE STEAL in 2024 will not be easy. It will be a fight to the finish.

The outcome of this election cycle will either shore up our Constitutional Republic for another hundred years, or the USA will cease to exist. The stakes couldn’t possibly be greater!

Now, some on the wrong side of this fight will attack everything I just said, using only the standardized broken-record talking points they were Pavlov trained by global Marxists. That’s fine, I couldn’t care less.

But the rest of you had best take heed… The time for talking is over. The time for action has arrived.

Doubt this message at the risk of your own peril…and that of all posterity!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




VICTORY: Huge TARGET Backlash – Only Shows The People That They Still Hold The Power

By Bradlee Dean

May 29, 2024

“Yea, a man may say, Thou hast faith, and I have works: shew me thy faith without thy works, and I will shew thee my faith by my works.” -James 2:18

Well, friends, if it is not the said, extorted representatives in America selling the people out to the highest bidders (Luke 22:48), that is when it comes to the attacks being made on the morality of a people, then it is the Chinese source from which much of this financially flows.  Remember, if I can demoralize you, I can control you (Matthew 4:9-11).

Child trafficking documentary congress want see

https://ifapray.org/blog/chinese-billionaires-are-pushing-transgenderism-in-america/

Regardless of where the corruptions come from, the people in this country are the law and are to put down the crimes (Isaiah 51:4).  I am happy to report that this is exactly what has happened.

According to newsbreak.com, USA Today highlighted America’s victory “Battered by boycott and backlash, Target will not sell Pride collection in all stores.”

Target will no longer sell its Pride Month collection in all stores after conservative blowback over LGBTQ+ themed merchandise, including bathing suits designed for transgender people, harmed sales.

The retailer told USA TODAY the collection will be available on its website and in “select stores” depending on “historical sales performance.”

Target – which has a decade-long track record of featuring LGBTQ+ merchandise during Pride Month – was one of the corporations assailed for “rainbow capitalism” last June during Pride Month.

Conservative activists organized boycotts and some threatened Target employees over LGBTQ+ displays in stores, prompting the chain to pull some of the Pride merchandise.

As you all know, we took part in the protest against Target last year and the “crimes against nature” that they were promoting (Leviticus 18:22).  As we can all see, the Lord has amply rewarded our obedience unto Him (Matthew 16:17-19).

Bradlee confronts store manager at Target and their illegal sodomite agenda video

Americans, under the Lord, we can do this (Romans 8:37).  The people still have the power.

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Honor Victims of the U.S. Government on Memorial Day

By Cliff Kincaid

May 28, 2024

After they murdered unarmed Trump supporter Ashli Babbitt in cold blood on January 6, 2021, we have now learned that the roughly 30 FBI agents who raided Trump’s home were authorized to use deadly force as they rifled through Melania Trump’s wardrobe.

Those defending this assault as “standard operating procedure” are part of the problem. And the problem is that, as we celebrate Memorial Day, we must understand the nature of the war being waged by the federal government on the American people. It has been decades in the making.

These are dangerous times. Trump is being portrayed by the liberal media and its Democratic Party allies as a threat to democracy, creating an atmosphere in which assassination plots can be carried out for the benefit of the Deep State and another Trump enemy, the United Nations, under the control of China, Russia, and Iran.

On Memorial Day, let us remember that Ashli Babbitt, who was unarmed and murdered by the Capitol Police on January 6, 2021, in cold blood, was a military vet and Trump supporter.

In that protest, more than 500 people have been sentenced to prison. Yet, many of them were invited and escorted into the Capitol. It was at this time that Ashli Babbitt, a 35-year-old California woman, a 14-year veteran of the Air Force and UNARMED Trump supporter, was surrounded and killed by a U.S. Capitol Police officer. He was NOT prosecuted or even reprimanded for this murder.

Equally shocking, we just learned that the search warrant for the raid on Trump’s home was, essentially, a license to kill that included a medic to take care of the wounded and dying. The liberal media claim this is much ado about nothing.

But remember that an FBI sniper killed Randy Weaver’s wife in the 1992 Ruby Ridge operation. She was killed as she was holding her baby daughter in her arms. Weaver’s 14-year-old son was shot to death by federal Marshalls carrying machine guns. Ruby Ridge is the scandal involving federal agencies such as the FBI and ATF assaulting a so-called “white supremacist” living in Idaho who had been set up on a charge of selling an illegal weapon, a sawed-off shotgun.

This time, they tried to set up Trump, first with manipulation of the crowd on January 6, 2021, and then as Trump prepared to run for the presidency again.

Ruby Ridge was followed by the federal siege of the Waco religious compound on April 19, 1993, when more than eighty men, women and children were shot or burned to death. Federal agencies attacked the compound of a religious cult, the Branch Davidians, on the pretext that children were being abused. They could have apprehended the leader of the religious compound without killing all those people. It was another demonstration of their power.

Now they are using their power against Trump.

But Trump also faces foreign threats.

Remember that, in a threat personally directed against President Trump, the head of Iran’s Islamic Revolutionary Guards Corps promised revenge for the U.S. assassination that Trump ordered of an Iranian terrorist, Qassem Soleimani.

But that’s not all. In 2023, a radical woman named Pascale Ferrier pleaded guilty to sending deadly Ricin letters to Trump and had a loaded gun, 294 rounds of ammunition, a fake I.D., and a knife. She had made postings to “kill Trump.”

James Hodgkinson, who opened fire on a group of Republican members of Congress in June, 2017, was a “Bolshevik Bernie” Sanders supporter who declared he wanted to “terminate” Trump and the Republicans.

We must conclude that federal agencies, left-wing extremists, and Iranian terrorists are targeting President Trump by using KGB-style tactics and creating an atmosphere in which death threats against our former president are encouraged and assassination plots are carried out.

As we honor those who honorably served our country in foreign wars, remember the domestic wars being waged by the federal government against the people of the United States.

As we witness the assault on Trump’s home and the mass imprisonment of those protesting the stolen election of 2020, let us remember the scandals of the FBI/ATF armed assaults on Randy Weaver’s home and family at Ruby Ridge, Idaho, and the Waco religious compound in Texas.

These are the templates for what is happening today.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




The Treaty That Cannot Be

By Paul Engel

May 28, 2024

  • The WHO Pandemic Agreement includes a lot of powers for this U.N. agency.
  • Many claims about what would happen should President Biden sign this agreement.
  • Except all of the claims that this “treaty” would be legally binding in the United States are not true.

The World Health Organization’s (WHO) Pandemic Agreement has been in the news again lately. Not only does this United Nation organization want the power to take over the world in a “health emergency”, but numerous politicians and commentators keep claiming that if Joe Biden signs this treaty, it would be legally binding. The truth is that is just not true, for several reasons.

The WHO Pandemic Treaty

With all of this talk about the WHO treaty, you may be surprised to find out it doesn’t call itself a treaty. Rather its actual title is the WHO Pandemic Agreement. This detail will become important later in this article. As you may expect, this agreement starts with some grandiose statements, many of which are just as grandly wrong.

Recognizing that the World Health Organization is fundamental to strengthening pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, as it is the directing and coordinating authority on international health work,

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

As more and more information comes to light, we find that recommendations from WHO regarding lockdowns, masks, and the mRNA “vaccine” puts in question how effective they were in preventing the spread of the pandemic. Which brings into question the purpose of this agreement.

The objective of the WHO Pandemic Agreement, guided by equity, and the principles and approaches set forth herein, is to prevent, prepare for and respond to pandemics.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

Who would decide how to prevent, prepare, and respond to pandemics under this agreement? It shouldn’t surprise anyone that it would be the bureaucrats in the WHO calling the shots. While much of the agreement’s language is fairly vague, that doesn’t mean there aren’t problems. Language like this:

The Parties commit to take measures to progressively strengthen pandemic prevention and coordinated multisectoral surveillance, taking into account national capacities and national and regional circumstances. …

The Parties shall contribute to the further development and updating of international standards and guidelines to detect, reduce risks of, monitor and manage zoonotic spill-over and spill-back, in collaboration with WHO and relevant intergovernmental organizations. …

[and]

Each Party commits to develop, strengthen and maintain its health system, including primary health care, for pandemic prevention, preparedness and response, taking into account the need for equity and resilience, with a view to the progressive realization of universal health coverage.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement

There is plenty of room in this language for the WHO to claim sovereignty over every country that signs on. This becomes quite apparent when you start reading Article 19 of the agreement.

  1. The Parties shall cooperate, directly and/or through relevant regional or international bodies, to sustainably strengthen pandemic prevention, preparedness and response capacities in countries, particularly developing countries, which are Parties to the WHO Pandemic Agreement or the International Health Regulations (2005) (hereinafter referred to collectively as “Cooperating Parties”), …
  2. The Parties shall, upon request, facilitate the provision of technical assistance and support for those Cooperating Parties that have requested such assistance or support, in particular developing countries, either bilaterally or through relevant regional and/or international organizations.

Revised draft of the negotiating text of the WHO Pandemic Agreement – Article 19

What are these “Cooperating Parties” supposed to cooperate on? Sharing technical, scientific, and legal expertise. Oh, and financial support as well. The part that got my attention was the inclusion of the International Health Regulations into this agreement. As you may have heard, there have been some interesting amendments proposed to these regulations. Amendments like:

“standing recommendation” means non-binding advice issued by WHO for specific ongoing public health risks pursuant to Article 16 regarding appropriate health measures for routine or periodic application needed to prevent or reduce the international spread of disease and minimize interference with international traffic;

“temporary recommendation” means non-binding advice issued by WHO pursuant to Article 15 for application on a time-limited, risk-specific basis, in response to a public health emergency of international concern, so as to prevent or reduce the international spread of disease and minimize interference with international traffic;

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

Notice how these “recommendations” would no longer be non binding? I guess that means the WHO would consider these recommendations legally binding on parties to these agreements. Furthermore, these amended regulations have an amended purpose.

The purpose and scope of these Regulations are to prevent, protect against, prepare, control and provide a public health response to the international spread of diseases including through health systems readiness and resilience in ways that are commensurate with and restricted to public health risk all risks with a potential to impact public health, and which avoid unnecessary interference with international traffic and trade, livelihoods, human rights, and equitable access to health products and health care technologies and know how.

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

There are also some fundamental principles that need to be considered.

The implementation of these Regulations shall be guided by the goal of their universal application for the protection of all people of the world from the international spread of disease. When implementing these Regulations, Parties and WHO should exercise precaution, in particular when dealing with unknown pathogens.

Article by Article Compilation of Proposed Amendments to the International Health Regulations (2005) submitted by States Parties in the context of Decision WHA75

Even with this brief look at these two documents, I hope you can see why so many people are concerned about the loss of sovereignty should the Biden Administration sign on to these two agreements. However, there are the constitutional issues we need to examine as well.

The Constitutional Issues

To truly understand the lie that is being told about this agreement, we need to start with an examination of the Treaty and Supremacy Clauses.

No president has the authority to sign a treaty on their own. As Article II clearly states, the President:

He shall have Power, by and with the Advice and Consent of the Senate, to make Treaties, provided two thirds of the Senators present concur;

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 2, Clause 2

So if Joe Biden follows through with his promise to sign the WHO Pandemic Agreement, legally it will be meaningless in the United States unless and until the Senate consents to it. “But Paul” you say, “this is not a treaty, it’s an agreement.” While some have claimed that the President can bind the United States to international agreements as long as they are not treaties, that isn’t true. Look at the Tenth Amendment.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Read the Constitution and you will not find the power to sign binding international agreements delegated to the President. The only place the power to sign such documents lies is in the Treaty Clause, which requires both the advice and consent of the Senate.

What if the Senate consents to this agreement, wouldn’t that make it legally binding? Which leads us to the Supremacy Clause

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

In order for any treaty to be considered the supreme law of the land, it must be made under the authority of the United States. Where does the United States get its authority? From the Constitution of course. So, in order for a treaty, or any “treaty like device”, to be considered legally binding on the United States, the Several States, or any of its people, it must exercise a power that the Constitution has already delegated to the United States. Look very closely and you will not find the power to regulate public health delegated to the United States. You may ask, “But what if it’s an emergency?” Look again and you’ll see, there is no emergency clause in the Constitution. That means, whether or not an American president signs the agreement or the accompanying International Health Regulations, these rules are not legally binding upon the United States. They will only have an effect here if the American people are distracted by lies.

The Treaty “Shell Game”

As a young boy, I learned about a game played in the streets, a game you could not win. The game is called “Three Card Monte”. A variation of the shell game, it works by distracting the “mark” while you play with the cards. Something very similar appears to be happening with the WHO agreement. Just as the Monte dealer cries out “Watch the lady, keep track of the lady!”, people today are crying “If Joe Biden signs this agreement American sovereignty will end!” Nothing any president can do can take away your sovereignty. Sadly, most Americans have voluntarily given up their sovereignty by falling for the lies that the president can do things via international agreement that he cannot do under the Constitution.

Let’s picture a future where some American president has signed the WHO Pandemic Agreement and the International Health Regulations, and the Senate has “ratified” these treaties. What happens then? First, since these “treaties” were not made under the authority of the United States, they are not the supreme law of the land. Further, the signing of these “treaties” would be an unconstitutional act.

An unconstitutional act is not a law; it confers no rights; it imposes no duties; it affords no protection; it creates no office; it is in legal contemplation as inoperative as though it had never been passed.

Norton v. Shelby County, 118 U.S. 425 (1886)

Then again, since members of Congress seem almost universally ignorant of the document they took an oath to support, I’m sure the vast majority would think these false treaties valid. However, any legislative acts made in support of these fake “treaties” would not be constitutional, and therefore void. As Alexander Hamilton said in Federalist #78:

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Papers #78

Since neither the President nor Congress is likely to recognize the criminal activities they were committing, many would look to the courts to protect us. Since these justices went to the same law schools that refuse to teach the supreme law of the land, can we really expect protection from this branch of government? A quick look at the Supremacy Clause should show you not only that the decision of a court is not part of the supreme law of the land, but that the judges are bound to the Constitution, not the other way around. Of course, that will not stop those in government, at all levels, from turning their back on their oaths of office and attempting to place free citizens under the thumb of these tyrannical “treaties”. Which leaves us with only one way to protect our rights and where we should have started in the first place: With We the People.

Conclusion

So where does this leave us? I fully expect President Biden will sign the WHO Pandemic Agreement. Why would he do so? I believe that’s pretty obvious as well. There are forces in the world that believe they know better than everyone else. How we should live our lives, how we should spend our money, and how we should treat an emergency like a pandemic. The only way these people can have that kind of power is by creating a government above the nations. That is what the United Nations has become, and with the help of the World Health Organization, the World Economic Forum, and our own sellouts in the United States, they will subjugate us to the will of others.

I’m reminded of the famous picture from Tiananmen Square. The one of a single man standing before a tank. A single man, standing for his rights and those of his family. A single man, alone, but willing to do what is right. I don’t think those who would stand against these “treaties” would be alone. I believe there are hundreds, maybe even thousands, of Americans who recognize that the Constitution of the United States is their legal authority to stand athwart those who would implement these fake “treaties” and say no. They recognize that there is not a court, legislature, or executive in this country who can legally violate the supreme law of the land, and are willing to stand for that conviction. Because anyone who would sign such an agreement, vote for legislation to implement such an agreement, or decide a case in favor of such an agreement, is not merely acting against their oath of office. They are committing insurrection:

A rising or rebellion of citizens against their government, usually manifested by acts of violence.

Insurrection – The Free Legal Dictionary

You see, the dirty little secret that everyone seems to be forgetting is that, in the United States, the government is not the person in office, but the offices created by the Constitution. And when someone attempts to subvert the words of the Constitution, they are subverting the only legal government for the United States. Should these international organization attempt to subvert the Constitution, it could be said they are levying war against the United States. Meaning anyone who gave them aid and comfort would be committing treason. If you’ve followed The Constitution Study for any length of time, you should know that I do not use the term “treason” lightly.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Get US Out of NATO

By: Devvy

May 27, 2024

“Suffer not yourselves to be betrayed with a kiss.” -Patrick Henry, March 23, 1775

Today is Memorial Day.  George Washington’s Farewell Address to the People of these United States of America, 1796

“The great rule of conduct for us in regard to foreign nations is in extending our commercial relations, to have with them as little political connection as possible. So far as we have already formed engagements, let them be fulfilled with perfect good faith. Here let us stop. Europe has a set of primary interests which to us have none; or a very remote relation. Hence she must be engaged in frequent controversies, the causes of which are essentially foreign to our concerns. Hence, therefore, it must be unwise in us to implicate ourselves by artificial ties in the ordinary vicissitudes of her politics, or the ordinary combinations and collisions of her friendships or enmities.

“Our detached and distant situation invites and enables us to pursue a different course. If we remain one people under an efficient government, the period is not far off when we may defy material injury from external annoyance; when we may take such an attitude as will cause the neutrality we may at any time resolve upon to be scrupulously respected; when belligerent nations, under the impossibility of making acquisitions upon us, will not lightly hazard the giving us provocation; when we may choose peace or war, as our interest, guided by justice, shall counsel.

“Why forego the advantages of so peculiar a situation? Why quit our own to stand upon foreign ground? Why, by interweaving our destiny with that of any part of Europe, entangle our peace and prosperity in the toils of European ambition, rivalship, interest, humor or caprice?

“It is our true policy to steer clear of permanent alliances with any portion of the foreign world; so far, I mean, as we are now at liberty to do it; for let me not be understood as capable of patronizing infidelity to existing engagements. I hold the maxim no less applicable to public than to private affairs, that honesty is always the best policy. I repeat it, therefore, let those engagements be observed in their genuine sense. But, in my opinion, it is unnecessary and would be unwise to extend them.”

Art. 1, Section 8 Clause 11 of the U.S. Constitution – Legislative Authority: “To declare war…”  Only Congress can declare the U.S. go to war:

“The Constitution grants Congress the sole power to declare war. Congress has declared war on 11 occasions, including its first declaration of war with Great Britain in 1812. Congress approved its last formal declaration of war during World War II.

Country                            Date                            Senate Vote

Great Britain               Jun 17, 1812                           19-13
Mexico                         May 12, 1846                          40-2
Spain                            Apr 25, 1898                           UC
Germany                     Apr 4, 1917                              82-6
Austria-Hungary       Dec 7, 1917                             74-0
Japan                           Dec 8, 1941                             82-0
Germany                     Dec 11, 1941                            88-0
Italy                              Dec 11, 1941                            90-0
Bulgaria                       Jun 4, 1942                             73-0
Hungary                      Jun 4, 1942                             73-0
Rumania                     Jun 4, 1942                             73-0

“Since that time it has agreed to resolutions authorizing the use of military force and continues to shape U.S. military policy through appropriations and oversight.”

June 25, 1950:  The Korean War Chronology:  North Korean forces cross border with South Korea. North Korean People’s Army (NKPA) numbers approximately 135,000 men; Republic of Korea (ROK) Army contains 98,000 soldiers.  July 1, 1950:  First U.S. ground combat troops, Task Force Smith (1st Battalion, 21st Infantry, 24th Infantry Division), arrive in Korea.”

There was no formal declaration of war by Congress so what were our ground troops doing meddling in foreign affair? US troop levels in South Korea will hold steady under defense budget proposal, Dec. 8, 2023: “CAMP HUMPHREYS, South Korea — U.S. troop levels in South Korea will remain the same under an annual budget proposal submitted to Congress by the House and Senate Armed Services Committees on Thursday. Under the proposal, the roughly 28,500 U.S. troops deployed to South Korea will be maintained to affirm “the United States commitment to extended deterrence using the full range of … defense capabilities.”

During Bush, Jr.,’s presidency the evil “axis of power” included North Korea.  Sure, while you and I paid for tons of food being shipped to No. Korea at the same time their dictator bought weapons instead of food for his people.  No where in the U.S. Constitution does it give a president or Congress the authority to rape us using borrowed ‘phantom money’ to send food to other countries – especially a country branded as evil by globalist Bush Sr. and his son, Bush, Jr.

U.S. to send tons of food to North Korea, May 16, 2008:  “The United States said Friday it has reached a deal with North Korea to provide 500,000 metric tons of food aid over the coming year to the closed-off communist nation.”  While you struggle to feed your family, the fruits of your labor are stolen from your paycheck to do that?

Oh, and let’s not forget trade between No. and So. Koreans while thousands of our military have been “guarding” the demilitarized zone for since I was a toddler.  North & South Korea have a long history of trade that’s had its good times and bad times.  No. Korea is in bed with the commies (China) but there’s still a lot of trade going on.  What No. Korea needs is for that tub of lard, Kim Jong-un, removed, No. Korea to put a lid on development of nuclear weapons and transition into a peaceful, trading nation.  South Korea’s Economic Engagement toward North Korea by Lee Sangkeun & Moon Chung-in

Since there has never been a declaration of war by Congress against No. Korea, bring our troops home and let those nations work it out between each other.

Vietnam. Let me get this old debunked conspiracy theory out of the way:  JFK issued Executive Order No. 11110.  This is a legal analysis by a criminal defense attorney Larry Becraft, with more than 35 years- experience who actually knows what he’s talking about and does the deep research:

“There is currently floating around the Net one theory of the Kennedy assassination based upon certain legal documents. According to this idea, Kennedy was assassinated because he was about ready to start issuing silver certificates; to prevent him from doing so, the “powers that be” had him killed. Please understand that what I offer below explaining the flaw of this argument does not mean that I am an apologist for the Fed or banking industry; it should be obvious from my site that I am not. I only offer these comments because this argument demonstrates just one of the completely erroneous arguments which is allegedly based upon the “law” but is not.”

John F. Kennedy did not want a war with Vietnam. JFK Had Ordered Full Withdrawal from Vietnam: Solid Evidence

War is big business and there was lots of money to be made; Kennedy had to go.  The Bay of Tonkin was based on lies.  What led to the Gulf of Tonkin incident in Vietnam?

“After the event, Captain John Herrick of the Maddox sent a message: “Review of action makes many reported contacts and torpedoes fired appear doubtful. Freak weather effects on radar and overeager sonarmen may have accounted for many reports. …Suggest complete evaluation before any further action taken.” Despite the uncertainty, President Johnson informed the United States Congress that the two naval destroyers had been attacked by the North Vietnamese.

“This prompted Congress to pass the Gulf of Tonkin Resolution, which gave the president the right to take all necessary measures to repel any armed attack against the United States. This resolution and the Gulf of Tonkin incident resulted in the U.S. getting directly involved in Vietnam. The resolution was later repealed, as many members of Congress believed that it gave the president a blanket power to wage war.”  After the cows left the barn.

Congress never issued a formal declaration of war against Vietnam but had no problem sending 550,000 of our finest, 58,000 dead to engage in battle with commie forces -gotta stop Vietnam from becoming a communist country!  The U.S. withdrew from Vietnam in 1973 and left thousands of our own behind – many who ended up in the hands of Russia or the barbaric, savage Communist Chinese.  “Military men are just dumb, stupid animals to be used as pawns in foreign policy.” Satan’s Pimp:  Henry Kissinger.  Yes, that “great diplomat” actually said that.

Gradually, the Communist Party has been losing some control over Vietnam but they are still staunchly socialist and still squabbling with their neighbors.  I wouldn’t buy a stick of gum from Vietnam.  Let them fight their own battles with each other.  The bottom line is once again the Constitution was ignored and a whole lot of money was made during that “era”.

Labor Secretary under Bill Clinton, Robert Reich, January 7, 1999, USA Today:

“The dirty little secret is that both houses of Congress are irrelevant.” Reich cut to the chase when he said that “America’s domestic policy is now being run by Alan Greenspan and the Federal Reserve and America’s foreign policy is now being run by the International Monetary Fund [IMF].” And, “…when the president decides to go to war, he no longer needs a declaration of war from Congress.”

Colin Powell stood in front of the communist Controlled UN and lied:  Saddam Hussein had WMD’s and off we went to destroy another country, murder a dictator (who at least kept the warring Muslim factions under control) and killed hundreds of thousands of innocent Iraqi’s.  All without a formal declaration of war by Congress.

Over to Afghanistan to wreak death and destruction for 20 years with no formal declaration of war by Congress.  Any American paying attention knows the history of Iraq & Afghanistan and America’s invasion of those countries based on lies.  Never forget the career criminal in the WH, pedo sniffer, Joe Biden, cost the lives of 13 Americans and abandoned thousands of Americans when he sat there eating ice cream during the biggest military disaster in our history.  Trump already had a peaceful, sane exit plan in place but was then cheated out of his second term before he could give the orders.  How could ANY active duty or veteran vote for Joe Biden after that slaughter of our own?

Full page ad, NY Times, April 15, 1994:

  1. Bretton Woods: The IMF and the World Bank. 1945. San Francisco: The United Nations. 1994, Marrakech: The World Trade Organization. History knows where it’s going. The final act of the Uruguay Round….to the WTO, the third pillar of the New World Order, along with the UN and the IMF.”

How to cut corners to get around the U.S. Constitution.  Let’s just ignore the Constitution and use UN Resolutions to send our troops where we have no business being.  Over the decades there’s been several bills to get US out of the communist controlled UN.  All have failed because there was no demand by the American people spending their time tweeting or playing video games.

And last but not least, Congress has raped We the People with ZERO constitutional authority to send to Ukraine, one of the most corrupt countries on the planet more than $200 BILLION BORROWED dollars.  With the debt slapped on our backs, our children and grandchildren.

The illegitimate Biden administration with the blessing of most of Congress has been running a proxy war against Russia.  Show me where in the U.S. Constitution, the Supreme Law of the Land, they have the authority to send money & weapons to Ukraine while they fight a losing battle.  A war that did NOT have to happen.

Russia Says It Will End Ukraine War on These Four Conditions, March 16, 2022: “In an interview with Reuters on Monday, Peskov said Moscow could “end war immediately” if Ukraine agreed to sign a neutrality agreement that would bar it from entering NATO, recognized Crimea as Russian, recognized the regions of Luhansk and Donetsk as independent, and ceased all military action.”

If a person has done any unbiased research on Ukraine & Russia, they will understand exactly why Putin wanted Ukraine to sign that neutrality agreement that it would not join NATO.  Of course, the former penis waging comedian, President Zelensky, said F-YU and now his country is in ruins and will lose that war.  This does not mean I am a fan of Putin, but let’s get facts to the American people and not political propaganda playing the American people for fools.

Ukraine and Russia have a long history unknown to all the do-gooders out there raising money for Ukraine when they haven’t a clue how this latest war between those two countries got started.  It is a tragedy of immense proportions that could have been avoided but down the line international corporations will make tons of money “rebuilding” Ukraine and you can bet our corrupt Congress will want to send hundreds of billions more in violation of the Constitution to rebuild what we helped destroy.  With money where there’s no accounting so far and endless weapons of war depleting OUR reserves leaving us vulnerable.

NATO – A rotten, corrupt collection of war mongers which is nothing more than a damn war machine. 

While I am no fan of the CATO Institute, don’t throw the baby out with the bath water.  In 1994, Ted Galen Carpenter wrote an exceptional book (short & fully footnoted):  Beyond NATO:  Staying Out of Europe’s Wars:

“Beyond NATO demolishes the utopian thinking behind a major component of U.S. foreign policy and explains how to put U.S.-European relations on a realistic, genuinely constructive footing.  This book should be force-fed to every senior foreign policy official in Washinton.” Alan Tonelson, Economic Strategy Institute.  Carpenter’s book is free-on-lineStop using our military as cannon fodder for the banking cartels and global elites who want to control the world.

Ted Carpenter was right back then and he’s still right:  We MUST get out of the UN and NATO.  Come January 2025, We the People must demand it as people around the world are also sick and tired of their loved ones going to wars that are unnecessary – unless your country is attacked and then a country has a right to defend themselves.

Memorial Day.  A day of remembrance and thanks to all those who made the ultimate sacrifice. God rest their soul in peace.  Memorial Day is to honor and mourn U.S. military personnel who died while serving in the United States Armed Forces.  Put politics aside for today and remember them and their families because the hurt never goes away.

Just a kid.  Marine Sgt. Michael Strank of Conemaugh, PA., reported killed in action on Iwo Jima, was identified on April 8, 1945 as one of the marines shown raising the stars and stripes on Mount Suribachi in Associated Press photographer Joe Rosenthal’s historic picture.

A mom, sister, wife.  A broken heart forever.

If you live near a veteran’s cemetery or Arlington National Cemetery in Washington, DC (I’ve been there twice; graves hundreds of years old), take the time to visit and leave flowers on a soldier’s grave.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, Taking Politics Out of Solutions, 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

There is no ‘axis of evil’, March 22, 2024

Bush’s War (Mine), Aug. 6, 2022

Mine which went viral in hours.  I still get emails from people who’ve found that column:  The House That Evil Built, March 10, 2013

Get Out of the Miliary, Don’t Enlist,  Sept. 1, 2013

Ukraine is a Dead Country Walking | Larry C. Johnson, Video.  Larry C Johnson is a veteran of the CIA and the State Department’s Office of Counter Terrorism. He is the founder and managing partner of BERG Associates, which was established in 1998. Larry provided training to the US Military’s Special Operations community for 24 years. He has been vilified by the right and the left, which means he must be doing something right. You can also follow him on telegram, Patreon and Substack.  (Make no mistake – he knows what he’s talking about.)

The Ukraine War — Turn Out The Lights, The Party Is Over, Larry Johnson

The West Pushed Ukraine To War And Kiev Now Is Paying The Butcher’s Bill, Larry Johnson

Why Is U.S. Intelligence Lying About The War In Ukraine?, Larry Johnson

Was Henry Kissinger a Soviet Spy?

Kissinger Out Of The Closet By Charlotte Iserbyt, 11-29-2




Memorial Day 2024: Will Americans Still Die For Freedom?

by Rees Lloyd

May 27, 2024

Memorial Day—which will be officially observed on Monday, May 27 this year — is a day to remember what should be remembered every day:

The  service and sacrifice of the more than 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives in war so that we, their posterity, might live as free Americans. (See attached below a chart of casualties in all the wars from the War of Independence to Iraq and Afghanistan.) 

Maj. General Patrick H. Brady (USA, ret.), Medal of Honor recipient (Vietnam), is considered to be America’s most decorated living veteran. Along with his daughter, Army veteran Meghan Brady Smith, Gen. Brady  is the author of the memoir, “Dead Men Flying: Victory in Viet Nam, The Legend Of ‘Dust-off:’ America’s Battlefield Angels”). Gen. Brady reminds us on Memorial Day:

“We have no ‘titles of nobility’ under our Constitution.  America’s ‘nobles’ are our veterans. On Memorial Day, what is most important, indeed, most vital, is that we remember, honor, and are grateful for, the courage, love, service and sacrifice of America’s veterans in defense of our freedom—especially those more than 1.3-million veterans who have given their lives defending our country. They are the soul of freedom, the guardians of our Constitution, and the vault for the values of our nation.”

Similarly, the late-General Norman (“Stormin’ Norman”) Schwarzkopf, Commander of forces in the Persian Gulf War (“Desert Storm”), succinctly stated an enduring truth: “Some things are worth living for. Some things are worth dying for. One of those things is freedom.” 

We Americans of this era owe a great debt to those American patriots who came before us, veterans who gave their lives for freedom. We pay that debt to those Americans who came before us by what we are willing to do to preserve freedom for the Americans who will come after us.

Certain truths endure and must be recognized, perhaps especially on Memorial Day, if the American people are going to live in freedom. The first enduring truth is that freedom is not free. It has been purchased by the blood of American patriots, over 1.3-million of whom have given their lives in defense of our freedom.

The second enduring truth is that Americans will not remain free unless this and every generation of Americans is willing to fight and die if necessary in defense of American freedom— as all prior generations have done to preserve freedom. I attach below data on those patriotic veterans who have given their lives for our freedom in all the wars.

We Americans on this Memorial Day must honor those patriot veterans who gave their lives for our freedom, and we must ask ourselves: Are we Americans still a people willing to die to preserve freedom, as did those more than 1.3-million veterans who gave their lives to preserve freedom for us?

I attach also the great war poem In Flanders Fields. Although written in 1915 during the Battle of  Ypres in WWI, it  is as relevant, compelling, and moving  today as it was then. This is most especially true of the final lines, which call on us to take up the “torch” of freedom from the falling hands of those dying, and warns: “If ye break faith with us who die/We shall not sleep, though poppies grow/In Flanders fields.”

If we are to remain free, we  Americans must not “break faith” with those 1.3-million American veterans who have given their lives for American freedom.

May God bless and keep each and all of them; and may we Americans always honor and never forget them.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

FREEDOM IS NOT FREE  —  REMEMBER  THE  AMERICANS WHO GAVE THEIR LIVES IN WAR THAT WE MIGHT BE FREE:

American Wars: Killed In Action

Revolutionary War……………. 25,324
War of 1812……………………….. 2,260
Mexican War…………….……… 13,283
Civil War…………………..…… 650,000
Spanish American War………. 7,166
World War I…………………… 116,708
World War II…………………  408,206
Korean War………………….… 38,686
Vietnam War…………….….…. 58,223
Persian Gulf War…………………. 363
Iraq………………………………..… 4,212

Afghanistan………………..… 2,215+13 

TOTAL KIA:             1,342,219

TOTAL MISSING IN ACTION: 83,126

In Flanders Fields

by [Canadian] Major John McCrae, May 1915, WW 1

In Flanders fields the poppies blow
Between the crosses, row on row,
That mark our place; and in the sky
The larks, still bravely singing, fly
Scarce heard amid the guns below.

We are the Dead. Short days ago
We lived, felt dawn, saw sunset glow,
Loved and were loved, and now we lie
In Flanders fields.

Take up our quarrel with the foe:
To you from failing hands we throw
The torch; be it yours to hold it high.

If ye break faith with us who die
We shall not sleep, though poppies grow
In Flanders fields.
 

[For the full story on Flanders Fields and the Poppy tradition]
© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved
E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com



Diversity, Equity, Inclusion: Another Name for 21st Century Racism

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 27, 2024

Race relations in America in the 21st century continue along a rocky, painful, disturbing, angry, separated and disparate road. Virtually every weekly newscast across America announces racial violence, especially in our big cities. Too many different “tribes” in too close proximity equals different cultures, different world views, different languages, and different ways of doing things.

You won’t find such problems in mono-ethnic societies like Japan, China, and Taiwan.

But what we see going on in America since the 1960’s proves disturbing.

In order to bring minority Americans into the employment mainstream, politicians created “affirmative action.” That lawful mandate placed unskilled, unqualified and poorly educated minority people into jobs they could not competently work. A “hitch” reared its ugly head, quickly. The minorities were out of their league. Other workers resented them. Other workers were forced to work harder to cover for the lack of abilities of those unqualified for the job. Affirmative action downgraded American standards.

Webster states that the word “incompetence” means: ineptitude, uselessness, unskillfulness, lack of skill, lack of ability.

Thus, no matter how the politicians tried to bring equity into the workplace for minorities, they failed miserably. Minorities didn’t help themselves by dropping out of school, fathering numerous children out of wedlock, and moving toward gangs, drugs and crime.

In 2024, those same “higher ups” on college campuses have placed incompetent D.E.I. minorities into positions they can’t handle. Harvard University installed Claudine Gay, a minority woman into the presidency without question of her qualifications. They discovered later that she had plagiarized her doctoral thesis multiple times. What was that thesis? Answer: African-American studies. What value does that degree hold? Answer: virtually useless.

To balance the Supreme court, Congress brought in other minorities to give racial balance. However, the last candidate, when asked if she could define a “woman”, she could not and did not know the definition of a “woman.” She lacked any comprehension of the questions Congressional members asked her. What happened? Answer: they swore Ketanji Jackson into the highest court in the land, anyway!

Another minority candidate being interviewed for the head of the Federal Aviation Administration couldn’t tell how a jet plane operates as it comes in for a landing. He could not answer the simplest questions about aircraft. Thankfully, after embarrassing himself the first day, he withdrew his nomination by Joe Biden.

Ironically, Joe Biden finds himself incompetent because of his Alzheimer’s Disease, but his wife keeps pushing him for another term of incompetence. Since he doesn’t know any better, he keeps pretending to be president of the United States.

What must disturb most Americans in 2024 stems from this reality: we have become the greatest nation on Earth because our system worked on individual effort, individual excellence, individual creativity, and proven merit. Individuals rise to their highest levels of excellence based on their education, dogged determination and personal choices.

With the introduction of Diversity, Equity and Inclusion, the quotas are back into the workplace. Employers must choose minorities for the color of their skin rather than the “content of their character.” That means, how well did they perform in school? Did they pass mandated tests to become a plumber, electrician, teacher, doctor, dentist, truck driver and hundreds of other jobs that demand excellence?

If we remain on our current D.E.I. course, companies like United Air Lines want to have a “person of color” inside the cockpit of every flight. Hospitals want to staff “doctors of color” to represent the community.

Except there would be few “people of color” who would want a “brother” flying a 747 airliner if he/she hasn’t passed flight school. No one in his or her right mind would want a D.E.I. doctor operating on his/her heart or broken leg. Who would like a D.E.I. truck driver coming down a mountain pass behind you with his brakes burned out because he didn’t downshift?

Who wants to live in cities like Los Angeles, San Francisco, Chicago and New York with minority mayors and 175,000 homeless pilfering stores, robbing drivers with “smash and grabs”, dealing drugs, and schools destroyed? Who in their right mind would give murderers, drug dealers and sex traffickers “no bail” releases to make a mockery of the ”Rule of Law.”

Who wants another four-year term of the current D.E.I. “INCOMPETENT & DEMENTIA—RIDDEN” Joe Biden in the White House where he can complete the job of displacing millions of Americans with another 12 million illegal refugee replacements, trash our laws, degrade our Constitution and wreck our economy?

Reality check: even intelligent minority American citizens cannot afford D.E.I. It’s destroying our police forces. It’s destroying our military. It’s destroying our schools. It’s destroying the very concept of excellence, personal accountability and personal responsibility.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Net Zero: The Plan Put Forth by the Globalist Tyrants

By Rob Pue

May 26, 2024

“Net Zero.” That’s the plan put forth by Globalist tyrants pushing the false narrative of a  “Climate Change Crisis.”  “Net Zero” is supposed to mean that by the year 2030, just six years from now, human beings will be putting “zero” so-called “greenhouse gases” into the atmosphere.  Because according to the Globalist narrative, if we don’t drastically act now,  human beings will destroy the world with CO2.

In 2015, the Paris Agreement was adopted at the UN Climate Change Conference.  It took effect on November 4, 2016.  Donald Trump took us out of the Paris Agreement when he took office; Biden signed us up again on his first day. This “Agreement” is a legally binding international treaty on climate change.

So, assuming it would be possible for all the nations of the earth to get to “Net Zero’ in the next six years, what will the result be?  US energy secretary Jennifer Granholm recently testified before the Senate Energy Committee and dodged repeated questions on this, but basically stated “not much.” Reputable scientists agree.  First, it will be impossible to reach what they call “Net Zero,” and even if we did, it would have virtually NO EFFECT on the earth’s climate.  Even the UN’s Climate cabal has admitted the BEST we can hope for is less than a 1 degree rise in overall global temperatures.

But how is this “Climate Change Crisis” — and the Globalists’ “Net Zero” plan affecting us?    Well, going back to the years when Obama was officially “in office,” he instigated sweeping new EPA restrictions, affecting existing power plants and halting the expansion of new ones.   He stated, at that time, that anyone interested in launching new coal plants would be free to do so, but he also vowed to make sure his new regulations would ensure that if they tried, they’d go bankrupt.  It was at this same time that he admitted the new regulations would cause the price of energy in this country to “skyrocket.”

Now, in his “third term,” with Biden acting as his proxy, energy independence for America  is completely a thing of the past.  Pipelines have been shut down, new power plants have not been built, even as the Regime is pushing to make everything “electric,” so as to reduce our “carbon footprint.”  So while we’ll need an enormous amount of additional electric power, they’re making it impossible for us to produce it.  This is by design.

But let’s look for a minute at the idea of “climate change.”  It should be noted that the Earth has indeed warmed…but it has also cooled over the past 100 years.  We see periods of above normal temperatures as well as periods of below normal temperatures.  Above normal snowfall and below normal snowfall.  These are cycles we go through, and honest scientists will tell you that there’s nothing to suggest that we’re facing catastrophic climate change anytime in the foreseeable future.  What’s more, greenhouse gas emissions in the United States have actually fallen more than 25% over the past decade.  Do you remember, a few years ago, when a team of “Climate Change Scientists” traveled to Antarctica to “prove” their claims of “global warming?”  Their ship was trapped in the ice there for weeks.  God definitely has a great sense of humor.

According to cfact.org, “the idea that there is a ‘scientific consensus’ does not hold up.  Scientists who are skeptical about ‘dangerous manmade climate change’ have been speaking out for years.  Even those who had been ‘alarmist’ about climate change for years are now admitting they do not know what the climate is doing.”

Cfact goes on to say, “The claim that ‘97% of scientists agree’ is based on 77 anonymous scientists who responded to an online survey.  The survey started by seeking opinions from 10,257 scientists.  However, the survey authors selectively whittled down the responses to just 77 scientists.  So the 97% ‘consensus’ claim is not based on thousands of scientists or even hundreds, but 75 out of only 77 scientists.  Thus, the often repeated ‘97% consensus’ is based on only 75 anonymous scientists.  Yet, on this basis, some say we should tax and eliminate hydrocarbon use, severely restricting US job creation and economic growth.”

So, we’re now seeing the push to eliminate altogether the most abundant sources of energy we have: oil, natural gas and coal.  We’re sinking untold trillions of dollars into things like solar and wind power, which have proven to be unreliable, extremely costly and inefficient.  Not only is the Regime trying it’s best to phase out all internal combustion vehicles in favor of electric vehicles, now they’re banning gas stoves and furnaces.  In May, New York became the first state to ban gas-powered stoves, furnaces and propane heating in all new residential buildings across the state.  The law requires all-electric heating and cooking in new buildings within two years.

Last year, California ruled that by 2035, all new passenger cars and light trucks sold in the state must be electric.

The Globalists want everything electric, under the guise of mitigating “Climate Change.”  But am I the only one that sees the absurdity of this?  Apparently not.  Even the most vigorous “virtue signalers” who support whatever the “latest thing” from the Regime may be, are coming to realize the utter stupidity of “The Plan.”  This is, perhaps, best illustrated by the electric vehicles they’ve been so desperately pushing.

There are so many problems with electric cars, I can’t begin to list them all.  But proponents claim they’re absolutely squeeky clean.  No carbon emissions or nasty greenhouse gases with these.  Super healthy for our environment and saving the planet, which is facing imminent disaster from us “rednecks” who still drive gas-powered cars.

Well, according to the International Energy Agency, an electric vehicle requires six times the mineral inputs of a comparable internal combustion engine.  In addition, EV batteries are extremely big and heavy and are made with exotic, expensive, toxic and very flammable materials.

The primary metals in EV batteries include Nickel, Lithium, Cobalt, Copper and Rare Earth metals.  The mining of these materials, their use in manufacturing and their ultimate disposal all present significant environmental challenges.  Nearly 100% of traditional lead-acid batteries are recycled.  But only 5% of the EV batteries are.

Moreover, the surface area disturbed by oil drilling is relatively small since the oil is extracted from under the ground.  In contrast, the materials used to make EV batteries are obtained through open-pit horizontal mining, which is extremely damaging to wide areas of the environment.  This means massive deforestation, a dramatic loss of animal habitats; not to mention that the metals to make these EV batteries are available only from a handful of third-world countries, where child and slave labor is commonplace.

And EV vehicles are loaded with problems.  First, they have very short ranges when driving.  Some claim you can drive 400 miles on a single charge, but the reality is, even the best of the best have a hard time making 150-200 miles.  Once depleted, you can’t simply “fill up” again in five minutes.  You have to charge your car anywhere from an hour to eight hours, or more, in order to drive another 150-200 miles.  You may have seen the absurdity of the EV concept illustrated in online videos, where people travel with gas-powered Honda generators, so they can re-charge their EVs just enough to make it to the next town where hopefully they can find a place to plug in.

These new electric vehicles are also riddled with technical problems.  In one case, a car was stuck on the side of the highway, completely out of power.  When the owner got out to speak with a state trooper who stopped to assist, he made the mistake of closing his door.  Once closed, and with the car battery dead, he had no way to get back inside.  Thus, no way to put the car in neutral so it could be towed.  And once towed, no way to open the charging port, because that, too, required electricity.  Volkswagen recently announced a major recall on one of their EVs because the electronic door latches can malfunction and the car doors will just open on their own while driving down the highway.

Another common issue with EVs is spontaneous combustion.  The batteries overheat or explode, causing massive fires.  And because of the materials used in these batteries, these cars can literally burn for days, taking more than 50,000 gallons of water to try to put the fires out.

Meanwhile, our federal government is funneling trillions into EV manufacturing.  EV dealerships are giving huge rebates, but a typical new Tesla will still cost you way more than a real car.  Recently, I looked at used Teslas online, and vehicles just one year old with very few miles on them are going for 50% - 70% less than what they were purchased for just one year ago.  Maybe the green “virtue signalers” learned a lesson.

Cities across the nation are definitely learning a hard lesson.  According to an article on msn.com, “Between the federal government, states and municipalities, untold billions in taxpayer dollars have been spent adding electric buses to transit fleets across the US in an effort to reduce carbon emissions…however, cities from coast to coast are grappling with broken-down e-buses that cannot be fixed, are too expensive to fix or they’ve scrapped their electric fleets altogether.”

In cities like Asheville, North Carolina, Denver, Colorado Springs, Philadelphia, Austin, Texas, Phoenix, and all throughout California, electric bus fleets are either mostly not running, or not running at all.  Many of these bus manufacturers have since gone bankrupt, so when these buses break down (which is common) the cities can no longer obtain parts to repair them.  Billions of dollars have been spent to go “Net Zero” — and now these buses are simply taking up space in parking lot graveyards.

Insurance companies also charge significantly more to insure electric vehicles.  My insurance man told me this is the case throughout the insurance industry, because once people discover they hate these cars, they can’t get rid of them without losing substantial amounts of money… so, many people deliberately wreck them to at least — hopefully — get their loans paid off.

And what, ultimately, is to become of a dead EV?  Salvage yards don’t want them because they’re made of highly toxic materials, the batteries cannot be recycled because they’re dangerous and toxic.  So far, no one has answered the question on this.

But one more point that must be made here:  say you have an electric vehicle and you’re happy with it.  You’re so pleased to be helping to “save the planet.”  You only drive it to work and home again, plug it in at night and all is fine.  You do understand that the electricity you charge your car with has to come from somewhere, right?  That would be your local power station, which runs on natural gas, oil, coal or nuclear power.  So after all this, you’re still using those “horrible” carbon-based commodities.  And as the tyrannical push continues for everything to be electric, we’ve simultaneously limited our energy resources — on purpose — making electricity and energy in general much more expensive than it has to be.

Many are getting filthy rich off this “Climate Change” scam, but consumers are being taken to the cleaners.  Stop believing the lies.  Also, bear in mind that we need CO2 — it’s what plants, crops and trees breathe, and it’s what human beings and animals exhale.  It’s how God designed His creation to operate.  You should know that WE (humans) are the “carbon” the Globalists want to eliminate.

What does God say about all this?  He made it clear in Genesis chapter 8.  After the flood, the LORD said, “As long as the earth endures, seedtime and harvest, cold and heat, summer and winter, day and night will never cease.”

That pretty much clears it up.  Seedtime and harvest, cold and heat, summer and winter, day and night… we will have cycles in our climate, and these cycles are natural, normal and God-ordained.  And we will have these cycles for “as long as the earth endures.”

As for “Net Zero,” that’s the whole extent of what we, as human beings will get out of this demonic plan of the Globalists for the depopulation and tyrannical control of mankind.  Through taxation, regulations, restrictions and shady backroom deals involving dirty money, they will net trillions…. while we net ZERO.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




Not By Any Way Except the Kingdom of God

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 26, 2024

For over forty-five years, I was an evangelical Christian and pastor.  I so much wanted America to follow the Lord Jesus Christ and do the things that pleased Him.   For twenty years, I was a member of the Moral Majority.  We worked hard recruiting other evangelicals to vote for Ronald Reagan for President.  We thought if we could get Ronald Reagan elected President, America would turn completely to God.  We had a promise from Mr. Reagan, that when he was elected President, He would abolish the Department of Education, close the border, and deal with the problem of immigration.

President Reagan appointed Bill Bennett, a popular conservative, to head the Department of Education.   We never got anything of substance from Bill Bennett.  While President Reagan was supposedly defeating the Soviet Union, what we did get from Mr. Bennett was a deal between Prime Minister Gorbachev and the U. S. educational system to incorporate the Soviet mind-control, indoctrination techniques into our public school system including colleges and universities.

That was the year our public school system quit teaching our students and begin to indoctrinate students in Marxist/Communists/Socialistic ideology and the rest is history.  We have gone from the very best educational system in the world to the worst.  Those who wish to dismantle our Constitution has used the media, music, movies, video games, and a host of other venues but mostly our public school and university systems to change this nation.

I learned some things out of my disappointments in dealing with governments.  You can’t depend on most politicians or any form of government.  Governments are of this world system and are not Christian although they are ministers of God to bear the sword against evil.  Most nations and their cultures are not Christian but are a part of the kingdom of this world system controlled by Satan.

The American Church was ineffective during this time for a various of reasons.  The main reason is evangelicals tried to fuse the Kingdom of God with a preferred version of the kingdom of the world (whether it’s our national interests, a particular form of government, a particular political program, or so on).  Rather than focusing our understanding of God’s Kingdom on the person of Jesus Christ.  I believe many American evangelicals have allowed our understanding of the Kingdom of God to be polluted with political ideals, agendas, and issues.   We ignored the Kingdom of God and put our emphasis on getting the right people elected and what has it gotten us?

Years ago, myself and other evangelicals thought the Kingdom of God was largely about, if not centered on, “taking America back for God,” voting for the Christian candidate, outlawing abortion, outlawing gay marriage, winning the culture war, defending political freedom at home and abroad, keeping the phrase “under God” in the Pledge of Allegiance, fighting for prayer in the public schools and at public events, and fighting to display the Ten Commandments in government buildings.  We thought if we could just get that done, America would change for the better.

All this has gotten us nothing.  We are largely a pagan nation now.  This indulging in the world system and ways have had negative consequences for Christ’s church and for the advancement of God’s Kingdom.  Even more fundamentally, because this myth links the Kingdom of God with certain political stances within American politics, it has greatly compromised the holy beauty of the Kingdom of God to non-Christians.

The only – let me repeat – the only chance we have to change America toward God is to get back to the Kingdom of God and the Way and conduct of Jesus Christ.  The Kingdom Jesus Christ came to establish is “not from this world” (John 18:16) for it operates differently than the governments and nations of this world system do.  By God’s design, this is how the Kingdom of God expands like a mustard seed and transforms the world.  As we allow Christ’s character to be formed in us – as we think and act like Jesus – others come under the loving influence of the Kingdom and eventually their own hearts are won over to the King of Kings.

The rule or reign of God is thus established in their hearts, and the Kingdom of God expands.  We are to manifest God’s beauty by sacrificially loving our enemies, serving the poor, feeding the hungry, freeing the oppressed, welcoming the outcast, embracing the worst of sinners, and healing the sick, casting out demons, and proclaiming the gospel of the Kingdom just as Jesus did.  And there is no way to do his without at the same time revolting against everything in our own lives that keep us self-centered, judgmental, condemning, angry, greedy, unloving, and apathetic toward the plight of others.  (It’s called dying to our flesh and abiding in Jesus.)

Nor is there any way to do this without revolting against everything in society – and – we shall see, in the spiritual realm – that keeps people physically, socially, and even the left or whoever spiritually oppressed.  In the Kingdom, we do not war against flesh and blood, but against powers, principalities, and demonic forces of darkness – Satan.

This process may seem slow but God in this Kingdom process, with our allegiance and obedience, can do more in one day than we can do with governments and nations and people in our lifetime.  If Christians don’t change our ways in our nation, we will continue to destroy the church in America and the Kingdom of God will not expand in this nation but evil will continue to expand and influence our citizens as it is doing now.  We must cease from being participants in the kingdom of the world by trusting that if we get certain people elected or certain laws passed, it will control behavior.  Only the power of sacrificial love can change hearts.

At eighty-six, I have absolutely nothing to show for my evangelical and Moral Majority days but a wasted worldly and fleshly effort.  I was sincere but sincerely wrong.   We did it our way but accomplished nothing so I have repented, and God has forgiven me, and has given me a revelation of the Body of Christ in America and the Kingdom of God.  I now have His purpose and I now embrace His Kingdom of God Way, His Kingdom of God truth, and His Kingdom of God Life which is the only Way with Jesus, and I am warning the Body of Christ in America that if all of us do not do the same, nothing else of our human efforts will work but Jesus and the Kingdom of God.

We have to make a choice between the Kingdom of God on earth and the kingdom of man on earth.  When you have something other than the Kingdom of God at the center – mammon, self-seeking, things-seeking, pride, race, hate, lust, lack of love, religion – then you are on the wrong side.  “Seek first the Kingdom of God and all these things will be added unto you.”  (See Matthew 6:25-33 to see what these things are).  Seek first something other than the Kingdom of God and everything else will be subtracted from you.

Things given to us by God are now being subtracted from our nation and our people.  We no longer seek the Kingdom of God.  We seek happy church, easy belief system with no commitment, ear-tickling, we seek titles, riches, numbers and on and on while God is looking for seekers of His Kingdom.  Our nation is now in rebellion and alienation and is unraveling.  If we won’t live with God and seek His Kingdom, then we can’t live with ourselves as a nation.

For many years now, we in the American Culture Church, has actually reduced the Kingdom of God by making it synonymous with the Church.  We have made the Church the Kingdom.  But the Church is relative to something higher than itself – the Kingdom of God.  The Church is built up, the Kingdom is built in – built into the structure of your being from the foundation of the world.  We get into the Church by joining it, you get into the Kingdom by being born again, or from above.

The Kingdom is our structural destiny and without your decision to make it your own makes it coercion and not conversion. If the Church takes you beyond itself to the feet of Jesus and His Kingdom, this is beautiful.  But if the Church makes itself the issue, then this makes the Church self-serving and idolatrous.  Think about this when it is all about our church, our ministry, and our programs.

The American Culture Church has rendered the Kingdom inoperative by identifying the coming of the Kingdom with the second coming of Jesus.  Many think the Kingdom will not come till Jesus Christ comes.  So, we feel we can do nothing now except save individuals; an individual answer now but not a total way of life.  That cuts the nerve of the Kingdom by postponing it till the coming of Jesus.  But Jesus taught that the Kingdom is a total way and program for life NOW.  He went out preaching the gospel of the Kingdom now; it is within you, it is at your door, you are to seek first the Kingdom, heal the sick and brokenhearted, cast out demons, and resist the evil and powers of darkness before us.

So, what Jesus demonstrated to us while He was on this earth was that the Kingdom was an issue and a total issue and total program for the total life now.  We have to fight to establish the Kingdom of God in America.  Each of us has a unique place in the Kingdom and we need to stop competing against each other.  Jesus and the First Century Church in the Book of Acts confronted the issues of His day and He expects His Body in America to do the same.

To not embrace Jesus and His Kingdom of God, has eternal consequences because one day all this will culminate in the return of the King accompanied by legions of angels, at which time Satan’s rule will end, the earth will be purged of all that is inconsistent with God’s rule and the Kingdom of love will be established once and for all.  Those of us who are ruled by Jesus in His Kingdom on this earth will rule with Him in the Millennium.

And all other people who refused to be ruled by Jesus and embrace Jesus’ Kingdom of God process for the very short time we are on this earth but instead embraced the traditions of men in our religious organizations will not fare well at the judgment for Jesus will say, “Why call Me Lord, Lord and do not the things I say, depart from Me, I never knew you.”

God bless, I remain His Warrior and Watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks for the wonderful men of God such as Dr. Gregory Boyd, Frank Viola, the late Myles Munroe, and E. Stanley Jones on their knowledge of the Kingdom of God.  Also, thanks for the late Jerry Falwell, the late D. James Kennedy, and the late Francis Schaeffer and all my other Moral Majority friends for the learning experience)

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Let’s Make Oregon Safe, Free and Great Again

By Oregon Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 25, 2024

If you are still wondering about who you might vote for in the Secretary of State’s race, let me help. I’ve got some notions that will be worth your time.

This Secretary of State’s (SOS) office is an executive position and it is entirely partisan.

By this I mean that Democrat candidates appear only on their party ballots, while Republican candidates appear solely on their Republican party ballots. In the November General Election, these respective party candidates will each face the challenge of convincing all Oregonians of the validity of their ideas.

I mention the partisan nature of this office because our friends and neighbors often think that this statewide position requires Republican candidates to abandon their values and pursue some tepid hodgepodge of watered-down policy goals. Unfortunately, this leads to initiatives based upon mutually inconsistent philosophical positions which eventually weaken and dismantle our long-standing reliance on independence and self-governance.

This is wrong. Republicans should always be striving to implement their values in the public square. After all, Republican values, principles and beliefs are key to Making Oregon Great Again.

Republicans are not the culturally backward, rural bigots, that the leftist media would have you believe. Nor are they lazy, stupid, radical or afraid of the future. To the contrary, most Republicans carry a worldview that is truly capable of solving our problems because their worldview still adheres to traditional values like truth, logic, reason, integrity, and accountability.

The Democrat party, on the other hand, has turned cultural homelessness, crime, student-unrest, drug-abuse, and vandalism into another hustle for more tax-payer funded bureaucratic solutions. More money won’t solve these problems, because using Reagan’s eloquent rhetoric, “more government is the problem.”

These problems are so detrimental to the public and reflect so poorly on our Democrat-party overlords that the SOS purchased a Misinformation, Disinformation and Mal-information (MDM) software platform to bring artificial intelligence to their aid. This is a terrible precedent.

The SOS is using the software to censor, filter and counteract news and information in the public sphere. The Democrats are in a spot where they need to engage in censorship tactics to keep their leftist election propaganda on-track.

My pledge to you is that I will terminate this MDM program because it is an unconstitutional and repugnant assault against our republican form of self-governing principles.

My victory is a key part of the solution. First, we’ll need to stop the Democrat-party propaganda machine, then we can build a fair and level playing field for all Oregonians.

We don’t need any more go-along, get-along, happy-camp Republicans who will ride along with the Four-Modern-Horseman of the Apocalypse – Tax, Spend, Regulate and Rule.

We need men and women who will stand and say, “enough is enough!”

Our upcoming Republican Primary gives Republicans the opportunity to fight for openness, integrity and transparency in both our election system and the SOS office.

Now is our Republican opportunity!

Here’s some more information about me and my candidacy:

Election Website
April 16, Oregonian interview
A series of newsletters on election integrity

Your support is vital and
your VOTE is appreciated!

Best Regards,

Dennis Linthicum
Oregon State Senate – District 28

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com




Ron DeSantis: A Globalist in Patriot Clothing?

By Kat Stansell

May 25, 2024

With his back to our flag, DeSantis rules Florida.

Ron DeSantis creates his public persona through his public comments – press conferences and releases – in which he says what the people want to hear. The sleight of hand he pulls on his constituents is perhaps his greatest political skill. I.e., he lies with a big smile and (some) people believe him. What he doesn’t want you to know, he keeps back.

Just like the wolf in sheep’s clothing, DeFraud bleats softly and dons a fluffy suit. He gathers people in with this; he looks so harmless, folks say…. They couldn’t be more incorrect.

From his “poor blue collar boy from Jacksonville” image, to his red, white and blue lights under the bridge to replace the rainbow colors, he says what people want to hear. I’ve written about him and his various “dog and pony shows” for several years. To review, please subscribe to this substack, https://www.substack.com/pat4evr, and dig in.

The REAL Ron DeSantis is to be understood by what he doesn’t say, the issues about which he stays silent, the bills he actually signs, after last minute legislative manipulations to change them from what he just told you he’d promised.

Two bills, SB7050 and SB 252, now law in Florida, are prime examples of DeTreachery behind DeFace. Floridians remember them. The “election integrity” law makes machine voting MANDATORY, drop boxes/early voting encouraged, and any public audits/questioning of election processes or results, an illegal activity. The medical “freedom” bill, SB252, simply ended the Covid emergency, when it was already over didn’t stop payment to hospitals for Covid deaths!) but gave Floridians NO protection from future mandates from the WHO or the DC cabal.

The latest glaring non-statement from DeSilence concerns the actions of his RPOF, which has recently taken legal action against Judeo-Christian constitutional conservative organizations in the state, who dare to use the word, “Republican” and the elephant as a symbol. This, of course, has NO basis in law, just in the minds of the persecutors. (Remind you of goings-on in the District?)

The RPOF has also removed a party regular delegate to the RNC national convention from any key committees. I published his statement which he released, on the treachery. His crime was to believe in the people (aka “grassroots”) and an avid Trump supporter.

Where IS DeGov on all this? His silence is deafening, and shows his support for the purge of true conservatives/Trump supporters from the state party organization.

In the words of the Florida Phoenix back in 2020, “He’s got an attitude about open government and he’s got an attitude about the press,” (Barbara Peterson, 25-year head of the Florida First Amendment Foundation) said of DeSantis. “And they’re not good attitudes, to my way of thinking.

The RPOF does NOT support Donald Trump or his supporters. That doesn’t take a short guy in heels to announce. We get it.

In a time in our history, when unity against our country’s enemies is the sine qua non of our living in a free country, the RPOF has taken cause with the enemy.

Florida, YOU are the only ones who can change this, and time is short. Heat up Twitter, the internet and the phones to Tallahassee. The RPOF is planning something, I honestly believe. The possibilities are wide and dark. Let me know what you think they are doing. Hint: it’s probably NOT pro-American.

“The only thing necessary for the triumph of evil is for good men to do nothing.” ~ Edmund Burke

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




The Real Fight, Pt. 1

By Steven Yates

May 24, 2024

[Author’s disclaimer: the opinions and conclusions expressed in this two-part series are solely those of its author, and not necessarily the opinions and conclusions of NewsWithViews.com, its editors or staff, or other writers.]

From DIE to Campus Upheavals.

College and university campuses have been roiled by pro-Palestinian protests, some pro-Israeli counterprotests, and more than a few professional agitators posing as pro-Palestinian. Columbia University and UCLA seem to be competing for Ground Zero status. I penned an article to address this but decided not to use it. Sometimes that happens. It explains my absence last week, for which I apologize.

Among the things that piece said that seems worth keeping around: academia has done this to itself.

For four decades now, colleges and universities (and other institutions as well) have hired and promoted based on group identity, not merit.

The result is the DIE (Diversity-Inclusion-Equity) intellectual vacuum in which a Claudine Gay rises to the top at Harvard and is forced to resign when she can’t navigate this kind of situation and is exposed as a plagiarist besides. Columbia University has Minouche Shavik at the helm. She has somewhat better credentials than Gay’s, having been at the helm of the London School of Economics — the U.K.’s Fabian-founded elite institution. But when asked about free speech and “antisemitism” at Columbia, she stammered helplessly, and also faces calls to resign.

As for the protests, I’ve no doubt that most of the students are sincere. They might not be able to find Gaza on a map, but normal human beings react viscerally to news that an admittedly vicious, psychopathic attack that killed 1,200 people including a lot of women and children is answered with a much greater power that proceeds to slaughter 35,000 more people including women and children. The other day, Yahya Sinwar, Hamas’s strongman, was profiled as having orchestrated the October 7, 2023 attack. What emerges is a portrait of a violent psychopath. Is Netanyahu a psychopath as well as a closet globalist? This wouldn’t surprise me at all. What we can believe is that when violent psychopaths tick off other violent psychopaths, the results are likely to be spectacularly bloody, with a lot of innocent people getting caught in the crossfire.

Returning to the U.S. and academia’s disastrous DIE policies:

Students of Palestinian heritage probably wonder why they don’t seem to be included in The Diversity. Back in 2020, Black Lives Matter “peaceful protesters” did hundreds of thousands of dollars in damage in over a dozen major cities and got off with slaps on the wrist. The majority of these students really are peaceful (walkouts at commencement are one species of nonviolent protest). But instead of the kid-glove treatment afforded BLM, their DIE university presidents or other administrators call in the cops who start breaking limbs and heads.

Or: unidentified black-clad troublemakers appear out of the dark and attack violently, while campus police stand down.

Perhaps if they’d consulted Steve Salaita….

The Strange Case of Steve Salaita.

Back in 2014, Salaita, a left-of-center literary scholar who is part-Palestinian, was summarily fired from a newly acquired position at the University of Illinois Champagne-Urbana. His offense: he’d posted tweets sharply critical of Israel following actions on the occupied West Bank that year — using casual obscenities I wouldn’t have used, but that’s just me.

Warranting a dressing down, perhaps, especially for the new kid on the block, but—  a firing offense?

Salaita had signed his contract, resigned his previous position, and moved with his family to Champagne-Urbana. Suddenly he didn’t have a job.

No other institution would touch him. He was radioactive.

The university clearly breached its contract, an actionable offense. Their lawyers settled with Salaita out of court. With no teaching prospects, he retrained to drive a bus.

Eventually he found a job overseas, at the American University of Cairo, in Cairo, Egypt.

So why was Salaita’s contract breached?

At least one wealthy Jewish donor had threatened to end an annual million dollar donation to the school if it allowed Salaita into the classroom. If honoring Salaita’s contract meant the loss of that money, I doubt there was discussion or hesitation.

In a money political economy, money talks! Truth is often what walks!

Donors, moreover, talk to each other. There’s little doubt: Salaita was blackballed in the U.S.

Takeaway: being a man of the left doesn’t matter if you cross the wrong people!

The Power of the Zionist Lobby in the U.S.

Zionism, both nationally and globally, is probably more influential behind the scenes than cultural Marxism. Zionism is not Judaism. The latter is a religion. The former is a political-economic movement which has come to equate criticisms of Israel and its policies with criticisms of Jewry as a whole and therefore as constituting “antisemitism.”

An Antisemitism Awareness Act currently making its way through Congress trades on this purposeful confusion.

AIPAC (acronym for the American-Israeli Political Action Committee) is easily the most powerful lobby in Washington.

Even Trump bows to this lobby.

One of the most influential organizations in the country is the Anti-Defamation League, founded the same year as the Federal Reserve (1913). Another is the Southern Poverty Law Center, which we’re not supposed to notice has nothing whatsoever to do with Southern poverty.

These outfits ruin careers and lives for sport. Their networks are vast, with tendrils all throughout academia, corporate media, Big Tech, and the business world generally. The latter remains the go-to organization by corporate media on “hate groups” which are almost invariably conservative and Patriotic.

Enough said, to explain why Palestinians were never incorporated into the DIE intellectual vacuum. Some of those involved in the campus protests couldn’t care less about the Palestinians, or about Israeli policy, however, and probably couldn’t tell you what Zionism is.

I’m referring to the professional agitators that have mixed and mingled with the sincere students I mentioned. Some, like this woman, wear it on their sleeves! She’s not alone.

These people are there to cause trouble. Some may have been on the scene back in 2020 as well, because no one really thinks everyone involved with Black Lives Matter instigated or participated in the mayhem back then.

The Real Fight.

Cutting to the chase.

What’s the Real Fight? Is it between supporters of Israel and supporters of Hamas?

No.

Sure, you’ll find a few Hamas supporters among the students who are oblivious to the psychopathic nature of Hamas leadership. But they aren’t the majority.

The Real Fight is not between “right” versus “left,” moreover. There are supporters of a “hard” Zionism that equates criticism of Israeli policy with antisemitism on both sides of the aisle.

It’s not between Republicans and Democrats. It’s not between those who support Donald Trump and those who hate him.

It’s not between blacks and whites, or any other groups. It’s not men versus women, though systemic attacks by the same forces that built up the DIE cognitive vacuum have been driving them apart.

Social media has done its part isolating everyone into online echo chambers.

The Real Fight is not between Muslims and Jews. Or between Muslims and Christians. Or between Christians and any other non-Christians.

The Real Fight is between people who desire to live as they see fit, participating in the traditions they grew up with, and otherwise be left alone providing they aren’t bothering anyone else. Versus those who won’t allow them to live as they see fit either because they have a vision of global domination or because leaving others alone isn’t profitable. They believe themselves most fit to rule. They have proven themselves willing to pull out all stops in order to establish themselves as a global ruling class.

Those are “our” really dangerous psychopaths, with a deep-seated need for control over others, whatever the source of their pathology (theories are circulating such as their having been abused or neglected as children).

We’re talking about less than a fraction of a fraction of a percent of the total human population. That fraction of a fraction of a percent is superbly skilled at driving the rest of us apart, applying the divide-and-conquer principle, using money to incentivize “the masses” (i.e., an industrial age peasantry) in specific directions, distracting and isolating us all into bubbles, some based on ideology, some on religion, some on supposed educational level and profession, and some on other things which may be innocent in themselves but which serve the psychopaths’ purposes which is to hijack our attention (e.g., fascination with celebrities, film or television franchises, whatever).

If you want to live a free life, however you define this (and I hope your definition includes leaving others alone if they decline to be involved), that fraction of a fraction of a percent is your enemy!

Are we getting this?

Not whites as a group, not blacks as a group, not Muslims, not Jews, not men collectively or women collectively. Not Christians and not non-Christians necessarily.

Not supposed sexual minorities.

Not Trump supporters, and not all Democrats.

Not “conservatives” who can’t tell you want they want to conserve; nor “liberals” who can’t identify what they want liberation from.

We’ve been busy pointing fingers at each other! Are we asleep, or what?

Who was G.I. Gurdjieff? Why he might matter.

The subconscious mind is a strange entity. I sometimes think it will dredge up information from our distant past that might prove useful in a troubled present, and we don’t even have to ask it!

This morning as I write this (15 May 2024) I awakened with a name on my lips that I hadn’t heard in decades — not since my undergraduate days. The name was G.I. Gurdjieff. As a thinker, he’s unclassifiable — at least given most Western categorizations. He penned tracts with curious names like Life Is Real Only Then, When ‘I Am’ (1934?). I once had a copy I’d found in a used bookstore. I wasn’t able to make much sense of it.

Some of his students, such as P.D. Ouspensky and J.G. Bennett, explained him better.

Their school communicated an idea that resonated with me back then. This, I should note, was my take on it. What Gurdjieff originally meant might be different, and I’m sure my account is incomplete.

The idea: nearly all humanity is asleep (metaphorically). We go through life in a kind of hypnosis, a waking sleep. In this state, we are subject to outside control. The source may be an ideology, a mass movement, an appeal to fear, or even a Christian denomination that has lost touch with its roots.

If every soldier and every commander in every army fighting every war were to awaken all at once in this sense — both sides — they would stop, drop their weapons, and go home to be with their families.

Political leaders, too, of whatever stripe, if they awakened, would drop their power agendas, shake hands, and decide as one to work on common problems, such as seeing to it that the people they have responsibility for have food to eat, a roof over their heads, and an environment safe enough to conduct personal business and care for loved ones. They would attend to conditions necessary for this to happen and serve those conditions, not their previous fascination with power.

Gurdjieff seemed to believe that as persons we could wake up and become what a human being should be — by working on ourselves and recovering our spiritual roots. He called this “The Work.” It could help us become simultaneously autonomous and able to live mindfully in a world of other people, some of whom are different from us but with many common problems.

I wonder what such a figure might offer today.

My interest in philosophy arose around the time I discovered Gurdjieff, one of a smorgasbord of thinkers to draw on. I sought a criterion for who to study and who to leave aside.

My question: suppose we’d looked at what seemed to be the foundations of the scientific view of the universe, compared this to what seemed necessary for a moral view of the human world, and discovered that the two came into conflict. What then?

Later, the realizations came: we’re tribal beings. Our natural tendency is to divide the world into us and them. For most of recorded history, ethical norms call for a respect for persons applied to us; it did not apply to them. This made it possible to rationalize everything from chattel slavery to genocide.

A number of significant philosophers attempted a universal morality: ethnical norms that would apply to everyone, not just us. We’ve never figured out how to apply this idea. We’ve remained in our tribes even if we refuse to call them that.

Materialism as a view of the universe (and, a fortiori, humanity) has only reinforced this tendency, and accompanied with advancing technology, made the capacity for genocide magnitudes worse.

If the Creator created all of us in His image, then we have a basis for persons’ intrinsic value, and, a fortiori, a moral sense able to transcend us versus them by appealing to the transcendent (which modern secular philosophers don’t do).

At least in principle. Perhaps it is this moral sense that is telling students that what the Israeli IDF has been doing in Gaza is wrong, however much we repudiate Hamas, since 2007 the dominant force in Gaza, and independently of what we may or may not believe about Israel generally.

How does this square with what I said above, about the Real Fight and who the enemy is? Is that not just a recreation of us (the people) versus them (the elites)?

Continued in Pt. 2.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




Iran Emerges as a Hub for International Organ Trafficking

By Amil Imani

May 24, 2024

The life-saving promise of organ transplants is marred by a disturbing reality: international organ trafficking rings. This lucrative criminal enterprise preys on the desperate and fuels a black market catering to wealthy recipients, often oligarchs, seeking a quick fix.

Iran, under a criminal regime, has emerged as a suspected hub in this illicit trade. Accusations point to a system where Iranian citizens, burdened by economic hardship, are coerced into selling their organs to foreign recipients.  While the extent of the practice remains unclear, reports suggest a disturbing trend.

Here’s why this alleged Iran regime-oligarch connection is particularly concerning:

Oligarchs and Unethical Practices

With their immense wealth, Western, Arab, and other oligarchs are willing to pay exorbitant sums to bypass waitlists and legal channels for organ transplants.

Desperation in Iran under the Mullahs

The Iranian economy is in shamble due to the tyrannical regime, creating a breeding ground for exploitation. Individuals facing financial ruin become easy targets for traffickers, promising a way out of poverty and fueling a cycle of abuse.

This raises a troubling question: are helpless people in Iran essentially being turned into human spare parts for the wealthy elite?

Preying on the Vulnerable

Iran, under the rule of mullahs, is just one piece of this global puzzle. International trafficking rings exploit vulnerable people from many countries.  Agents operating within these countries act as the initial point of contact, befriending or manipulating those struggling financially.  They dangle the promise of immense sums of money in exchange for an organ, often a vital organ like a kidney.  The desperation of poverty clouds judgment, making the offer seem like a lifeline.

Deception and Exploitation

The deception goes a step further. Victims are misled about the legality and risks associated with the surgery.  They are promised anonymity and exceptional medical care, but the reality is far from rosy.  These individuals are often transported to Iran or other countries with weaker regulations for the surgery.  The agent pockets a large commission, while the donor receives a fraction of the promised money.  Often, they lack access to proper post-operative care, jeopardizing their long-term health.

Veil of Secrecy

Iran, under the Islamic terrorist regime and with a possible unregulated or poorly regulated transplant system, becomes an attractive destination.  The oligarchs’ main objective of keeping Iran away from international media scrutiny fuels this clandestine trade.  A shroud of secrecy allows the trafficking ring to operate with impunity.

The international community must act to dismantle these trafficking rings. Here are some possible steps:

Investigate and Crack Down

International law enforcement agencies must collaborate on investigations to expose the networks, apprehend the perpetrators, and target the agents operating in different countries.

Financial Disincentives

Sanctions targeting individuals or entities involved in organ trafficking could disrupt their financial operations.

Support for Vulnerable People

Bolstering economies and social safety nets in countries with high poverty rates can reduce the desperation that makes people vulnerable to traffickers.

Combatting Media Blackouts

Shining a light on the Iranian regime’s criminal role in this trade and pressuring for transparency can make it a less attractive destination for oligarchs seeking organs.

Raising Awareness is a Key

The fight against organ trafficking requires a multi-pronged approach.  Raising awareness is crucial – educating potential victims and highlighting the ethical implications for those seeking organs through illicit channels.

Organ transplants should offer a chance at a new life, not fuel a despicable trade. By holding those responsible accountable and ensuring ethical practices, we can ensure organ transplants remain a symbol of hope, not exploitation.

Do we understand that the international community, including various heads of government, is complicit in this scam? Their silence and inaction raise serious questions. They must prove otherwise by taking concrete steps to dismantle this tyrannical regime. They must stand with the people who yearn for freedom and democracy.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Make Christianity Masculine Again

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 23, 2024

Most Christian pastors are woosies.  There.  I said it.

The compromised, weak, Jesus loves everybody messages emanating from the pulpits of America are responsible for the full bore, full steam ahead, in-your-face-assault on everything Christian in the nation.

The pulpits have preached a woosie Jesus and have filled America’s churches with weak, compromised men.

I am sorry if this offends some of you weak, nicer-than-Jesus followers of Him, but the Truth is the Truth no matter how much it stings.

Is it any wonder that the average beer drinking, NASCAR loving, face-painting football fanatic wants nothing to do with team Jesus?

Let me ask you a question…if you were not already saved, what is it about Christianity than would draw you to wanting to join team Jesus?

The “Praise the Lord!  Jesus loves you brother!  Who am I to judge” bilge does not resonate with those outside the safe confines of most of America’s churches.  As the Apostle Paul warned us “For if the trumpet gives an uncertain sound, who shall prepare himself to the battle?”  Will someone please blow the damn trumpet!!

Most of the messages are self-focused, soft, and geared towards women and men who act like women.  It is almost as if testosterone went out the door with messages of hell and damnation.

If you were a non-Christian male in today’s society, what is it about Christianity that would make you want to become one? There is a reason why the stadiums are full and the churches are empty.

A few years ago, I was working hard to disciple a friend and finally, after having had enough of my overtures, he honestly and forcibly said to me:

“Dave, I think the world of you and what you believe but I do not want to talk about Jesus any more.  I AM NOT INTERESTED IN LOOSING MY BALLS!”

Boom.  That is it, is it not?  Christianity has lost its balls. Why would any man want to become a Christian if it means losing his stones?

We need to make Christianity MASCULINE again.

Have you been watching what is going on with Harrison But-kicker the Kansas City Chiefs kicker who called for more masculinity in America today?  You know, love your wife, raise a family, be a stay-at-home Mom, have more kids, the kind of values the American church used to support?

Of course, that was pre-Travis Kelce bowing to every whimper of his feministic, lion-taming, Jezebel, Taylor Swift.  Kelce did not publicly support his But-kicking teammate during the feminist onslaught.  In fact, he is playing on the other team…Taylor’s team.  Listen to this dolt.

At least now we know that a punter is more of a man than Kelce.  Evidently Travis Kelce is one of those soft-men that my buddy was talking about when he told me he didn’t want to lose his stones.

Look.  If we are ever to get this ship called America righted, we must Make America Masculine Again.

Did you know that they once asked Jesus who was the greatest Christian to walk the earth?  His response was shocking and a real indictment of where we find ourselves.  Jesus responded:

And as they departed, Jesus began to say unto the multitudes concerning John, What went ye out into the wilderness to see? A reed shaken with the wind? But what went ye out for to see? A man clothed in soft raiment? behold, they that wear soft clothing are in kings’ houses.  But what went ye out for to see? A prophet? yea, I say unto you, and more than a prophet. For this is he, of whom it is written, Behold, I send my messenger before thy face, which shall prepare thy way before thee. Verily I say unto you, Among them that are born of women there hath not risen a greater than John the Baptist: notwithstanding he that is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he.  And from the days of John the Baptist until now the kingdom of heaven suffereth violence, and the violent take it by force.”

The Kingdom of God is under assault in America.  We will never win the Spiritual war if TEAM JESUS is led by men who are shaken by reeds, dressed in fine linens, while hiding behind the pulpit in the church.

Harrison Butt-Kicker fired the first salvo over the bow of the feminist agenda.  At what point will the soft-dressed American Christian leaders PUBLICLY get behind him?

War is not for sissies and America is at war.  Thank God for men like Harrison Butt-Kicker!

It is time for all the Christian weenies to come out from hiding from the butchie, feminist women, and take our rightful place as the head of the home.  America could use a more John the Baptists and less Joel O’Steens and his cadre of Prissy Pastors.

It is time to man-up my Christian brothers.  Despite what you have been taught, it was gritty, gutsy, MEN who made America great.  Your country and your King need you NOW!!

Take some time and read about the FAITH HALL OF FAME.  Christin Testosterone is a good thing.

It is time we made Christianity Masculine again.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




America: We’re in Serious Trouble

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 23, 2024

Okay, I talk to a lot of people across this country.  Just your basic, decent, good, kind and patriotic Americans!  That’s you, that’s me, that’s the bedrock of America.  There’s a whole bunch of solid, hardworking Americans that feel uneasy as to what’s going in America.

The mainstream media twists reality to unreality. “The View” features a bunch of wacko females who hate the majority of Americans.  One of them said that the basketball phenomenon Catlin Clark enjoyed “Pretty Privilege…and White Privilege.”  What a crock of horse-feathers!   Clark became the highest scoring basketball player in college history.  Yet, she’s demeaned by a black woman on The View.   No one ever demeans Blackman Stephen Curry for being the greatest three point shooter in NBA history.  No one ever demeans Wilt Chamberlain for scoring 100 points in a single game.

Whatever is going on in this country with all this twisting of reality, it’s all a crock.  The fact is, Joe Biden stands as the most incompetent president of all time. He’s invited an invasion of our country over 12,000,000 refugees from 160 other countries.  Yet, the Democrats cover for him.  The media covers for him.  None of them will report on the 100,000 annual American deaths from drugs screaming across our borders.  No one will touch the fact that we face another 9/11 from all the Muslims that have skipped into our country because Joe Biden lets them!

My fellow journalist Mike Adams said, “‘If you’re wondering what the millions of illegals will do to the American people once they are given orders to commit mass mayhem, infrastructure sabotage and organized murder of the American people, just observe all the killing of Palestinians currently being carried out by #Israel WITH THE SUPPORT of the entire #GOP, the federal government, the US State Department, etc. When the killing starts in America, NOBODY in government will come to your aid because nobody in a position of power wants America to survive.

“That’s why Texas Gov. Abbott will gladly send thousands of law enforcement to brutalize students on campus in Austin, but won’t send anyone to stop the illegal border invasion. Between 250,000 – 300,000 illegals are entering the U.S. PER MONTH, a number that exceeds by a factor of 10 the entire Russian military recruitment monthly pipeline of new soldiers. A foreign army of millions is already staged across America, awaiting final orders. This is all being done with the support of nearly the entire U.S. government and the U.S. Congress.

“The United States of America is being invaded, overrun, and destroyed ON PURPOSE, and if you don’t yet understand that this will end in the attempted mass slaughter of the American people and the taking of their land, homes and resources, then you’re living in total denial of reality. Our “representatives” are traitors, and our own government is actively engineering the complete destruction of our nation and the extermination of the American people. Wake up.‘”

There are some gutsy journalists out there trying to wake up the American people.  It’s a guaranteed fact that Norah O’Donnell, David Muir, Lester Holt, Scott Simon, Terry Gross, 60 Minutes, and the rest of them won’t do anything to educate you about what we all face.

Mike Adams added, “’The entire purpose of the mainstream media (corporate media) is to convince you that none of the devastating things taking place right now are happening, so that you take no action until it’s too late. Illegal immigration will destroy America, yet you are being told it’s not real. The COVID jabs are causing global infertility, depopulation, and sudden deaths by the millions, yet you are told none of that is happening.

“The climate cultists are shutting down food producing farms across Europe and (soon) the United States while banning combustion engines. This will lead to engineered global famine, yet you are told that food doesn’t need to come from farms at all. Instead, it will come from cricket protein factories. Think about all the lies the media continues to tell: That J6 was an “insurrection,” that Building 7 should be forgotten, that herbicides are good for your health, that the #dollar will always be strong, that #Ukraine will defeat Russia, that ivermectin is bad for you, etc.

“EACH ONE OF THESE LIES is designed to nullify your critical thinking while you are being meticulously exterminated. This is an attempted global culling of the human race, and the corporate media’s entire job is to keep you in a state of passive acceptance of your own extermination while it’s taking place in real time. If you are reading this, consider yourself among the top 1% of rare, informed individuals who knows what’s happening. The other 99% who read nothing but MSM sources have no clue at all.’”

Okay, if you have read my columns for years, I’ve said it over and over again. Now, we’ve got more gutsy journalists to repeat not only what my columns have been saying for years, but my three published books have made it even clearer:  Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences published 2004…America on the Brink published 2009: The Next Added 100 Million Americans …America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations published 2021 by Frosty Wooldridge.

Those books I wrote over the past 20 years spell out the destruction, decay and collapse of America because of mass immigration. Our current president and majority of Congress are out to kill America.  Worse, they are succeeding.  Our country faces destruction because our country continues on a self-destruct path of apathy, stupidity and outright denial of reality.  You can deny reality for quite some time, but reality will finally confront you.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Different Strokes, Different Folks

by Lee Duigon

May 23, 2024

I’m looking at a face with wide gogggling eyes, a decidedly fishy mouth, a big round silver medallion hanging from one ear—shoot, it would look great on a certain kind of merry-go-round.

But it’s not a face, not at all. It’s a clear plastic trash bag filled with garbage, mostly soda cans. Damn! I could draw that face. I know exactly what it is—so why do I continue to see it as a face?

It’s an optical illusion. My eye, with help from my imagination, has played a trick on me. Nothing more to it than that.

Ah! But what if I were to insist the bag of soda cans really is a face? And that anyone who doesn’t see it is a Hater, and must be dealt with sternly? Maybe I could go a step farther and declare I recognize the face. “Look! It’s that Marvel Comics superhero, Fisho! Or it might be Bernie Sanders…”

[NOTE: As an experiment, I asked my wife to stand directly behind my chair and tell me what she sees. She replied at once, “A face! With big round eyes and a fishy mouth.” Exactly what I saw. But when I asked my next-door neighbor to take a look, she couldn’t see a face at all.]

Same information, for two different sets of eyes—but with entirely different results.

People see the same things differently. And that explains a lot. It’s why we have Republicans and Democrats, Hatfields and McCoys: same information, but totally different perceptions. It makes me wonder, as a political scientist, how we govern our country at all. Some see the face, some don’t. If it were a more important issue, we might wind up fighting over it.

It certainly explains elections, doesn’t it?

If we don’t want the fighting to get out of hand, we have to agree to disagree—and that’s harder than it looks. Once upon a time it plunged our country into civil war: individual states vs. federal government, and two vastly different takes on states’ rights… and slavery. Try to name a war that didn’t start over widely different perceptions of the same damned thing.

The one thing everyone has to agree on, in such a situation, is the desirability of peace and civil order. That has to be the commitment shared by all. To a degree, ordinary daily life would not be possible without it. In real life we rely on it every day. Otherwise the police would be a lot busier than they already are.

Can we keep that commitment? God help us: I’m afraid that’s what this year’s presidential election will decide. We break that commitment at our peril—the party in power deciding, for instance, that the other party’s candidate must be packed off to prison.

Playing with fire, that’s what it is. Watch out we don’t get burned.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, always taking care not to start a civil war. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




A Picture Paints a Thousand Words, Portrait of King Charles III

By Shirley Edwards

May 22, 2024

(These are my views as a woman living in England, on how the culture and spirit of my country has changed over 50 years.   Why the country does not feel protected or strong any more, how it has lost, and is losing it values and decency, and how we are daily losing our free speech.)

They say we should never look back to the past or resist the change which mankind claims to promote in the so-called evolution of our human history.  Life is meant to go forwards not backwards, but to be perfectly honest, I’m holding on to certain standards right now, and trying to always remember some of the beauty and the decency which we once cherished and strived for, before it is gone for good.

Fortunately, I know I’m not alone in witnessing the distortion and the destruction of our countries.  As bad as it is, there is a human divide of great numbers now who know what and who the enemy is and are shining a light in the darkness.  But, unfortunately, the lies, the greed, and the total mockery of God’s creation both physically and geographically thrown in our faces each day, has driven many people to utter despair or death.  It is especially hard at times to live and work amongst people who are indifferent, or who are still unaware of the plans which are in store for them.

I believe the first official portrait since the coronation of King Charles III, painted by Jonathan Yeo, which has caused quite a stir amongst art critics, is actually a significant and accurate representation of the present-day colour which now paints today’s British culture.

The wash of red paint reminds me of the blood which has been un-necessarily shed, a cancelling out, and a displacement of my country and its people.

King Charles: First official portrait since coronation is unveiled, painted by Jonathan Yeo – BBC News

Like the dull stoney eyed stares of fashion models who grace our glossy magazines, it represents a truth which disguises itself behind the attire and the image of expensive finery.   But it’s all a lie.

The reality of life on the streets of the UK is entirely different to how it once was.  There is nothing to hide behind.  Many people are afraid to walk the streets of towns and cities in the UK which have become unrecognisable.  They are afraid to go to their doctors and hospitals’ and they do not like what their children are being exposed to in schools and via the media.  The popularity of the Monarchy is also diminishing as people become more aware of an elite group of people who steal from the poor to give to the wealthy, in body mind and spirit.

Was painting a portrait in Red really appropriate and what does the colour Red represent?   I’d say a Red Flag in this instance.

Unholy

British singer Sam Smith in the 2023 Grammy Awards was attired in Red, alongside Kim Petras the first transwoman to win a Grammy.

Their song ‘Unholy’ is about infidelity and features scenes in a car body shop and a strip club.

Prior to Sam Smith becoming known for wearing elaborate bizarre clothes and making provocative videos; although a gay man, Sam Smith was more well known for singing soulful ballads.  He appeared thoughtful and believable.

Kim Petras and Sam Smith Bring Fiery Red ‘Unholy’ Style to the Grammys 2023 Red Carpet (yahoo.com)

It is reported from an interview with Billboard, Sam Smith said:

“I think joy for me, and for a lot of queer people, is quite a dangerous place. We’re all masters of pain, and I think it’s … courageous to step into the queer joy of it all.”’

Sam Smith Opens Up On Their Journey to ‘Queer Joy’ & Teases New Album (billboard.com)

The Red Flag of Eurovision 2024

Sam and other artists are not the only celebrities to popularize the colour Red, or promote queer joy.   Are they really being courageous, or are they being controlled?

Wearing a Red Fluffy jacket and pink skirt, this year’s winner of the Eurovision Song Contest was won by Swiss artist Nemo, with a song called ‘The Code’

The lyrics to The Code are meant to be the singers experience with coming to terms with their non-binary identity.

Nemo is quoted as saying:

“I’m mostly just really grateful for this experience and all the friends I’ve made along the way. This was one of the most  queer representations we’ve seen at Eurovision which was amazing, I want to shout out all the other queer artists this year.”

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo

The 68th Eurovision Song Contest watched by 7.6 million people, which was a big drop in previous viewers; also witnessed Bambie Thug, a goth gremlin goblin witch who was representing the country of Ireland with the song ‘Doomsday Blue’.

Bambie Thug sang and danced inside a pentagram.

BBC music correspondent Mark Savage, who reported on most of the acts, declared the song to be “weird and witchy’ – a song so shocking that one Irish priest declared the country was finished.

The entry for the UK was performed by Olly Alexander and the song was called ‘Dizzy’   It was reported that the performance was about gay group sex in a filthy bathroom.   The singer and the male dancers, of course, predictably, all wore Red.

It was apparently an embarrassing performance and received – Nil Points.

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo
Bambie Thug: Meet the designer behind their look – BBC News
Eurovision 2024: Bambie Thug breaks Ireland’s semi-final ‘curse’ – BBC News
Eurovision: What does the UK have to do to win? (yahoo.com)

Reading about the Eurovision Song Contest which was once a family show, and which claims to be non-political, it appears it was explicit in that there was blatant and extremely perverse mockery being directed towards everything which is wholesome, fun and beautiful.

In this instance the colour Red, was a symbol of sacrifice and initiation towards a form of slavery linked to the occult which was apparently evident in the performances.

The portrait of King Charles III featured a butterfly landing on his shoulder.   The artist reportedly stated he kept the tradition of the uniform and the sword, but he was aiming for something more modern with the bold colour and the butterfly which he states in art represents metamorphosis and re-birth.

The symbol of the Monarch butterfly is also a symbol of mind control.

Never has there been such a time in history when we have witnessed such blatant mind control being conducted which is ‘out in the open’.

There is one heck of a big Red Flag being waved.

I am pleased Eurovision 2024 did not attract many viewers, I wondered where OFCOM, the government approved regulatory body who are meant to protect people from harmful or offensive material was?

It’s a bit too late to close the gate once the horses have bolted.

Speaking of which, last month, four horses broke free from the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment, the Ceremonial Guard of the British Monarch, and galloped through the streets of London.

The media are a bit sketchy on just how many horses broke free.   Some say four, some say five, some say several and some will not say the colour of the horse which was covered in blood.

The horses were Black but there was one horse initially seen covered in blood which was White, before another horse was injured.

You can listen to a full report from Lieutenant Colonel Matt Woodward from the Household Cavalry Mounted Regiment here, and watch the startling scenes of the horses running free:

Military horses break free, run loose across London; 2 seriously hurt (youtube.com)

2 of the 4 horses that broke free in central London underwent surgery, British Army says – ABC News (go.com)

The signs and the symbols which we are witnessing all around us are not to be overlooked.  Although there is great darkness, there is light which is exposing these warnings to us.  Life will go forwards and upwards or forwards and downwards to hell.   Which road you travel on is important.

I don’t want to forget or be indifferent to the red flags and the signs, and the facts which were and are being presented to us, and I don’t want to be fearful or resentful to them.

“Whatever is true, whatever is noble, whatever is right, whatever is pure, whatever is lovely, whatever is admirable – if anything is excellent or praiseworthy – think on such things” —Philippians 4:8

© 2024 Shirley Edwards – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Shirley Edwards: eshirley02@gmail.com

Links:

King Charles: First official portrait since coronation is unveiled, painted by Jonathan Yeo – BBC News

Kim Petras and Sam Smith Bring Fiery Red ‘Unholy’ Style to the Grammys 2023 Red Carpet (yahoo.com)

Sam Smith Opens Up On Their Journey to ‘Queer Joy’ & Teases New Album (billboard.com)

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo

Eurovision 2024 winner’s press conference with Nemo

Bambie Thug: Meet the designer behind their look – BBC News

Eurovision 2024: Bambie Thug breaks Ireland’s semi-final ‘curse’ – BBC News

Eurovision: What does the UK have to do to win? (yahoo.com)

Military horses break free, run loose across London; 2 seriously hurt (youtube.com)

2 of the 4 horses that broke free in central London underwent surgery, British Army says – ABC News (go.com)




Record High Of Hostility & Violence Against Churches In America

Authored by Bradlee Dean not AI

May 22, 2024

“If you’re not careful, the newspapers will have you hating the people who are being oppressed, and loving the people who are doing the oppressing.” -X

If it is not the sodomites who are playing the victims to those who stand up to their crimes by calling them bigots and haters (Leviticus 18:22), then it is those from the Middle East that mean to treasonously conquer America by calling out those who stand up against their crimes as ‘Islamophobic” (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution).  The truth of the matter is that they hate the very Laws that condemn their crimes.  This is why they are attacking them by playing the victim.  Yet, they are getting special categories of protection from the corrupt within the halls of government.

There are Laws in the books already that address these issues. What is this all about? They are defending these groups that are getting special permission as to whom they can now attack and play the victim. Nothing new here (Ecclesiastes 1:9).

Now we have the people supporting the likes of today’s Israel without paying attention to who they are supporting. Meanwhile, American government is attempting to strip the people over here for ‘antisemitic’ behavior when it comes to their First Amendment, God-given Rights. It is being reported that “US House Passes Bill to Outlaw New Testament.” This is about as backward and as telling as it gets (Isaiah 5:20).

Make distinction when defending people regardless of religion ethnicity or race video

This antisemitic hate crime bill is aimed at Christians furthermore these protests were all pre planned

MUST WATCH SHORT VIDEO

Firstliberty.org highlighted “New Report: Record High Hostility and Violence Against Churches in America.”

Hostility and violence against churches in America is at an all-time high, according to a recent Family Research Council report. They documented more than 430 incidents in 2023—more than double the number in 2022.

That’s an 800% increase in incidents since 2018 and an average of 39 attacks every month. America’s churches aren’t just witnessing hostility and violence at a higher rate than ever before. The report suggests the attacks are increasingly more violent and more personal. Close to 400 were acts of vandalism and arson, which often left church properties defaced and causing thousands of dollars of damage in many cases. Gun-related crimes, assault, interruption of church services and bomb threats comprised a smaller share of the attacks. Those numbers are bad. But it’s likely that the problem is much worse. As FRC notes, “many acts of hostility against churches are likely not reported to authorities and/or are not featured in the news or other online sources…Thus, the number of acts of hostility is undoubtedly much higher than the number reflected in this report.”

These findings also correlate with a similar report titled “The Intensifying Intolerance Toward Christians in the West,” documenting a sharp rise in religious freedom violations. The 2024 data shows that persecution of Christians by Western governments rose by 60% last year. And over the past four years, most violations in the Western world actually took place in the United States.

These trends are alarming—and they betray everything that religious freedom in America is about. Attacks, threats and terror against houses of worship have no place in our country. We’re founded on the principle that people of all faiths should be able to worship peacefully. No American should ever have to worry about their safety at their house of worship. Sadly, it seems that we’re getting further away from that founding principle.

It’s almost impossible to separate these trends from the broader cultural and legal fight that’s being waged on religious freedom. We shouldn’t be surprised to hear about rising violence on churches, especially when so many institutions in our society don’t appear to value the free exercise of religion.

Whether it’s government, woke corporate America, higher education, the media or political activist groups, they’ve all shown a particular disdain for religious Americans. And to some extent, they’ve all had a hand in trying to strip away the legal and constitutional protections that guard people of faith.

“There is a common connection between the growing religious persecution abroad and the rapidly increasing hostility toward churches here at home: our government’s policies,” according to FRC President Tony Perkins. “The indifference abroad to the fundamental freedom of religion is rivaled only by the increasing antagonism toward the moral absolutes taught by Bible-believing churches here in the U.S., which is fomenting this environment of hostility toward churches.”

At First Liberty, we often warn Americans that no nation is immune to tyranny. We constantly say that we need to heed the warning signs. Religious persecution and violence aren’t just happening in totalitarian regimes far away. The stats show that some of the worst offenders are America’s neighbors.

And now, the numbers clearly show that religious persecution is increasing on our shores.

This reminds us why protecting and restoring religious freedom is so important. There’s a reason why it’s the First Freedom in the Bill of Rights, the very first that appears in the First Amendment. History shows that chaos, violence and tyranny result when this fundamental freedom isn’t protected.

This is not a time for indifference. As Americans, we can’t afford to bury our heads in the sand. We need to stand up for our First Freedom. We need to make sure America remains a safe haven where people of all faiths are free to live and worship in peace.

Leaving the Church Defenseless?

His Tabernacle Family Church, led by Pastor Micheal Spencer, recently got a huge win in court for their First and Second Amendment rights.

The congregation challenged a New York law that prohibited firearms at places of worship. The hypocrisy of this law allowed most secular establishments, like Home Depot or a local diner, to decide for if patrons can defend themselves. But houses of worship couldn’t.

In December, a federal appeals court ruled in favor of His Tabernacle Family Church. The Court rejected the State of New York’s unconstitutional attempt to make all houses of worship in New York gun-free zones.

Pastor Micheal discusses why this wasn’t just a win that protected his flock, but also the rights and freedoms of countless Americans. Watch below:

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




What Can the Constitution Do For You?

By Paul Engel

May 21, 2024

  • Does the Constitution still matter anymore?
  • Is the Constitution a magically document that will save the day?
  • Or is it the only tool that can restore our rights.

I meet a lot of people who think the Constitution is useless, while others wonder how people can get away with violating it. While these may appear to be opposing positions, I believe they stem from the same misconception: That the Constitution of the United States is some superhero that will come flying in to save the day. Rather, the Constitution is ink on parchment, a tool and nothing more. Like any other tool, the Constitution is absolutely useless unless it is picked up and wielded. And like any other tool, unless you learn how to use the Constitution, you’re much more likely to crush your own thumb than those who are infringing on your rights.

What is the Constitution

We need to start at the beginning. What is the Constitution? Yes, it’s ink on parchment, words on paper. If that’s all it is, then why do so many people revere it? In the Supreme Court case Marbury v. Madison, we find:

Certainly all those who have framed written Constitutions contemplate them as forming the fundamental and paramount law of the nation,

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

So if the Constitution is the fundamental and paramount law of the United States, why is it violated so often? Because the Constitution is just laws.

A rule, particularly an established or permanent rule, prescribed by the supreme power of a state to its subjects, for regulating their actions, particularly their social actions.

Law – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

The Constitution is not some magical incantation, or spell that forces all who hear it to comply. Like any other law, it’s powerless without law enforcement.

That which gives energy or effect; sanction. The penalties of law are enforcements.

Enforcement – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

In other words, the Constitution, like any other law, is merely a tool, a means of articulating the rules. It’s their enforcement that gives laws power. The Marbury court stated that the Constitution forms the fundamental and paramount law of a nation, or as Article VI, Clause 2 states, the supreme law of the land:

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

However, all this vaunted talk of supreme, fundamental, and paramount laws mean absolutely nothing unless and until they are enforced.

The Constitution as a “Power” Tool

Most people I talk to about the Constitution see it as something someone else should be using to protect their rights. While I agree, people like politicians, judges, and attorneys should be using the Constitution enforcing the rules of the Constitution, today they show little interest in fulfilling the oath they took to support it. Part of the reason, I believe, is the fact that most politicians and all judges and attorneys learn their craft in law schools. Sadly, it appears that these supposed schools of law completely ignore the supreme law of the land. For five years I have asked every judge, attorney, or anyone who attended law school a simple question. Did they study the actual Constitution in law school or did they study “constitutional law”? In those five years I have had exactly one person say he studied the Constitution in law school. “Constitutional law” is not law because it did not go through the lawmaking process. Rather, it’s the opinions of judges, passed down and manipulated over generations of attorneys, in order to to arrive at the outcome they sought. Many of the law school graduates I have met stated how they studied the Constitution in other ways, but the schools dedicated to teaching the law have failed to teach the students the supreme law of the land. To understand why this is so important, let’s take a look at how the Constitution functions.

What prevents Congress from making laws that control a person’s speech or what they can publish? Most people would say “The First Amendment!” The First Amendment may prohibit such actions, but can do nothing to prevent it. Only the enforcement of the First Amendment would render such a law null and void, and only the political backlash from such unconstitutional actions would prevent members of Congress from voting for such a law in the first place. It’s the same way a hammer cannot drive a nail until it’s picked up and swung properly. Yet in the United States today, Congress passes hundreds of unconstitutional laws and the executive agencies promulgate thousands of unconstitutional rules and regulations every year, yet no one seems concerned about it. Why? First, I believe that most politicians and bureaucrats have no clue what the Constitution actually says. I guess, in their case ignorance is bliss. Second, We the People rarely if ever actually provide the political backlash to dissuade government actors from their unconstitutional acts. Why do the American people do nothing when the supreme law of the land is violated? Again, I think there are two reasons. First, We the People know even less about the Constitution than those who went to law school. In this case ignorance is not bliss, but misery. Second, because we keep sitting around for “Captain Constitution” to fly in and save the day. Is this how the Constitution was meant to be wielded?

Who Wields The Constitution

When I was in high school, I was taught that the Constitution was only for politicians, judges, and lawyers, that it was to complicated for “average” people to understand. It wasn’t until decades later that I learned the truth about who the Constitution was written for.

The first clue to who the Constitution was written for comes from its own preamble.

We the People of the United States, … do ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of America.

U.S. Constitution, Preamble

If We the People are the ones who ordained and established the Constitution for the United States, shouldn’t we not only know what it says, but be well educated on the subject? This is certainly what John Jay, our first Chief Justice of the United States, thought about it.

Every member of the State ought diligently to read and to study the constitution of his country, and teach the rising generation to be free. By knowing their rights, they will sooner perceive when they are violated, and be the better prepared to defend and assert them.

John Jay, First Chief Justice of the United States

Mr. Jay thought that everyone should not only read and study the Constitution, but to teach it to the rising generations. In the opinion of the very first Chief Justice, it was not the responsibility of government to teach our children to be free, it’s each and every one of ours. And look at what we get for diligently reading and studying the Constitution: Tools! Reading and studying the Constitution gives us the tools to recognize when our rights are being violated, and the tools to defend and assert them. However, just like the first toolkit many of us got when we were young, these tools won’t do us any good if we keep them locked up and refuse to use them.

Adding Power to the Tools

Now we know where to get the tools we need, we should start figuring out how to put them to good use. There’s an old saying, “To a hammer, everything looks like a nail.” It expresses the idea of tunnel vision. If all you have is a hammer, the only thing you can do is drive things in as if they were nails. Thankfully, the Constitution is not a single tool, but a toolkit. And like any toolkit, there are some tools we use more often than others. That’s not to say the other tools are less valuable, but I’ve found a couple of tools that are almost universal in their ability to help the other tools work.

The Supremacy Clause

This Constitution, and the Laws of the United States which shall be made in Pursuance thereof; and all Treaties made, or which shall be made, under the Authority of the United States, shall be the supreme Law of the Land;

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

I know we’ve already mentioned the Supremacy Clause, but there are a few things about this tool that may not be obvious at first. The Supremacy Clause clearly lists three things as the supreme law of the land. First, the Constitution. That seems pretty obvious. Second, the laws of the United States. but only those laws made pursuant to, or following, the Constitution. Lastly, treaties. Again, only those treaties made under the Authority of the United States. And where does the United States get its authority? Why from the Constitution, of course. This means that just because Congress passes a law, or the President signs a treaty with the advice and consent of the Senate, it does not make it the supreme law of the land. In fact, as Alexander Hamilton put it in Federalist Paper #78:

There is no position which depends on clearer principles, than that every act of a delegated authority, contrary to the tenor of the commission under which it is exercised, is void. No legislative act, therefore, contrary to the Constitution, can be valid. To deny this, would be to affirm, that the deputy is greater than his principal; that the servant is above his master; that the representatives of the people are superior to the people themselves; that men acting by virtue of powers, may do not only what their powers do not authorize, but what they forbid.

Alexander Hamilton – Federalist Paper #78

Now, let’s look at what is not included as the supreme law of the land. Executive Orders are not the supreme law of the land, neither are rules and regulations made by the executive branch. Even the decisions of courts are not the supreme law of the land. In fact, the rest of the supremacy clause states:

and the Judges in every State shall be bound thereby, any Thing in the Constitution or Laws of any State to the Contrary notwithstanding.

U.S. Constitution, Article VI, Clause 2

In other words, the judges are bound to the Constitution, not the other way around. That sounds like a pretty beefy tool to me.

The Tenth Amendment

The next tool we need to have in our pocket is the Tenth Amendment.

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

Simply put, if the Constitution doesn’t delegate a power to the United States, then it belongs to someone else. Though some people like to state that the Constitution implies powers it doesn’t specifically enumerate, that doesn’t match with what the Tenth Amendment says. Another important point, powers are delegated to the United States.

To entrust; to commit; to deliver to anothers care and exercise; as, to delegate authority or power to an envoy, representative or judge.

Delegate – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

That means the powers not only had to exist before they were delegated to the United States, but they needed to be possessed by another entity. In this case, as the Tenth Amendment points our, the powers not delegated to the United States are reserved to the states or the people.

Kept for another or future use; retained.

Reserved – Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

That means that any power the Constitution does not delegate to the United States is yours, either directly or through your state.

These two clauses provide so much power to the other tools in the Constitution, it’s like going from a simple screwdriver to a power screwdriver. Sure, you have a right to not be deprived of life, liberty or property without due process of law (Amendments V & XIV), but the supremacy clause means no entity can legally place an exception to that law. It also means that when the federal government comes in to regulate something they have not been delegated the power to regulate, the Tenth Amendment is your legal authority to say no.

Conclusion

Hopefully now you have a better idea of the tools you have available, and are feeling encouraged to learn how to use them. I’m reasonably sure you feel like you’re standing there with your bag of tools, staring at a decrepit old apartment building and wondering what difference you can make. After all, the place is huge, it’s a mess, and the vast majority of the tenants either won’t do a thing or are actively trying to destroy the place. What can one person do in the face of such opposition?

Don’t miss the forest for the trees. Yes, the United States is a gigantic mess with hundreds of millions of people and fifty different states, all with their own agendas. You don’t have to fix the United States though; all you have to do is make your neighborhood better. That decrepit and messed up apartment building is made up of apartments, just as the United States is made up of individual states. Each of those apartments are made up of different rooms, just as the states are made up of counties, cities, and towns. So before you go trying to fix the United States, even before you try to fix your state, clean up your county, city, or town. Start by voting for representatives who understand the oath they will take to support the Constitution of your state and the United States. Many of them will not have studied these constitutions, so help them. Point out their oaths, what the Constitution actually says, and your expectation that they fulfill their oath. If they don’t, make sure the political backlash is both constitutionally sound and very, very public. To do that, you’ll also need to help your neighbors understand the Constitution and the consequences of ignoring it. That way, when your elected representatives screw up, and they will, it’s not just you pushing back, but a hopefully growing number of your neighbors. As those elected officials start looking at statewide offices, make sure they know you will hold them to their oaths just as firmly at the state level as you did at the local level. As more and more people across your state see the benefit of using the tools we have to keep our governments in check, they will start learning to use these tools as well, and your state will be not only be more constitutional, but freer as well. As this message spreads across the states, they will become more constitutionally sound and Washington, D.C. will become less important. After all, according to the supreme law of the land, there’s actually very little the federal government can legally do.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Titanic: Accident or Deliberate Drowning?

By Sidney Secular

May 21, 2024

What does the FED (Federal Reserve) have to do with the sinking of the Titanic? The owner of the White Star line, a fleet of ships which included the Titanic, was J.P. Morgan, the financial shark (apologies to the species!). He belonged to a circle of criminal and conspirator bankers that wanted to found the FED in the USA as its central bank. On board the maiden voyage of the Titanic was a cabal of very wealthy people opposed to formation of such a central bank especially as it was constructed under FED guidelines. These included Benjamin Guggenheim, Isidor Strauss, John Jacob Astor, and other financial oligarchs.

Because they opposed this effort at world financial domination, Astor and this circle of financiers had to be eliminated! However, because they were hardly unknowns in the world economy, this had to be done with no possibility of the matter being connected to the issue at hand. As a result, they all just happened to be aboard the Titanic on her maiden voyage. Morgan was also on the list of passengers, but backed out just before sailing. When the Titanic had an “accident” and sank, they perished to a man. Note: Yes, the Titanic did not have half the lifeboats needed for those on board (including the crew), but it did have more lifeboats than were demanded by the shipping regulators! The idea that the boat was short lifeboats for some nefarious reason is not true. Indeed, she was designed to be as safe as anything can be, but there’s more to safety than enough boats! Many of the ship’s lifeboats left with only a few of the forty people maximum because the passengers did not believe that the ship was in danger! Also, while the ethics of the sea were that women and children were to be first into the boats, that maxim failed to take into account the class of those women and children. Hence, more women and children from steerage class died than did men in the first class!

And there were many other problems. A message from a German ship giving the longitude and latitude of the ice-field containing the berg that the Titanic hit “got lost” in the thousands of messages being sent by passengers to Cape Race and then forwarded on to New York. Had that message gotten to the bridge, there would have been changes to the ship’s course and speed! After the collision, the Titanic had a great problem getting other ships to understand her plight! Her sister ship, the Olympic merely said that they would meet in New York! The radioman of The Californian, a ship that had stopped because of the ice only five miles away from the Titanic had gone off duty and no one heard the distress call! (By the way, this was the first use of the signal SOS for disasters!) The rockets fired from the decks of the Titanic – a well known nautical disaster signal! – was responded to by the other ship with an attempt to contact by signal lights that went unseen and so, the crew of The Californian actually watched the Titanic sink without having any idea what was taking place a mere five miles away!

All of this helped assure that the oligarchs opposed to the FED’s formation would perish. There is some belief that had the millionaires not remained on the ship and thus perished, that there were crew members who would have seen to their deaths, but that is way too “tin-foil hat!” Remember there were no lifeboats for the crew either with the exception of the sailors who had to go with every boat! Of course, underlying this “conspiracy theory” was the fact that a novella, written in 1898, “Futility, or the Wreck of the Titan” by one Morgan Robertson predicted nearly all the events surrounding the sinking of the Titanic in close detail including the dimensions of the ship itself! That could have been a blueprint for the entire scenario or, in the alternative, it could simply have been one of those “accidents of history” that make life so interesting. Whatever the truth about the Titanic, another truth is that The FED has been blamed as the single most disastrous economic development in American history, responsible for the economic crash of 1929 – and not just in America! – and the continuous depreciation in the value of the dollar beginning with its formation in 1913. The FED didn’t need the Titanic to be a disaster!

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




New Election Lawsuit: Plaintiffs RNC & Donald J. Trump

Authored by Devvy Kidd not AI

May 20, 2024

“One of the most cowardly things ordinary people do is to shut their eyes to facts.” —C. S. Lewis

There is great hope President-Elect Donald Trump, who was absolutely cheated for a second term, will win this November.  Never mind all the conspiracy theories peddled by the prostitute media and mindless hens on garbage TV shows like The View that career criminal, Joe Biden, won in 2020.

That quote pretty much sums up the blabbermouth “experts” on CNN, MSNBC, ABC, NBC, FOX, CBS and bird cage liner newspapers like the NY Times “all the news that’s fake to print”.  It’s really all about blind loyalty to a political party and their agenda, not to pedo sniffer Joe Biden.  It’s about the immoral and unconstitutional rules and regulations that have been rammed down our throats by unconstitutional cabinets and agencies.  All unelected by We the People.

Not to mention fake president Biden and his love for Executive Orders he can shove where the sun doesn’t shine. Please remember Executive Orders only apply to federal employees and are not law.  VERIFY: Explaining the difference between executive orders and laws

What’s most important right now is to make sure the shadow government’s pimps don’t get away with it again.  Not only was Trump cheated but so were constitutionally grounded candidates running for the U.S. House and Senate.

Kari Lake won the governor’s race, not the lying, cheating, morally bankrupt skank, Katie Hobbs, who parades around masquerading as AZ’s governor like she’s some kind of queen.  Well, Katie:  Look in the mirror and what do you see?  Someone who cheated her way into a high office who hasn’t an ounce of integrity or honesty. Someone who cares nothing for the truth, only her ego and lust for power.

Dominion admitted their software was defective three days after the Nov. 2020 Election by LYLE J. RAPACKI, Ph.D., ARIZONA TODAY who was/is heavily involved in exposing the truth about the Big Steal in AZ (as did happen in NV, PA, GA, MI, MN). Quoting Lyle from his email, March 14, 2024: “For the past three and a half years, more concerns, evidence, witnesses, and discoveries have shown a well-planned and executed process to interfere with the election of November 7, 2020, and then again in the 2022 election, at least within Arizona.  Almost the entire legal system either denied such, would not hear such, or would not rule on such even after compelling evidence and testimony were presented.

“People directly involved lost jobs, income, and positions in the community fighting the good fight to restore election integrity and security.  Many elected officials could not be bothered to tackle such controversy and “conspiracy-minded” stuff.  The cost to those who continued to fight the good fight for election integrity has been quite real, quite heavy – emotionally, as well as financially.  To this day, I periodically meet someone who doesn’t hesitate to tell me it was all a conspiracy and political theatre.

“As running mates, Mark Finchem and Kari Lake filed in U.S. District Court, Arizona, an action requesting a temporary restraining order, alleging such egregious acts and violations of integrity in the electoral process.

“Today a Writ of Certiorari (cause to re-examine) is being submitted to the U.S. Supreme Court given the copious and prodigious amounts of evidence not allowed into lower courts but have now become painfully evident that such should have occurred.  The gravity of the evidence from 2020 and continuing to present, is alarming and quite sobering.  Then I received the 19-page report below dated March 19th, 2023, wherein Dominion admitted their voting software was defective, had “design flaws,” and “serious bugs.”

“Let us pray that the U.S. Supreme Court accepts the petition to re-examine, people are held accountable, and face consequences; and our electoral process takes a giant step forward toward returning to a transparent, secure, and integrity restored, so we all can trust again.  The link below takes you to the 19-page Dominion report and confession.”

Dominion admitted their software was defective three days after the Nov. 2020 ElectionMar 13

“Dominion Voting Systems knew its software was compromised and covered it up until Friday.  That was when emails between Dominion employees disclosed the cover up.  The emails are now evidence in a Michigan Court case, 2023-285759-FH.

“Dominion employees admitted that its voting software was:

  • defective
  • had “a serious bug” and
  • “design flaws.”

The filing is 59 pages and is linked here.”

Of course I read it.  Please do note almost all the names are Serbian:  Aleksandar Lazarevic, Dragan Djordjevic, Dalibor Milovanovic, Ranko Stamatovic and Goran Obradovic to name a few.  Pg 10:  Affidavit of Sheriff Dar Leaf signed and notarized March 8, 2024.

Pg. 36:  Must stop all the wild conspiracy theories “promoted by the president.”  Email dated Nov. 12, 2024, obviously referring to President Trump.  Pg. 52:  Oh, my…the F word.

And, of course election fraud in local elections, i.e.:

Harris County Judge Orders New Election for 180th District Court Seat After Controversial 449-Vote Loss — Nearly 1,500 Votes Cast Illegally, May 15, 2024

“In a landmark decision, a Bexar County visiting judge has ordered a new election for the 180th District Court seat in Harris County, Texas. This ruling comes after Republican candidate Tami Pierce narrowly lost to Democrat DaSean Jones by a mere 449 votes in the November 2022 election.”

This is a four-video montage, each under 2 minutes.  The first one is Jovan Pulitzer.  Click on the image, it goes full screen to the hearings which I watched live at the time: BREAKING BOMBSHELL

“At this very moment at a polling location in Columbia, South Carolina, not only do we have access through the devices to the poll-pad, the system. BUT WE ARE IN.”  It’s called hacking.  How the votes were changed for Biden.

Besides the massive fraud from voting machines and scanners, the Big Steal was made possible by fake Americans counting votes.  I say fake because true Americans should believe our elections must be fair and honest even if our candidate of choice legitimately loses. 2020 & 2022 exposed our election system as two of the most corrupt, dishonest election events in our history.

The destruction since usurper, Joe Biden, was unlawfully sworn into office along with cackler fake VP, Ho Kamala Harris is almost beyond words. Credit for allowing the fraud to succeed should also be given to the rotten SOB, FBI Director (Trump should have fired him on day one), Christopher Wray.

Turncoat U.S. Attorney Bill Barr as well as state judges who turned a blind eye to actual, physical evidence as was the case in Nevada. I also watched the Nevada hearing live and despite paper proof thousands and thousands of votes cast by registered voters WHO NO LONGER EVEN LIVED IN NEVADA was just fine with the judge who sided with the cheaters. Another partisan hack with no moral standards.

Trump has promised that on day one he will begin the biggest deportation operation ever seen in this country among other critical issues.  Like Trump, hate his old tweets, don’t like his hair – put a sock in it. This isn’t a personality contest or gee, isn’t Bill Clinton so handsome!  Yeah, like a rattlesnake.  Our very survival is going to depend on getting Trump in the WH and taking control of both the House and Senate. Unfortunately, too many RINO’s allegedly won their primaries so it won’t be all roses and happy days. But Trump is going after the hordes of illegals.

Only We the People can stop another steal.  Regular readers of my columns know I’ve been focusing on the 1997 U.S. Supreme Court 9-0 decision in Foster v. Love 9-0 for years. Did everything in my power to get Trump to file with the Supreme Court right away.  (I know others did, too but were also ignored.) Since I’m a nobody in Trump’s circle, I’m sure my packages to him, his Chief Adviser, Stephen Miller and his NV case attorney, Jesse Bennell, just got tossed in the garbage can. Instead, the “legal” circus that ensued following Nov. 3, 2020 was obscene.  It never had to happen that way.

THAT is exactly the sledgehammer that cheated Trump:  Huge containers of ballot dumps in the middle of the night, tens of thousands of ballots “found” after Cheater Joe Biden was selected and rubber stamped by whores in the so-called “mainstream media” and state courts giving the okay to accept and count ballots days or weeks after election DAY.  Day – singular – is 24 hours, not three days or two weeks later.  Trump was ahead before midnight ON election DAY.  China Joe Biden could not have won the election.

January 29, 2024:  Finally: RNC Files Bombshell Election Lawsuit (Mine).  If you missed it or need a refresher, please take the time to read it because it has all the details and FACTS as well as using Foster v Love.  Most important is another lawsuit filed.  Every GOP State Republican Party (and plaintiffs) in this country should join with Trump as Plaintiffs and file NOW using Nevada or Mississippi’s filing.

Trump Campaign Files First 2024 Election Lawsuit, Demands Ban on Counting of Mail-In Ballots After Election Day, May 4, 2024 (Emphasis mine): “The lawsuit is a response to legislation passed by Nevada’s Democratic-controlled legislature back in 2021, which allows the tallying of mail ballots received up to four days after Election Day so long as the envelopes are postmarked before the end of the day.

Nevada’s ballot receipt deadline clearly violates federal law and undermines election integrity in the state,” RNC Chairman Michael Whatley said in a statement. “Ballots received days after Election Day should not be counted.”

“Nineteen U.S. allow the counting of mail-in ballots received after Election Day.* The law’s claim they allow more voters to participate, although they are commonly used as a way of giving Democratic operatives enough time to “find” the necessary votes to ensure victory. (I think author meant 19 U.S. states.)

“Although this is the first lawsuit filed by Trump’s presidential campaign, the RNC has already filed five separate lawsuits targeting election integrity across six state.” (I think the author meant states.)

UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT DISTRICT OF NEVADA filed May 3, 2024:

REPUBLICAN NATIONAL COMMITTEE; NEVADA REPUBLICAN PARTY; DONALD J. TRUMP FOR PRESIDENT 2024, INC.; and DONALD J. SZYMANSKI, Plaintiffs

COMPLAINT FOR DECLARATORY AND INJUNCTIVE RELIEF

Page 7:

“I. There is only one federal Election Day.

  1. The U.S. Constitution’s Elections Clause vests state legislatures with power to set the time, place, and manner of congressional elections. U.S. Const. art. I, §4, cl. 1.
  2. But the Elections Clause also reserves to “Congress” the power to “at any time by Law make or alter such Regulations, except as to the Places of chusing Senators.” Id.
  3. A law governs “‘the election’ of a Senator or Representative” when it “plainly refer[s] to the combined actions of voters and officials meant to make a final selection of an officeholder.” Foster v. Love, 522 U.S. 67, 71 (1997).
  4. Exercising its constitutional power to pass laws governing elections for federal offices, Congress has established one specific day as the uniform, national Election Day for members of the United States House of Representatives and of the United States Senate. For both offices, the “Tuesday next after the 1st Monday in November” is “the day for the election.” 2 U.S.C. §7 (elections for members of the House of Representatives held on that day “in every even numbered year”); see also id. §1 (Senators to be elected “[a]t the regular election held in any State next preceding the expiration of the term for which any Senator was elected to represent such State in Congress, at which a Representative to Congress is regularly by law to be chosen”).
  5. The U.S. Constitution also vests in “Congress” the power to “determine the Time of chusing the Electors” for the offices of President and Vice President. U.S. Const. art. II, §1, cl. 4.”

Now, I have spoken with our County Judge who presides over our county Commissioners Court and is responsible for our elections. Judge Johnson (I voted for him) is an honest man, a genuinely patriotic American who is taking this seriously.  I explained to him last week just because we have such a disgusting low voter turn out doesn’t mean down the road we could have 75% voting.

There are almost 3,200 counties in the US; Texas has a whopping 254.  Howard County is small. The corrupted census (they count ILLEGAL aliens) shows our 2020 population at just under 34,000. I’ve also spoken with the head of our Elections Division who assured me that Supreme Court decision doesn’t really affect us because they’re done counting ballots by 10:30 pm and go home.

Well, when you have only 8.74% of registered voters get to the ballot box (truly disgusting), sure, it can get done fairly quickly. But it does matterALL counties in the U.S. must follow federal law regarding federal elections, period.  I will keep readers up to date on the lawsuits. The Democrat/Communist Party USA and their coconspirators are already planning how to steal the November election again and you can bet they will demand ballots can be harvested and counted forever after election day using voter suppression or some other BS as justification.

I must bring this up. Career criminal, fake president Joe Biden, is in the first stages of Altzheimer’s so forget the senile or dementia as he’s long past that.  Joe Biden Spins Around Looking Dazed and Confused at Campaign Event in Atlanta (VIDEO) – May 18, 2024.

Anyone whose been around a person with Altzheimer’s knows how their loved one reacts, talks and gradually loses their mind. It is horribly painful for family and the individual.

My message to Trump is stop running ads making fun of Biden falling on stairs and his constant mumbling, stumbling and obvious loss of being able to remember what he’s saying even though there’s a teleprompter to guide him. It simply isn’t necessary as the whole world can see Joe Biden’s brain no longer functions properly.  President Trump Eviscerates Joe Biden In Hilarious ‘Keeps Falling’ Music Video On Truth Social, May 18, 2024.

According to the Altzheimer’s Association, seven MILLION Americans suffer from Altzheimer’s. Their families suffer with them.  To have a presidential candidate run ads poking fun of someone who suffers from that terrible disease during a campaign rally/speech, IMHO, shows no compassion even if it’s only directed at his political opponent.  Trump might consider family and friends of a Altzheimer’s victim probably vote and I think many could get angry enough to vote against Trump or simply skip that box on the ballot. Trump has enough ammo (metaphorically speaking) on Biden’s failures without having to resort to mocking Biden’s obviously absent mind.

Even tho’ Biden is a career criminal who should be tried, convicted and sent to Supermax in Colorado, it will never happen. I predict that in the not-too-distant future there may be no other choice but to put him in an Altzheimer’s facility. Pumping old Joe full of amphetamines can only go so far.  EXCLUSIVE: WY Rep. Harriet Hageman Slams Merrick Garland’s Election Interference in Hiding “How Joe Biden is Failing in Terms of Mental Acuity” By Refusing to Turn Over Biden/Hur Interview Tapes (VIDEO), May 18, 2024

Who knows what’s going to happen between now and the DNC convention.  Should Joe step aside “for the good of the country”, who knows which Marxist marionette will be the new standard bearer as long as that traitor follows instructions from the real power behind the Oval Office.  No question it’s been dirty cheater, America hating, Hussein Obama and Valerie Jarrett since January 2021. Actually, he’s just the middle man following orders from the cabal of massively wealthy global elites.

The most important goal for the traitors running America behind the curtain is to keep Donald Trump from winning again.  The lawfare plan has backfired big time and bottom feeders like Jack Smith, Porky Alvin Bragg, Big Fani Willis and the rest of them know it – including a couple of partisan judges who have disgraced their profession and don’t give a damn.  Just “get Trump”.

Regardless of the size of your county, only We the People are going to stop another steal.  I know we all have full plates but we are down to our last chance to stop this communist revolution taking place on college campuses, Congress, state capitols and lower city and county officials.  I’ve been in the trenches full time for 31 years, do not doubt my word. The Unreachables and useful fools can call themselves liberals or progressives but their political ideology is communism with a good dose of fascism thrown into the cauldron.

It isn’t enough just to stand around and watch votes counted.  We saw what happened in 2020 when authorized Republican observers were literally shoved out the door.  Like many others, I wrote a million words about the Big Steal. We can’t let it happen again. How we stop it will be my next column. I know Trump’s teams are on this but with almost 3,200 counties and all the thousands of precincts, it’s going to take lots of boots on the ground.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

*Those 19 were also in violation of federal election law.




House GOP Gullibility on Display Once Again

By Dr. Mike Spaulding

May 20, 2024

In Greek mythology, a story is told about Odysseus, a king of Ithaca. This king is said to have waged war against the city-state of Troy. After an unsuccessful siege of the city, Odysseus conceived the idea of building a huge horse and hiding within its structure many of his best fighters, counting on the Trojans to see the wooden horse as a sign of their victory over the Greeks.

As Odysseus believed, the Trojans pulled the wooden horse inside their city walls, believing it to be a sign from the gods of their victory. At nightfall, the Greeks disembarked their hiding place, opened the gates for their fellow soldiers and the city of Troy fell. History has trumpeted the genius of Odysseus. The Trojans on the other hand, have been seen as gullible and painfully naïve.

Why the quick lesson in Greek mythology? It seems the same type of strategic maneuver has recently been completed in the US House of Representatives, with many Republicans playing the part of the Trojans. Let me explain.

House Resolution 6090 (HR 6090), interestingly named the Antisemitism Awareness Act, was passed recently without a full committee hearing or markup, which would have enabled lawmakers to address many of the concerns voiced by those who see dangerous implications for American’s free speech rights under the US Constitution.

It should go with saying that antisemitism is evil. Labeling Israel as an apartheid state is the height of ignorance and delusion. Declaring Israel’s government and military leaders war criminals for their response to Hamas’ October 7, 2023, invasion and violent barbarity is unconscionable. The issue is not about addressing antisemitism. We must do that forcefully. The issue is that addressing antisemitism must be a genuine effort whereby all parties to any proposal agree that antisemitism must be prosecuted to the full extent possible while also denying potential applications outside the original intent of the law. Loopholes left intact that can be used to prosecute other parties beyond original intent is extremely dangerous to free speech rights in America. Therein lies the rub.

The House of Representatives under Republican Speaker Mike Johnson and his predecessor, Republican Kevin McCarthy, have practiced “airdropping” bills to the House floor which circumvents regular order, deliberation, and potential amendments. In other words, nothing can be debated, objected to, removed, or added. Lawmakers are left to vote yea or nay. Christians and conservatives decry that practice when the Democrats do it but are surprisingly silent when Republicans do the same thing.

At issue with this bill is any clear definition of what constitutes antisemitic speech. It seems that this bill is little more than a knee-jerk reaction to the violent antisemitic actions currently wreaking havoc on several college campuses across America. As such, the bill fails to adequately address the current turmoil and does not give any clear direction for prosecution of offenders in the future. If it cannot or will not be used to prosecute the current Soros funded campus violence, then what is the point in touting this bill as some type of solution? I’ll tell you what the point is – it is mere political optics. In other words, HR 6090 is meant to shore up the Biden administrations polling numbers among American Jews, a demographic that is in freefall away from Biden. The same strategy has been used by the current administration toward Israel, coddling the American Muslim population ahead of the 2024 election by denouncing Israel, threatening to withhold armaments, and giving a green light to the International Criminal Court’s issuance of arrest warrants. Do you really believe that a bill to protect Jews from acts of violence would find favor with House Democrats without the Biden administration giving the go ahead? Why are Republicans, Conservatives, and Christians so naïve?

Opponents of the bill cite the Bible as now being placed directly in the crosshairs of prohibited language. The standard by which courts in the future will decide what constitutes antisemitic language (depending on whether the Senate rubber stamps the bill as anticipated) was developed by the International Holocaust Remembrance Alliance (IHRA). Why does that matter? It matters because the IHRA has provided what amounts to another step in the destruction of American civil liberties. I’m not saying that the IHRA has deliberately done anything nefarious. I am saying that their language needs revision and “tightening up” to make it specific, and clear. Their broad definition of antisemitism begins with “Antisemitism is a certain perception of Jews.” This means that the thoughts, opinions, or perspectives of people are once again on trial. What the IHRA has provided, and a majority of the House GOP railroaded through, is nothing more than the same broadly defined hate speech legislation that Conservatives and Christians have criticized from the very start of that dangerous and unconstitutional boondoggle. Why are some Christians and conservatives celebrating this bill?

Within the language the IHRA provided is this gem: “Using the symbols and images associated with classic antisemitism (e.g., claims of Jews killing Jesus or blood libel) to characterize Israel or Israelis.” Using a cross, a Bible, or biblical passages can under this bill be deemed antisemitic.

Before we go any further, let it be known that this author is a staunch supporter of Israel. I have taught for decades and continue to teach that Israel is Yahweh’s people, that His promises in the Abrahamic, Mosaic, and Davidic Covenants will be fulfilled entirely, that Israel has every right to exist in peace without constant threat of attack, that Israel must stop being made the villain for the haters in the Muslim world and elsewhere, and that the church absolutely has not nor ever will replace Israel in Yahweh’s economy. My bona fides concerning Israel are impeccable.

I’m also sympathetic to the “something is better than nothing” argument currently heard in response to opposition of this bill.

However, Christians must be alert to the deceptive intrusion of anything with a stated goal of stopping and criminalizing certain types of speech and behavior.[1] Legislation that purports to bring greater degrees of safety offered to us during times of national crisis always has ulterior motives buried deep within the language. The Patriot Act and the FISA Court renewal is one of the most egregious examples of the violations of American life, liberty, and right to privacy and personal freedom this nation has ever witnessed. I remind you that it was delivered under a Republican President completely written and white-washed as patriotic and necessary to fight terrorism. Beware the bearer of gifts presented with claims of greater safety. It is almost always a Trojan Horse.

Christians of all people should see the handwriting on the wall. Our judicial system has become progressive and Marxist. How do you think a judge will rule on a case when the defendant is a Christian pastor who was teaching from the book of Acts and happened to linger on 4:10-12 which says: “let it be known to all of you and to all the people of Israel, that by the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, whom you crucified, whom God raised from the dead—by this name this man stands here before you in good health. He is the stone which was rejected by you, the builders, but which became the chief corner stone. And there is salvation in no one else; for there is no other name under heaven that has been given among men by which we must be saved.”

Or how about Acts 3:14-15 which says, “But you disowned the Holy and Righteous One and asked for a murderer to be granted to you, but put to death the Prince of life, the one whom God raised from the dead, a fact to which we are witnesses.”? Consider 1 Thessalonians 2:14-16: “For you, brethren, became imitators of the churches of God in Christ Jesus that are in Judea, for you also endured the same sufferings at the hands of your own countrymen, even as they did from the Jews, who both killed the Lord Jesus and the prophets, and drove us out. They are not pleasing to God, but hostile to all men, hindering us from speaking to the Gentiles so that they may be saved; with the result that they always fill up the measure of their sins. But wrath has come upon them to the utmost.”

Under the proposed definition of antisemitism Christian pastors who might preach from these biblical passages would be subject to criminal prosecution and sentencing if any Jewish person wanted to press the case and a judge wanted to make an example of him or her.

We must oppose antisemitism everywhere. We must stand for Israel and against the flood of wickedness unleashed against her in our day. But we must oppose antisemitism from solid ground. We must stand for Israel from the sure foundation of Yahweh’s Word. That means we will be very careful to examine everything purported to assist America is standing for Israel and that includes clearly defined definitions and outcomes in any potential legislation considered.

I used to say that most everything the Democrats want I oppose. The Democrat party has lost touch with not just Americans but truth and reality. I can now add most Republicans to the same principle. They are either exceedingly gullible, or more likely, have given up trying to make a difference for Americans and especially Christian Americans. They have allowed the Trojan Horse of deception to enter the once protected arena of the church. As author Daniel Silva observed, “The barbarians broke down the gates a long time ago…They’re living among us and devouring our children.”

God, please give us wisdom to navigate the days in which we live. We will stand with Your people Israel. That means we must be wise in considering anything offered by known enemies of Israel that is touted as coming to Israel’s defense. If it looks like a Trojan Horse, it likely is.

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

Footnotes:

[1] Current President Biden’s prosecution of prolife activists who merely pray outside abortion mills is one example of the evil lurking within most legislation. One 80-year-old woman has been sentenced to jail for praying on a sidewalk near an abortion center. Careful and thorough review is prudent and wise to avert any unintended applications.




America Going Tribal Beyond Recognition or Commonality

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 20, 2024

“Illegal immigration is outpacing legal immigration, and our government is outsourcing immigration policy to citizens of other nations who are in the country illegally.” www.NumbersUSA.com

From Biden’s “Parole Program”, “Illegal aliens are given a free pass, and once here, they can sponsor more illegal aliens to enter the United States.”

Turning America into a Third World country appears to be the “Prime Directive” of the Democrat Party. They condoned, supported, encouraged and facilitated over 12,000,000 illegal aliens to enter our country in violation of our laws—in the last 44 months. Joe Biden leads it, DHS Chief A. Mayorkas engineers it, our U.S. Congress does nothing to stop it, and the American people sit by watching it.

Many readers from all over America responded to my last column, May 16, 2024, Import Millions of Third World Refugees into Your Country: You Become a Third World Country.

J.H. said, “They don’t want “we-the-vulnerable” to know that the preponderant majority of these ‘migrants on the terror watch list’ are more than likely Islamic-fascist terrorists who want to do to us what Hamas did to Israel. Our ‘government’ seems to be more interested in protecting evil people than in protecting us. We are living in our own occupied country by foreign invaders.”

J.C. said, “Western countries aren’t “committing suicide.” They’re being deliberately murdered. And the one thing I cannot understand is why none of those commenting on this phenomenon will identify those most responsible. And by “those most responsible” I refer to the traditional enemies of White, Anglo-Saxon, Protestants, specifically Zionist globalist Jews and the Roman Catholic Church, which is now being controlled by Jesuits. More than any other groups, these two groups are the greatest proponents of open borders and unlimited illegal immigration. This fact is easily verified: I can site a petition signed by 1500+ rabbis “in support of welcoming refugees.” And there is more than enough proof of the role being played by the Jesuit controlled Catholic Church in Michelle Malkin’s book Open Borders Inc. Her book is incredibly well documented.”

“As a side note, Alejandro Mayorkas, the Jewish Secretary of Homeland Security, came right out of HIAS, the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society, and into Biden’s cabinet. And he keeps telling us that the border is secure. Also, there are an estimated 28 Jews in creepy Joe Biden’s cabinet.

“Can you explain why these two groups are never mentioned by those commenting on the ongoing invasion?”

R.J. said, “I believe that it is too late to rectify the demographics short of violent action. And… unfortunately, that is on the horizon unless something out of the ordinary occurs. Rather I think the only solution is for whites and those others who accept and follow Western culture to “regather” in massive enclaves of their own. I am specifically referencing the theory of the “inland northwest.” Sometimes it is referred to the American Redoubt.”

E.S. said, “OMG! You made it easy to follow, and it’s scaring the pants off me.”

J.S. said, “Once again right on the money. I don’t know what’s going on with folks anymore. Do they just not care or do they not care about the future of the planet let alone their kids etc.

I think that the ultra-extreme P.C. environment has a lot to do with it. In an effort to be good people and do the right thing it has all turned to horse pucky. With all the info you have put out there for the public’s consumption you’d think a little more of it would have stuck. It’s all very sad. Thank you for continuing to try and fix it.”

G.G. said, “If you fail to learn from History, you will be doomed to repeat it’. The Romans hired, and sometimes granted Roman citizenship to, Germanic tribes to help fortify their lengthy borders. In 476, after Rome had been sacked several times, and the Roman citizenry diluted by those from other countries, the Visigoth king, Odoacer, accepted the royal trappings from the last Roman Emperor, Romulus Augustulus, this event becoming the symbolic end of the once mighty Roman Empire.

“Vestiges of Rome survived in Europe into the Middle Ages, and King Charlemagne of what is now France referred to his territories as the Holy Roman Empire. However, the empire which once ruled the world during the Golden Age under emperors such as Caesar Augustus was gone forever. The Roman Forum, once the marketplace for the world, became grazing land for cattle by the 18th century, prompting Edward Gibbon to write his famous magnum opus, The Rise and Fall of the Roman Empire.”

J.B. said, “You’re writing the horrible truth of what’s happening to America. It’s too late.”

T.K. said, “I live 10 miles from Dearborn, Michigan in Canada. We see it here in Windsor. The Muslims tried to get the call to prayer blasted on loudspeakers, but the mayor refused which is surprising because he is a globalist.”

J.C. said, “Well you’ve gone and done it again, telling the truth to ears that seem to be deaf or just refuse to hear. I am beginning to wonder if the citizens of this country even want this country to survive. You and others are sounding the alarm and some of us try to forward your excellent articles to help but seldom do I even get a return comment. Our government and the current crop of peasants seem to be oblivious to the warnings in plain sight. Has it been educated out of them or is it just there dormant until it’s too late? Survival speech has been outlawed and called hate speech. Their progeny will pay the price.”

If you look around America, you can see what Muslim Barack Obama said, “I’m going to fundamentally change America.”

Dr. Victor Davis Hanson gave a frightening 10 minute speech, “The worst president in my lifetime.”

No question: we are repeating Rome’s history. America is bifurcating. We’re manifesting “tribalism” rather than Americanism. We’re battling 55 million foreign born who don’t share our cultural values. We’re segmenting. We’re CRT’ing. We’re D.E.I. separating. We’ve got “affirmative action” employees in the cockpits of 747 airliners. We’ve got Muslim American Hamas supporters chanting, “Death to America.” We’ve got George Washington’s statue at George Washington University draped into a Muslim headscarf and Palestinian flag. We’ve got another 40 million illegal aliens comprising a new underclass of poverty, multiple languages that equate to incompatible world views, and a total unsuitability with the American Way of Life.

Another four years of Biden would accelerate our demise at Warp Factor Nine. If you don’t think we’re in trouble, you may want to pay more attention.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Back to the Kingdom of God or Else

By Glynn Adams

May 19, 2024

The Body of Christ in this nation is so out of touch with spiritual reality it is amazing and yet so tragic.   As a pastor of churches many years ago, I made my mistakes but not like we are doing today.  We are not paying attention to what the Word of God is saying and we are not listening to the Spirit of God as He shouts to us today – Here is what the Spirit is shouting at the Body of Christ in this nation – “The Body of Christ has lost the Kingdom of God Message that Jesus preached.

Many preachers today preach Jesus but they do not preach what Jesus preached – the Kingdom of God Message.  Life simply will not work except in God’s way and God’s way is Christ’s and Christ’s way is the gospel of the Kingdom of God.  The whole New Testament is the Kingdom of God Message.  Are we hearing God?  No!!!!!  The Body of Christ is not listening and are “hell bent” on doing things “their way” which is not effective nor is it influencing and changing the culture in this nation.  Until we repent and “Seek first the Kingdom of God”, nothing is going to change in this nation except for the worse – and it is getting worse.  Do not be deceived at what you see today; it is the things working underneath our spiritual foundations that are working toward our destruction.

John the Baptist came preaching in the wilderness saying, “Repent, for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 3:1-2)  Jesus begin His ministry, “Repent for the Kingdom of God is at hand.” (Matthew 4:17) So, the best and wisest and most powerful man who ever lived – Jesus – made the Kingdom of God His message.  He called it the Good News – the Gospel of the Kingdom.  It is the only thing He called the gospel.  “He went out preaching the gospel of the Kingdom.” (Matthew 4:23)  He sent out His disciples to preach the gospel of the Kingdom of God (Matthew 10:1-15)

Jesus used the phrase, “the Kingdom of God or the Kingdom of Heaven” or its equivalent a hundred times. Jesus summed up His life purpose in these words: “I must give the good news of the Kingdom of God to the other towns also, for that is what I was sent to do.” (Luke 4:43).   He made it the first petition in the Lord’s Prayer.  “Thy Kingdom come, Thy will be done on earth as it is done in heaven.”  The second phrase explains the first, the coming of the Kingdom is doing the will of God on earth as it is done in heaven.

After the resurrection, Jesus spent forty days talking to His disciples, not about the resurrection or the cross, but about the Kingdom of God. (Acts 1:3)  Citizens of the Kingdom are to manage and occupy this earth until Jesus returns and we are to operate this earth like it is in heaven.  Christians are to take the Kingdom of God Message and replace the Kingdom of Satan message in the hearts of men, women, and children and in our nation.

Shame on the Body of Christ in America.  The Kingdom of God is not expanding in this nation – Satan’s kingdom is the one expanding and influencing this nation.  When Christians have something other than the Kingdom of God as the center, then we are on one side and the Kingdom of God is on the other and the choice has to be made.  The imperative is this: “Seek first the Kingdom of God and all these things  will be added unto you”  Seek first something other than the Kingdom of God and everything else will be subtracted from you.  This is exactly what is happening in America today.  The blessings we once had from God are now being subtracted from us.  American Culture Christianity does not have the Kingdom of God as the center of our message.  We no longer seek first the Kingdom of God.

The wonder is that Jesus did not merely preach this Kingdom, He was the illustration of what the Kingdom is.  Jesus is the revelation in the flesh of what God is like and of what the Kingdom of God is like.  In Jesus, we see God’s character and we see it in operation in human relationships, under the storms and stress of those relationships being lived out.  Everything must fall on that character that falls on us.  We must see His motives and actions and reactions, and then we will know what God is like in character.  And we have seen it – “He that hath seen Me hath seen the Father.”

Then God is Christlike.  He is a good God and is trustable.  But one thing remains:  What is the nature of the Kingdom of God?   After God’s personal character, nothing is more important than the nature and character of God’s reign – His Kingdom.  His kingdom must be by its very nature a total Kingdom for God is not a half-god ruling over a half realm, ruling over the personal but not over the social, or ruling over the social and not over the personal.  He must be God of all or not God at all.

And His Kingdom must be a total Kingdom or no Kingdom.  So, the Kingdom of God is the total answer to man’s total need.  One gospel for all men and for the total man and his total environment – his culture environment, his social environment, his government environment, his political environment, his economic environment and his personal Christian environment.  A gospel that does not reverse or subtract anything but regenerates and adds everything.

Every alternative to Jesus and His Kingdom has broken down, is breaking down, and will break down.  The ages and the present say so.  Every revolt against Jesus and His Kingdom has turned out badly and sadly, this is in the individual and in the collective and that includes the church in America. There is a way to live and Jesus and His Kingdom is that way, and we have missed the Way and hence our present chaos and confusion.  So let not our cry be, “Save the Church,” but “Seek the Kingdom first, last and always and “all these things will be added unto you,” including the Church, redeemed and reoriented and single-pointed – the Kingdom of God.

But if the Church concentrates its endeavors in saving itself it will lose itself, for it will break a law of the Kingdom:  “He that saves his life shall lose it and he that loses his life for My sake shall find it.”  The Kingdom has the last word – now and always.  We have no alternatives left but to repent and return to the Kingdom of God Message.  Jesus shows us what God is like and also shows us what the Kingdom of God is like in operation.  This is true Christianity and anything less is false Christianity

What we have in America is a crippled and false Christianity going across America leaving a crippled result.  For years know, due to the loss of the Kingdom in America, our nation has declined, our culture corrupted, our values assaulted, our country invaded, our nation cursed with unpayable debt, drugs, sickness, diseases, violence, divorce, division, sexual perversion, suicides, deception, apathy, and destruction.  While the Body of Christ should be bringing forth the fruit of the Kingdom, we are allowing Satan’s fruit to come forth and millions of lives are being destroyed or seriously hurt.

While the Body of Christ in our nation has been mandated to change our culture and to influence our nation, we have been disobedient to the Word of God and Satan now rules America rather than God ruling America.  Socialism is slowly replacing the Constitution in our nation.  Christians in America must reverse this by forsaking their foolish ineffective religious ways, fulfilling their spiritual responsibilities to this nation and the only way possible is repentance and return back to Jesus and His Kingdom of God Message.

The Kingdom was taken away from Israel not only because it refused to put it in operation but also because it was trying to put into operation something other and something different from what Jesus was revealing in his own Person.  “The Kingdom of God shall be taken away from you and given to a nation bringing forth the fruits thereof.” (Matthew 21:43)   Note here: “bringing forth the fruits thereof.”  The test of possessing the Kingdom was to bring forth the fruits thereof.  That lifted the Kingdom out of identification with any existing nation and any existing church or movement and placed it in the hands of those who bring forth the fruits thereof.  This universalized the Kingdom.

The test of possessing the Kingdom was to bring forth the fruits thereof.  Our Kingdom mandate and will is to change our culture to reflect the ways of God.  But in the last 60 years, the Marxists and their demonic New World Order elites have made more disciples of Satan than we have made of God.  They have changed our culture to the ways of Satan while we should have changed our culture to the ways of God.  That is of the highest order of an insult and disobedience to our King and if we don’t repent and change our ways, we shall continue to suffer the extreme consequences from God!!!

The Kingdom is offered to all and yet identified with none, none except those who brought forth the fruits of the Kingdom.  To say you are a Christian in the Kingdom of God is dangerous if you are not bringing forth Kingdom fruit. “The Kingdom of God is a culture in itself and its purpose is to change the culture around it.  The Kingdom of God was never intended to submit to a culture” (Ron Carpenter of Redemption Church).  That is exactly what the Body of Christ has allowed to happen in our nation.

The Body of Christ in America has developed their own culture of an easy belief system with no spiritual responsibilities and waiting and wishing for the rapture, neglecting the Kingdom Message while the Word of God says we are to be prepared, be ready, and to maintain our culture under the Kingdom of God (the rule of God) until He comes again.  Throughout the Scriptures, Old and New, there have always been serious consequences when God’s People submit to the culture around them rather than challenging and changing that culture.

Many members in the Body of Christ in this nation want a form of godliness but God requires we preach the Kingdom of God Message.  Many denominations in this nation refuse to preach this Kingdom Message because it conflicts with their denominational religious beliefs, traditions of men, denominational doctrines, their religious creeds, their form of godliness or the Jesus in their image.  We keep this religious foolishness up and God will subtract our freedoms and replace them with bondage; He will subtract our plush way of life with pain, want, and misery.

Because the Body of Christ in this nation is not seeking first the Kingdom of God and its Message, our nation is breaking down.  Because we bear no fruit of the Kingdom of God Message, our families are being destroyed, our government, our economic system, our children are embracing Satan’s Kingdom – Socialism.  If we don’t repent and return to the Kingdom of God Message in the Body of Christ in this nation, we shall be overcome with more Satanic evil and our nation destroyed.

How much more chaos, pain, misery, suffering, deception, violence, bondage, and tyranny are we prepared to suffer and endure in this nation?  All because the Body of Christ in America want it their way and not God’s Kingdom Way.  Well, your way is not working and this nation has the Socialists way of Klaus Schwab and his New World Order demonic elites and demonic fruit to prove it.  God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to Ron Carpenter and Dr. E. Stanley Jones for their insight to the Kingdom of God)

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Press Conference on Narco-Nation America

By Cliff Kincaid

May 19, 2024

For those who think marijuana is a harmless drug and that “Reefer Madness” is the name of a funny out-of-date movie, consider the case of Bryn Spejcher. She experienced what is called “cannabis-induced psychosis” and stabbed her boyfriend Chad O’Melia 108 times, killing him, then stabbed her dog and was trying to kill herself when the police arrived. She was arrested, prosecuted, and convicted of involuntary manslaughter.

On Monday, May 20, 2024, Spejcher will be available to talk about the dangers of “recreational marijuana” at the National Press Club (529 14th St. NW, Washington, DC 20045) during an 8-11 a.m. news conference.

It turns out that “reefer madness” is very real and accelerating in America, taking its toll on young people and their families, and constituting a national security threat. Tetrahydrocannabinol (THC), the mind-altering or psychoactive component of marijuana, attacks the brain, creating more mental illness and violence, and has been linked to birth defects in pregnant women.

Marijuana is already all over the country, in its legal or illegal forms, with the legal market the result of the success of the Russian-financed Curaleaf company, generating profits and taxes for politicians in many states. Meanwhile, we are constantly learning more about how the communist Chinese are funding “illegal” pot operations in America in such states as “conservative” Oklahoma. Last year four people were shot and killed at a Chinese-sponsored marijuana growing operation in Oklahoma. The dead were Chinese nationals.

It appears that the Russians have cornered the “legal” part while the Chinese go after the “illegal” market.

In Russia and China, however, marijuana remains illegal. Indeed, WNBA star Brittney Griner was sentenced to nine years in a Russian prison for bring marijuana into the country. Biden then exchanged her for the Russian arms dealer and former Soviet military officer Viktor Bout, the legendary “Merchant of Death” who was serving a 25-year sentence in U.S. federal prison.

The National Press Club event on Monday is sponsored by Roger Morgan, a 30-year drug prevention activist who founded the Take Back America Campaign and is demanding that leaders of both major political parties address the violence and death caused by America’s national drug policy and the loss of thousands of Americans a year to drugs like fentanyl and marijuana.

The National Press Club conference room holds forty people. To secure a seat and receive a security code required to enter, please email rogermorgan434@gmail.com.

“While the government has the responsibility to protect the people, they have failed to do so, largely because of the influence of money flowing from a billionaire with evil intent: George Soros,” says Morgan. “America has become a narco-nation.”

Smoking cigarettes, of course, causes cancer, suffering, and death. My own mother died from lung cancer after smoking for decades. My father smoked for years but then gave up the habit. But marijuana, with some of the same carcinogens, is now given the seal of approval because it generates a “high” acceptable to the liberal elites who want to leave people in a brain-damaged fog capable of being directed into “progressive” causes.

Known as the godfather of drug legalization, George Soros understands that pot is the perfect commodity, guaranteed to keep customers coming back for more, in higher and higher doses.

Thanks to George Soros and Mark Zuckerberg, Oregon decriminalized LSD, cocaine, and heroin in an “experiment” that even liberals concede totally backfired and has since been repealed. However, legalization of marijuana continues at a rapid pace on a state-by-state basis, to the extent that “Big Marijuana” is now on track to be a $112 billion dollar business in America.

Despite the debacle in Oregon, it probably won’t be long before you can take LSD and other psychedelic drugs, perhaps under the watchful and approving eye of the government.

As I noted in the 2013 article on LSD as “medicine,” a key Obama supporter by the name of Ashawna Hailey was a pioneer in the field of psychedelics, as well as transgenderism. Ashawna Hailey was once a “he.” Shawn Hailey was born a man, but “changed his gender” to female and his name to Ashawna.

This is how he marijuana legalization movement got started. Video footage of a pro-marijuana event many years ago showed Ed Rosenthal, formerly of High Times magazine, speaking to dozens of marijuana activists. “With all the talk about medical marijuana, I have to tell you that I also use marijuana medically (laughter),” he said. “I have a latent glaucoma, which has never been diagnosed (more laughter). And the reason why it has never been diagnosed is because I’ve been treating it (laughter)… But there is a reason why I do use it. And that is because I like to get high. (cheers, applause). Marijuana is fun.”

Another video excerpt showed Richard Cowan, former director of the National Organization for the Reform of Marijuana Laws, saying that “`The key to it [legalization] is medical access because once you have hundreds of thousands of people using marijuana medically under medical supervision the whole scam is going to be blown. . . Once there’s medical access and if we continue to do what we have to do–and we will– then we’ll get full legalization.”

In Frederick County, Maryland, where I moved, David Frederick Miner IV, 21, entered guilty pleas to involuntary manslaughter and two counts of 2nd-degree assault for killing his mother. He was hallucinating on LSD. He was sentenced to ten years in prison for the involuntary manslaughter count, and was given 20 years suspended sentence for the 2nd-degree assault counts, when he resisted arrest and attacked the police.

The menace of LSD was unleashed by the CIA in the notorious MK-Ultra mind control project.  Look up the name “Frank R. Olson.” My new dentist is housed in an office in a building dedicated to him.

Ironically, MK-Ultra was conceived as defensive in nature, to guard against communist brainwashing techniques. It may now become official U.S. Government policy.

Some observers say marijuana and other drugs have become the Soma of the “Brave New World,” to keep the people distracted and from using critical thinking to solve the real problems facing America.

America is so far gone that, in a hearing supposedly addressing global threats, Democratic Senator Ron Wyden of Oregon demanded to know why the Intelligence Community wasn’t hiring more potheads. Avril Haines, director of National Intelligence, declared the Intelligence Community was open to potheads, as long as, presumably, they weren’t smoking on the job.

“The White House and Senate are under the control of George and Alexander Soros,” Roger Morgan says of the main financiers of the drug legalization movement. “It cannot continue or we will not have a country worth living in.  It is unsafe now.”

The push to legalize the drug began under Barack Hussein Obama, who won the presidency despite a personal record of heavy marijuana use in the “Choom Gang.” Biden, who once opposed legalizing the drug, has changed course. It is a strange development that his own son Hunter Biden’s drug- and alcohol-fueled lifestyle has not caused him to crack down on illegal and legal drugs. Instead, it is apparent that he has adopted a pro-marijuana policy to attract votes from stoners during the presidential campaign.

Another factor may be the fact that Joe Biden’s daughter was busted for weed.

President Trump lost his brother to alcoholism and should consider speaking out against the Soros-funded marijuana craze before more lives are ruined and lost.

In previous remarks, directed at President Trump, Roger Morgan said that “America can never be great again if a major percentage of its young people are brain damaged, mentally ill, addicted or dead.” He wants the former president to address the problem in his campaign.

In the past, Trump has correctly indicated marijuana could be a root cause of much of the gun violence in the United States because of genetically engineered or high-potency marijuana causing psychotic breaks in people.

Therefore, if the federal government wants to stop gun violence, one place to start is enforcing federal laws against marijuana. But Biden refuses to do that.

Indeed, the Biden Administration’s “Department of Justice” has just declared that marijuana is not as harmful as people once thought and should be “re-scheduled” under federal law. It could mean billions of dollars in more sales for marijuana businesses, at the expense of young brains.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Integrity Matters

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 19, 2024

Nickaylah Sampson dreamed of following in the footsteps of her parents, Mathias and Natalie Sampson, by pursuing a career of service to her country as an officer in the U.S. Army. In 2020, she was appointed to West Point, one of the most prestigious military academies in the United States, where only about ten percent of applicants are admitted annually.

The following year, as the COVID-19 shot was being mandated at West Point, Sampson and two of her friends, Hannah MacDonald and Willow Brown, chose to follow their Christian convictions and refuse to take it. They held that it was unlawful to be coerced into taking an experimental drug, especially one that they could see was causing serious injuries to young and healthy cadets.

Sampson and her friends experienced increasing levels of ridicule, ostracism, and other forms of punishment for not taking the shot. They were deeply disappointed that while they were making a commitment to protect the freedoms of American citizens and defend the U.S. Constitution, their freedom to choose and their bodily autonomy were being trampled.

While others eventually succumbed to the pressure and took the shot, Sampson and her friends resolved to be faithful to God and trust Him with their future. Like Sampson’s parents, they believed that God honors integrity and faithfulness, and when He closes one door, He opens another.

Sampson, MacDonald, and Brown were able to depart from West Point with an honorable discharge. Michael Harner, Chief Staff Officer of Hillsdale College, a small Christian classical liberal arts college in southern Michigan that operates independently of government funding, heard of their plight and opened the door for them to attend Hillsdale College with a generous scholarship.

Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego faced a similar challenge to their faith and principles as Sampson and her friends. However, as young men taken captive from the Kingdom of Judah by Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, to be trained as government aides to his kingdom, they could not resign and leave his service.

When Nebuchadnezzar, seeking to enhance the greatness of his kingdom and the loyalty of his subjects, commanded all his government officials to bow down and worship the golden image he set up in the plain of Dura (Daniel 3) or suffer a fiery death, this ran counter to the belief of Shadrach and his friends that worship should be given to God alone. They chose not to bow to the pressure and rationalize obeying the king’s command, as the majority of their colleagues, even other Hebrews, had done to avoid execution.

Not intimidated by the anger of the king, Shadrach and his friends told Nebuchadnezzar that they would not follow his mandate and that their God was able to deliver them from his fiery furnace. They further said that even if God did not rescue them, they would in no way worship his gods or the golden image. They believed it was far better to be faithful to God, even if their death was the result.

Enraged by the refusal of Shadrach and his friend to accede to his demands, Nebuchadnezzar increased the intensity of the fire seven times and had them thrown into the furnace. But to the king’s amazement, not only were they not consumed, but he saw a fourth Person with them. In this theophany, a pre-incarnate appearance of Jesus Christ, He Himself came to rescue His children.

Shadrach and his friends trusted in the Lord (Daniel 1-2), and He gave them the courage they needed to stand, even though they did not know beforehand that they would be delivered.

Impressed by their faithfulness and integrity, Nebuchadnezzar not only acknowledged the greatness of the God of Israel, but he promoted Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego in the province of Babylon.

Just as Shadrach, Meshach, and Abed-nego learned from their parents the reverence of God and the importance of living a life of undeterred integrity, Sampson, MacDonald, and Brown heard their story from their parents as they grew up and learned the same lessons. They discovered, as they did, that faithfulness to the Lord is not only rewarded in heaven but also can be in this life on earth. They also learned to trust in the Lord, the One who is able to open the way to something better, when the door to their plans was closed.

Many rightfully lament and are disturbed by the rapidly escalating corruption they see in society. Examples include institutions of justice that have degenerated into a legal system that is used as a shield for political allies and favored criminals and a weapon against political opponents and the vulnerable; and executives, lawmakers, and bureaucrats who take bribes to increase their wealth and power and are blackmailed to serve those who bought them to the detriment of the people.

It may be asked, who or what is responsible for this terrible state of society? While we may look at many people and organizations to blame, the truth is that all we have to do is look in a mirror.

In the Bible, leaven is often used as a symbol for sin and corruption that grows over time. In one place, it says, “A little leaven leavens the whole lump of dough.” (Galatians 5:9) As a people, we have gradually drifted away from personal integrity and godly principles. One manifestation of this is that in electing our political leaders, seeking the win for someone from our favored party has taken precedence over whether or not that individual possesses principles and personal integrity. This leavening has resulted in the prevalence of corruption among our political leaders and institutions, with terrible consequences for society.

In His Parable of the Leaven, Jesus used leaven in a different and positive sense. He said, “The kingdom of heaven is like leaven, which a woman took and hid in three pecks of flour until it was all leavened.” (Matthew 13:33) In this case, it symbolized the gospel message and the great impact it has on changing the lives of individuals and society, including instilling steadfast principles and integrity in those who believe in Jesus and follow Him, causing them to choose leaders with integrity who build up society instead of corrupting it.

The integrity exhibited by Shadrach and his friends and Sampson and her friends came from their faith in God, which enabled them to be salt and light in their respective venues (Matthew 5:13-16), even in difficult circumstances. May God cultivate that kind of integrity in us through the power of the gospel of Jesus Christ as we look forward to the “new heavens and a new earth, in which righteousness dwells,” that He will bring (2 Peter 3:13).

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




City of “Yes, I Want to Be a Slave”

By, Kathleen Matquardt

May 18, 2024

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality

In New York City mayor Eric Adams says, “Everything you need to know about the latest proposal in ‘City of Yes’” we get to see one of the latest schemes to capture property rights – via carbon neutrality. What is carbon neutrality? According to the European Parliament it “is reached when the same amount of CO2 is released into the atmosphere as is removed by various means, leaving a zero balance, also known as a zero-carbon footprint”. To understand that better, we had a carbon neutral world up until the 1800s when crude oil/fossil fuels were discovered. That brought about the advances in our lives – automobiles, gas and electric appliances, phones, computers – you name it. Green energy can never produce the equipment needed to supply these modern tools.

(note: quotes from the proposal article are in bold italics)

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality would modernize our city’s zoning regulations to support our climate goals. (emphasis mine)

Yep, city zoning plans are no longer about what is best for the people who live there, it’s about removing their carbon footprint – just short of removing them permanently (for now).

The world is facing a climate emergency. To respond, cities across the globe — including New York City — have set ambitious goals to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions. To achieve our goals by 2050, we need to transform our energy grid, retrofit our buildings, and shift to electric vehicles, transit and other modes.

You question my remark about doing away with the residents to achieve “carbon neutrality”? Don’t worry, there will be a hierarchy.

The Department of City Planning (NYC Planning) is working with the Department of Buildings (DOB), New York City Fire Department (FDNY), and Mayor’s Office of Climate and Environmental Justice (MOCEJ) on this proposal to clear the way for the many green investments needed in our buildings. (emphasis mine)

Getting rid of carbon-based fuels will make energy far more expensive and green power can only provide energy; it cannot be used to make things. Only carbon-based fuels can. But I guess we don’t need much since, as Klaus Schwab keeps telling us, “You will own nothing and be happy”. If you own nothing, i.e. have no right to private property, you are a slave. And that is where all of this non-existent “climate emergency” is taking us.

City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality will help us decarbonize NYC. Decarbonize means reducing our reliance on carbon-based fuels, which are harming our health and our planet. Updating our zoning rules will make it easier to install green energy technology. City of Yes for Carbon Neutrality would modernize NYC’s zoning rules to make our homes, businesses, electric power grid and even waste streams much cleaner.

Ah, but your buildings might be flimsily built (or retrofitted to be carbon neutral), but like a Potemkin City, it will look like your old neighborhood.

City of Yes would address burdensome restrictions on wall thickness, height, and other regulations that limit building electrification and retrofitting. Our buildings could get energy efficient upgrades while maintaining the look and feel of New York’s neighborhoods.

And you think your taxes are high now, just wait.
Among other impacts, these changes would support environmentally friendly retrofits for over 50,000 buildings, including over 1 million homes, that are not currently feasible to retrofit today.

While far too many do not understand the underlying dangers of carbon neutrality, the degradation – even destruction — of human, animal, and plant life, they do understand the dangers to the culture.

Residents located in suburban neighborhoods in particular have expressed fears that the proposed changes will alter the character of their communities.

One of the posted complaints about the plan I found: Imagine bustling massage parlors and late-night corner stores popping up on your quiet street corner. The “City of Yes” could turn peaceful residential areas into commercial zones, driving up noise, traffic and congestion. This rapid, unregulated development could also push property values and rents sky-high, displacing long-time residents who can no longer afford their own homes. Remember the recent uproar over migrants at Creedmoor? They’re just one example of our Eastern Queens communities worried about losing their cherished sense of suburbia.’”

While we watch carbon neutrality and net-zero being plugged into every city, people need to understand a couple things: 1- the fact that, even if green energy sources could provide us with the energy we need, few could afford what it will cost. I’m not exaggerating; it will be sky-high. And 2- we must have/use carbon fuels to produce the mechanisms that supply power – the wind turbines, solar panels, stoves, operating room equipment. Green energy will never be able to do that.

Carbon neutrality is just one of the thousands of weapons being used against us in this asymmetrical warfare of Cancel Culture. To fight better, we need to be working together. Join a Freedom Pod today, at AmericanPolicy.org, or start one in your neighborhood so you can better counter these attacks on our God-given constitutional rights.

To read the entire “City of Yes” article here.

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Armed Forces Day—Third Saturday of May

By Attorney Rees Lloyd

May 18, 2024

May 18, the third Saturday of May, is Armed Forces Day in America.

But the question raised this Armed Forces Day 2024, is: In these troubled times, will our divided nation, including our governing bodies and mass media, unite to honor for their service and sacrifice in defense of our freedom, all those 1.3-million Americans serving on active duty in the six military branches—Army, Navy, Marines, Air Force, Space Force, and Coast Guard — and the 778,539 serving in the Reserves and National Guard?

Veterans who have served, and veterans’ service organizations like The American Legion, the Veterans of Foreign Wars, Disabled American Veterans, and others, can be counted on to once again act to honor on Armed Forces Day all active duty military personnel and those serving in the Reserves or National Guard.

But it is doubtful that the nation — so transformed from what it was when Armed Forces Day was established in 1950 — will unite as Americans once did to honor on Armed Forces Day 2024 those patriotic Americans serving on active military duty or in the Reserves or National Guard in this era of progressive liberal “woke” ideology dominating the federal government and dominating the modern “woke” mass media — both of which never met a pervert it didn’t love, nor a patriot it didn’t despise.
Consider, among other points, that:

— Armed Forces Day 2024 takes place when the nation is facing unprecedented division and threats to our freedom, our sovereignty, our currency, our status internationally, including being threatened economically and militarily by the Chinese Communist Party, and being dragged into what may become WWIII in Europe if the war between Russia and the Ukraine is not resolved by negotiation rather than escalating warfare.

— We are being invaded at our southern border as never before. Literally millions of illegal aliens —a high percentage of which are military age males— are invading as if they have a “right” to invade our country, instead of having the courage to do what is necessary to stand and fight to right-the-wrongs of the governments in their home countries. It is manifest that the situation at the southern border is out of control.

It is also manifest that no nation can maintain its national unity when its national culture, values, and heritage are overwhelmed by illegal alien invasion. Rome died when there were more unassimilated illegal alien immigrants in Rome than Roman patriots.

— Thousands of patriotic military members of our all-volunteer armed forces were purged in the Covid Pandemic by the “Woke” Department of Defense of the “Woke” Democrat Party Biden regime for declining to submit — on religious grounds—to injection of experimental Covid vaccines. The courts issued injunctions stopping the Biden regime purges pending full trials, and the government’s lies about the Covid Crisis are being exposed more and more.

— At the same time that the “Wokified” Biden DOD has purged out thousands of patriotic military personnel for declining Covid jabs, the DOD has announced failure to meet recruitment goals. Recently, the DOD, when questioned as to whether it was acting to reinstate the thousands of military members purged over declining the Covid shots, responded only that the purged could “re-apply.”

In contrast, former President Donald Trump has stated publicly that, if re-elected president, he will order the purged patriots reinstated with a make-whole remedy.

—The Biden regime has sent over $100-billion to the Ukraine government —without any demand of accountability—in the Russia-Ukraine war, along with more and more sophisticated weapons, ammunitions, and oil from our strategic reserve, in what appears to be a proxy war with Russia, while not building up the funds, weapons, ammunition, and oil needed by our own armed forces to protect America.

— Among these and other such policies of providing billions to the Ukraine—considered the third most corrupt government on the planet —the Democrat Biden regime is actually paying, with U.S. taxpayer dollars, the “pensions” of retired corrupt Ukraine government office holders and employees. At the same time, the overwhelming majority American blue collar workers— outside of government employees — don’t have “pensions.”

— Most recently, a new Ukrainian corruption scandal was exposed in the Ukrainian Supreme Court, resulting in the chief justice being arrested. This while it is learned that many of our armed forces personnel families at home are paid so little that they qualify for, and are receiving, “food stamps.” In contrast, illegal aliens are being provided phones, free medical care (overwhelming hospitals in border States), and housed in hotels at hundreds of dollars a night in NYC and elsewhere (apparently with room service, as well).

Thus, these and other facts indicate that it is unlikely that the elitist Democrat “Wokist” government regime, and the “Wokist” mainstream media, will give anything but “lip service” to honoring all active duty personnel and members of the Reserves or National Guard on Armed Forces Day 2024—unless American citizens stand up to the “Woke” governing authorities, and to the “Woke” media, and demand that that patriotic Americans in the Armed Forces be honored on Armed Forces Day as they deserve to be honored.

Indeed, once upon a time in America, when Armed Forces Day was created, Americans gathered together to hold parades and other communal celebrations to honor our Armed Forces. So did governing bodies and the media.

So should it be again on every Armed Forces Day, and every day.

May God bless and keep all those more than 1.3-million patriotic Americans who by their service and sacrifice on active duty in the armed forces or in the Reserves or National Guard protect and defend the freedom of all 340-million of the rest of us Americans.

FOR GOD AND COUNTRY FOREVER; SURRENDER TO TYRANNY—NEVER!

© 2024 Rees Lloyd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rees Lloyd: ReesLloydLaw@gmail.com




In Defense of Jews, Israel, and the Sacred Individual

By Peter Falkenberg Brown

May 17, 2024

I am a Christian. A Gentile. An American.  And . . . I love the Jewish people and the Nation of Israel. This makes me unpopular with anti-Semites; those who hate the Jews and blame them for the ills of the world.

I expect anti-Semitism from Neo-Nazis and actual white supremacists. I expect it from Orthodox Muslims who follow the teachings of the Qur’an, verse 2:191, to “kill them wherever you find them.” I expect it from ignorant students rioting across American campuses, led by paid activists to support murderous, genocidal attacks by Hamas. I expect it from Leftists and Marxists who view religious people, including Christians and Jews, as impediments to their atheistic, totalitarian plans.

The Rise of Conservative Anti-Semitism

But I was profoundly disappointed and shocked to discover a growing anti-Semitism in the ranks of patriotic conservatives. It caught me by surprise. I did a double-take when I read the words of conservatives blithely stating that a cabal of Jews and the nation of Israel were responsible for just about everything “bad in the world.” I said, “What? What did I just read?” But it has gotten worse, and now it seems that some conservatives are on the side of the Palestinians and Hamas and are blaming Israel and “the Jewish Cabal” for “massacring” the people of Gaza, while virtually ignoring the Hamas massacre of Jews on October 7, 2023.

How did these conservatives fall into the pit of anti-Semitism? I took their various references and comments and began to research their sources and found what I can only describe as a swamp of allegations and conspiracy theories. Hours and hours and hours of videos by individuals who talk of secret (and mostly unproven and undocumented) “truths” that “normies” don’t understand.

I found the term “normie” both offensive and ridiculous. What does it actually mean? That we don’t have their secret decoder ring? If truth is truth, then let it be known as truth for all—and prove it.

It helps no one to create a wall behind which hidden knowledge is found, understood only by “those in the know.” And if we are “normies,” what are they? “Abnormies?” “Truther” is one term, although it is used as a pejorative by many, including totalitarian leftists who lie for a living. I recommend that the terms be dropped and we dig into what is real; that we examine evidence that we all can see and analyze as members of the human race.

I will not attempt an extensive rebuttal of all of their theories, partly because it would become an enormous article and partly because I think that there’s a better way to address the issues, based on spiritual and ethical values and common sense. Before I embark on that attempt, here’s a snapshot of some of the anti-Jewish theories that I’ve run into in conservative circles.

Propaganda and Disinformation:
The Khazarian Mafia and The Protocols of Zion

Chief among the anti-Semitic theories is the allegation that around A.D. 800, the King and the citizens of Khazaria, a kingdom on the Black Sea, converted to Judaism under duress and subsequently evolved into a dominant force in Judaism. They are referred to by conservatives as “the Khazarian Mafia” and are said to follow The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion, which details the Jewish plan for world domination.

One of the major articles pushing the Khazarian Mafia “history” is chock-full of allegations without documentation.[1] As it turns out, there is no evidence that the Khazars converted to Judaism and no evidence that modern Jews are descended from them. Writing for the periodical Jewish Social Studies and quoted in the magazine Forward, Prof. Shaul Stampfer stated:

“There never was a conversion by the Khazar king or the Khazar elite. The conversion of the Khazars is a myth with no factual basis.”[2]

Stampfer’s conclusions were seconded by a linguist studying the language connections between Khazaria and Yiddish. In the publicat2]ion Forward, Alexander Beider wrote:

“Globally speaking, all arguments suggested by proponents of Khazarian theory are either highly speculative or simply wrong. They cannot be taken seriously.

This has never stopped the theory from being popular. But the ideological reasons for this are for another article.”[3]

The Protocols have also been thoroughly debunked as fake. They were based in part on a pamphlet by the French satirist Maurice Joly, written in 1864 and ultimately revised by the Okhrana, the Russian secret police, between 1893 and 1895, retitled as the “Protocols of the Elders of Zion.”[4]

The Soviet-studies expert J. R. Nyquist wrote:

“When Hitler was presented with proof that The Protocols was a forgery, he snarled that it didn’t matter because the book was ‘true in principle’ anyway.” [5]

The Protocols have been actively and vigorously disseminated around the world by many individuals and groups, including Henry Ford and the Soviet KGB. As reported by Kenneth R. Timmerman in Tablet Magazine, a former deputy chief of Romania’s intelligence service, Ion Mihai Pacepa, stated that the KGB “distributed several hundred thousand copies of the Protocols in Arabic” with the goal to “persuade the Islamic world that Israel and the United States intended to transform the rest of the world into a Zionist fiefdom.”[6]

The role of malicious propaganda in forming public opinion is too often ignored by intelligent, thinking people, both young and old, who should know better. Pacepa recalled:

“As that very clever master of deception Yuri Andropov once told me, if a good piece of disinformation is repeated over and over, after a while it will take on a life of its own and will—all by itself—generate a horde of unwitting but passionate advocates.”[7]

This is easy to understand. If a false rumor is started in a small village and then repeated across many households as fact that “John Smith committed a heinous __fill in the blank__ crime,” it is highly probable that John Smith’s reputation and career would be quickly over. Without any proof at all.

Disinformation can be used by propagandists to attack one person, or an entire country or group. Sometimes the propaganda is strengthened by hostility already present. The anti-Jew hatred in the Muslim world was created by the words and actions of Mohammed, the Qur’an, and the Islamic Hadiths. Distributing Arabic copies of the fraudulent Protocols only made their hatred toward Jews much, much worse.

It is tragic that non-Muslims are also being affected by documents like The Protocols. It has indeed convinced a large group of “unwitting but passionate advocates.” Anti-Jewish and anti-Israel individuals, both young and old, are victims of this malicious propaganda. They haven’t been able to separate propaganda from fact—but it’s desperately important to do so, to keep civilization on track. Do we really want another holocaust?

The “Khazarian Mafia” propaganda states that “evil Jews” are in positions of immense power and wealth; are the central driving force of history; and are the controlling power in the state of Israel. Thus, according to the Khazarian Mafia theory, a large percentage of the evils of the world are because of Israel and the Jews.

Some conservative proponents of these theories attempt to draw a line and admit that “some Jews are good people, i.e. are not members of the Khazarian Mafia.” However, it’s a difficult line to hold, and to my dismay, conservatives who should know better say things or share information that pretty much lumps all Jews—and Israel—into the Evil Bin.

The first problem with the theory of a secret society of “Khazarian Mafia Jews” is that it’s secret. Where’s the evidence? It’s similar to the bandied-about theory that Queen Elizabeth II was part of an evil cabal that engaged in child sacrifice and sex trafficking.[8]

Where’s the proof? Anyone can say anything about anyone, but it doesn’t mean it’s true. How much of this is malicious “noise” meant to confuse and distract people?

Mortal Enemies to Freedom

I actually have no doubt at all that any number of ultra-wealthy, powerful people are banding together to increase their power and wealth at the expense of the world’s citizens. And I have no doubt that some of those powerful people are evil megalomaniacs who are willing to create policies that kill millions of people.

But even wealthy people should not be accused and convicted without proof. The irony is that the face of real evil in the modern age is so bold that it’s plain for all to see. Let’s start with just a few examples (there are many more) that are public knowledge. They don’t have to be proven. The evidence is already in.

As I list ten of these genuine evils (presented in no particular order), I invite you to refer back to the title of this essay and ask yourself: is all this evil the result of a Cabal of Jews and the State of Israel? Note that Jews and Israel are targeted in this list as prominent victims of “the evil side.”

  1. Anthony Fauci, the CDC, China, and a variety of other groups and individuals harmed and/or killed many millions of people with the COVID pandemic, the forced lockdowns, and the forced “vaccine” program.
  2. The Biden administration has opened America’s borders and in just three years over ten million unvetted illegal immigrants have entered the United States. Tens of thousands of them are members of criminal gangs or hostile actors from China and other countries who might be activated to commit violent attacks across the country. Imported fentanyl from China is killing huge numbers of American youth every year.
  3. George Soros has funded the elections of soft-on-crime District Attorneys across the country that have resulted in a large number of murderers walking free and murdering again. Crime is soaring across America. And yes, Soros is a Jew. But his actions are his own.
  4. Klaus Schwab and Yuval Noah Harari are running the World Economic Forum and are pushing transhumanism and a variety of other nefarious schemes, including the abolition of private property (for the masses) and the propagation of video games and drugs for “useless” people.
  5. The World Health Organization is trying to create a compact with national governments that will take away our God-given health rights and make us subservient to whatever health mandates the WHO sends our way. Bill Gates is a prominent donor to the WHO and works with the WEF as well.
  6. The United Nations is backing all of the above and is not a friend to free democracies.
  7. Iran is funding Hamas and Gaza and wants to wipe Israel off the map with a nuclear weapon—a necessary doomsday scenario that will instigate the reappearance of the “12th Imam.”9 Iran is also oppressing its own citizens, especially women.
  8. Militant, orthodox Sharī‘ah Islamists are waging a global jihad against Western civilization, including Israel as the “Little Satan” and America as the “Great Satan.” Britain is on its way to becoming a Sharī‘ah Islamic totalitarian country within a few decades and could be renamed “the Islamic Republic of Britain.”

Winston Churchill must be in agony, having stated in his book The River War that Islam is “a militant and proselytising faith” and that “no stronger retrograde force exists in the world.”[10]

  1. Orthodox Islam has an intrinsic goal to eliminate Jews and Christians from its populations; by conversion if possible, by murder if necessary. Islam has already killed approximately 270 million people in the last fourteen hundred years. This is all documented.[11]

Much of the Western world has accepted the Islamic propaganda that “Islam is a religion of peace,” and thus has tremendous difficulty in accepting that Islam is violently and implacably hostile to Western civilization. But it is true, and the evidence for that fact runs from Islam’s core teachings to its historical and current actions. I created an overview of the issue in my article: “Saving Western Civilization Demands That We Study Islam: Presenting a simple resource guide to gain a clear understanding of the REAL Islam.”[12]

  1. And . . . we cannot forget the long-term goal of Marxism to dominate the world and remove freedom of religion entirely, including Judaism and Christianity. The current kingpins of this effort are Vladimir Putin and Xi Jinping.

Will Russia and China Conquer the West?

Some conservatives believe that Putin and Xi are friends of America, secretly working with Donald Trump to reform their countries. However, as J. R. Nyquist has thoroughly documented in his heavily researched articles at https://jrnyquist.blog/, Putin and Xi are “playing” Westerners, confusing them with propaganda and long-term, skilled disinformation that became finely honed under Lenin and has continued to this day. The reality is that Putin and Xi are working together with the goal of conquering the United States and the West. China’s footprints in America are everywhere, from media to college campuses to industry and farmland.

Nyquist has also documented that China and Russia are behind Soros and Schwab and are funding militant Islam and Western leaders like Bill Gates. He stated:

Do you think our enemy is Uncle Sam? Do you think it is capitalism? No. Our enemy is communism. The deep state is made up of Marxists recruited and brainwashed in our own elite schools. DAVOS is a communist front.

The Kremlin and Beijing are communist. Raul Castro, Daniel Ortega, and Nicolas Maduro are communists. North Korea? Communist. South Africa and Congo, Nepal and Angola? Communist. The last two chancellors of Germany? (Who do you think was pulling their strings?)

The Mullahs in Iran? Graduates of Moscow State University. Biden? Put into the Senate by Armand Hammer, a KGB agent. Obama? Mentored by Frank Marshall Davis, a card-carrying member of the Communist Party USA.

Who do you think George Soros really works for? Don’t listen to what they tell you. Follow their actions, their alliances, their money. The useful idiot Bill Gates is one of China’s favorite people. Gates doesn’t use China. China uses him.

Who did 9/11? The leader of that attack, Mohammed Atta, was trained in a communist terrorist training camp in communist Czechoslovakia in 1987. (According to my Czech sources.) Alexander Litvinenko, the FSB defector, said that Putin was behind Al Qaeda and 9/11. After he went public with his testimony, Putin’s agents poisoned his tea with Polonium 210. Read the verdict handed down by the British judge who looked at the classified evidence in the case.

You want to tell me somebody else is doing all this to us? The communist movement is enormous. Its tentacles are everywhere. If there is one thing I am begging you to learn, for the sake of your own survival, it is: Your Enemies are the Communists.[13]

Marxism and Islam, NOT Israel and the Jews

So then, where does this leave the Jews and Israel?

Some might point to the large numbers of Jews that are Leftist and Marxist. Some people believe that Israel and the Khazarian Mafia Wealthy People Cabal are running the whole show.

They can allege that Jews “did all the evil,” but quite honestly, that view makes no sense, for many reasons, including how frequently the Jewish people have been victimized. “It’s the Jews” is an unproven accusation that is so gigantic, with such a huge scope, that it has to be believed “on faith.” Sort of like saying that aliens from other planets are among us.

Where’s the proof? The evidence? The documentation? Hundreds of videos with flashy graphics that allege “secret truths” are not evidence. Disinformation and propaganda are not evidence.

What is clear and provable is that Marxism killed over 100 million people since 1917 and Islam has killed over 270 million people since the seventh century. What is clear is that social freedoms are severely curtailed in totalitarian Marxist and Islamic countries (countries that were previously free).

The world has two major forces of evil—Marxism and Islam—that have not been able to hide their actions. The Hamas males who raped and killed Israelis on October 7, 2023, were not following the orders of Israel or the “Khazarian Mafia.” They were following the directions of the Qur’an and Mohammed, quite explicitly.

Even if some Israeli leaders failed in their duty to protect Israel against that attack, it does not mean that the entire country and population of Israel is an “evil cabal.” Caroline Glick did a video report called “Inside the INSANE Intelligence Failure of Oct. 7,”[14] in which she criticized and documented leadership failures. But even if major parts of the country’s leadership are corrupt or misguided (which requires proof) we must remember that Israel’s benevolent and charitable actions in the Middle East significantly outshine the actions of their neighbors.

The Sacred Individual

We come then to the question of the individual: the Sacred Individual.

Ideology and religion can affect individuals in terrible ways, as it has done with the ideologies of Marxism and Islam. Based on the evidence, we can conclude that totalitarian ideologies are not good for the world and should be avoided at all costs.

In fact, shouldn’t the political incitements to violence expressed and taught by Marxism and Islam be banned?

There are also good and peaceful ideologies and religions. Western civilization has evolved based on principles of freedom, coming to full flower with the US Constitution, which created the freest and most prosperous country in the world. The United States is so amazing, in fact, that under Joe Biden’s administration, over ten million individuals entered America illegally in just three years because they really liked America.

(With exceptions made for the many thousands of bad actors who have crossed the border with deadly and nefarious intentions—a tragedy that may soon unfold.)

The heart of Western and American civilization is based on Judeo-Christian traditions of faith, including the Ten Commandments and the teachings of Jesus. This fact cannot be denied. Thus, a good Jew and a good Christian are to be admired for their principles and their faith which often result in noble actions.

The Jewish and Christian faiths teach that every individual is accountable to God. It doesn’t matter what that individual is taught or how he or she is raised. In the end, each person makes choices. Shall I be honest and ethical? Shall I be peaceful and virtuous and loving? Or shall I go down a dark path and help create an evil, violent world and participate in murder?

I believe that when someone dies, their physical body falls away and the person travels to a realm of the spirit world that matches their heart, feelings, spirit, values, and actions. Thus, our thoughts and actions during our lifetime have consequences in our life in the spirit world.

I wrote about that phenomenon extensively in my 2023 novel, The Death and Life of Edward Wild: The Postmortem Adventures of a Modern Man, available at https://worldcommunitypress.com/ew.

How Many Countries Have the Jews Conquered?

Jews should be treated as we should treat every human being. Each Jew must be assessed as an individual. Individuals are good or bad or a combination of both. Being “Jewish” is irrelevant in this sense. But taken as a whole, if we examine history, we can indeed make a very long list of “good Jews.” The Jewish people have blessed the world, and the world would be a darker place if they had not existed.

And the country of Israel? Let us compare it to Hitler’s Germany, Communist Russia and China, Iran, the Ottoman Empire, and 1400 years of Islamic conquest. Did Israel murder six million Germans? Or 270 million Muslims? Or 100 million anti-communists? Of course not. Israel is not an “aggressor,” no matter what the Leftist, pro-Hamas propaganda states. Islamic Arabia expanded in the seventh and eighth centuries and conquered country after country, killing and enslaving millions. Islam continues its aggressive and totalitarian expansion to this day.

How many countries have the Jews conquered? Are the Jews rampaging through Africa, kidnapping girls as sex slaves, burning churches, and murdering thousands? Unlike Islam, Judaism really is a religion of peace.

The modern state of Israel has turned a desert into productive farmland; has welcomed Muslims into its country as citizens with full rights; has offered peace to Palestinians multiple times (with all overtures rejected) and has contributed to the world scientifically, culturally, and spiritually.

Plainly speaking, anti-Jewish, anti-Israel, and anti-Semitic attacks and theories are anti-history, anti-truth, anti-love, and egregiously wrong. We must reject anti-Semitism completely and treat all Jews as sacred individuals, just as we must treat all human beings as sacred individuals.

We all stand alone before the eternal truths of God and humankind.

© 2024 Peter Falkenberg Brown – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Image Credit:

Painting: “Daniel’s Answer to the King,” by Briton Rivière, 1890

Oil on canvas, 120.5 cm (47.4 in); width: 187.9 cm (73.9 in)

Manchester Art Gallery, Public Domain

This version has been altered tonally and cleaned up.

FootNotes:

[1] https://veteranstoday.com/2022/03/10/the-hidden-history-of-the-incredibly-evil-khazarian-mafia/

[2] https://forward.com/news/200825/why-ashkenazi-jews-are-not-descended-from-khazars/

[3] https://forward.com/opinion/382967/ashkenazi-jews-are-not-khazars-heres-the-proof/

[4] https://www.jewishvirtuallibrary.org/the-ldquo-protocols-of-the-elders-of-zion-rdquo

https://encyclopedia.ushmm.org/index.php/content/en/article/protocols-of-the-elders-of-zion

https://www.memri.org/reports/protocols-elders-zion-arab-and-muslim-world-%E2%80%93-past-and-present

https://www.britannica.com/topic/Protocols-of-the-Elders-of-Zion

[5] https://jrnyquist.blog/2020/02/25/a-note-on-antisemitism/

[6] https://www.tabletmag.com/sections/news/articles/timmerman-disinformation

[7] Ibid.

[8] https://www.vice.com/en/article/dy7d5k/qanon-queen-elizabeth-ii

[9] https://www.meforum.org/65368/mahdism-the-apocalyptic-ideology-behind-iran

[10] https://winstonchurchill.org/publications/churchill-bulletin/bulletin-153-mar-2021/churchill-islam/

[11] http://cspipublishing.com/statistical/tears_of_jihhad.html

[12] https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com/writings/essays/culture-and-politics/saving-western-civilization-demands-that-we-study-islam/

[13] https://jrnyquist.blog/2022/06/04/beijings-war-plan-an-interview-with-lude-media/ – Comment by Nyquist, June 7, 2022, 1:40 a.m. Used with permission.

[14] Inside the INSANE Intelligence Failure of Oct. 7 | The Caroline Glick Show In-Focus, https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iW_RvmWdhKg




Unsatisfying Script: A Description of the Movie “Civil War”

By Sidney Secular

May 17, 2024

The critics’ reviews of the movie waxed critical. Easy to do since the director did not pick a side or make some left wing political statement. Even negativity can cause people to think and evaluate, but that is a challenge now as people are hourly spoon fed solutions on which they are expected to chow down – and believe. There is a snippet in the movie where a character holding some journalists at gunpoint asks who they are, and they respond “Americans!” He then asks them what kind of Americans? That simple question leaves these particular “Americans” stymied and stumped because “America” has already split into at least two opposing camps! The leftists fight the war without any rules of engagement much as the so-called “Union” (the North) fought in the second Civil War* in the 1860s. For them, laws, ethics and morality and former conventions no longer matter in this conflict. Today, the keyboard patriot and weekend warriors still are not able to process the possibility of a shooting war with the GovMint and their leftist fanatics. [*The first “civil war” was fought in the late 18th Century when America’s population split between those who favored Great Britain and those who favored independence from that Empire.]

The movie was deliberately vague on what started the “civil war,” as well as who were the good guys and who the bad. They didn’t even make plain whether the entire country was involved. In the manner of most modern movies, there were no clearly defined moral choices, thus leaving the viewer hanging with no satisfying resolution of conflicts or issues. An implication of the movie is that warlords will rise up and exact retribution on locals they consider enemies, a scenario that is not new as a similar plot was presented in the Kevin Costner film, The Postman, a 1997 post-apocalyptic adventure film based on David Brin’s 1985 book of the same name. The same scenario was played out in all the Mad Max films dealing with the effort to recreate some type of society after the current world ends! According to the present film local communities will split up on “diverse” lines, and become battlegrounds. Neighbors will fight neighbors, and families will fight families, and with 300 million guns floating around, there will be bloodshed. Small farmers, already harassed by the climate change fanatics, will come under attack by the hungry masses. As a result, it will be essential for small communities of like-minded folk to form militias to protect their farms and communities.

Of course, intelligent people know that our existing uni-party government is corrupt to the core, evil, and, frankly, hates its own people. Whatever they are called or however characterized, it is clear that they are our enemy. It is also clear they can only be stopped by violence. Though this movie did not take sides, it is distinctly implied the “status quo” – that is, the existing government will be defeated. If such turns out to be the case, the question then becomes who or what will take its place. From the current vantage (or disadvantage) point, it is hard to see how a republic could be reborn from this overweening atmosphere of debt, delusion and decay especially given the precipitous drop in IQ levels today. The average citizen in the 1770s and the 1860s could think rings around our present “ordinary citizens” not to mention their superior moral ethics!

“Civil War” is certainly a sobering and depressing movie, but hopefully should spark some reflection of the belief that there may be a spark of hope for the future even if that hope comes from the belief that what presently “is” may someday be what “was.” If that is so, then the real problem is the response that Bill Clinton once gave: “It all depends upon what ‘is’ is.”

© 2024 Sidney Secular – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Sidney Secular: Success_Express@yahoo.com




Why Are Western Countries Committing National Suicide?

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 16, 2024

In 1973, Frenchman Jean Raspail, seeing his country being overwhelmed by mass immigration, wrote a stunning novel: Camp of the Saints. He depicted a fleet of third world refugees landing on his country from a flotilla of wretched ships. The captain of one of the ships said, “If this horde of brutes ever lands on your country, they will swallow you up.”

One critic said, “Once you read Camp of the Saints, you will need brain surgery to remove it. It’s vicious, filthy, vile, prophetic, and frightening for anyone living in a Western country. It portends the end of the White race.”

One look at France today, 55 million French persons, and 5 million Muslims, you can cut the racial/religious air with a knife. You might remember where Muslim terrorists shot up Paris restaurants, slaughtered theater patrons and killed cartoonists in that once “free society.” More than 90 “no-go zones” now dominate the French countryside. That means French people dare not enter the religious Islamist enclaves. While Raspail suffered “racial” criticism when the book published, its prophetic pages have come true across Europe.

But the fact is, the book now applies to Sweden, Norway, United Kingdom, Germany, Belgium, Holland, Denmark, Finland, Spain and more. No go zones abound. European women cannot walk the streets of Paris with any chance of personal safety. The invaders expect welfare, housing, and medical care. They lack any cultural, linguistic, or educational compatibility with those Western countries.

“The Camp of the Saints, a speculative fictional account, it depicts the destruction of Western civilization through Third World mass immigration to France and the Western world.”

Fast forward to 2017, British author Douglas Murray wrote, The Strange Death of Europe: Immigration, Identity, Islam. It picks up where Germany’s Angela Merkle opened the doors to 1.5 million Middle Eastern and African refugees. Murray methodically shows where illegal immigration has gotten SO out of hand, that Europeans are drowning in their own misery.

“This is the most disturbing political book I’ve read this year. Based on travels through key European centers, Murray weaves a tale of uncontrolled immigration, failed multiculturalism, systemic self-doubt, cultural suicide and disingenuous political leadership. Accurate, insightful, and devastating, with applicable lessons for countries on both sides of the Atlantic.” Jonathan Sacks

I’ve read both books. I’ve also traveled extensively through Europe, Australia, Canada, and America. If you’ve learned nothing from history, you missed the reasons for how empires collapsed, how religious zealots killed and how innocent people died by the millions. Without a doubt, Hitler and Islam dominate history’s bloodiest pages.

Thankfully, Charles Martel in 722 drove back the Muslim hordes. But today, Europe, Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and America invite them into their guts. Is it Western guilt? Western stupidity?

Why would anyone invite a deadly, violent religion into their home? Why? The Qur’an demands, “Convert or kill all non-believers.” The fact remains that Muslims only follow the dictates of Sharia Law no matter where they land. They possess no allegiance or affinity to democracies, human rights, animal rights, women’s rights, and religious choice.

Now let’s travel over to America. Just last week, Muslim Hamas demonstrators in Detroit and New York City chanted, “Death to America.” They are imported American citizens who hate America just as much as Hamas hates Jewish people. If not for our laws, they would rain down terror on us. Oh, they already did that on 9/11.

“lslam isn’t in America to be equal to any other faith, but to become dominant.” said Omar Ahmad, Director of C.A.I.R. “The Qur’an,, the Muslim book of scripture, should be the highest authority in America, and Islam the only accepted religion on Earth.”

Where does that allow freedom of religion in America? How does that vile statement stand with their oath of American citizenship? How does that make Muslims into pretend-Americans?

If you visit Detroit, Michigan, you can see Muslims slitting the throats of sheep or goats in public for animal sacrifice. They voted it into law via dominant Muslim majorities in Detroit city councils. They perform honor killings and female genital mutilation across America in accordance with Sharia Law. They do not fly Old Glory anywhere in Muslim dominated communities. They produce video tapes to show Muslim men how to beat their women without showing scars or bruises.

To show they won’t assimilate into the great American melting pot, Muslims enclave in clusters. They do not mix with Americans. It’s commanded by the Qur’an.

“Kill them [unbelievers] wherever you find them… And fight them until there is no more unbelief and worship is for Allah alone.” (Quran 2:191-193).

“Strike off their heads and strike from them every fingertip” (Quran 8:12).
Mohammed’s last words: ‘Allah cursed the Jews and the Christians because they took the graves of their Prophets as places for praying.”‘

When Muslim Barack Obama reached the White House, he employed another Muslim named Majid, known as the Sharia Law advocate. Obama made one of the rooms in the White House into a Muslim prayer room.

Take a car trip into Dearborn, Michigan to see mosque after mosque built like forts with walls around them. You will be appalled. Muslim mosques now number over 2,500 in America. They stand as territorial markers against Christianity in America. Notice you will NEVER see a Christian church allowed in a Muslim country. They do not tolerate any other religion in their countries.

Take a walking trip through “Somaliland” in Minneapolis, Minnesota. See if you make it out of those 125,000 imported “American citizens” in one piece. Try it as an American woman! Send your kids to their schools. See if they live through a week of classes!

Notice it’s the express “prime directive” of Islam’s Hamas terrorists to kill all the Jews in the world.

If you look at what’s happened to Europe, you’re seeing the disintegration of Western Society. If you look at Canada’s Vancouver, B.C., you notice that Canadians are now the minority in their own city. If you look at Miami, Florida, you see few Americans and more and more illegal aliens.

How are we going to save ourselves from Europe’s ugly fate? Answer: shut down all legal and illegal immigration, TODAY! Because if we don’t, we Americans don’t stand a chance against our immigrant mob. Yes, it’s going to get really, really nasty in the next decade or two.

It’s a sad situation when you must fight for your own country within your own country. But that’s what’s coming, and it’s coming fast. I might pen my next book: The Strange Death of America: Immigration, Islam, Identity by Frosty Wooldridge.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




It’s Getting Too Crazy

by Lee Duigon

May 16, 2024

I can’t decide which nooze to report today. It’s getting too crazy out there, one story’s goofier than another. Here are a few snippets.

The Chicago teachers’ union wants another 50 billion dollars. Well, they need it, don’t they? For abortions. For “LGBT training,” whatever that is (don’t ask!). And for “migrants.”

“Migrants”? Somehow, while we weren’t looking, illegal aliens got replaced by “migrants.” It’s a dishonest stupid buzzword. Birds migrate. You know—fly south for the winter. But they don’t just stay down there! They migrate northward in the summer. Our “migrants” don’t swim the Rio Grande with any intention of swimming back when the season changes. Anyway, the Chicago teachers’ union wants to give them money. Our money.

Three women in a car were visiting the back roads in Rumania. By “back roads” I mean “wilderness with skimpy little roads and no rest stops.” They stopped the car when they saw what they describe as “a group” of bears. What they saw was a mother bear with a couple of cubs. Once upon a time, everybody in the world knew this was a good time to stay in the car and keep the windows closed. These geniuses decided to roll down the window and take some selfies. Then the big bear approached the car. Quote of the day: “I thought he wanted to be friends.” He? You mean you didn’t know it was the mother bear, and that you never, never, never want to mess with a mother bear with cubs? Oh, boy, what a selfie! Hang farther out the window, get a better shot!

The bear ate a big piece of the woman’s arm. Ignorance may be bliss, but it can also be fatal.

A high school teacher was fired for teaching “critical thinking.” You know—actually thinking about what you say before you say it, and not just repeating, mindlessly, what you’ve heard other people say. A student called J.K. Rowling (of Harry Potter fame) a bigot. The teacher engaged the student in a dialogue, examining the charge. He should have remembered what happened to Socrates when he did that. He convinced the student that the charge was not true, based on the facts of the case. But he made the mistake of filming the exchange and posting it on his blog. Adios, muchacho. Three months later he was fired, having served four years at the school. Silly rabbit! We don’t teaching thinking anymore.

And then we had New York City Mayor Eric Adams addressing the “migrant” crisis in his city. And it is a crisis, no mistake about it. Meanwhile, though, the mayor had noticed that the city needed more lifeguards for its swimming pools and beaches. The light bulb goes off overhead. Aha! If only the feds would release the funds for it, he said, the city could hire a lot of the migrants as lifeguards… because “they’re excellent swimmers,” he said. (Yeesh! Can you imagine the screams of outrage if George W. Bush had said this?) It seems swimming or wading across the Rio Grande to enter the country illegally is excellent preparation for a New York City lifeguard.

So that’s a few of them—stories I could’ve covered if the sheer volume of idiotic nooze hadn’t overwhelmed me this week. Next week I’ll try harder. Scouts’ honor…

And if you’ve been following the nooze yourself, you’ll know I probably shouldn’t have said “Scouts’ honor.”

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . If you can steer clear of the mother bear with cubs, click the link and drop in for a visit. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Tied of Being Called “Anti” Simply For Having an Opinion Counter to Someone Else

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

May 16, 2024

Bully is defined as “a noisy, blustering overbearing fellow, more distinguished for insolence and empty menaces, than for courage, and disposed to provoke quarrels.”

Have you ever noticed that the Left is ANTI everything wholesome and that they are hell-bent on making you accept it?

Anti, according to Webster, means “A preposition signifying against, opposite, contrary, or in place of; used in many English words.”

So…I am anti…anti…meaning I am sick and tied of being called “anti” simply because I have an opinion counter to someone else.  It happened again to me this weekend.  I got myself into a heap bowl of chili simply by asking an obvious question that I didn’t know I wasn’t allowed to think out loud.

(The thought police on the Right can be just as vicious as those on the LEFT.)

So, dumb me, I opened my mouth and innocently said “why are we spending billions of dollars protecting the Israeli border while ours is wide open?”

You would have thought I had passed gas.  Crinkled noses and squinted eyes greeted my simple, honest question.

ANTI-SEMITE!!  Their eyes screamed!  How dare you question the Nation of Israel!!  Those are God’s chosen people?

I never said ANYTHING about the Jewish people but simply asked why we weren’t protecting America?  I guess that asking the wrong question today makes you “anti” some protected class.

If you question affirmative-action you are anti-black and anti-woman.  That is what they call a two-fer.  Asking an honest question now carries with it the possible accusation of being “anti” this or that.

I simply wanted to know why our border was wide open…racist ole me.

Have you noticed this new shame-you-into-silence approach to debate today?  You will find out very quickly who and what you are able to ask questions about.  So let me make a few confessions today that will hopefully clear the air.

I am pro-American but anti-communist government.  Opposing the Luciferian government does not make me anti-American but pro-liberty.

I prefer Kentucky Fried Chicken over McDonald’s but I am not anti-hamburger.

I am attracted to woman…especially my wife…but that does not make me anti-homosexual.

I prefer driving a car but I am not anti-bicycle.

I think unborn children have a God-given right to live but that does not make me anti-woman.

I think humans are born either male or female but that does not make me anti-sexual deviant.

When my wife and I go out for a meal I will order a steak while she may get lobster…but that does not make me anti-crustacean.

I support men playing men’s sports and women playing women’s sports but that does not make me anti-binary…(whatever the heck that means.)

Pointing out the crisis of fatherlessness in the black community does not make me anti-black.

Preferring Roseanne Barr over Whoopi Goldberg does not make me anti-stupid black women.

Calling a plumber to my house does not make me anti-toilet backup…although I guess I am.

Standing against Planned Parenthood does not make me anti-woman nor anti-choice.  It makes me PRO-baby.

Objecting about the billions of dollars given to The Ukraine does not make me anti-Ukraine.

You get the point…I could go on…

Name calling is the fall-back position when you find yourself losing a debate.  No way could your argument be valid so please stop trying to confuse me with the facts.  Or, as Oprah would say, stop trying to change MY TRUTH.  Truth is nothing more than an opinion so stop confusing me with YOUR TRUTH.  Haven’t you figured that out yet?

Anti-black.  Anti-Semite.  Anti-Gay.  Anti-woman.  Anti-choice.  Anti-Christ.  I’m sick of it all.

I’m pro-America, pro-Jesus, pro-baby, pro-peace, pro-truth, pro-woman, pro-free speech, and pro equal justice.

Webster’s defined bigotryObstinate or blind attachment to a particular creed, or to certain tenets; unreasonable zeal or warmth in favor of a party, sect or opinion; excessive prejudice.”

When I grew up in the 60’s the bigots were on the Right.  Today, the thought police reside on the LEFT.  The LEFT are the real bigots.

I am anti-bigot, anti-Left, and anti-suck on your thumb.

A wise man once told me that a man is not free if his speech is not free.  As we used to say when we were young boys…you can like it or you can lump it.

I’m thinking of having a tattoo printed on my forehead…

WARNING: THOUGHTS MAY BREAK INTO WORDS AT ANY TIME!

Lump it Lefties…and the horse you rode in on.

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Guilty Illegal Immigrants Rioters Charges Dismissed While Innocent January 6ers Remain In Jail

By Bradlee Dean

May 15, 2024

“He that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are abomination to the LORD.” -Proverbs 17:15

Today in America, we see where the government, both federal and state, are treasonously alluring illegals to come into this country (Article III, Section 3 U.S. Constitution).  In the process, these illegals are bringing with them drug trafficking, human trafficking, murder, rape, attacks on the American military, attacks on America’s police, etc.  The list goes on.  What could one expect from those who are ILLEGALLY crossing over the border?

What has been the response to these crimes?

Recently, a Spanish Judge in Texas, Judge Ruben Morales somehow ruled against American Law (He must be impeached and prosecuted; Article 2, Section 4 U.S. Constitution) in arguing that Texas authorities failed to prove probable cause.

In spite of the above, consider that back on January 06, 2021, we found that Americans were allured to Washington D.C. and then entrapped only to be accused by this government of the crimes that the paid provocateurs that were bused in are guilty of committing.As of today, over 1200 Americans who were exercising their First Amendment, God-given rights are somehow behind bars (Proverbs 17:15).

Americans, with all due respect to our Father in Heaven, the truth of His Word, and to those that are illegally suffering behind bars, this is happening while the corrupt are incarcerating the innocent without recourse… This one is on you for letting this happen. Read Deuteronomy 28:63

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Competing Titles: Tennessee House Falls Victim to ‘Agenda 21’ Conspiracy Theory vs Tennessee Bans Agenda 2030

By Kathleen Marquardt

May 15, 2024

The first story is from 2012, the second this year, 2024. The first by the Southern Poverty Law Center (SPLC), the Second by The New American. Oh, what a difference a decade (or so) makes.

In 2012, while Agenda 21 (now 2030) had been around for two decades, because we had a misinformation press even back then, the number of people who had understanding of what Agenda 21 i.e., Sustainable Development was about, was very small comparatively. And many of the tools and tactics of Agenda 21 had not been out in the open back then. Over the past eight or nine years, we have been exposed – blatantly—to many. If a poll were taken now, the number of people, who believe Agenda 21 is just a conspiracy theory from the far Right, would be much smaller than it was in 2012. And, conversely, the number of people believing that Agenda 21/2030 is a blueprint of the one-world order Henry Kissinger, Klaus Schwab, and others promised us.

Let’s take a look at them:

From Southern Poverty Law Center (I will use SPLC)

“In a new sign of antigovernment extremism creeping into the political mainstream, the Tennessee House of Representatives will vote tomorrow on a resolution condemning Agenda 21, a non-binding United Nations plan for sustainable development.

“In the world of far-right extremists, Agenda 21 is demonized as a sort of Trojan horse, part of a larger scheme to shatter Americans’ liberties and institute a totalitarian, one-world government known typically as the “New World Order.””

And what do we see happening in our country and the world today? That one-world government being foisted on us through tracking; CBDCs (coming soon); taking private property for tools of Green energy – which are a scam on the people that will cost billions and be iffy at best –; “Diversity, equity, and inclusion” that says we are all equal but some are more equal than others (four legs good/two legs bad), the gender blurring edits; Environment, Social and Government (ESG) regulations – all to protect us from global warming. Oops, it’s now climate change. And before global warming, it was a new ice age.

No wonder the people are waking up. But I have just begun.

The New American (I’ll use NA) starts out:

As Tennesseans head into the new year, they will have something to celebrate: The Volunteer State has enacted legislation banning state and local involvement in globalist United Nations initiatives, including its Agenda 21, Agenda 2030, and climate-change schemes.

Same issue, different decade. The difference is that we have been now living through over 30 years of Agenda 21.

SPLC:

“Of course, this bears no relation to the facts. Actually, the U.N. agreement is a rather benign, non-binding plan calling for governments to develop plans to meet current needs for natural resources without threatening the survival of future generations. It was adopted by 178 governments, including the U.S. under President George H.W. Bush, 20 years ago at the Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro.”

Uh huh, non-binding, “without threatening the survival of future generations”. Our generation is dearly threatened by this non-binding agreement. Our federal government is giving our money away faster than it can print it; our farmlands and homes are being decimated by solar and wind power equipment that destroys the land forever, our children are being brainwashed in the schools that they must “save the earth” by reducing their carbon footprint (get it low enough and you are dead).

NA:

(1) “Agenda 21,” adopted by the United Nations in 1992 at its Conference on Environment and Development;

(2) The 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development, introduced at a United Nations Summit in 2015;

(3) The United Nations’ proposal to reach net zero emissions by 2050; or

(4) Another international law or ancillary plan of action that contravenes the constitution of the United States or the constitution of this state.

SPLC:

“In a big win for this big lie, the Republican National Committee (RNC) in January passed a resolution condemning Agenda 21 and calling for policymakers to be made aware of its “destructive strategies for ‘sustainable development.’” The RNC voted to give copies of its resolution to all Republican members of Congress as well as to the party’s presidential and congressional candidates. It also recommended that the anti-Agenda 21 policy be adopted in the party platform at the 2012 convention.”

Where was the big lie? Even the Left now claims Agenda 2030 and AOC’s Green New Deal is A21/2030 in a bartender’s trashy dress.

NA:

“Agenda 2030, officially titled “the 2030 Agenda,” is one of the main programs blocked by SB 1147. It is a United Nations program based on the UN Local Agenda 21 program — also banned in the bill — unveiled in 1992 and the UN Millennium Development Goals released in 2000. Under the guise of “sustainable development,” this plan seeks totalitarian control and regimentation of the entire planet, including the economy, our country, our lives, and our children. Agenda 2030 is divided into 17 Sustainable Development Goals, or SDGs, along with 169 specific “targets” to be imposed on humanity.

“The SDGs include “universal health coverage,” “vaccines for all,” and “universal access to sexual and reproductive health-care services, including for family planning [i.e., abortion]” (Goal 3). It also advocates for socialist indoctrination of youth (Goal 4), global wealth redistribution (Goal 10), and radical actions to combat alleged “climate change” (Goal 13). None of these goals is constitutional, or even adheres to the spirit of the Declaration of Independence and U.S. Constitution.

“Other prominent examples of Agenda 2030’s implementation include the global war on farmers, carbon-capture pipelines, and the “transition” toward “green” energy as recently promoted at the UN COP28 gathering.”

SPLC

“Among the antigovernment extremists who have presented frequent seminars around the country or latched onto anti-Agenda 21 propaganda to advance their causes are Tom DeWeese, head of the American Policy Center and creator of the new “action kit” at the JBS website; Phyllis Schlafly, a pioneering, virulently anti-feminist organizer and founder of the Eagle Forum; the Oath Keepers, a “Patriot” organization that encourages police officers and soldiers to disobey orders they believe are unconstitutional; and the League of the South, a neo-Confederate organization that promotes a second Southern secession.”

Southern Poverty Law Center, mainstream media, and our federal government were lying to us from the get-go. And much of the population believed them. But it has been 30+ years and we have seen the results of the war on global warming/climate change. Many have lost their homes, their jobs, even their lives in this Marxist/Satanic battle. We have a federal government that has been re-tooled to take away our ability to have any say in legislation. We have state and local governments that have been either bought, bribed, or blackmailed into helping the Global Elite reduce the human population, steal private property, and drive us to poverty.

These are competing titles of the same subject, just different views. One is a Marxist, fatalist view, the other is one of protecting property rights and individual freedom. We have a choice, but we must make it and take a stand for our choice.

How do you do your part in saving America from Agenda21/2030/New Green Deal/Climate Change, etc.? Join or start a Freedom Pod. Go to: https://americanpolicy.org/contact-us/

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com




Presidential Immunity

By Paul Engel

May 14, 2024

  • Do presidents have immunity for their official acts?
  • If so, where in the Constitution do we find it?
  • Is the Supreme Court going to make this up an immunity clause?

In one of the many cases against Donald Trump, his attorneys’ are claiming that he cannot be criminally charged for an act he performed in his official capacity as President. Why? Because of something called Presidential Immunity. Is there such a thing as Presidential immunity? If so, where is it stated in the Constitution? Or is the idea of Presidential immunity just the latest attempt to turn the President of the United States into a king?

There was a lot in the oral arguments for this case that didn’t set well with me, not to mention how much of the more than two and a half hours were spent on hypotheticals and concerns about future cases. I want to focus on the core question asked: Do Presidents have any form of immunity for their actions in office? This is a fairly long article because there were a lot of important statements made. We start with the Petitioner, D. John Sauer for Mr. Trump.

Petitioner

Without presidential immunity from criminal prosecution, there can be no presidency as we know it. For 234 years of American history, no president was ever prosecuted for his official acts. The Framers of our Constitution viewed an energetic executive as essential to securing liberty. If a president can be charged, put on trial, and imprisoned for his most controversial decisions as soon as he leaves office, that looming threat will distort the president’s decision-making precisely when bold and fearless action is most needed. Every current president will face de facto blackmail and extortion by his political rivals while he is still in office.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

While many in the legal and political realm treat the office of President as an elected king, the idea that a President of the United States can commit crimes in office without even the possibility of accountability would be the true change in this nation as we know it. Remember, the idea that kings can never be wrong, and are therefore immune from prosecution, was one of the concepts from which we fought for independence. Simply because a president has not been charged yet doesn’t mean they shouldn’t have been, or that they should be in the future. You cannot claim that no one is above the law, and then place someone above it. Justice Thomas asked what I think is the most important question.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Sauer, to your last point, could you be more precise as to the source of this immunity?

  1. SAUER: The source of the immunity is principally rooted in the Executive Vesting Clause of Article II, Section 1.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

What is the Executive Vesting Clause?

The executive Power shall be vested in a President of the United States of America. He shall hold his Office during the Term of four Years, and, together with the Vice President, chosen for the same Term, be elected, as follows

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1

Do you see anything about immunity there? I don’t. Perhaps it comes as part of the executive powers.

Having the quality of executing or performing; as executive power or authority; an executive officer. Hence, in government, executive is used in distinction from legislative and judicial. The body that deliberates and enacts laws, is legislative; the body that judges, or applies the laws to particular cases, is judicial; the body or person who carries the laws into effect, or superintends the enforcement of them, is executive

Executive: Webster’s 1828 Dictionary

Nope, no mention of immunity there. So where has Mr. Sauer come up with this idea of Presidential Immunity?

JUSTICE THOMAS: And how does that happen?

  1. SAUER: That — the source of it, Justice Thomas, I think is, as you described in your separate opinion in Zivotofsky, for example, that the Executive Vesting Clause does not include only executive powers laid out explicitly therein but encompasses all the powers that were originally understood to be included therein.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

OK, so Mr. Sauer points to an opinion Justice Thomas wrote in the case Zivotofsky v. Kerry:

Our Constitution allocates the powers of the Federal Government over foreign affairs in two ways. First, it expressly identifies certain foreign affairs powers and vests them in particular branches, either individually or jointly. Second, it vests the residual foreign affairs powers of the Federal Government—i.e., those not specifically enumerated in the Constitution—in the President by way of Article II’s Vesting Clause.

Zivotofsky v. Kerry

However, just because Justice Thomas said it’s so in a concurring opinion in this case doesn’t make it true. In fact, the Tenth Amendment states exactly the opposite:

The powers not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, nor prohibited by it to the States, are reserved to the States respectively, or to the people.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment X

If a power is not delegated to the United States by the Constitution, it belongs either to the states or the people. The Constitution specifically delegates powers; it most certainly does not imply them.

Mr. Sauer also reached for the case Marbury v. Madison as evidence of presidential immunity.

And Marbury against Madison itself provides strong evidence of this kind of immunity, a broad principle of immunity that protects the president’s official acts from scrutiny, direct — sitting in judgment, so to speak, of the Article III courts, that that matches the original understanding of the Executive —

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

In fact, Marbury said no such thing. That court found:

The authority, therefore, given to the supreme court, by the act establishing the judicial courts of the United States, to issue writs of mandamus to public officers, appears not to be warranted by the constitution; and it becomes necessary to inquire whether a jurisdiction, so conferred, can be exercised.

Marbury v. Madison Opinion

What the Marbury court actually found was that Congress could not give the judicial branch the power to order public officers around. A writ of mandamus is an order by the court to an official to perform their duties. Since the official in this case was a member of the executive branch, a constitutional branch of government, Congress did not have the authority to grant such power to the courts.

In response to a question from Justice Jackson, Mr. Sauer brought more evidence to support his position.

  1. SAUER: I would quote from what Benjamin Franklin said at the Constitutional Convention, which I think reflects best the Founders’ original understanding and intent here, which is, at the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin said: History provides one example only of a chief magistrate who is subject to public justice, criminal prosecution. And everybody cried out against that as a violation.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

I found the quote Mr. Sauer mentioned in Farrand’s Record of the Federal Convention of 1787, and it seems to say something quite different. The Congress was debating whether or not to remove from the impeachment clause that a president could be removed from office on impeachment and conviction for certain behaviors. During the debate, Mr. Franklin said:

Docr. Franklin was for retaining the clause as favorable to the executive. History furnishes one example only of a first Magistrate being formally brought to public Justice. Every body cried out agst this as unconstitutional. What was the practice before this in cases where the chief Magistrate rendered himself obnoxious? Why recourse was had to assassination in wch. he was not only deprived of his life but of the opportunity of vindicating his character. It wd. be the best way therefore to provide in the Constitution for the regular punishment of the Executive when his misconduct should deserve it, and for his honorable acquittal when he should be unjustly accused.

Farrand’s Record of the Federal Convention of 1787

This was not a discussion of criminal or even civil immunity from prosecution, only whether there would be a mechanism to remove the president from office in the Constitution. Yes, people cried out at the idea of removing the President, but I think Mr. Franklin provided a very good reason why he thought impeachment should remain in the Constitution. Seeing as removal from office on impeachment and conviction remained in the document, I would say Mr. Franklin’s position was the one adopted.

Mr. Sauer also called on George Washington’s Farewell Address to bolster his position. Washington did warn about the “alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension”, and how these have led to “frightful despotism”. He even went so far as to describe how that might happen.

The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

If there is one position in this case that Mr. Washington seems to be warning about, it’s the idea of consolidating power in the presidency. Perhaps that’s one reason why the idea of presidential immunity does not appear in the Constitution, as Justice Kagan pointed out.

JUSTICE KAGAN: The Framers did not put an immunity clause into the Constitution. They knew how to. There were immunity clauses in some state constitutions. They knew how to give legislative immunity. They didn’t provide immunity to the president.

And, you know, not so surprising, they were reacting against a monarch who claimed to be above the law. Wasn’t the whole point that the president was not a monarch and the president was not supposed to be above the law?

  1. SAUER: I would say two things in response to that. Immunity — they did put an immunity clause in in a sense. They put in the Executive Vesting Clause, which was originally understood to — to adopt a broad immunity principle that’s set forth in the very broad language of Marbury against Madison.

And also, they did discuss and consider what would be the checks on the presidency. And they did not say, oh, we need to have criminal prosecution. Right there at the Constitutional Convention, Benjamin Franklin says, we don’t have that. That’s not an option. Everybody cried out against that as unconstitutional. The structural check we’re adopting is impeachment. And they’re very clear on that in pages 64 to 69 of the second volume of [Farrand].

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Again, Mr. Sauer refers to the non-existent immunity he believes inherent in executive powers, the reaction to Mr. Franklin’s statement about the impeachment clause, and the Marbury v. Madison case, all of which I’ve shown to be misleading.

The last of Mr. Sauer’s arguments I will deal with came in response to a question from Justice Barrett.

JUSTICE BARRETT: So, Mr. Sauer, you’ve argued that the Impeachment Clause suggests or requires impeachment to be a gateway to criminal prosecution, right?

  1. SAUER: Yes. I think that’s the plain meaning of that second phrase in the clause.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

There are actually two impeachment clauses: Article II, Section 4 which describe who can be impeached for what, and Article I, Section 3, Clause 7, which describes the punishment.

Judgment in Cases of Impeachment shall not extend further than to removal from Office, and disqualification to hold and enjoy any Office of honor, Trust or Profit under the United States: but the Party convicted shall nevertheless be liable and subject to Indictment, Trial, Judgment and Punishment, according to Law.

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 3, Clause 7

This clause states that, after conviction of impeachment, the party is still liable for any violations of the law. There’s nothing in this language that states the person involved is immune from criminal prosecution until they are removed from office by impeachment. Justice Barrett brings up another point.

JUSTICE BARRETT: Okay. So there are many other people who are subject to impeachment, including the nine sitting on this bench, and I don’t think anyone has ever suggested that impeachment would have to be the gateway to criminal prosecution for any of the many other officers subject to impeachment. So why is the president different when the Impeachment Clause doesn’t say so?

  1. SAUER: Someone very important has made the opposite suggestion as to the president himself, which is Solicitor General Bork, which is reaffirmed in the OLC opinions on this, where the — where Solicitor General Bork, in 1973, as to the issue of the vice president, reviewed the historical materials, and he said the sequence is mandatory only as to the president.

That is DOJ’s view of the original understanding of the Impeachment Judgment Clause, which is exactly our position. The sequence is mandatory only as to the president. Keep in mind that the criminal prosecution of a president — president prior to impeachment contradicts, in our view, the plain language of the Constitution but also hundreds of years of history and what DOJ admits is the Framers’ intent.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

So Mr. Sauer is now quoting two sources from the Department of Justice, a part of the executive branch, that claim the Impeachment Clause requires something that it does not state. First, that the clause requires impeachment before prosecution, and second, that the rules for the President are different than for the Vice-President, other civil officers, and as Justice Barrett noted, federal judges.

Respondent

Now that Mr. Trump’s attorney has had his chance, it’s time for the government to present their case, made by Mr. Michael R. Dreeben, Counselor to the Special Counsel, Department of Justice.

This Court has never recognized absolute criminal immunity for any public official. Petitioner, however, claims that a former president has permanent criminal immunity for his official acts, unless he was first impeached and convicted. His novel theory would immunize former presidents from criminal liability for bribery, treason, sedition, murder, and, here, conspiring to use fraud to overturn the results of an election and perpetuate himself in power.

Such presidential immunity has no foundation in the Constitution. The Framers knew too well the dangers of a king who could do no wrong. They therefore devised a system to check abuses of power, especially the use of official power for private gain.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

I think Mr. Dreeben has stated the point quite effectively. The Supreme Court has never recognized absolute immunity for any public official. This novel idea has no foundation in the Constitution of the United States, and would seem to contradict the foundational principles that the United States would be a nation of laws, not men. Justice Thomas questioned the scope of Mr. Dreeben’s statement.

JUSTICE THOMAS: Mr. Dreeben, does the president have immunity, or are you saying that there’s no immunity, presidential immunity, even for official acts?

  1. DREEBEN: Yes, Justice Thomas, but I think that it’s important to put in perspective the position that we are offering the Court today. The president, as the head of the Article II branch, can assert as-applied Article II objections to criminal laws that interfere with an exclusive power possessed by the president or that prevent the president from accomplishing his constitutionally assigned functions.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Mr. Dreeben points out that the president does have the power to violate laws that would prevent him from performing his duties under Article II, what’s commonly referred to in this case as “core powers”. For example, if Congress passed a law criminalizing the appointment of members of certain groups to office, the President could point to his Article II appointment powers to say such law could not apply to his because it would be unconstitutional.

During her questions of the respondent, Justice Jackson tried to deal with a concern the petitioner had brought.

JUSTICE JACKSON: All right. The final sort of set of questions that I have have to do with what I do take as a very legitimate concern about prosecutorial abuse, about future presidents being targeted for things that they have done in office.

I — I take that concern. I think it’s a real thing. But I wonder whether some of it might also be mitigated by the fact that existing administrations have a self-interest in protecting the presidency, that they understand that if they go after the former guy, soon they’re going to be the former guy and they will have created precedent that will be problematic.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Why haven’t previous presidents been criminally charged for their actions in office? I believe there are several reasons. First, we are in a unique election cycle where a previous president is again running for office against the man who defeated him. It’s like having two first-term incumbent presidents both running for office. Mr. Trump is not just a previous president, but an extremely polarizing one at that. Simply look at the claims of those who support him and those who oppose him. Second, we have witnessed over the last couple of decades, a willingness, especially from one political party, to take short-term gains for long-term losses. Simply look at the Senate getting rid of the filibuster for Supreme Court nominees, which quickly led to getting rid of it for all judicial nominees. In short, the traditions that have allowed competing parties to peacefully co-exist have been abandoned, just as George Washington warned us.

The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism.

Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

Conclusion

Mr. Sauer’s argument for presidential immunity rested on several pillars: The Executive Vesting Clause, Marbury v. Madison, the reaction to Franklin’s statement in the Federal Convention of 1787, and George Washington’s Farewell Address. I’ve shown in this article that none of those documents in any way suggests a presidential immunity from criminal prosecution. While much of the questioning from the justices focused on the impact of their decision, primarily not in this case but in future ones, space prevents me from diving into that topic here. Let me summarize by stating that while each side stated their positions, the evidence brought by Mr. Sauer was a flawed as the rest of his case.

Mr. Sauer was not alone in having flaws in his argument. To me the saddest quote of all came from Mr. Dreeben.

We are trying to design a system that preserves the effective functioning of the presidency and the accountability of a former president under the rule of law.

Trump v. United States – Oral Arguments

Rather than following the Constitution and laws of the United States, the courts, and all of the attorneys arguing the cases, are attempting to design a system to meets their ends. They are legislating from the bench, rather than applying the law to the case at hand. While Mr. Trump is attempting to turn the Presidency into a Kingship, the courts are trying to turn the United States into an oligarchy. All so one faction can have dominion over another. Quite a frightful despotism indeed.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




Happy 76th birthday, Israel

By Amil Imani

May 14, 2024

This week, Israel celebrates its 76th birthday. Seventy-six years ago, May 14, 1948, was the rebirth of one of the oldest cultures and nations in history, the State of Israel. With Judaism as its religion, Israel has a historical continuity spanning over 4,000 years. It is one of the oldest monotheistic religions and the oldest to survive into the present day. Israel today is a unique and diverse Jewish state with a young, viable democracy in an unstable region. In 2010, the Jewish population was estimated at 13.4 million, or roughly 0.2% of the world population.

The circumstances surrounding Israel’s rebirth were anything but easy. Regrettably, Israel’s journey from her early beginning to the present has been fraught with great suffering. It is a tribute to the indomitable spirit of the Jewish people that they persisted in their valiant struggle to re-gather again in the land of their birth. Some even go as far as saying that Israel’s renaissance — after 4,000 years or so– was nothing short of miraculous.

The re-birth of Israel, in reality, is a culmination of thousands of years of gestation during which the Jewish people, dispersed throughout much of the world, endured immense degrees and varieties of suffering. The Nazi murderers and their collaborators capped the crimes committed against the Jewish people by brutally slaughtering six million innocent men, women and children.

We can hardly find countries that have gone out of existence for as long as 4,000 years and then reappeared and been reborn. Thus, the rebirth of this magnificent culture, people, and land was truly a miracle.

In ancient times, a noble and just Persian king, Cyrus the Great, rescued tens of thousands of Jewish people from captivity in a foreign land, empowering them to return home and build their sacred temple. By his action of freeing an entire people from captivity and restoring their rightful dignity, Cyrus the Great, the author of the first code of Human Rights, cemented a bond of friendship between the Jews and the Persians. It was the Just King’s way of setting the world on a course of freedom, equality, and justice for all people, irrespective of any considerations.

Israel has welcomed many Jews across the world, including the Iranian Jews who could no longer tolerate the rule of the oppressive venomous mullahs. These mullahs are indeed traitors to the lofty, long-standing tradition and values championed by Cyrus the Great and revered by Persians throughout the ages. Israel also must be commended for affording millions of Israeli Arabs opportunities denied to them in many other lands.

Regrettably, the sworn enemy of the Iranian people and the Persian heritage (the Islamic Republic) also supports terrorism abroad. The Islamic regime has increased its support for groups that seek the destruction of Israel. These include the Lebanese Hezbollah and such Palestinian groups as Hamas, the Palestinian Islamic Jihad, and the Popular Front for the Liberation of Palestine-General Command. Israel has the right to defend herself from these brewing factions who want nothing short of obliteration of the Jewish state.

We should consider the rebirth of the Jewish State to be a blessing for the Muslims. Israel has provided the opportunity to show the world the results of the Jewish state of mind in action…a mind that yearns to be free and a mind that longs to see that all humanity enjoys life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness, said Tashbih Sayyed.

Israel’s fair treatment of the Iranian Baha’is in Israel is praiseworthy. This further demonstrates their ability and willingness to live in harmony with others. In Iran, the birthplace of the Baha’i faith, Baha’is are ruthlessly subjected to a form of gradual genocide by the cruel mullahs. Some Baha’is are executed for their faith, Baha’i children are denied university studies, Baha’i holy places are destroyed, and even their cemeteries are bulldozed, to cite a few examples. By contrast, Israel has provided the Baha’is freedom to care for their holy places, which were established in the Holy Land during the 19th century, long before Israel’s rebirth.

The Jewish community of Iran is one of the oldest in the Diaspora, and its historical roots reach back to the 6th century B.C.E., the time of the First Temple. Their history in the pre-Islamic period is intertwined with that of the Jews of neighboring Babylon. The Jewish colonies were scattered from centers in Babylon to Persian provinces and cities such as Hamadan and Susa. The books of Esther, Ezra, Nehemiah, and Daniel give a favorable description of the relationship of the Jews to the court of the Achaemids at Susa.

To this day, traditional Jews pray three times a day for the Temple’s restoration. During the centuries, the Muslims controlled Palestine, and two mosques were built on the site of the Jewish Temple. (This was no coincidence; it is a common Islamic custom to build mosques on the sites of other people’s holy places.) Since any attempt to level these mosques would lead to an international Muslim holy war (jihad) against Israel, the Temple cannot be rebuilt in the foreseeable future.

“Next year in Jerusalem being the wish of Diaspora Jews, dispersed from their homeland yet acknowledging their spiritual and historical home is Israel, specifically, Jerusalem. Psalm 137 is referred to as the well-known lament of the Babylonian Jews who wept ‘by the rivers of Babylon’ and declared, ‘If I forget you, O Jerusalem, let my right hand wither.”

The perennial prayer, “Next Year in Jerusalem,” has finally been answered. We, the spiritual children of Cyrus the Great, pray that Israel succeeds in taking the steps necessary to make the New Jerusalem a place of hope and lasting safety for the Jewish people, people of all religions, and those with no religion at all.

Although Israel was reborn in 1948, the Israelis were unable to settle down for long in their own homeland, to worship their God as they wished, and to live in peace. They were assaulted once again by the forces of destruction that sent them scurrying for the relative safety of other lands. These challenges continue to this day.

Now, Israel is a sovereign state but hardly safe. She is surrounded by nations and peoples who are bent on her destruction. Tragically, she and her neighbors have been unable to find an equitable way of living side-by-side with mutual respect and peace. I earnestly hope that ways can be found to resolve this destructive impasse peacefully.

A thorny issue of great concern to Israel is the Mullahs’ gallop to join the nuclear club and use the bomb as a club over the head of any nation, near or far, that stands in their way or does not accede to their demands. And it is here that some advocated a pre-emptive action by Israel, the U.S., or both to postpone, if not prevent, the Mullahs from achieving their objective.

For example, attacking the Bushehr nuclear facility alone would be a nightmare, releasing radiation into the atmosphere. To attack Iran’s nuclear facilities will not only provoke unnecessary war, but it could also unleash clouds of radiation far beyond the targets and the borders of Iran. In addition, it is almost a certainty that the Islamic Republic would retaliate by hitting Israel’s Dimona nuclear complex. Everyone loses.

The best strategy with the greatest chance of success and the least risk of starting a cataclysmic chain reaction is for a “coalition of the willing,” to borrow a phrase, to rally behind the Iranian opposition. Democracy-seeking secular Iranians are thoroughly capable of dislodging the tyrannical Mullahs.

We should also remember that Iran sits on many large, active fault lines. Of the major earthquakes that do occur in Iran, many are stronger than magnitude six on the Richter scale. Should, say, the Bushehr plant be hit by an earthquake, it would be catastrophic, not only to the entire region but beyond.

Today, Israel has reunited Jerusalem and provided unrestricted freedom of religion. Access of all faiths to the Holy Places in the unified City of Peace is assured. The story of Israel’s rebirth is indeed a miracle, yet challenges have remained, threatening the existence of this tiny ancient country filled with a rich culture.

As we watch, we pray for Israel and the Jewish people for everlasting peace and prosperity.

It doesn’t make any difference whether you are pro-Israel or not. If another holocaust looms, it leaves Israel with no alternatives but to lash out without pause or restraint at those who wish to destroy the Jewish State.

Happy 76th Birthday, Israel

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




What 2024 Polls Really Tell Us

By Lex Greene

May 13, 2024

My favorite line about polls and statistics is, 99% of all statistics are made up on the spot to suit someone’s agenda, and man is that true when it comes to modern political polling data. Today, most Americans don’t even care how accurate the information is, they will share the polls of their choice, so long as it suits their agenda.

It’s called “selective push-polling.” Political operatives need their loyal followers to remain loyal, believing that their candidate is some messiah with a good chance of winning. It’s a critical component to the general “divide and conquer” mission of the elites in control of all governments. It’s also very important when it comes to campaign donations. Most people won’t donate to someone perceived to have no chance.

In modern times, push-polls are also being used to prepare voters for manipulated stolen elections. No matter how blatantly obvious and visible mass election fraud is, the people will still believe the “steal” so long as it appears consistent with pre-election polling data.

Push-polling is when they frame a question in such manner as to elicit a prescribed response to suit the agenda.

EXAMPLE: Do you support women’s Rights?

Of course, most Americans support “women’s Rights” every time they are asked this question. The agenda isn’t “women’s Rights” though, it’s “abortion” rights. The poll asked if people support women’s Rights, and of course most people do. But then the reporting on those poll results reads “majority of Americans support abortion.” That’s not what the poll asked, and that is how push-polling works.

Selective polling is when those being polled have a known ideological leaning on a subject. Of course, if the Biden Team polls only democrat voters, Biden will likely perform well in that poll, allowing Team Biden to claim he is ahead in the polls. Likely, Trump polls aimed at republican voters will deliver the same desired outcome for Trump, allowing team Trump to declare that he’s ahead in the polls.

As a result, Team Biden will likely poll people who watch MSNBC, while Team Trump might poll Fox News viewers…and that’s why you can’t rely on any polling data, for the most part. Most polls are “selective push polls” with a predetermined goal.

But what are the 2024 polls really telling us about the 2024 election cycle?

#1 – Almost half of the country, a reported 41%, anticipate a second Civil War as a result of this election cycle, no matter who wins, while 49% have doubts. “Thirty-seven percent of voters think a civil war is more likely If President Joe Biden wins reelection; 25% think civil war is more likely if former President Donald Trump wins.”

#2 – Nobody trusts Congress“The poll of 1,813 U.S. adult citizens May 5-7 found that only 12% approved of Congress’ performance, while 61% disapproved and 18% had no opinion.”

#3 – Most don’t trust the Supreme Court or the current justice system either. “The Supreme Court fared slightly better, with 32% approval and 54% disapproval.”

#4 – People no longer trust any political figure at any level. “The poll also found that all public and elected officials, regardless of political affiliation, are generally viewed more unfavorably than favorably.”

#5 – Few trust the current economic experts. “When asked whether the economy is improving or worsening, only 18% said it was getting better, while 54% said it was worsening.” – “just 24% described the current state of the economy as excellent or good, while 43% described it as poor, and 39% believe the country is already in a recession.”

In other words, the vast majority of Americans no longer trust the Federal Government at all, any branch, any agency, no matter who’s in charge.

The people no longer trust the U.S. news media either, seen as nothing more than global Marxist propaganda machines now, hiding truths from the people, while continually spewing well-known outright lies 24/7 to support a “global” agenda, and undermining everything the USA has ever been.

And this is why a growing number of Americans see a civil war somewhere in our near future. They have lost any faith in the system designed to prevent a second civil war, because that system has become so corrupt and anti-American that the people believe, with increasing regularity, that sooner or later, they will have to take matters into their own hands to restore and preserve our Constitutional Republic.

Many years ago, I was doing a radio interview at about the time the “Tea Party” started rising to rebuke the corrupt nature of our runaway federal government. At the same time, an opposition group was rising under the label “99-percenters,” favoring socialism and totalitarianism for the American future, based upon 99% “poor” against the 1% “uber-wealthy.”

I was asked about these two competing groups in that interview, and my response was… The 99-percenters almost have it right, almost…

Sooner or later, it will be 99% against the 1%, but not based upon the poor versus the wealthy, or socialists versus conservatives, nor will it be in support of socialism or totalitarianism. Instead, it will be the 99% governed against the 1% who have turned our government against every American citizen.

2024 marks that time in history when a uniting of citizens from all past political affiliations will come together to defeat the runaway criminal enterprise called “the Federal Government,” the real 99% governed, against the corrupt 1% governing elites. How the hell has a thousand governing elites gained total maniacal control over 330-million legal Americans?

Here’s what most American voters have learned in the past four years…

  • Politicians are not trustworthy, none of them.
  • Our Federal Government is of, by, and for, itself.
  • Our Federal Government has been weaponized against ALL Americans, including the frontrunning opponent to the DC cabal, the people’s candidate, Trump.
  • Almost no one in power today is actually “on our side.”
  • The Constitutional System of self-governance is all but gone.
  • Politicians have divided the electorate in order to conquer all citizens.
  • Our tax dollars are being used to defeat the taxpayers.
  • Every penny in taxes is “taxation without representation” now.
  • The global left (WEF Partners) will stop at nothing to destroy our country.
  • No one against reformer candidate Trump, is actually a Republican, much less a conservative.

Most of all, Americans are finally waking up to the reality that Barack Hussein Obama, the greatest “community organizer” of all time, via ACT BLUE international funding, BLM, ANTIFA, and numerous Soros .orgs, has indeed kept his 2008 promise to “fundamentally transform America” into a toilet, where at least two young generations have been raised on socialist indoctrination, no longer capable of self-reliance or self-governance.

Instead, we now see the generations raised by Hillary Clinton’s village idiots, taking over our cities in support of well-known terrorists like Hamas, chanting “death to America.” They now represent the biggest racist group in America calling for the “ethnic cleansing of Jews,” the killing of “whites” and total control over every citizen by using more than 15-million new “illegal aliens” to redistrict the nation and vote out legal American citizens!

2024 marks the election cycle in which the American people, no matter past partisan views, must and likely will, come together to defeat the D.C. cabal of criminal miscreants, and preserve our Constitutional Republic, freedom, and liberty for all, by refusing to fall for the massive efforts to demonize every American who wants to see our country become free and great again.

It is 99% against 1% now… us against them. The only people who don’t know it yet are the deeply indoctrinated who were raised to prefer total government dependence over individual freedom and liberty.

But they too, will soon learn. I pray they will learn the easy way, peacefully through legitimate nationwide election integrity, instead of a civil war. But either way, they must be taught the true value of freedom and liberty, and that their utopian Marxist dreams have failed everywhere on earth they have ever been tried.

It’s up to the awake, to fix the woke… no matter what it takes! Or freedom and liberty will very soon exist nowhere on earth!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Earth Day 2050: Our Society Is Not Prepared For The Future

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 13, 2024

Part 4: Blip in time, resources, energy exhaustion, what it takes to keep this civilization operating.

“Mother Earth has been talking to us ever since her beginning. She smiles through sunshine, cries through rainfall and screams through storms. And now, more than ever, paying attention to the many moods of the earth is crucial, as we face climate change and detrimental weather events that place people at risk. Life as we know it depends on the health of the planet, and that’s why Earth Day, which falls on April 22, is so important.” —Manal Aman, Lilli Iannella

To give you a startling metaphor in the last part of this series on Earth Day 2024, let’s rediscover April 15, 1912 when the H.M.S. Titanic churned too fast, too blind and too stupidly through the iceberg-filled North Atlantic Ocean. Captain Edward John Smith, thinking his Titanic provided an invincible steamship, plowed through the dark night at full speed. He wanted to make a record run to New York harbor. Such arrogance combined with the time of year and the absolute knowledge that monstrous icebergs floated everywhere in that area, proved fatal to him, his crew and his passengers. A horrifying 1,517 innocent lives died when the Titanic sank. Again, a cautionary tale for America, Canada and Europe!

Do you notice that every time you turn around in America, someone pitches you to buy a faster Internet connection. We’ve gone from 2 G’s to 5 G’s to 10 G’s. If you buy an item from Amazon, you can expect it to arrive within 24 hours in many cases. Car spokespersons promise to carry you at screaming speeds to your next destination. Computers do everything but dance the Charleston.

But everything takes energy to unearth, transport, manufacture, ship and sell at destination. Everything takes water, food and air to allow our civilization to remain sustainable…and to function.

Here’s the rub: there is not ONE SINGLE politician or mainstream media outlet informing you or educating you to the absolute fact that exponential growth cannot continue.

“The greatest shortcoming of the human race is our inability to understand the exponential function.” ―Albert A. Bartlett

That term, “exponential growth” means endless growth, like a cancer cell, which always kills its host. He was my friend for 30 years. I still keep his letters in my files. He educated me. He inspired me. His quotes are timeless and sobering.

“We must realize that growth is but an adolescent phase of life which stops when physical maturity is reached. If growth continues in the period of maturity it is called obesity or cancer. Prescribing growth as the cure for the energy crisis has all the logic of prescribing increasing quantities of food as a remedy for obesity.” ―Albert A. Bartlett

Yet, in his and my State of Colorado, after he gave 1,600 lectures on what’s coming to our civilization as to human overpopulation, the leaders of Denver and other cities continue to build homes, apartments, businesses without any thought of the “human iceberg” awaiting all of us. That goes for the rest of the country. We are on course, like the Titanic trying to make it to New York harbor at record speed, to add 100,000,000 (million) more people by 2050. That’s 4,000,000 net gain, annually for the next 26 years.

“’Smart growth’ destroys the environment. ‘Dumb growth’ destroys the environment. The only difference is that ‘smart growth’ does it with good taste. It’s like booking passage on the Titanic. Whether you go first-class or steerage, the result is the same.” —Al Bartlett

Since the mainstream media won’t educate you, and politicians continue to explode our population via legal and illegal immigration into America, you cannot count on knowing or understanding what Americans face in 26 short years. But I can tell you this: it’s gonna’ get really ugly for anyone living in that 2040 to 2050 decade when America hits that 100 million added human “resource competitors.”

They, that’s you and/or your kids, will be competing for water, energy, food, resources, clean air, and everything we take for granted in 2024. And, if catastrophic climate destabilization, which is driven by human population growth, really arrives with a vengeance, you’re going to find that our civilization will go the way of Easter Island, the dinosaurs or the way of every species that cannot feed, water, warm and sustain itself.

There are plenty of books showing with incredible accuracy as to what we face:

♦ Blip: Humanity’s 300 Year Self-Terminating Experiment with Industrialism by Christopher O. Clugston. He shows when all those resources required to allow this civilization to operate—will be exhausted. Our civilization will not be able to operate. We will collapse.
♦ The End of Nature by Bill McKibben. Remember that we keep killing 1,000,000 roadkill’s 24/ 7 in America, alone! How will any animals have a chance to live with their habitat being turned to pavement as well as them being slaughtered on our highways, in the air and on the water? As human numbers add another 1,000,000,000 of ourselves to reach 9 million or more by 2050, how in the hell does Nature’s other creatures stand a chance?
♦ The Long Emergency by James Howard Kunstler will give you a blow by blow account of life when that “human iceberg” smashes into our civilization.
♦ Out of Gas: The End of the Age of Oil by David Goodstein. He shows what we face when oil is gone. Guess what? Electric cars and conservation won’t solve anything!
♦ Peak Everything by Richard Heinberg. His book chronicles much the same as Clugston’s book—Blip.
♦ There another 20 books saying the same thing about our future.

In other words, we’re in SO DAM*ED MUCH TROUBLE, there’s no way we’re going to keep this civilization operating. If you’re alive in 2050, you and your family is screwed as the wheels fall off our ability to feed, warm and sustain ourselves. Yes, you hear all this cheery stuff on Earth Day, but it’s a national farce—because since 1970, everything has gotten worse because humans added 4.5 billion more of ourselves. We dumped 170 trillion pieces of plastic into our oceans. It’s sickening what we’ve done to this planet. It won’t tolerate humans much longer.

What can you do? Answer: a great deal. In my book, America’s Overpopulation Predicament: Blindsiding Future Generations by Frosty Wooldridge, I give three huge chapters on what you can do at the local, state, national and international arenas.

By acting, future generations stand a chance. By doing nothing, your kids or anyone living around 2050 will experience pretty much what happened to those passengers on the Titanic.

That pretty much sums up Earth Day 2024. What will Earth Day 2050 look like? Take a guess!

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Happy Church, Little Resistance of Evil and the Powers of Darkness

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 12, 2024

I wish I had the words and the ability to express in such a way that all of America would see that we are in such spiritual disarray because of our false religion. Jesus and His First Century Church is our example as it was lived out by the disciples of Jesus in the Book of Acts for us to see and we are not even in the ballpark or even close to that example in our churches in America today!! As a result, we are in such danger that I do not have the words to express also. I learned a long time ago that I can’t make anyone see anything. People that have eyes that see not and ears that hear not, Jesus did not spend a lot of time with them. He gave them truth and if they did not act on it, Jesus simply moved on without them and left them to their devices!!!

Leonard Ravenhill once said, “The world outside there is not waiting for a new definition of Christianity. It’s waiting for a new demonstration of true Christianity. In the First Century, while He was on this earth, Jesus cleansed the temple; today He would cleanse the pulpits of America from religious humanist false pastors.” I might add, He would cleanse the podcast, seminars, and many books written today!!!

Paris Reidhead said in a sermon, “Paul warned us in Colossians 2:8 not to be taken captive by philosophy and empty deception but today our subtle philosophy and deception is religious humanism. You can define religious humanism as a philosophical statement that declares, “The end of all things is the happiness of man.” The liberal says, “The end of religious humanism is to make man happy while he is alive and the fundamentalist says the end of religious humanism is to make man happy when he dies.” This is unchristian and the betrayal of the ages. And it is a betrayal in which we live and I don’t see how God can revive this. True Biblical Christianity says, “The end of all being is the glory of God.”

Didn’t God intend to make man happy? Yes, but as a byproduct not a prime product. What is the philosophy of missions, of evangelism, and of a Christian? If our motive is we don’t want people living a life of suffering and misery and going to hell, then we are using the provision of Jesus Christ as a means to improve upon human conditions of suffering and misery and thus, we are motivated by religious humanism

I would like to see some people repent on Biblical terms again. Here is somebody trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity, no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger. I would like to see God so descend on people that they would repent because they had a revelation of the holiness of God, and in the light of that, they have seen the enormity of their sin against God and God so penetrated their minds and hearts they would fall to the ground in brokenness over their spiritual condition not their living conditions.

“Lord Jesus, I am going to obey You, and love You and serve You, and do what You want me to do as long as I live, even if I go to hell at the end of the road, simply because you are worthy to be loved and obeyed and served, and I’m not trying to make a deal with you. There is only one reason for God meeting you and that is to bring you to the place where in repentance you have been pardoned for His glory and in victory you have been brought to the place of death that He might rule in your life. And in His fullness, Jesus Christ is able to live and walk in you and your attitude is the attitude of the Lord Himself who said, “I can do nothing of myself. I can’t speak of myself – I don’t make plans for myself because my only reason for being is the glory of God.”

And if you don’t know the fullness of the Holy Spirit, then present your body a living sacrifice and let Him fill you so you can have the purpose for His death on the cross fulfilled in you so the Lord Jesus can get glory through your life and the people you influence. IT’S NOT WHAT YOU ARE GOING TO GET OUT OF GOD. IT’S WHAT GOD IS GOING TO GET OUT OF YOU. Let’s be done with this false humanist philosophy of Christianity in our day brought on by positive pastors and their sermonettes that make God a means instead of the glorious end that He is. MAY THE LAMB THAT WAS SLAIN RECEIVE THE REWARD OF HIS SUFFERING” (Paris Reidhead)

Pastor Paris Reidhead is a man who lived and preached the true gospel How many times have we seen people come down the altar, crying because they heard a sermon that hell is hot and “were trembling because he or she is going to be hurt in hell but they have no sense of the enormity of their guilt, no sense of the enormity of their crime, no sense of the enormity of their insult against Deity no sense of their rebellion against God, no sense of God’s righteousness, of His holiness, of His justice, the justice of His wrath and anger” and some pastor or counselor who immediately leads that person to repeat Romans 10:9, and after they confess with their mouth, they are declared a Christian. That pastor or counselor, who probably abhors abortion, just aborted a new birth because that was not a new birth from above; it was humanism and it had nothing to do with the heart and spiritual condition but everything to do with their human condition of suffering.

Our churches are full of these “false conversions” and most will never change their life and cannot live by every Word that proceeds out of the mouth of God. God does not rule our pastors and the life of churchgoers because they have never been brought to a place of death so God can rule in their life and in our nation. That is why we have made a false religion, a sectarian sect, and we have reduced Christianity to going to a building on a certain day. That is also why their lives do not influence anyone or a nation to give God the glory.

We are making a huge spiritual mistake if we think we can revive this religious system and wrong mindset currently operating in America. Americans do not understand the sovereignty of a King. We live in a nation where we can criticize the President and voice our opinion or our private interpretation of the Word of God on Facebook. But this mindset is suicide for Christians. God is Sovereign and what He says is law and is to be obeyed. We have no opinions, or private interpretations of what He says in the Word. We are to obey it period!!! God is clear in the Word of God. Faith without works is dead. We are to read the Word of God and act on it. That is obedience. We are not to sat in our church buildings passively, and watch this world being destroyed and expect the rapture to deliver us out of here.

The church is given gifts to the Body to equip the saints for the work of ministry and for war. There is a war going on between good and evil and we are commanded to show up at the battlefield, wherever it is, with the full armor of God and His weapons – His Name, His power, and His authority to stand and resist the lies of Satan and anyone who exalts themselves against the Word of God in our culture. James 4:7, is plain as day, “Submit to God; resist the devil and he will flee from you.” God has defeated Satan at the cross and He has given us authority over all the works of the power of darkness. A warning: If you are not resisting Satan; he will overcome you as he has done to so many in America!!!

We must read the Book of Acts until we get their mindset. Our spiritual responsibility is to go into all the world, door to door, resist evil, make disciples, expose the unfruitful works of darkness. The work of God is not done in the church building but out in the culture in which we live. America has been captured by Satan and his hordes of demonic occult’s and New World Order and the church in America has been captured by religion, false philosophy (Colossians 2:8) and false pastors and we must rid ourselves of these immediately.

Now I want to address the true, faithful Remnant of God in this nation. Our attitude today is to have more seminars, podcasts, gatherings to get to know each other better and to learn more about ourselves and what is going on in our nation. We are in a war against our nation. We are very close to the collapse of many parts of our nation – by design!!! Time is not on our side.

In 1964, I was on the USS SEGUNDO (SS-398) and we sailed into the war zone of Viet Nam. Everything on that boat changed. We weren’t thinking of fellowship, getting to know each other better. We knew we were in a war zone and our mission was to keep that boat afloat and resisting the enemy as we were commanded.

Today in America, we are in a war zone. We have not taken the time to recognize our visitation. It is still religious business as usual – we are still having seminars, Bible studies, and fellowship meetings. We need to stop this now!!! We must lay battle plans to stand and resist this enemy in our nation. Our enemy is well organized and on the same page. The Remnant of God is not organized throughout America and we have no plan of resistance against our enemies.

God has the plan; the Remnant just needs to get in on it and implement God’s plan. We have our orders and we have been given our weapons and now we need to implement God’s plan of resistance of our enemies. Our enemies are committed to destroying us, enslaving us and our children into bondage and even kill us!!!! They really “hate” the Bible and those who follow God!!! THAT IS WHY WE NEED AN ACTIVE GODLY RESISTANCE FORCE IN AMERICA!!!!!

This is not the time to be a coward or fearful and try to save your life. Jesus is clear. In spiritual war there are no safe zones, no hiding places or playing it safe. Jesus said, “If you try to save your life you will lose it but if you lose your life for My sake, you will save it.” I don’t need to be hyped up or encouraged, or manipulated to obey Jesus Christ. I have the love for Jesus in my heart to do that and if that is not enough, I have the fear of God!!!

In the underground church in China, they operate with a spirit of resistance to the Chinese government. No pastor in China teaches the Hitlerian interpretation of Romans 13 as do many of the pastors of America. The Scriptures in Romans 13 are clear. We are to obey government. But when our government or any government requires that we participate in evil or anything contrary to Scriptures, we are not only not to obey the government, we are to resist. Most of the churches in America are failing to do this.

It is decision time for the Remnant in America. We have a faithful LORD and King and if we will meet Him on the battlefield, He will give us the victory against evil. We have work to do because one day we will stand before the King and answer to Him for what we did with what He gave to us. God bless, I remain His warrior and watchman, Glynn Adams

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




The Absurdity of the Two State Solution Crowd

By Pastor Mike Spaulding

May 12, 2024

Asking why we continue to see and read of the hatred and vitriolic rants against the nation of Israel often sounds like a “broken record.” I have surmised that we will continue to hear and see the incessant spewing of Antisemitism because those expressing these views are short on reason, rational thinking, and logical, analytical deduction skills. This is not meant as an insult. This is observably true. What else can possibly explain the lack of comprehension among so many?

A simple way to address the widespread disinformation and subsequent rants of those who hate Israel would be to ask a series of questions and wait for an accurate and meaningful response. For example, I would ask someone who has expressed the kind of thinking that denigrates Israel as the sole cause of the many issues facing the region, this simple question: “When did the Palestinian people organize their land and establish its local governing authorities?” Israel is always spoken of as occupying the land of the Palestinians, so when did the Palestinians organize their land and set up a government to govern it and them? The answer of course, is, never. There is no such thing as the land of the Palestinians or Palestine.

Any honest historian will state that the Palestinian “problem” was created by Arab and Muslim nations who refused to admit those Arabs and Muslims who fled Israel in 1947-48 at their insistence. When Arabs and Muslims left Israel, the people including the leadership of the new nation asked them to stay. Today, the same problem exists because Arab and Muslim nations will not allow the Palestinians to immigrate to their countries. Those nations see the Palestinians as both a bargaining chip against Israel and a likely domestic problem for peace if allowed to immigrate. The reality is that the Arab and Muslim nations will never permit the Palestinians to enter their nation because along with them come the dangerous tentacles of Hamas and Hezbollah. There is much to be gained by the Israel haters by continuing the erroneous global optics of Israel as the villain in the story of the Palestinians.

The so-called ethnic cleansing decried on college campuses across America is also logically a non-starter. How is Israel committing genocide against the Palestinian people when the population of the Palestinians continues to grow? If there is a genocide ongoing, it is being perpetrated by the terror groups which rule Gaza and Lebanon with an iron fist. The Palestinian people are nothing more than expendable chattel in the hands of Hamas, Hezbollah, and their masters, the Iranian mullahs.

Perhaps the most potent question one could ask of someone blinded by their hatred toward Israel is this: “Can you name one Arab, Muslim, or Palestinian leader who has stated publicly and is affirming among his group of constituents that as a part of a separate Palestinian State, Israel has a right to her land in which to live in peace and security?”

Today’s virtue signaling, communist loving, Israel hating, Palestinian sympathizers, have no depth of understanding concerning global politics, and they certainly do not have any historical perspective. The Oslo Accords and the Camp David Summit in 2000 resulted in a basic framework for a Palestinian State. The continuing issue is that while the Arab and Muslim leaders smile for the cameras and receive the applause of the Western world for their determination to bring peace to the region, these same leaders speak a very different message to their constituents. That message is “We will never be at peace with the Jewish occupiers of OUR land; we will only drive them into the sea and out of existence. Then the land will be cleansed and returned to us.” Arab and Muslim doctrine dictates that if a territory was ever occupied by Muslims, it belongs to Allah into perpetuity. Thus, the leaders of the Palestinians lie to the West but tell the truth of their intentions to their people.

Unless the Arab and Muslim leaders start telling the truth about their intentions, there will never be an acceptable two state solution. Israel knows the truth. The West refuses to allow it to see the light of day. It seems incredible to consider but President Biden is doing all he can to force the issue on Israel by threatening to withhold armaments required to continue to purge the region of terror. How absurd is it to stop Israel from doing the entire world a favor by destroying Hamas? How absurd is it to have a US President protect terrorists by deterring Israel?

Now, we must also consider of highest importance what the Bible has to say about Israel. Here I remind people that Yahweh has spoken many promises over His people Israel. Whether we consider the Abrahamic, Mosaic, or Davidic Covenant, there remain unfulfilled promises to this day. You have two choices to make concerning the Covenants. You can say that Yahweh will fulfill them to His people Israel, or you can believe that Yahweh is finished with Israel and the Covenant promises now belong to the Christian church. If you choose to believe the latter, that Yahweh has abandoned His people Israel, you are faced with believing what the Bible explicitly refutes. Consider in the least that Yahweh has promised to give to Israel an everlasting inheritance (Genesis 17:89; Zechariah 12:9-11; Luke 21:20, 24; Acts 1:6).

The Apostle Paul informed the believers in Rome that:

For I do not want you, brethren, to be uninformed of this mystery—so that you will not be wise in your own estimation—that a partial hardening has happened to Israel until the fullness of the Gentiles has come in; and so all Israel will be saved; just as it is written,

“The Deliverer will come from Zion,
He will remove ungodliness from Jacob.”
“This is My covenant with them,
When I take away their sins.”

From the standpoint of the gospel they are enemies for your sake, but from the standpoint of God’s choice they are beloved for the sake of the fathers; for the gifts and the calling of God are irrevocable.

All Israel will be saved. This has meaning within the context of the Tribulation, about which the angel Gabriel informed Daniel that a future time of Tribulation would come which would involve Daniel’s people, Daniel’s holy city, and the process by which Yahweh would save all Israel (See Daniel 9:24-27; and Zechariah 12).

Finally, Yahweh’s promises concerning His people Israel are summed up well in Jeremiah 31:35-37.

Thus says the Lord,
Who gives the sun for light by day
And the fixed order of the moon and the stars for light by night,
Who stirs up the sea so that its waves roar;
The Lord of hosts is His name:

“If this fixed order departs
From before Me,” declares the Lord,
“Then the offspring of Israel also will cease
From being a nation before Me forever.”

Thus says the Lord,
“If the heavens above can be measured
And the foundations of the earth searched out below,
Then I will also cast off all the offspring of Israel
For all that they have done,” declares the Lord.

Unfortunately, even here, there are some who reject the clear and literal biblical narrative concerning Israel. We are living in a unique time indeed.

© 2024 Mike Spaulding – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: drmichaelspaulding@gmail.com

E-Mail Mike Spaulding: pastormike@cclohio.org




Understanding the Sovereignty of God

By Pastor Butch Paugh

May 12, 2024

“I have lived, sir, a long time and the longer I live, the more convincing proofs I see of this truth:  That God governs in the affairs of men.”  (Partial Quote) Ben Franklin.

While I fully realize that in life Franklin was certainly not a born again believer in Christ, at least not for most of his life, since at one time he was a member of the “Hell Fire Club”.  It would behoove the reader to research this for themselves.  But this fact still does not preclude the fact that Franklin was correct in his famous quote.  The only true sovereign that ultimately rules in all affairs of mankind desires that His crowning creation would recognize of his own free will, the need to accept His authority in all spheres of man’s governments, personal, family, church and civil.  Unfortunately, history has very clearly proven that mankind is totally incapable in his fallen nature to follow God’s will in his personal life, much less in the civil sphere.  But that does not change the truth that God always has and always will see His word fulfilled on earth as it is in Heaven!  Mankind will either be governed by God and His “governmental” laws, or he will be judged by those same laws!  Individually, as the church and nationally!  Obviously man has been judged by God’s standards in the past, is still today and will be in the final judgment.

Now I have said all of the above to set the foundation of the point of truth I would like to establish in this article.  This is going to shock a lot of folks and upset several in many cases I’m sure.  God does not care what type of earthly government a nation establishes!   A monarchy, democracy, oligarchy or a republic to name a few.  Of course He abhors evil rulers who persecute His people for obedience to Him over themselves.  But keep in mind that He will use evil rulers to punish His people for their rebellion against Him and His Kingdom laws!  Ps. 106:40-42 is just one example.  As John Calvin stated “When God wants to judge a nation, He gives them wicked rulers”.

A Kingdom (monarchy), a democracy (majority rule), oligarchy (a small group of men ruling), or a republic (people rule through elected representative) can all be a glory to God and be blessed of Him if they lead or govern according to His Laws, statutes and judgments!  For those who perhaps learned a little American history before it was “changed” to fit our modern educational public “fool” system, you may remember this story about Ben Franklin.  A lady by the name of Elizabeth Willing Powell asked Mr. Franklin, “Well, doctor, what have we got, a republic or a monarchy?”  Franklin’s answer was “A Republic if you can keep it.”

Whether a government is of one, a few or by the people, unless it is built solidly on the foundation of Jesus Christ and His teachings, it cannot and will not last long.  All will inevitably “devolve” into chaos, tyranny and finally collapse!  (Ps. 9:17)

As we have already established God’s sovereign will ultimately will be fulfilled.  Ps. 76:10 says, “Surely the wrath (anger, poison, rage) of man shall praise thee:  the remainder of wrath shalt thou restrain.”  Man’s evil will not in any way interfere with God’s sovereign plan for His creation.  But, do not be deceived, God is not mocked!  It has always been man’s “duty” to obey the laws of God at all times in all areas of life, personal or public! (Gal. 6:7) (Ecc. 12:13)  If men and women would only self-govern themselves according to God’s Word and demand their leaders do the same, any and all forms of civil authority would glorify God and nations would be peaceful and prosperous.  Erwin W. Lutzer said, “When God is separated from government we are forced to accept arbitrary laws.  Either God is the lawgiver or man is; either we derive our laws from the theistic universal values, or we say that the individual countries or cultures are the lawgivers.  Either God is supreme or the state is supreme.”  In order for those who govern to become tyrants, the people must surrender their will and obey their new “gods!”  To remain silent in the face of evil or tyranny is to acquiesce to that evil/tyranny.  To acquiesce is to comply and in so doing, support the evil itself.

We are “commanded” in Deut. 17:14-20 to only choose/elect “men” (brethren) that God chooses.  We are not to select a stranger/non-Christian for any reason.  We have been conditioned, deceived and entitled to believe the damnable lie that we have to choose the lesser of the evils offered to us by the “elite”.  After all we have been told a little evil is better than more evil.  So as Christians, we “must” choose the lesser evil!  We have ignored to our own destruction (I Cor. 5:67 and Gal 5:9)

Francis Schaeffer made a statement in the 1970’s, “There are times in which anyone with a shred of moral principle should be profoundly angry, we live in such times”.  But, as in the past, we are seeing the fulfilment of God’s Word in Jer. 5:31.  The people not only condone the evil, they love to have it so!

Two more quotes and three more scriptures in closing.  Albert Einstein said, “The world is a dangerous place to live; not because of the people who are evil, but because of the people who don’t do anything about it”.

As we are instructed in God’s Word to elect/appoint only Christian brethren in Christ as those given authority to lead and govern.  As with all, we can know them by their fruits.  In my lifetime of nearly seventy six years, I cannot think of a single instance in a national election that even “church goers” have followed this commandment.  Almost all of us have put our approval/vote on what we consider the “lesser” of evils!  Take an honest look at what this sinful compromise has wrought in America.  The “fruit” of our sin is not obeying the Word of God as referenced in the article is very obvious!

In November we will be expected to do the same thing again.  Biden or Trump!  Biden is an anti-christ as was his former boss, the homo Obama!  Trump says in the 2016 election that he was more “pro gay” than Hillary!  Melania Trump at a fundraiser as reported on ABC News, stated that she and her husband are starting a major voter outreach initiative to garner “conservative” gay and lesbian (sexual perverts) support in this election!  How dare we support either of these Godless men!!  Pro-American does not mean pro-Godly in either case!  God cannot and will not bless any nation that compromise His laws!  We know that there are no “perfect” men to vote for.  Even men with a sincere desire to follow God fall short!  But, only the willfully ignorant can even begin to believe that God would have us as Christians support either of these men as our leader!  (Jer. 12:5/Prov. 29:2 – 14:34, Ps. 9:17, Prov. 23:1-2)

You have been forewarned!  We must stop committing patriotic idolatry!  

Proverbs 29:7, “An unjust man is an abomination to the just; and he that is upright in the way is abomination to the wicked”.

Take careful heed to this in Proverbs 17:15, “He that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are abomination to the Lord.”

Proverbs 28:4 says “They (individuals or nations) that forsake the law praise the wicked:  but such as keep the law contend with them.

“All that it required for evil to triumph is for good men to do nothing.”  —Edmund Burke

© 2024 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com




Why the U.S. Ignores Islam’s Threat

By Amil Imani

May 11, 2024

Forget the left; they are already in cahoots with the Islamists, and they will assuredly be among the very first victims of Islam as soon as it assumes power. They both share an ideological milieu with an authoritarian mindset. Islam, with the help of the leftist media and the Democrat Partyhas been using the US Constitution against the American people to advance their Islamic agenda. 

The left has put America in a very precarious position by allying with America’s enemy. We are in a state of subversion, and most of us don’t even dare to name the enemy, which is Islam. It is no surprise. The so-called Democrat Party always allies itself with America’s hardcore enemies. It could be radical Muslims, illegal aliens, terrorists of all stripes, etc. For as long as they hate America, the Democrats consider them friends.

Many Americans are confused as to why Democrats back Islamic ideology, honor their holidays and customs, and promote them as “the religion of peace,” knowing full well that Islam is not a religion of peace. The answer is quite simple: The Democrat Party will do anything to stay in power. They stand with anyone who dislikes America and the Republican Party.

For those who wish to serve this great nation and hope to keep it on its course toward its glorious destiny, the left recoils. An unholy coalition has been placed by homicidal liberals with Islamists who wish to destroy our existing order of freedom and liberty.

When Democrats and their newfound allies don’t like what they hear, they resort to ridicule, accusations, and name-calling. In fact, they call everyone their favorite word, “racist” or Islamophobes.  The Republican Party is not far behind on this issue. No one, not a single elected official in the US Congress, has dared to raise the Islam issue and speak about this extremely important topic that is eating America alive.

So far, nothing has phased our representatives to get serious about Islamic issues and their agenda.

Not even the 9/11 attacks, when a group of Muslims killed nearly 3,000 people, made them think twice about stopping Islam’s ideology. Not an Islamic extremist massacring forty-nine people at a gay nightclub in Orlando, not San Bernardino, CA, where 14 people were killed, not Major Nadal Hassan, a Muslim psychiatrist who gunned down thirteen unarmed soldiers and injured 30 others while yelling Allah-o-Akbar at Ft. Hood, TX. Not Muslim snipers killing three men and two women in separate attacks over 15 hours in Montgomery County, MD. Not even Islamic terrorists detonated a massive truck bomb under the World Trade Center, killing six people and injuring over 1,000 trying to collapse the towers in New York City, and six people died. Not when ten members of a local mosque phoned in a false alarm and then ambushed the responding officers, killing one, in New York City. Not when a Pakistani with Mujahedeen ties gunned down two CIA agents outside of their headquarters, killing them in Langley, VA. Not when a ‘devout Muslim’ staged a suicide attack on a recruiting center at a strip mall and a Naval Center, which left five dead, in Chattanooga, TN, had any effect on US officials. The list goes on, but you get the point.

What can these elected officials do? The least they can do is pass laws that protect American citizens. It’s that easy. They can ban Sharia law in all 50 states, but they won’t. As you can see, these are not isolated issues. As a representative republic, it is incumbent upon these officials to make sure their fellow citizens are safe. But, these officials are also victims of another form of ideology: political correctness. The executive and legislative branches must sit down together and find a solution to this crisis; otherwise, future generations will find themselves in a political and religious war that they have never seen.

In Islamdom, they can dish out insults to non-Muslims and arrest Christians, Bahia’s, or the Jews just for praying. They can confiscate their Holy books and toss them in the trash. They call Jews pigs and monkeys and spit on anyone who isn’t Muslim. But they go into frenzies of self-righteous outrage at the slightest criticism of their barbaric and highly dangerous beliefs.

They never need to challenge the existing political order in our country but can achieve all their goals without bothering or violating the Constitution of the U.S. because the Constitution guarantees complete government non-interference toward religions. Finally, and the most important element perhaps, is the extreme coziness and appeasement of U.S. officials towards Islam and Muslims, which will recklessly and unknowingly drag the entire country and her citizens into an everlasting Islamic inferno, an inferno like the Islamic Republic in occupied Iran and other Islamic terrorist countries.

Even if most Muslims seek to adopt an American lifestyle, a great many Muslims are dead-set on using violence to make America conform to their barbaric way of life. Islam is a cancer. Cancer cells are always few at the beginning, and if left unchecked, they keep multiplying, eventually devouring the non-cancerous organism.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Preparing the Trial of Barack Hussein Obama

By Cliff Kincaid

May 11, 2024

[DISCLAIMER: The opinion in this article is the sole opinion of the author and is not necessarily the opinion of NewsWithViews.com, it’s employees, representatives, or other contributing writers.]

When he left the White House and let China Joe take over the Oval Office, President Trump made a big mistake. But another big mistake came earlier, when he failed to launch a criminal prosecution of Barack Hussein Obama. That is the subject of my report, “The Criminal Trial of Barack Hussein Obama,” making the case for his prosecution and imprisonment.

I have just sent Rep. James Comer of the House Oversight Committee a letter requesting a criminal referral against Obama. Read it here. He must move beyond the Biden Crime Family to the real source of the problem.

For his part, Trump was given bad advice by such people as Stephen K. Bannon, who was fired by Trump after he said Bannon had “lost his mind.” Bannon had no understanding of who or what Obama was. Trump was in the dark as well.

Today, Bannon is staking his career on Rep. Majorie Taylor Greene, whose motion to remove House Speaker Mike Johnson was supported by only 11 Republicans. Her demand for zero funding for Ukraine led to the moniker “Moscow Marjorie.”

It is sad. She does a lot of good work. But on Ukraine, she and other “Republicans” like Stephen K. Bannon have embarrassed themselves.

The problem is not aid to Ukraine; it is not enough aid. Similarly, Biden (Obama) wants Israel to lose its war against Hamas. These are no-win wars that benefit our enemies. The solution, however, is not to let Ukraine and Israel be slaughtered by their enemies. The solution is a new president that wants to defeat Russia and China and save America from Obama-style Marxism.

Greene is a lightweight on foreign policy. No, she is worse than that. She is a dupe of the Russians.

Speaker Mike Johnson is not the problem. Biden is not the problem. It is Obama. He is behind the policies that have given us wars in Europe and the Middle East. He is behind the open borders.

His main strategist Steve Phillips declares in a new book that they will “WIN” the civil war. That is the war we find ourselves in.

This is not to say that the House Republicans have not made serious mistakes. They expelled Rep. George Santos, who fudged the facts about his background. But it was Barack Hussein Obama who campaigned under false pretenses as a Christian when he was a Marxist mole with sympathies for radical Islam. His policies are still guiding the Biden Administration.

Despite predictions of a MAGA Red Wave on November 8, 2022, Barack Hussein Obama pulled it off. America’s first Marxist president emerged from the shadows and orchestrated a Democratic Party comeback that has effectively blocked any Republican effort in Congress to root out communism and corruption. This is not Speaker Johnson’s fault.

The puppet master behind China Joe, Obama understands Marxist strategies of gaining and maintaining power. He outmaneuvered the naïve MAGA Republicans who believed their own propaganda of a Red Tsunami.

Stephen K. Bannon and other self-proclaimed MAGA spokesmen had predicted massive Republican gains, including 50 seats or more in the House. Republicans obtained a slim House majority and now Bannon and Greene take it out on Speaker Johnson. President Trump, however, is strongly backing Johnson’s efforts to hold the Republicans in the House together.

Meanwhile, Obama strategist Steve Phillips’ new book on How We Win the Civil War is mobilizing the Marxist political machine.

The MAGA movement needs to understand how communists overthrow non-communist majorities and make democracies into dictatorships. A good place to start is the 1961 House Committee on Un-American Activities analysis of the book How Parliament can Play a Revolutionary Part in Transition to Socialism. It is one of the most amazing Communist documents of our time.

Obama is committed to winning not only the new American Civil War but what Bertil Haggman, director of the Center for Research on Geopolitics in Sweden, calls a “planetary civil war.” We are in the middle of this revolution, which has been carried forward by Barack Hussein Obama, as we saw in his appearances on the campaign trail in 2022. He is the real power behind China Joe and has already been on the campaign trial this year, too.

I recently got this piece of fan mail:

“I think I’m your biggest fan. I discovered you through Trevor Loudon. U2 are my favorites. I constantly put your videos up on all social media platforms. Trevor has millions of videos but I don’t have that many for you. Is there somewhere I can access all your videos so I can blast them all over social media? I remember hearing you speak once and you said that YouTube screwed you and removed all your videos. Hopefully You have them backed up somewhere. Your biggest supporter.”

This was encouraging. But he failed to donate. He does not realize how difficult it is to maintain a non-profit educational organization and comply with all the federal and state regulations. Under massive attack and censorship, we have been defunded and are currently in debt.

With your support, we intend to return to social media with some of our 500 anti-communist videos that were censored by YouTube. But I must get current with the rules and regulations and that means thousands of dollars for audits and registrations with the states. Not to mention filing a 990 form with the IRS. That is the reality.

Thank you in advance for your support.

Please go to our “Give” page and support our work by getting our book The Sword of Revolution. It is a secure site.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net




Oregon Governor, Her Spouse, Their Media all Censoring Information

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 10, 2024

Cats Queued at the Kitty-box

In the interview below, I respond to several important and relevant questions about my campaign for the office of Oregon’s Secretary of State. The interviewers didn’t seem to care much about the major functions of the office, like Chief Elections Officer, Chief State Auditor, or two other major roles, one as a member of the State Land Board or as the chair of the Oregon Sustainability Board. Rather, the interviewers were geared up to establish a beachhead on a couple of fronts: 1) Denial of Quorum, 2) Work Ethic, 3) Election Integrity.

On Election Integrity I focused on TOA – Transparency, Openness and Accountability. I basically said,

Transparency and openness are the most relevant issues needing to be addressed. As an illustration, I participated in 2022, with a request for ballot images in Jackson County, one of the counties in my Senate District. These images are supposed to be available to the public for their perusal.

The county clerk responded with cost estimate of $982,896.17. This is not illustrative of a system that is transparent, fair, or accountable. As citizens we were interested in investigating the question of voter fraud yet were denied access. As a note, all County Clerks have a statutory requirement to keep, maintain and provide access for public review of all data for 2 years following every election.

Only, you can’t see without turning over a cool million-dollar wad of cash.

Did fraud exist; was it widespread or insignificant?

The public still does not know. The public was essentially denied access by the exorbitant one-million-dollar fee. The rule that created this charge came from the Secretary of State not the legislature and is a policy that deserves a thorough review.

I think you’ll see how the very best warriors in the left’s media brigade try to sculpt popular slogans into poignant questions. Like all modern media wizards this team failed to realize that their absurd slant on these important issues simply demeans the good citizens they’re trying to win into Biden’s camp.

It appears as though some form of ideological corruption (maybe, TDS – Trump Derangement Syndrome?) has taken hold and I see it as fatal to both Oregon and the Democrat party. Every week we see department and agency heads, the Governor and her spouse, and media outlets all censoring information, hiding data, and covering-up like cats queued at the Kitty-box.

When this interview was published the best the Oregonian reporters could muster was, “based on Linthicum’s strident election denial stance,” the Oregonian declined to endorse anyone on the GOP side of the ticket,

Surprised? 💨

I send this newsletter to 15,000 people. However most readers do not click internal newsletter links. This time, please click the link because the entire 30 minute clip is worth watching.

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com




Maine Becomes the Latest State to Throw Away The Republic

By Paul Engel

May 10, 2024

  • There’s a lie that has been repeated so many times, people think it’s black letter law.
  • Based on that lie, Maine has illegally joined 16 other states in a compact to elect the President by national popular vote.
  • This national popular vote myth is more than confusion about how we elect the President, it’s an attempt to destroy the republic.

Maine’s governor allowed an unconstitutional piece of legislation to become “law” without her signature. LD 1578, An Act to Adopt an Interstate Compact to Elect the President of the United States by National Popular Vote is not only foolish and unconstitutional, but the latest attempt to change the United States from a union of republics into a monolithic democracy. It seems, just as with the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Amendments in 1913, states are not only willing to give up their sovereignty, but to deprive their citizens of their rights in pursuit of socialism. After all, I believe it was Vladimir Lenin who said “Democracy is indispensable to socialism.”

I opened this article with several statements you may have found bold, even unwarranted. Let me start by proving my point.

The National Popular Vote Compact

When I say that LD 1578 is unconstitutional, I’m not talking about the appointment of presidential electors. The legislation claims to join “an Interstate Compact to Elect the President of the United States by National Popular Vote”. There’s one serious problem with that: Maine, in fact no state, has the Constitutional authority to enter into such a compact without the approval of Congress.

No State shall, without the Consent of Congress, … enter into any Agreement or Compact with another State, or with a foreign Power,

U.S. Constitution, Article I, Section 10, Clause 3

This whole National Popular Vote movement is just another attempt to get around the Constitution. In this case, the purpose appears to be to destroy the structure of this union. Since Article I, Section 10, Clause 3 of the Constitution prohibits Maine, and the 16 other states who claim to have joined this compact, from entering into such an agreement, this legislation is void, but that doesn’t mean it won’t be used to destroy this nation.

Not only is this movement an attempt to convert the United States from a republic of republics, as required by Article VI, Section 4 of the Constitution, into a democracy, I see in the mantra of those who are supporting it, the call for socialism that Vladimir Lenin warned us about: To replace the decision of the individual states with a collective voice driven by those who seek communism and control. In fact, this whole National Popular Vote is nothing by a lie.

National Popular Vote Lie

A lie repeated often enough becomes the truth.

unknown

Although often attributed to Vladimir Lenin, the origins of this idea can be traced all the back to an 1869 book entitled The Crown of a Life, where Isa Blagden said:

If a lie is only printed often enough, it becomes a quasi-truth, and if such a truth is repeated often enough, it becomes an article of belief, a dogma, and men will die for it.

Isa Blagden, The Crown of a Life, 1869

There is a lie that has been repeated in the United States since before I was born. This lie has passed beyond quasi-truth, article of belief, and even dogma, to be considered black letter law. What lie could hold such sway over the entire citizenry of the United States? That the people elect the President.

I have written repeatedly about the myth of the National Popular Vote and the process by which we elect the President and Vice-President of the United States, yet the lie persists. This lie has become such a part of our political lives that the ballots in two-thirds of our states repeat the lie every four years, claiming that the people are casting ballots for President, when that’s blatantly and observably not true.

Until recently, most states pointed out on their ballot that the people were not voting for candidates for President and Vice-President, but for electors pledged to those candidates. With all of the media and political focus on the non-existent “national popular vote”, states started pretending that the citizens were voting for candidates, even though those states were using the election to determine a slate of presidential electors. Thus promoting the lie by committing fraud (bait and switch), on their citizens. I believe the lie not only exists, but continues to grow for one central reason: Our general ignorance of the Constitution of the United States and the constitutional role of the presidency. Article II, Section 1, Clause 2 clearly states:

Each State shall appoint, in such Manner as the Legislature thereof may direct, a Number of Electors, equal to the whole Number of Senators and Representatives to which the State may be entitled in the Congress: but no Senator or Representative, or Person holding an Office of Trust or Profit under the United States, shall be appointed an Elector.

U.S. Constitution, Article II, Section 1, Clause 2

It’s the states that appoint electors and it’s these electors who will eventually elect the President and Vice-President, not the people. While the process was established in Article II, Section 1, it was modified with the Twelfth Amendment.

The Electors shall meet in their respective states and vote by ballot for President and Vice-President, one of whom, at least, shall not be an inhabitant of the same state with themselves;

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XII

In fact, the idea that people would vote for President and Vice-President did not even exist in the Constitution until January 1964 with the ratification of the Twenty-Fourth Amendment.

The right of citizens of the United States to vote in any primary or other election for President or Vice President, for electors for President or Vice President, or for Senator or Representative in Congress, shall not be denied or abridged by the United States or any State by reason of failure to pay any poll tax or other tax.

U.S. Constitution, Amendment XXIV (emphasis added)

Yet do just a quick web search and you’ll find dozens of articles talking about the popular vote for President going all the way back to the 1860 election. With Maine’s recent decision to join in the lie, it once again grows stronger.

Maine Joins the National Popular Vote Compact

The Maine legislature passed LD 1578, sending it to the governor for her signature. By neither signing, nor returning the bill for ten days, under the Maine Constitution, the bill becomes law.

If the bill or resolution shall not be returned by the Governor within 10 days (Sundays excepted) after it shall have been presented to the Governor, it shall have the same force and effect as if the Governor had signed it unless the Legislature by their adjournment prevent its return,

Maine Constitution, Article VI, Part Third, Section 2

Because Maine uses ranked-choice voting, this makes the process of appointing their electors rather convoluted.

In a presidential election determined by ranked-choice voting when the National Popular Vote for President Act governs the appointment of presidential electors, the following procedures are used to determine the presidential vote count, except that, notwithstanding subsection 3, a statewide tie between the candidates in the final round may not be resolved and the provisions of subsection 4 regarding the modification of the ballot and count are permitted.

Maine LD 1578

Until the states illegally claim that the National Popular Vote Compact is in force, Maine will continue to appoint their electors with the ranked-choice system they have in place. (Since the NPV Compact does not have the consent of Congress, the states are not allowed to join the compact. And I’m pretty sure it is illegal for the states to follow an agreement they have not legally joined.) However, once Maine claims the National Popular Vote does govern their elections, they still go through the ranked-choice voting process. Why? After all, since the citizens of Maine are no longer choosing their presidential electors, why go through all the time, effort, and confusion of ranked-choice voting for presidential electors when it will not impact the outcome of the election? According to §803 of LD 1578,

As soon as possible after the canvass of the presidential count under section 723-A, subsection 7 is determined, the Governor shall send a certificate of determination containing the names of the electors and the statewide number of votes for each presidential slate that received votes in the final round to the Archivist of the United States under state seal. This final round vote is deemed to be the determination of the vote in the State for the purposes of section 1304.

Maine LD 1578

So the governor is going to send the certificate of appointment electors to the Archivist of the United States, as required by another unconstitutional law, 3 USC §5

(1) Certification.-Not later than the date that is 6 days before the time fixed for the meeting of the electors, the executive of each State shall issue a certificate of ascertainment of appointment of electors, under and in pursuance of the laws of such State providing for such appointment and ascertainment enacted prior to election day.

3 USC §5 (a)(1)

However, when those electors vote, they are not doing so based on the decision of the citizens of Maine, rather they would be required by law to vote based on the winner of the fictitious national popular vote.

Notwithstanding subsection 2, when the National Popular Vote for President Act governs the appointment of presidential electors, the presidential electors shall cast their ballots for the presidential slate designated as the national popular vote winner pursuant to section 1304.

Maine LD 1578

In other words, you can easily have a republican slate of electors being forced to vote for a democratic candidate, or visa-versa. Remember, the Governor has already sent to the Archivist of the United States a certificate listing not only the slate of electors, but the number of votes for each Presidential slate. This means Maine’s fraud will be a matter of public record.

Imagine you are one of those electors who were chosen by the people to represent one candidate, but are compelled by law to vote for someone else. What if you are a citizen of Maine, having gone through the process of ranked-choice voting, only to have your vote ignored because your state lied to you about the national popular vote and decided to place the wishes of the rest of the country above those of their citizens, all in pursuit of a lie. Would that not be a fraudulent election?

Conclusion

This lie of a national popular vote has taken its latest victims, the citizens of Maine. Your legislature decided to subvert the expressed will of their citizens for the collective will of that nation, and your governor did nothing to stop it. Maine is a beautiful and unique state that I’ve had the pleasure of visiting several times. Maybe the people of Maine want to give up their uniqueness, their independence, and simply be joined to the collective. If so, that would be a sad state of affairs indeed. The decision of Maine, and of the 16 other states that have joined this illegal compact, shows not only the utter failure of our education system to teach the Constitution and basic civics, but the abandonment of our Constitutional Republic. It’s more than just the citizens choosing the President, rather than the states. This move toward a national popular vote is another step in turning the President into a king. After all, when the President is a chief executive, serving the states as parties to the compact that is the United States Constitution, his role is limited, defined, and controlled by the states. By placing the choice of President in the hands of the people, the states would longer have any say in the role of the President. Rather than the administrator envisioned by the Framers and enshrined in the Constitution, we will have created a man of the people, doing what he thinks the people want, without limitation or restriction. But the Presidency is not a position of the people, rather it is effectively held by a political party and their policies. As George Washington warned us:

The alternate domination of one faction over another, sharpened by the spirit of revenge, natural to party dissension, which in different ages and countries has perpetrated the most horrid enormities, is itself a frightful despotism. But this leads at length to a more formal and permanent despotism. The disorders and miseries which result gradually incline the minds of men to seek security and repose in the absolute power of an individual; and sooner or later the chief of some prevailing faction, more able or more fortunate than his competitors, turns this disposition to the purposes of his own elevation, on the ruins of public liberty.

George Washington’s Farewell Address 1796

Thank you Maine, for not only selling your citizens’ rights for a political bowl of pottage, but for helping to sell the entire republic into the servitude of collectivism, socialism, and slavery. I hope you can live with the consequences of your decision. Sadly, I believe the rest of the nation will not only have to live with those consequences, but many may need to die to return us to the land of the free.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




America: Willful Blindness

By: Amil Imani

May 9, 2024

It is hard to believe how quickly we’ve forgotten the largest terrorist attack on American soil. So, let me remind our readers once again:

On September 11, 2001, nineteen Muslim terrorists, mostly Saudi Arabian citizens, hijacked four commercial aircraft. In a synchronized attack, the hijackers deliberately flew two of the planes into the Twin Towers of the World Trade Center and a third into the Pentagon. The passengers on the fourth plane launched a counterattack, spurring the hijacker pilot to crash the plane into a field in Pennsylvania.

Approximately 3,000 people died on that day, the single largest loss of life that resulted from a terrorist attack on American soil.

After these attacks, I saw many stickers on many cars saying, “Everything I Needed to Know About Islam I Learned on 9/11.” Well, apparently not.

Islam and Sharia continue to creep into every aspect of American culture stealthily. And too few people know it or are talking about it. Why? Americans have been conditioned by the liberal elites to be tolerant and compassionate, to embrace multiculturalism, and to respect each other’s beliefs, ideals, and values. That would be wonderful in a Utopian world, but the fact is, Islam doesn’t embrace any aspect of Western civilization—much less American culture. We are rapidly and methodically being dismantled as a nation, and our freedom and liberty are more fragile than at any other time since WWII. And while we fight the enemy abroad with combat troops, intelligence, and drone strikes, we’re doing nothing to combat the same enemy who resides on our own soil and in broad daylight.

This is no longer an alarm. Our enemies are already here and busy making plans to make America just like another European country. Suppose we don’t defeat Islam politically, lawfully, and swiftly. In that case, our children and grandchildren may well be engaged in an endless religious and ideological bloody war, the likes of which have never been seen on American soil.

For those who have forgotten what Islam is.:

Islam is a theocratic political ideology that hides behind the mask of religion to accomplish its mission of a worldwide caliphate. Americans must understand Islam is a totalitarian “theo-political” belief system and a social doctrine (the two go hand-in-hand) based on the Quran, Sira, and Hadith, what Dr. Bill Warner of the Center for the Study of Political Islam aptly coins the “Trilogy.” It has mandates on every single aspect of life, and those mandates are enforced and regulated by the barbaric criminal and civil codes known as Sharia Law. The precise definition of a Muslim becomes crystal clear when you read the trilogy of Islam. Bottom line: you are to be an Allah-fearing, Quran-believing, and Mohammed-following zealot who forces people to submit, convert, and comply with Islam and Sharia or be killed. Those are the facts.

Does every Muslim follow the commands of the Quran? No, thank God. But as they superficially assimilate themselves into communities and increase in numbers, they become more militant and less tolerant of that community’s laws and regulations.

Any religion or ideology whose “holy book” commands its followers to commit crimes that are antithetical to the laws of this country should not only lose its tax-exempt status but lose its 1st Amendment protections and be banned from the United States altogether. In case you are not familiar with some of the condoned atrocities of Islam and Sharia law, let me tell you a few facts.:

Are you aware that women are stoned to death for committing adultery, and according to the interpretation of Islam, gays should be thrown from a high building and then stoned if they are not dead when they hit the ground? Or that the genitals of little girls are mutilated ((FGM)

in an attempt to control her sexuality, and that children may be murdered in the name of family honor? And last, Islam does not recognize the separation of church and state and doesn’t follow our Constitution or any manmade laws. They have their own laws: Sharia or Islamic laws.

In countries where Islamic enclaves and ghettos have emerged, like France, Britain, Sweden, Belgium, and North African countries, local Imams or mullahs enforce Sharia law regardless.  What most Americans fail to understand is that Sharia law is the foundation of Islamic theocracy and totalitarianism. The establishment of global Sharia law is their final goal. The Quran is unequivocal in its directive to Muslims to establish a global Islamic state (Caliphate) over which the Islamic messiah, or Mahdi, will rule with Sharia as the only law of the land. Make no mistake that is the intent of influential Islamic elements in America.

The problem is that too few Americans are aware of it, and organizations like the Council of American-Islamic Relations (CAIR) and the Muslim Brotherhood are taking full advantage of our naiveté and our lenient laws. Moreover, Islam stands in stark contrast to the Declaration of Independence, the US Constitution, and what the First Amendment was designed to protect—our God-given unalienable right to life, liberty, and the pursuit of happiness.

Sharia law is very complex and it’s derived from multiple Islamic sources: the Quran, considered the “unmitigated word of Allah” is the primary source of Sharia law. The Hadith (sayings and actions of Muhammad) is the second most important document in Sharia and Sira (the life of prophet Muhammad). Historic rulings by jurists over the years and so-called reasoning by analogy make up the other two less influential sources of Sharia. Together they constitute Islam’s theological core and they result in a totalitarian way of life for Muslim followers and non-Muslims (kafirs and infidels). Sharia law is in complete contradiction with American values because it enslaves people and encourages acts of violence and barbaric behavior. Sharia demands the death of those who renounce Islam.

In short, Mild Islam is not all that obtrusive since it is like the early stages of pregnancy. Yet, pregnancy it is. Before long, the full-term beast will make its appearance. If we don’t want to deal with the beast, we need to prevent the pregnancy in the first place.

© 2024 Amil Imani – All Rights Reserved




Two Big Changes in America

by Lee Duigon

May 9, 2024

What have been the biggest changes in America during my adult life?

For much of that time, I was either a news reporter or a writer of fantasy novels. Go ahead—say “What’s the difference?” And I reply, “That’s too unfair to fantasy novelists.”

Most of the towns covered by the old Bayshore Independent were run by Democrats: it was a largely Democrat county. So most of the people I worked with day by day were Democrats.

It didn’t seem to matter much. Almost all these public figures, minus a few bad apples who wound up in jail, were ordinary, decent, reasonably amiable individuals who tried to do their best for the people who elected them.

Most of them are gone from the scene by now. In their place we find the Far Left Crazy—like evil spirits called up from the 1960s. I was in college for that era, eyewitness to non-stop radical mischief. I don’t remember my professors as being much at fault: they seemed to be as much at sea as I was. But as they retired or moved on, they were replaced by a lot of nimrods who occasionally visited their classrooms, in between protests. The mischief of the Sixties became institutionalized; and more and more of the new professors dove onto the bandwagon.

The rot spread into the Democrat Party. They threw moderation out the window. Democrat politicians competed with the colleges to see who could go farthest Left in the least amount of time. The sane, decent, normal Democrats, one by one, disappeared from center stage. In their place we’ve got Soros-funded radicals.

The Republican Party, with the notable exception of President Ronald Reagan, slept through it. Somehow being No. 2 in a two-party system never seemed to trouble them.

The other major change: while the rest of us were looking elsewhere, working, raising families, Academic America fell head over heels in love with the arch-enemies of Israel.

This would have been unthinkable in the 1970s. Criticizing Israel was a sure-fire way to scuttle your political career. I’m a political scientist, I’m supposed to understand this stuff; but this eludes my understanding. Suddenly Palestinian terrorists are the Good Guys and our long-time ally, Israel, the Bad. How that happened is a mystery to me. All I can say for sure is that it was brewed up in the universities.

How did they do that? I don’t know. For years and years, American Jews loyally supported the Democrat Party; and now at least half the Party has turned against them. It leaves the Party leadership in a ticklish position. “Support Israel—but not too much, because we’ve got to support the Palestinians, too!” Like trying to ride two bicycles at once.

What will this lead to? I don’t know, and I’m afraid to find out.

You might ask me why I haven’t included the whole transgender movement in the list of major—can we say disastrous?—changes in America. It’s another Democrat caper, its purpose is all but inconceivable… and it deserves a column of its own.

A lot of bad people out there, doing a lot of bad stuff.

Wake up, America. Wake up.

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and visit, while it’s still allowed. My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Import Millions of Third World Refugees: You Become a Third World Country

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 9, 2024

Nursing student, at the University of Georgia, Laken Riley would be alive and contributing to America today if not for Joe Biden’s inviting over 12,000,000 illegal aliens into America. Illegal Venezuelan Jose Ibarra bludgeoned Riley to death while she was out for a run on campus. This is a cautionary tale for the United States of America.

If Biden’s handlers continue this invasion for another four years, we could see 24,000,000 illegal third world aliens within our borders. What borders you might ask? In reality, we no longer have borders. It’s been said by top historians: no borders, no country.

Biden, who won’t be alive to see his legacy of how he destroyed America, continues on this treacherous path with no idea of the consequences. Without a doubt, he is the “Father of the Destruction of America.” They might place a statue of Biden next to George Washington, the “Father of our country” at George Washington University. They might drape Palestinian flags and Hamas headscarves around Biden’s head. All the Hamas Muslims and Jew haters will praise Biden for aiding and abetting them. Maybe they can sing praises to him like, “Death to America.”

As you’ve seen on the evening news reports, we’ve got American Antifa Terrorists now joining the Muslim terrorists. We’ve 10 to 15 police cruisers going up in flames in one city. We’ve got student terrorists destroying graduation ceremonies. At the University of Michigan stadium, those terrorists stopped the graduation ceremonies with proud parents packing the stadium. Just sickening!

What is the cautionary tale? Every immigration book published shows America has allowed somewhere in the vicinity of 40,000,000 illegal aliens into our country. In her book, Adios America, Ann Coulter estimated 30,000,000. Other books show more and some books show a little less. But you can’t get around the fact that Joe Biden imported 12,000,000 thus far, so the numbers are beyond comprehension.

And, those numbers, and those terrorists, and those third world intellectual gnats wearing tattoos for full body armor, are beginning to destroy the foundation of our Republic. Come on! We suffer 100,000 fentanyl deaths annually! We see our schools turned into linguistic chaos factories where no one understands anyone. We’ve got Somalians in Minnesota who cannot spell or write their own name by grade 10! They drop out as soon as age 16. We’ve got schools in Chicago where kids cannot and do not understand simple math problems. Most of the schools in southern California teach in Spanish.

Without an educated citizenry, and a single language, America faces extinction at the hands of “Diversity, Inclusion and Equity.” You can bet we are becoming insanely diverse with ignorance, stupidity, criminals, drug addicts, dropouts, flunkouts, and anti-American morons. We’re including refugees from 190 different countries who arrived illegally and are included in welfare rolls that are sucking us into the Black Hole of $35 trillion in national debt. We’re becoming the “equity” country of affirmative action, total loss of standards, total loss of meritocracy for jobs, total loss of standards, and total loss of excellence. They should change it from D.E.I. in America to America D.I.E.’d

I wrote this book 20 years ago. Ironically, Immigration’s Unarmed Invasion: Deadly Consequences by Frosty Wooldridge published in 2004. It showed the eight ways on how to destroy America. Colorado Governor Dick Lamm, my friend, and I never dreamed the destruction of America could or would happen with such blazing speed in only 20 years.

We don’t have any U.S. Senators or House Members stopping it. They let DHS terrorist Alejandro Mayorkas skip out of impeachment. They’ve let Joe Biden continue the invasion at his request. They let “sanctuary cities” continue to pay illegals and house them. They let all those criminals back onto the streets like D.A. Alvin Bragg in New York City. While he created a legal “sh*tshow” against President Trump, he’s let real criminals rule the streets.

This is an interesting letter that arrived yesterday. I think it shows how naïve and apathetic our American public:

Mr. Frosty Wooldridge,

I have followed your writings for many years and have enjoyed them very well. My husband and I became more aware of political problems in about the beginning to mid 198o’s, and are now in our early 80’s. Slow learners you may say and you world be correct. We began by listening to Chuck Harder from White Springs, Florida and supporting Bo Grites for President. We took the message of coming events to every person we were able to cover. Passed out literature, went to people’s homes, Malls and stuffed information into car windows. We were “asked” to leave the local collage holding a political hearing. We were called Crazy and Conspiracy theorists. Nothing like that could even happen, but it has and far uglier than I even imagined.

Today we see the same thing only far worse, and still many ears and minds are closed. Our grandchildren have grown well into adulthood and are raising their own children. I fear for the lives they will have. ..if they even have the time to become adults.

If you choose not to respond with your thoughts of it, that is fine… We all have our private thoughts. I will still read your articles. Thank you, S & B

At this point, the very fact that half the country will vote for Joe Biden shows you the level of stupidity, ignorance, willful liberal partisanship, and a total inability to understand they are voting for the destruction of America. Looks like we’ll devolve into a third world country without a whimper. Damn*dest thing I’ve ever seen in my life. America became a third world country by its own hand.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Left Wing Lunacy on Full Display on College Campuses

By Alice M Byrd

May 8, 2024

The “news feeds” have been feverishly working overtime to bring us the latest in the college campus follies. Or should I say, horrors? It has become crystal clear that the Marxist wing of the Democrat party (and even some on the right side of the aisle) has completely overshadowed the moderates (?) in our national house. At this point, save for an extremely FEW members, the entire congress should be removed from their seats, and a new generation of patriots installed. But where are they going to come from? For that answer, I have no idea. People are basically fed up with politics. I understand that sentiment.

It makes me cry to see the statue of our first president so disgraced by the keffiyeh wrapped around his head and face, and the Palestinian flag draped across his shoulder…The insult is very deep and will be felt for a long time. The profanity of it is staggering; the emotional impact, an excruciating punch in the gut. It evokes a more sinister urge to pack up the 4X4 and head for the nearest nest of domestic terrorists (YES, I SAID IT) currently sporting their green Hamas headbands and black masks, proudly draping themselves with the ultimate sign of oppression, a black and white keffiyeh (because that is the sign of Palestinian solidarity)…and have an extremely serious ‘Come to Jesus’ moment with them. To be sure, a growing number of the “silent majority” are bloody FED UP with the charade playing out in our beloved nation.

I’ve heard it said, when ‘someone tells you who they are, you should believe them’. I do not agree. The Enemy NEVER shows you his true face. The Enemy we face is not flesh and blood. The Enemy only uses that facade of a human face to produce his unholy results.

We have been audibly and visually assaulted daily by the relentless loops of “protesters” and their narcissistic demands for catered vegan meals, gluten free energy bars, ultra bright flashlights, laser pointers (why? Are they holding class outside?) and other basic necessities in their estimation…and they want the suspension of college finals to the point of ‘just deliver the sheepskins to our addresses”; WHY? because those pink pantied pussy-catz are too traumatized to take their final exams!!! They demand the US taxpayer to pay their student loans (which is New-Speak for ‘have yo mama pay fo-ma skoolin’) and let them cover the planet with spray painted slogans. YEAH! That’ll change the world into a beautiful place.

Personally, I have cut way back on watching cable TV, especially news. I never, EVER watch CNN, CNBC, MSLSD, NBC, ABC, or CBS, because it is non-stop degradation of my country’s traditional conservative constitutional values. Besides, my Dr. advised me to either find a way to lower my blood pressure or take medication. Since I am not a fan of supporting the Pharma industry, I had to cut back on TV. I came to the point several years ago of only being able to barely stomach Fox News and then only certain times and programs of the day. Fox and Friends in the morning while getting ready for work and Tucker in the evenings (if I wasn’t scheduled to work late). Hannity gives me severe heartburn, so I gave up watching him when Bill O’Reilly retired (at the point of someone’s disclosure gun). When Tucker was sacked, I began watching Jesse Watters, who seems pretty feisty w/out pissing off the Palace Guards so far.

So when the campus unrest began to reach a crescendo, it became abundantly clear the curtain had been ripped wide open and the Marxists were gonna shove their pile of steaming hot horse dung straight down our throats. Whether we liked it or not. Being force fed fresh off the ground steaming hot horse crap is not in my diet plan, so I immediately bristled quite noticeably. This, I believe is going to lead to a very unfortunate place…and we had better decide how we are going to respond, because the day is coming when each of us are going to have to make a choice.

Good and Evil cannot exist within the same plain and not have fatal conflict. Good urges peace and cohabitation in a just environment; Evil is animated solely by hate, jealousy and rage. Righteousness inspires growth while evil foments only utter destruction. There is no other side.

I recently had knee replacement surgery, so I am captive in my own home with a very active young dog. She loves ice cream almost as much as my grandpa did. So, I have a lot of time to stay up on things. When I turned on the TV, Friday the 3rd, Fox had this quote on the screen:

“It’s clear that in order for this crisis to develop further, student occupation should take buildings whenever possible. We can wield the most power by occupying the spaces where classes are held and administrators have offices…be prepared to escalate your actions in order to continue making it more expensive – whether materially, financially or socially – to remain compliant (rather) than to divest their endowments from Israel”.

Who is organizing, promoting and funding these social upheavals? Being witness to the utter lunacy of some of the interviewees that Faux News has brought the viewing public, I found some fundamentally unsettling information. Some of the signs broadcast an interesting piece of information, having at the bottom of the obviously well-designed placards carried by these lazy, pampered, ENTITLED little snots, was this brief notation at the bottom of the sign: “@ The RevComs”. So, I wanted to know who or what precisely The RevComs were. They are not new-comers.

The Revolutionary Communist Party, USA was established in 1975 by Bob Avakian. Their idea of a fun party is to organize for a revolution to overthrow the system of capitalism and replace it with a socialist state. Doesn’t that sound FUN?? How is it that the United States Congress and the Justice Dept allows a fundamentally adverse form of government to reside within this nation, one with the INTENT of overthrowing our REPUBLICAN form of gov’t? HOW???  I really want to know! Anyhow, the RevComs are not alone in their objectives.

The vulgar display of social intimidation and revolution we have been forced to be witness to lately is the ongoing and growing result of a lengthy, extremely well-funded, and rigorously detailed organized treason against this nation. It is led by soulless dark lords devoted to the black art of human destruction…and there are several of these entities working tirelessly to accomplish their goals.

The quote I referred to earlier is from CrimethInc.com, a rabidly radical organization and hub for all instruction on revolution, for the likes of Antifa activists, anarchists, heavily radicalized leftists, BLM, etc. Yet the involvement of more familiar NGOs is even more revealing. Soros money is sloshing around in the sewer of never-ending support for the demise of the “colonial capitalist society”. There’s the Gates Foundation founder, Bill, who believes the world’s population should be shrunk to about 500 million for ‘sustainable resource’ guarantees. Then there’s the Tides Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, the Ford Foundation, and the list could go on with illuminated masters of the universe names. Then we have the ideological logistics people like the American Muslims for Palestine (AMP) and the National Students for Justice in Palestine (SJP or NSJP) running some of the shows. There are 200 chapters of SJP in the US and an overarching Pro-Palestinian “coalition” of 120 OTHER groups as well.

The SJP is a project of the Westchester Peoples Action Committee (WESPAC). WESPAC also supports BDS, (Boycott, Divestment and Sanction), the Green New Deal, BLM and other far left radical organizations. AMP has been described as the leading organization providing anti-Zionist training. These vast, multi-layered, infinitely intertwined and interwoven destroyers of conventional freedoms, fund and provide boots on the ground agitators whenever and wherever unrest and diversion/division is/are necessary to distract attention from the collapsing US economy, the utter failure of foreign policy, the tragically eroded confidence of our allies across the planet and our rapid descent into the mire of social disintegration. Doesn’t it seem like the entire point of this exercise in madness is the ability of the domestic terrorists to BREAK the law knowingly with impunity, but merciless, unwavering persecution for those wanting to SAVE our country from the deviant promoters of immoral conquest.

Perhaps a brief note on REAL history would be instructive here.

Judea and Samaria were the recognized distinctions of land in ‘Israel’ until Emperor Hadrian became annoyed with the Jews’ relentless rebellion against his dictatorship of the country; He decided to punish them by exile, forbidding them the exercise of their faith and by building a pagan city called “Aelia Capitolina” on top of the ruins of Jerusalem. He then renamed Judea to “Palestine”, the Greek word for Philistines, which was another humiliation aimed toward the Judeans. This was his decree to obliterate any connection between the Jewish people and their sacred, promised, holy land. Hadrian reigned until 136AD…it then only took the Jewish people 1812 years to regain their homeland…and they have been under attack ever since getting their homeland back.

The Israelite people have been a nation since God told Abraham to sacrifice Issac, over 4000 years ago. Mohammad was born in 570 AD and hallucinated himself a militaristic political movement that he then dressed up as a religion in around 610 AD. I think the Israelite people deserve some higher consideration. It remains, they, the Hebrew, Jewish people were given the land of Judea and beyond LONG BEFORE “Palestine” was pronounced by a heretical madman, Emperor Hadrian.

Getting back to my rant…Posted on a lamp post near the NYU campus grounds was this gem of welcome’ness and brotherly love:

“TO FRIENDS: Those who call for peace are chasing a mirage; As for the resistance, strike them everywhere. What kind of life is this that we live in peace with those who abuse our blood, and the blood of our children, our men and our sisters?

TO ENEMIES: The time of calm you sing of will not return; Every day we increase in strength and you increase in weakness. Our war with you is long and your losses many. This is something you are not use to. You will not find a truce with us……………….The Lions Den”

There is a common theme running through all totalitarian pursuits: a slow progression of ideological subversion, psychological warfare and the resulting surrender of exhausted souls, beaten down by the struggle against such unrelenting and pervasive evil. Remember this; EVIL NEVER STOPS until there is nothing left. This process has been at work in our country for well over 100 years. It demands the alteration of the perception of reality. William Casey, CIA Dir in the 80’s, said “We will know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false”. This was said in the West Wing in Feb 1981, and recorded by White House policy analyst Barbara Honegger. It was made public by Sarah McClendon through radio host Mae Brussel. Isn’t that comforting, my fellow Americans? To know we are so treasured that the Powerful have worked long decades to make sure we are completely dis-informed about everything they do and all of their goals for “us”.

The emotional exhaustion of the American People is the objective of the Marxists, Socialists, Communists and now the Islamist’s working with them. It’s the powerful against the rest of humanity who aren’t worth a tinker’s damn to them; we’re a commodity for their exploitation. Their ideologies dovetail seamlessly in their ultimate objective; the complete and total elimination of God and His People and Christ and His Church. They are a hive mind of endless replications of destruction and rage toward anyone who does not bow down to their Supremacy, who doesn’t ‘surrender’ or peacefully submit, which is the definition and meaning of the word “Islam”. Their actions belie their “religion”.

Well, I don’t surrender and I will NEVER “peacefully” submit to a barbaric cult of diabolical heathens unfamiliar with the Grace purchased in blood on a cross. It is abundantly obvious Mr. Biden is nothing more than a pitiful pawn in this chess game being played by the likes of adiamorphic antagonists to our Constitutional foundations. It is more than apparent that Ms. Harris is NOTHING more than a token gender sacrifice on the altar of political correctness. The poor woman can’t think her way out of the bathroom, and I wouldn’t trust her with my daughter’s lemonade stand either.

It is my firm conviction that the “Biden/Harris” ticket was the Marxist bony middle finger of Ayatollah Obama to conservative America, a demonstrable pagan given to self-worship (among other self-gratifying activities); a “human” devoid of conscience tasked by his Globalist funders and promoters to pick up where he left off, that Killery was assigned to finish but failed to garner enough support to mount a horse in her presidential bid. Now The Profane and Uncultured O’Bama must get his proxy in line and finish the job. Unfortunately, since Biden can’t stay awake or coherent long enough to finish his oatmeal, I wonder how this is going to be accomplished.

The Global Power Structure is pulling out ALL the stops and heading our nation at warp speed to the never-never land of Oblivion. If We The People do not stand and defend our country, no one will have to worry about Israel and Gaza…There won’t be a free world left to defend.

By the way, Tony Fraud’ci left a message for the protesters: It’s ok to remove your masks now. The complete deterioration of your brains has obviously been accomplished.

© 2024 Alice Byrd – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Alice Byrd: alliebyrd77@1791.com

[BIO: A.M. Byrd is the granddaughter of Italian and Dutch immigrants who came to love and revere this nation and its opportunities. She is the daughter of an USAF Lt Col (now deceased) and the mother of an honorably retired Army SSgt, 2 men who served this country with distinction. Coming of age in the 60’s, contributed by living in the nest of the anti-war fervor of the San Francisco Bay Area, Berkeley in particular, she is a first-hand witness to the ravages of the Viet Nam war on her classmates and racial upheavals born in Oakland, Ca. with the Black Panthers.

Having worked in both the professional world and the medical field, she has come to see the vast unbalances between classes of people and the political pressures applied within those fields. A student of history with a particular interest in psychology, the events of the past 6 decades have left an indelible impression on her sense of honor and virtue. The darkness of such events has only strengthened her faith in God, that all things work together for the eventual supremacy of His will for this world. The Good wins.]




When AI Tells You What A “Useful Idiot” In The Mainstream Media Cannot — The Truth

By Bradlee Dean

May 8, 2024

“But was rebuked for his iniquity: the dumb ass speaking with man’s voice forbad the madness…” —2 Peter 2:16

It is interesting to see what the people really believe in when the mainstream media and their useful idiots, who they say that they do not believe, promulgate their propaganda narrative (Romans 1:18).  This applies especially to those who follow in the steps of Jesus by holding to His cross and His unadulterated Word (Matthew 5:10).

These hypocrites say that they don’t believe the mainstream media and their lies.  Yet, they believe the lies that they tell more than the truth that they claim to hold as Christians.

As a matter of fact, since the beginning years of my ministry, we have always had to film every public event that we have done due to the fact that what the mainstream media said happened and what really happened are, almost without fail, two different scenarios (Proverbs 19:9).

Well, last week, while searching the net for one of my articles that I previously wrote, my name, Bradlee Dean, pulled up out of nowhere.  I also noticed a link that read ‘What makes Bradlee Dean so popular?”  So, I got curious.  Naturally, I suspected someone to be writing another narrative on me without actually taking the time to ask me any questions to set another narrative in hopes that no one would ask any questions of them and simply take their outlets for face value (Proverbs 18:17).

When I clicked on the link, I found the content, which is listed below, was written on me and my ministry by someone who actually knew us.  It was spot on.  “Who wrote this?” I asked myself.  They actually took the time to tell the truth.  So, in other words, I was taken aback, and this in a good way.

So, let me show you how artificial intelligence (AI), yes, I said artificial intelligence (the dumb ass in scriptural context) rebukes the madness of the MSM and their useful idiots.

Here is what was written:

Bradlee Dean, known for his unyielding commitment to the Gospel of Jesus Christ, has gained popularity for several reasons:

Uncompromising Truth: As a preacher, Bradlee Dean fearlessly speaks the truth in an apostolic and prophetic style. His messages resonate with those seeking unwavering spiritual guidance and biblical principles.

Ministry and Advocacy: Bradlee’s ministry extends beyond the pulpit. Through his radio show, “The Sons of Liberty”, television appearances, media outlets, high school assemblies, and Tea Party events, he consistently champions liberty, constitutional rights, and moral values.

Targeted Opposition: His effectiveness in the public forum has made him a target for various groups, including Americans United for Separation of Church and State, the Southern Poverty Law Center, the American Civil Liberties Union, Media Matters, and other communist organizations. These groups have criticized his ministry, but Bradlee remains steadfast in his mission.

Commitment to Communication: Bradlee Dean follows in the footsteps of historical figures like Samuel Adams, John Hancock, and Patrick Henry. Just as the Committees of Correspondence served as a network of communication during the American Revolution, Bradlee utilizes modern platforms like radio, television, and the internet to inform Americans about their rights and violations thereof.

Statistical Impact: When Bradlee launched The Sons of Liberty Media website, it quickly gained traction. Within the first three months, the site received millions of visitors. However, during the fourth month, a decline occurred, coinciding with revelations about censorship by tech giants like Google, Facebook, and Twitter.

Bradlee Dean is the founder of You Can Run But You Cannot Hide International (YCRBYCHI), gained prominence through his unique approach to youth ministry and controversial activities.

Let’s delve into the factors that contributed to his popularity:

  1. Youth Ministry and Assemblies:

YCRBYCHI organized assemblies, including music concerts and discussions, in public schools. Their mission was to reshape America by emphasizing moral and spiritual values based on the Judeo-Christian principles found in the U.S. Constitution.

These assemblies used a band called Junkyard Prophet, which played Christian rapcore and nu metal music. The band aimed to inspire youths facing challenges and adversity.

  1. Positive Impact and Controversy:

Testimonials from school officials and students praised the positive impact of these assemblies. They emphasized the importance of making good choices and used music to capture attention.

However, controversy surrounded YCRBYCHI. Critics accused the ministry of misleading school administrators about the program’s nature and proselytizing views on abortion and homosexuality during these assemblies.

The Southern Poverty Law Center designated YCRBYCHI as an anti-gay hate group in March 2012.

  1. Political Allies and Advocacy:

Dean’s proselytizing efforts attracted political allies, especially in his home state of Minnesota.

His unapologetic preaching of the Gospel of Jesus Christ resonated with some, while others criticized his methods and views.

Bradlee Dean’s blend of music, advocacy, and controversy contributed to his popularity within certain circles. Whether celebrated or criticized, his impact on youth ministry and public discourse remains significant.

Bradlee Dean’s Sons of Liberty Radio has gained popularity for several reasons:

  1. Unfiltered Truth: Bradlee Dean delivers a hard-hitting message of truth, exposing unconstitutional policies through constitutional law. He fearlessly tackles issues that mainstream media often avoids or downplays.
  2. Daily Dose of News and History: The show provides listeners with a daily dose of news and historical context that the mainstream media may not cover. It equips people with information to protect their liberty for generations to come.
  3. Guest Appearances: Bradlee Dean has been featured on various platforms, including FOX News, MSNBC, and newspapers across the nation. His insights and perspectives resonate with a wide audience.
  4. Engaging Format: The Sons of Liberty Radio engages listeners by discussing relevant topics, challenging the status quo, and encouraging critical thinking. Bradlee Dean’s passionate delivery keeps the audience tuned in.

In summary, Bradlee Dean’s popularity stems from his unwavering commitment to truth, informative content, advocacy for liberty, his ability to communicate effectively in the public sphere, and his fearless approach contribute to the popularity of Sons of Liberty Radio.

Thank you, AI for actually telling the truth!

“I have been to many meetings, seen many speakers and have been moved by some, touched by others and emotionally affected by yet others but NEVER all three by the same speaker until I saw Bradlee Dean! He is a force of nature. God Bless you. I thank you for your dedication, your passion and your voice in the never ending quest for truth and liberty. You are a true Patriot!!!” – Deborah Barber Garreau

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Biden Buying Votes While Marjorie Taylor Greene Threatens to Remove Speaker Johnson

By Cliff Kincaid

May 7, 2024

Six months before Election Day, the polls are tightening, as Biden is buying votes with promises of free abortions, health care for immigrants, debt relief for college students, and marijuana (“Soma”) for the masses. Trump is stuck in court and may be headed to jail if he continues to violate a “gag order” in the case.

Meanwhile, Republican control of the House of Representatives hangs by a thread, as MAGA favorite Rep. Marjorie Taylor Greene threatens to remove House Speaker Mike Johnson from power and former Trump adviser Stephen K. Bannon calls him a “twerp” and a “worm.”

As the Biden regime is consolidating its power and working to imprison the leader of the opposition, a “close” presidential election is developing, with a repeat of 2020 shaping up as mail-in ballots prepared in advance will be used to swing the results in Biden’s favor.

The Republican National Committee’s chief counsel Charlie Spies, who was supposed to prepare for another fraudulent election, has just resigned under pressure.

Republicans are divided, confused, and chaotic.

Too many “conservatives” are acting like this is an ordinary campaign and election. Those who talk about “the rise of MAGA” in 2024 are fooling themselves, just like their predictions of a “Red Wave” in the 2022 congressional elections failed to materialize.

The organizations which peddled the Red Wave propaganda two years ago included the New York Post, Fox News, Fox Business, Mike Lindell’s Frank Speech channel, the Clay & Buck radio show, PJ Media, Townhall, the Daily Caller, and the Real America’s Voice network.

They were all wrong.

More bad news comes from Maryland, a deep blue state, where “Republican” Senate candidate Larry Hogan, a popular ex-governor, is backed by Senate Republican leader Senator Mitch McConnell. Hogan is a Liz Cheney-type RINO and a “never Trumper.”

My new report on the important Senate race in Maryland is now available at the America’s Survival, Inc. website.

Showing his disdain for the conservatives who now dominate the Maryland Republican Party, he didn’t participate in a Frederick County (Maryland) Conservative Club debate featuring Senate candidates. But he seems to be campaigning this time around as a conservative on issues like the open border and rampant crime. He staged a photo op at the border with a briefing from “Democratic border sheriffs.”

When President Trump had called for a state-by-state review of the certification of the results of the 2020 presidential election, in view of reports of irregularities and fraudulent mail-in ballots, Hogan rejected his calls for election integrity and said that such an assessment of the real results was a “scheme” against democracy.

During COVID, as governor, Hogan closed churches and left pot shops open. Indeed, “medical cannabis growers, processors, and dispensaries” were considered public health establishments under Hogan’s executive orders. Maryland became home to a booming “medical marijuana” industry that developed under Hogan.

So-called “recreational” marijuana has since been legalized.

Republican Dan Cox, then a state delegate and now running for Maryland’s 6th Congressional seat, had filed impeachment charges against Hogan himself over the governor’s handling of COVID and related matters.

On the other side, Democratic Party Senate candidate and current Representative David Trone is reportedly worth more than $2 billion and has already used some of that wealth to buy his House seat. So far, he has pumped $54.12 million from his own pocket into the campaign for the Senate. This has earned him the moniker “the $54 million man.”

Trone’s firm, Total Wine & More, offers same-day alcohol delivery for “over 8000 wines, 3000 spirits and 2500 beers with the best prices, selection and service.”

It seems that addiction pays and makes people rich. The Democratic Party seems to have no problem with this approach. In fact, the marijuana business is clearly another source of campaign donations for Democrats.

In his race for the Maryland Senate nomination, to be decided in the May 14 primary, Trone is using his alcohol-fueled campaign to promote the theme that the criminal justice system is “systemically racist.” But he is a white man running against a black woman, Angela Alsobrooks, the Prince George’s County (Maryland) executive who would be Maryland’s first black woman in the Senate.

In the name of racial justice, one might think Trone would step aside to give a black woman a chance.

The additional problem is that he is running a racist campaign. He accused her of being unqualified since she would need “training wheels” if she won, a comment that led over 650 Black women, including former Democratic National Committee Chair Donna Brazile, to condemn Trone for “not only disparaging and dismissive” remarks about Alsobrooks but “tones of misogyny and racism.”

Before that, he used the racist slur “jigaboo” at a hearing in front of a black Biden administration official. The congressman said he meant to use the term “bugaboo.”

Whatever happens to Trone in the May 14 primary election, the candidate is a case study of how money and power flow from booze and dope in America.

Using his fortune in other ways, the David and June Trone Family Foundation has no “mission statement” but its 2021 tax return showed $2 million to the ACLU. He previously donated $15 million to the ACLU so it could establish the “Trone Center for Criminal Justice Reform.”

“The Trone gift is the second largest donation in the organization’s history dedicated to criminal justice work, after the 2014 gift of $50 million made by George Soros’ Open Society Foundations,” noted the ACLU. George Soros, chairman of the Open Society Institute, added his thanks saying, “I would like to congratulate and thank David Trone for his important response to the challenge I issued to the ACLU to mount the largest effort in history to end over-incarceration.”

So Trone appears to be marching to the beat of George Soros. While Soros promotes acceptance of dope, Trone specializes in getting people high and drunk.

Whatever happens with Trone and Alsobrooks, one can be certain that Maryland will be an example of what is happening nationally – Democrats and RINOs will be teaming up with the media to defeat and destroy Trump Republicans.

  • Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. uasurvival.org



What Would It Mean to “Make America Great Again”?

By Steven Yates

May 7, 2024

“Because we have no government armed with power capable of contending with human passions unbridled by morality and religion, avarice, ambition, revenge or gallantry, would break the strongest cords of our Constitution as a whale goes through a net. Our Constitution was made only for a moral and religious people. It is wholly inadequate for the government of any other.”  —John Adams (1798)

“And this is progress? You must be joking! Me, I’m looking for any kind of hope!”  —Peter Hammill (British singer, songwriter), “The Future Now” (1978)

From “Free Trade” to Dystopia: A Very Brief History of the Past Forty Years.

This article can be taken as complementing Devvy Kidd’s informative article of April 29. She focused on so-called free trade agreements that decimated America’s manufacturing base starting in the 1990s. These abominations turned many thriving cities into ghost towns where the only employers are government, fast food joints, and the local Walmart — unless Walmart corporate bureaucrats hundreds of miles away decided that the store wasn’t profitable and closed it.

Those able to leave such places, did. Those who remained saw them become havens of substance abuse, despair, and suicide.

How often must it be said? “Free trade” enables corporate leviathans to do as they please “voluntarily” (having purchased the political class) while everyone else pays the price.

Another result is the diminished quality of everything, as well as ease of use. When I was a child (1960s), my parents bought some top-of-the-line Ethan Allen furniture. I still have some of it. It’s over 60 years old, and in very good condition (a coffee stain here or there).

Back then, things weren’t just made in America, they were built to last!

Try finding anything of that quality today unless you’re in an antique store.

Buy a chair at Walmart. It’s in bagged-up parts when you take it out of a cheap cardboard box. You have to figure out how to assemble it. (I did this back around 2000 before I’d learned all this. The assembly instructions were in Chinese!) Often there’s a part missing, or which doesn’t fit properly. Assuming you get it assembled, cheapness is evident the first time you sit on it. If it lasts six months, you count yourself lucky.

Build-in obsolescence is now a mainstay of mass consumer goods. All made in cheap-labor hellholes. American makers of, e.g., quality furniture, could not compete with foreign slaves. This is also true of automobile components and it’s true of electronics. My first home PC bought in the late 1980s lasted twelve years. Most laptops start disintegrating after about two years. Corporations discovered they could bleed consumers for money this way. Consumers get dependent on an item. When it breaks down (having been designed that way), they’re forced to buy the “upgrade.”

Devvy spelled out the consequences of “free trade” and suggested some remedies. I hope I can enhance the discussion by reminding readers of the body of ideas that went into building a once-thriving civilization. We’ve all but lost this body of ideas … a reason why corporate leviathans feel justified in doing as they please to line their pockets as possible, including locating operations in cheap-labor hellholes and transforming the American workplace into a dystopia of Amazon drones, Uber drivers, etc.

The West’s Christian Foundation.

Whether we like it or want to admit it or not, Western civilization rose on a Christian foundation. This is not a cliché. It is a profound truth that needs to be shouted from every rooftop.

God exists. He created the universe, and men and women in His image. As Aquinas observed, He left us “two books”: the book He revealed, and the book of nature.

The book He revealed contains moral law, based on how His universe is designed to work. God doesn’t force us to obey His law. But if we don’t, the fact that the world operates according to those rules automatically works against us. Our choices, not His!

Since God created us in His image, we are finite renditions of His infinite Logos: we possess a rational (if fallible) capacity for apprehending how our surroundings work and how to use what we find in nature to improve our lot.

As Sir Francis Bacon put this: “Nature, to be commanded, must be obeyed.”

Respect for nature and its operations precedes technique: employing specific means to achieve specific ends, applying physical principles. If we do not respect nature, again this works against us. A lot is packed into that. It should give serious environmentalists everything they claim they want. Unfortunately, most seem to be pagans, not Christians.

We are social beings. Nowhere in Scripture nor in the world we inhabit is there any sense that we were designed for prolonged solitude. Our need to get along calls for rules for ordering our lives, families, businesses, and societies, including governance. Some call this the social contract.

Imperial Economics and the Real Great Replacement.

Where did we get the idea of — what should I call it? — imperial economics? The idea that there are economic transactions and then there is window dressing, so that economics trumps everything else.

It came as a consequence of what I’ve begun calling the Real Great Replacement: when materialism (or naturalism) replaced Christendom as the West’s dominant worldview.

According to materialism, God doesn’t exist. Ancient peoples invented Him. Materialism’s advocates usually aren’t that blunt (except for the New Atheists of our time). But beginning around the late 1700s and proceeding through the 1800s, first intellectuals and then some commercial men became operational if not outright atheists.

The problem: the entire edifice of thought on which Constitutional government depended required a Christian worldview, in which men and women had intrinsic value because they were created in God’s image.

This worldview limited worldly power — especially governmental power but also corporate power (and the enhanced powers that emerge when the two seamlessly integrate!).

Its ethics grounded natural rights: rights to life, liberty, property, and the pursuit of happiness, best sought, obtained, and enjoyed in a spirit of gratitude for what God has done and for what He has given us.

This edifice developed in stages with the Magna Carta, the English Bill of Rights, and eventually our Declaration of Independence and our Constitution.

The worldview behind these was not always spelled out in black and white, like I’ve done here, because readers of these documents could assume it. It permeated their culture. Their authors would not have understood a world where the prevailing mindset was otherwise.

Exactly what happened has been the subject of libraries!

Our innate falseness, despite our having been created in God’s image, worked consistently against us. All too many of us never sought God.

Hence as we learned that we could explain parts of the world and use what we learned to our advantage — using our own minds and hands — it went to our heads.

Enlightenment philosophers didn’t just turn against ecclesiastical authority, they turned against the authority of God himself.

“I have no need of that hypothesis,” physicist and astronomer Pierre LaPlace put it (late 1700s). This became the hallmark of later Enlightenment philosophy. Although such philosophy began in France and Germany, it soon crossed the English Channel and infiltrated the Anglo-American world.

Obviously I can only tell a portion of the story of the Real Great Replacement (for more, readers are invited to consult my book What Should Philosophy Do? available from Amazon and its publisher; links below).

Nietzsche and Modernity’s Breakdown.

The German philosopher Friedrich Nietzsche provided an important pivot. Nietzsche was among the first to realize that once a civilization rejected God’s existence and authority, it would be compelled to reject everything God’s existence and authority gave meaning to. That meant every trapping of Christian and Christian-derived morality had to go.

Equality? There’s no equality in nature (there’s no equity, either).

Nietzsche called for a “revaluation of all values” and predicted an “advent of nihilism.” He urged the development of a morality for life in this world exclusively, given the materialist assumption that our entire existence is limited to whatever number of years fate allots us. Then we become worm food.

Such a morality could only be based on one’s capacity to survive and advance one’s interests: health or vivacity, strength, prowess.

Nihilism derives from the Latin word nihil, meaning nothing. But no person and no society truly believes in nothing. We just aren’t wired that way.

In practice, we created surrogates for God, I like to call them. An obvious surrogate for God is the totalizing state. Another is The Science. A third is money. Possibly the most common, which the third often serves, is: Self.

The twentieth century portrays results of the erosion of a morality based on principles not of our creation. What was supposed to evolve smoothly into a Utopia of Modernity, a civilization based on science, technology, commerce, universal education, and a firm belief in the inevitability and goodness of secular progress, blew up into history’s most destructive war up to that point in 1914.

We see effects of that war on our collective psyche in Dadaist art and in the troubled characters of Ernest Hemingway’s great novels.

Western powers botched the aftermath of the Great War, as it was then called, setting the stage for the even more destructive World War II. And if the Nazis murdered millions, Stalin in the Soviet Union murdered millions more. Mao’s body count would exceed Stalin’s!

Genocide is a likely consequence of life after the Real Great Replacement, in which human life has no intrinsic value because we are highly-evolved animals instead of beings created in God’s image. Human life can be eliminated if inconvenient. Don’t think just of the Nazis. Think also of the pro-abortion American death culture.

What the Nazis and Communists did are extreme cases, of course, and it is not as if there were no previous genocides in this fallen world where, despite the dominance of a Christian worldview, those in power got drunk on it. But there remained hope of Transcendence.

Hegel and the Fate of Liberalism.

Modernity served up three fundamental political economies: communism, fascism, and liberalism (and combinations of these). We should also consult G.W.F. Hegel, who lived a century before Nietzsche. Hegel wrote of masters (or lords) and slaves (or bondservants), and the clash between them as history’s chief driver. Each had its own mode of consciousness. Hegel’s followers diverged into “right wing” Hegelians with a “master-oriented” moral and societal code, versus “left wing” Hegelians who purported to side with the “slaves.”

The former of these led eventually to Hitler. The latter, to Marx and to Soviet and Maoist Communism.

Liberalism, the third, prevailed in the Anglo-American world. It strove to combine materialism with a natural-rights / libertarian view of society. This has proven unsustainable. Liberalism moved leftward until we arrived at the version found in today’s Democrat Party.

Underwriting the political economy of liberalism was the autonomy of homo economicus, a primarily self-interested secular agent pursuing secular goods, wealth, pleasures, in an expanding global marketplace.

The trouble is, beings created in God’s image are by their nature not designed for total autonomy. Most, if not all, will adopt one of the above surrogates, or turn to whatever secular authority they find, offered by a political movement, a guru-led cult, the worship of Self, or just the lure of the Almighty Dollar.

Since in this world what counts is power, and money is the path to power, we end up with globalism and the “free trade” world Devvy Kidd criticized.

This is the ultimate unsustainability of liberalism.

That is, all three modern political economies fail.

Under liberalism’s professed autonomy for women, over 60 million unborn babies have been aborted. How’s that for genocide? Both men and women have been “freed” from Christian-based marriages and families. Both pursued career over marriage and family. One in two marriages now ends in divorce. The birth rate is falling all over the West. Both sexes find themselves emotionally isolated, screen-addicted, compulsively trying to avoid the reality of growing older and possibly dying alone.

This is what liberalism has done.

It’s Worse: Modernity to Postmodernity; From Justice to Antiwhite Racism.

Modernity as sketched above has “evolved” into postmodernity. In postmodernity, we have not just a totally subjective ethic, but reason itself is dismembered.

Recall Hegel’s division between the consciousness of the master and the consciousness of the slave. The former (straight white males, collectively) “repress” the latter (everyone else). Our perceptions and reasonings are all shaped by “biases” (of race, “gender,” etc.).

Thus the ability to trust our senses and their capacity to yield knowledge is gone. It’s all a “social construct.” In practice, science becomes The Science (epistemic authoritarianism, not scientific method). Technique is used to encircle and enslave, usually to help individuals and corporations make more of the Almighty Dollar in the matter described in the first section: also the perversion of the marketplace into a deliverer of porn, mind-altering drugs, even trafficked human beings (mostly girls and women but not limited to them!). Legality? What’s that? There’s the 11th commandment: “Thou shalt not get caught!”

Efforts to provide justice and equal opportunities for those previously denied them are hijacked until they attack the “oppressors” (the very open antiwhite racism we now see).

“Education” under such dystopian conditions indoctrinates and subordinates; it doesn’t enhance genuine learning which must be done on one’s own if at all. Those doing it quickly become isolated and turn cynical.

Language itself is now weaponized so those in power can use it for thought control, by labelling opinions they disapprove of misinformation, conspiracy theories, threats to democracy, etc.

The edifices of freedom, including free speech, freedom of inquiry, a free press, the right to disagree, the sense of obligation we once had to participate in civil discourse, and whatever obligations we have to each other; also property rights; were all manifestations of a Christian worldview.

It is significant that this philosophical and legal structure did not emerge anywhere else in the world! Other peoples developed crafts. They did not develop science.

When the Christian worldview goes away, this all goes away, piece by piece. Or is perverted into forms its original architects wouldn’t recognize if they could come back.

A Real Dictator Coming?

You get the economic results Devvy Kidd wrote so informatively about, rationalized through such locutions as “free trade” and “free markets at work,” having destroyed careers, ruined lives, undermined communities, and eventually sowing the seeds of armed revolt among that element of the immiserated peasantry not prone to self-destruction.

The kind of revolt that puts a potential dictator into power if he can convince enough people he can clean up the mess.

I hope it’s obvious that I’m not talking about Donald Trump.

Trump turns 77 next month. One way or another, in a few years he’ll be gone. But the problems that put him in the White House back in 2016 will still be around.

He might have a successor, who will have all his strengths (especially charisma) but none of his weaknesses (lack of focus, inability to respond effectively to crises which hurt him badly when the globalists unleashed COVID, an inability to shut his mouth when doing so would be wise).

This person might be very self-disciplined. Those around him as well. He and they will be everything the presently-terrified globalist-leftist elites accuse Trump and MAGA of being.

Those struggling to hang onto an intellectually discredited leftist-liberal elitism and “globalization” will have done this to themselves!

So, What Would It Mean to Make America Great Again?!

Don’t merely vote for Trump, although four more years of Democrat rule will be more disastrous than the past three-and-a-fraction.

Start restoring a Christian worldview. This is Biblical (Mark 6:15). Note for those interested that materialism as a philosophy of nature as well as of humanity has major drawbacks that have nothing to do with anyone’s “religious convictions” (I discuss them in chapter 5 of my book).

Today, those trying to do this are maligned as Christian nationalists: combining Christianity with America First!

If what I’m describing here is Christian nationalism, then so be it! I am beyond caring what label its enemies pin on it!

Recently I happened to catch clips from a video in which some bimbo (on MSNBC, I think) described Christian nationalists as “believing we get our rights from God and not from the government!

She found this horrifying, like something out of Stephen King.

I found myself laughing hysterically at her palpable terror.

We must assert that rights come from God and not government. All we have to do is look at what has happened as a result of relying on the opposite assumption for well over half a century now.

What government gives, government can take away!

Even Libertarians figured this out!

It can (and should) be made obvious to grade school children. Which is why Founders such as John Adams understood the need to keep government on a short leash. If there must be a political class and that class recognizes that it answers to Someone higher than itself, then all might be well. When its members believe otherwise, they tend to become dictators.

Corporations aren’t necessarily better. Some are worse! “Free trade” agreements were promoted by corporate lobbyists and well-moneyed think-tankers in NGOs who had the political class bought and paid for. I don’t know how many Libertarians fully grasp this, or the failure of everything-is-economics imperialism.

Economics-before-everything has given us, over various decades, Big Tobacco, Big Oil, Big Media, Big Pharma, and Big Tech. All have based “marketing” (i.e., propaganda) on the assumption of a mass to be controlled, so that mass will spend money it does not have on things it does not need.

Political economy is downstream from culture, and culture is downstream from the prevailing worldview. To illustrate: if we look at the cultural trends (in e.g., popular music) that existed during, say, the Great Depression, or afterwards, we find beauty! We find elegance! Despite the suffering that characterized those years!

Or compare classic cars to the monstrosities being turned out today. (Paul Craig Roberts recently did this.)

Or just go to the 1970s, before the really massive cultural deteriorations had set in. Compare the rock music of that era, often with intelligent and thoughtful lyrics, to what passes for popular music today: “vocalists” who can’t utter three lines without at least one f-bomb.

A lot of today’s art, architecture, fashion, is just ugly and repellant.

In the 1970s girls and women did not cover their bodies with tattoos, pierce their noses and faces, dye their hair green or purple, or curse like sailors which many “career women” do today quite liberally!

So what would it mean to truly Make America Great Again?

It would start, as I said, with a restoration of the Christian worldview, and since our dominant institutions are probably beyond hope, any Great Restoration must start outside them and proceed person to person, writer to reader, parent to child, teacher to student, group to group, until we can rebuild families and rebuild a basis for stable, prosperous communities in which all will recognize the intrinsic value of all their members and work out the policy implications.

The latter, I submit, will include a lot of what self-identified liberals of old said they wanted, in arenas such as housing, health care, nondiscrimination, and so on. It will have extracted the antiwhite racism and the “gender” fluidity/confusion of wokeness. It will leave us in no danger of falling under a world government, or of “transhumanism.” Recognizing God means realizing we are not God, we are not entitled to rule others as if we were; but neither are we an autonomous mass of homo economici able to make up our own “rules” as we go along.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




Pro-Hamas/Palestine Protesters: Ignorant Dupes

By: Devvy

May 6, 2024

First thing on the madness we’ve been seeing on campuses of lower learning.  Two factions.  One is ignorant students who are actually enrolled in one of the colleges/universities and second are paid professional cockroaches who travel around the country.  Their job is to whip up violence, rioting, spew hatred on college campuses while promoting Marxism/collectivism.

It’s important to remember what started this:  Oct. 7, 2023.  An UNPROVOKED attack by Hamas on a holiday. 

This was not Russia firing off missiles at Ukraine while Ukraine’s military on the ground in the ‘meat grinder’ are shooting at Russian troops.  It was not troops from two countries engaged in an actual war shooting at each other day in and day out.

No. Those savages outright murdered HUNDREDS of innocent mostly young adults at a peace music festival.  Those sub-humans hauled off the pretty Israeli girls to rape and when done there, hunted down average, ordinary people who happen to be Jewish, firing off their rifles having a good old time shooting old people in the face, killing families, including babies, asleep in their beds and even killing family dogs.  Hamas pigs hate Jews but don’t seem to have a problem raping their women for their own sexual gratification.

For the psychopaths who belong to Hamas, the most vulnerable are just another target for a bullet.  After all, they’re just Jews.  Hamas murderers are Satan’s Pimps who shall burn in his Hell for all eternity.  Forget the 72 virgins BS.  Perhaps the next attack will be on OUR soil by Muslim zealots against Catholics. Or maybe Baptists will be the next target by Hamas cold-blooded murderers.

Will we see thousands of ignorant college students doing what we’ve seen the past few weeks celebrate murder against Catholics at a cathedral or Baptists at some large gathering by Hamas butchers?  Wouldn’t bet fifty-cents on that one.

Oh, gosh, we’re only rioting, screaming and yelling against “apartheid” Israel.  Just ignore the signs that say:  Exterminate the Jews.  Be careful what you wish for when it comes to Muslims who lie better than career criminal, Joe Biden and that’s saying a lot.

This Hamas Commander says this is not about land, not just Palestine.  “The entire planet will be under our law, there will be no more Jews or Christian traitors. Only then, if everyone adopts his law, will there be peace.”

Rashida Talib – What People Are Ignoring“This is an accurate well-written article: Truth about Mohammed: rape, murder, molestation, beheading

“Mohammed was “a psychopath (with) Allah (as) nothing but his own alter ego,” according to Ali Sina, ex-Muslim, webmaster of FaithFreedom.org.  Islam’s prophet Mohammed (various spellings are given to his name, some being “Muhammad”) was the David Koresh and Jim Jones of his time.

“Mohammed’s Allah’s religious activism prescribed for his disciples? “Fighting is prescribed for you. . .it is good for you.” Koran 2:216.  That is the baseline of Islam: killing, fighting, slaying, murdering, slaughtering, leveling, conquering, overcoming for the bloodletting. The baseline includes Muslim slaying Muslim such as in “honor killing” — slitting the Muslim female’s throat if Muslim males conclude she has dishonored the clan.

“Read the daily news to see the killing cult enveloping the globe. Millions upon millions are in this marching “Islam world rule” army. They threaten every democracy. And who is Allah? Allah is Satan for he is the antipathy to the Bible’s loving God. When analyzing the Koran’s god, one discovers the devil as described in the Bible: “father of lies,” murderer, hater, insane, King of the Pit, Beelzebub, “that old snake,” the Book of Revelation’s “dragon,” overseer of the lake of fire and brimstone.”

“Ali Sina continues, “Muhammad invented this bugaboo deity to fool people and ride them. Allah is no god. Muhammad was a deranged man. He concocted this whole lie to fool people. He was no different from Charles Manson.” Do take the time to read the rest.  And ask yourself this question:  What kind of religion forces you to be a believer or face death? Not Christianity whatever denomination. Not Judaism. Only “Islam”.

Think you’ll be spared just because you protested while a student at some Ivy League college?  Then you have NO idea just how blood-thirsty Muslims are in their quest for a world caliphate.

The other thing to remember is the people in Palestine elected Hamas to be their official government. 2006 didn’t get Hamas a majority of votes but those terrorists did win a majority of seats in their version of a legislature.  Yes, Hamas, just like ISIS, Hezbollah and all the various blood-thirsty terrorist organizations think nothing of killing anyone who doesn’t believe their pedophile god, allah, is king of the universe.

In 1988, Hamas issued their covenant.  Introduction: “Israel will exist and will continue to exist until Islam will obliterate it, just as it obliterated others before it” (The Martyr, Imam Hassan al-Banna, of blessed memory).” [Page 1]”

Sound familiar?  Nazi racial ideology bloomed under butcher Adolph Hitler who believed Jews were nothing but “parasitic vermin” and therefore must be killed so as to keep Germans the “pure race”.

How’s things working out for the average Muslim in Palestine since Oct. 7, 2023, when your government leaders – Hamas, the terrorists you elected – pulled that unprovoked attack?  Have they come to your rescue to provide food, medicine, support?  Hamas leaders worth staggering $11B revel in luxury — while Gaza’s people suffer, Nov. 7, 2023

“While their people languish in poverty and are treated as human shields, the leaders of Hamas live billionaire lifestyles.  The terror group’s three top leaders alone are worth a staggering total of $11 billion and enjoy a life of luxury in the sanctuary of the emirate of Qatar.

“The emirate has long welcomed the leaders of the terror group and installed them in its luxury hotels and villas at the same time as it hosts a vast American military presence.  One of the sons of Hamas leader Ismail Haniyeh lounges in a luxury hotel suite in Qatar. Haniyeh is worth more than $4 billion.”

“Hamas leaders live the high life while many of the more than 2 million residents of Gaza City live in abject poverty.”

While I haven’t owned a propaganda box (TV) for eight years, I’ve seen so many videos the past few weeks of the rioting, tent encampments, the violence which grew faster than mushrooms spread across college campuses.

Young adults protesting wearing table cloths over their shoulders similar to the head diaper worn by terrorist Yasir Arafat; a terrorist probably most of those 18–23-year-old young adults have never heard of nor do they know how evil he was:

Yasir Arafat’s Timeline of Terror, Nov. 13, 2004

“Members of the media are focusing much attention on Yasir Arafat’s legacy. Many of the historical briefs and timelines being published whitewash his decades-long involvement in terrorism. While they note that Arafat led Fatah and the PLO, the terrorist acts committed by these groups are often ignored.

“For example, a Nov. 4 AP timeline, reproduced in the publications and Web sites of many different media outlets, lists only one failed act of sabotage in 1965, 3 suicide bombings in December of 2001 and one in 2002.

“In fact, groups under Arafat’s direct or indirect command – including Fatah, Black September, Tanzim and Al Aqsa Martyrs Brigade – were responsible for hundreds of bombings, hijackings, assassinations and other attacks, including the 1972 murder of 11 of Israel’s Olympic athletes in Munich, the 1973 murder of the American ambassador to Sudan, Cleo Noel, and the 1985 hijacking of the Achille Lauro cruise ship (resulting in the murder of wheelchair-bound Leon Klinghoffer).

“The AP timeline instead highlights Israel’s anti-PLO actions without providing the reason – decades of terrorist attacks against innocent civilians.  Not only is the PLO’s history of international hijackings, kidnappings and child murders ignored, the terrorist organization and Arafat’s leadership of it are actually praised: Feb. 4, 1969: Arafat takes over PLO chairmanship, transforms it into a dynamic force that makes Palestinian cause known worldwide.”

There is a difference between being stupid (like putting your hand over a flame on the stove) and being uninformed.  What I’ve seen these past weeks in my America makes me sick beyond words. Check this:

Columbia University Apartheid Divest: Who we are, Nov. 14, 2023 – “Columbia University Apartheid Divest is a coalition of student organizations that see Palestine as the vanguard for our collective liberation. We are a continuation of the Vietnam anti-war movement and the movement to divest from apartheid South Africa. We support freedom and justice for the Palestinian people, and for all people. We know that true collective safety will arise when everyone has access to clean air, clean water, food, housing, education, healthcare, freedom of movement, and dignity…

“We are committed to creating a multi-generational, intersectional, and accessible space dedicated to fighting for abolition, transnational feminism, anticapitalism, and decolonization, and also to combating anti-Blackness, queerphobia, Islamophobia, and antisemitism.

“We keep each other safe. We do not believe that prisons, police, profit over people, militarism, war, colonialism, or imperialism will keep us safe. We reject the United States Immigration and Customs Enforcement Agency’s weaponizing of the United States’ racist immigration laws to prevent our international comrades and peers from speaking up.

“We reject the violence of the Israel Defense Forces-trained, police-industrial complex that chokes our communities and disproportionately enacts brutality against people of color. We believe that true, collective safety will only arise when we divest from death-making institutions and invest in life-affirming institutions—when everyone has access to clean air, clean water, food, housing, education, healthcare, freedom of movement, and dignity. There can be no exceptions.”  Get the international comrades?  What you’re seeing is the making of the ‘new Soviet man’ and vermin like the CUAD should be run off Columbia U’s campus.

Over the decades of writing columns, I have referred readers to the work of Jeri Lynn Ball who was so right and we are seeing the fruits of the Communist International Party ripening on college campuses, rotting the minds of your children. Masters of Seduction: Beguiling Americans Into Slavery and Self-destruction was written by Jeri in 2000.  I have all her books, but Jeri wrote a 25-page introduction from her book, Masters, EVERY AMERICAN – especially college kids – need to read.  What Jeri wrote is America today. Jeri is one of the most accurate researchers I’ve known since I began my journey for the truth some 31 years ago.

“Prior to the Communist attack upon families and education, children were raised and educated to be principled individualists. From the founding of this nation until well into nineteenth century, children attended private schools, and they were prepared morally, intellectually and socially for productive lives in a free society. They received sound training in grammar and composition, history, mathematics, science, economics, and other disciplines.

“Parents used “strong, secure” disciplining and instilled into their children American values and virtues, including the “work ethic” (productiveness, self-reliance and other virtues), honesty, integrity, and independence. Parents did not tolerate welfarism in their homes and taught their children to earn all of their own money and material possessions “through successful work experiences.”

“In Masters of Seduction I have described the methods and techniques of American parenting experts, who make it possible for parents to raise their children to be happy, healthy, confident, competent, principled individualists.

“Communitarians have deliberately sought to undermine schools and universities and eliminate the intellect-oriented approach to education. They are methodically destroying family relations, creating juvenile delinquency, and shifting the raising of children to community groups and organizations. They denounce strong, secure disciplining and promote permissiveness because they want to turn America into a nation of dependent, brainless, directionless barbarians…

The Effects of Communistic Psychological Warfare on Americans

“In order to create their New World Order, Communists must destroy America’s fundamental ideas. Why? Because a nation whose citizens are governed and sustained by the principles of the Ten Commandments and which upholds and defends individual and economic freedom, is difficult to transform. Principled individualists think for themselves and are independent and self-reliant. They have integrity and self-respect.

“They’re loyal to their families, their leaders, and to their nation. A nation which upholds and defends principled individualism and laissez-faire capitalism has a high ethical standard. Its citizens will fight to defend their principles, their freedom and their unalienable individual rights.

“Today, most Americans are embracing the communitarian moral code, and this country is now in a process of disintegration, making it vulnerable to a takeover. Communists have sought to degrade the nation and to produce the maximum chaos. Communist psychological warfare has wreaked havoc in the lives and families of virtually all Americans. Human casualties—the drug addicts, criminals, alcoholics, suicides, neurotics, psychotics, the ignorant and the illiterate—number in the tens of millions.

“In his book, The Index of Leading Cultural Indicators: American Society At the End of the Twentieth Century, William J. Bennett writes, “[S]ince 1960…we have seen a 467 percent increase in violent crime; a 463 percent increase in the numbers of state and federal prisoners; a 461 percent increase in out-of-wedlock births…more than a doubling in the teenage suicide rate…and a drop of almost 60 percent on SAT scores.” The rate of divorce has “more than doubled.” The number of adults in prison now totals 2 million. Research studies show that drinking, drugs, and casual sex have become national vices.

“Since 1992, when Clinton and Gore began their bombardment of communitarian propaganda, teenage drinking and drug use has soared. Illegal drug use is now not only an urban problem; the use of alcohol, cocaine, crack, inhalants, marijuana, methamphetamines and other hard drugs has reached epidemic proportions in small towns and rural areas.

“Tens of millions of Americans are suffering from mental disorders, such as anxiety, panic attacks, depression, phobias, obsessive-compulsive disorders, eating disorders, manic depressive psychoses, and schizophrenia. Countless others are marked by aimless lack of purpose.

“The Communists—Using Every Means to Destroy America and to Create Global Totalitarian Police State. Masters of Seduction shows that our adversaries are not only fulfilling their vision of human reconstruction, but are using every plan and policy, every program and course of action, every law and institution—in short, every means to create a world police state. Communists are striving to achieve, among other things, the following ends: banish the traditional nuclear family, composed of a father, mother, and children; transfer the care and rearing of children to the community and to Communist-led youth organizations, such as the Boys and Girls Clubs of America and Big Brothers Big Sisters of America; gain control of the educational system, communize textbooks, and indoctrinate teachers with the Communist communitarian ideology; infiltrate and subvert all other cultural and social institutions, including the churches;

“achieve government control over the health care industry; gain control of the newspapers, publishing houses, motion picture industry, radio, television, and the Internet; use the environmental movement to gain control or ownership of private land and production and to wipe out industrial civilization.”  Read full text here.

Never in my life could I have ever imagined seeing what I’ve been seeing for a couple of weeks on college campuses.  Signs: Kill the Jews, Death to America, Free Palestine, burning of the American flag.  Efforts to fly the Palestine flag everywhere which thankfully has been stopped by real American students on campuses.  How absolutely shameful my America should resemble Nazi Germany under Hitler.

Outside paid professionals coaching these kids how to hate, how to spew their hatred and cause violence.  Who was behind the wave of pro-Palestinian protests across the US?  “The group behind the large-scale protests is called A15, a movement that called for a coordinated economic blockade on April 15 in an effort to free Palestine. “There is a need to shift from symbolic actions to those that cause pain to the economy,” the group wrote online.”

Nostalgia for the Mud, May 4, 2024 (Best column of the weekend):  “It turns out, actually, that at least half the troops inside were not students at all, but rather semi-pro activists paid up to $7,000 each by George Soros’s Open Society Institute and other overtly insurrection-themed orgs…”  Politico mocked for being surprised on who is funding anti-Israel protests: ‘Surprising to who?’

How selfish those thugs are to deny young adults the joy of their cap & gown day with family to celebrate all their hard work to graduate:  USC Cancels Graduation Ceremony After Facing Security Concerns Over Pro-Palestinian Protests

No doubt students who had tests cancelled have plans and schedules only to be denied by pawns in a game they don’t understandPatriotic Rutgers, UNC students push back against anti-America, anti-Israel agitators: ‘Seeing a movement’ – Final exams were canceled at Rutgers on Thursday due to disruptions from the protesters, impacting some 1,000 students”

My closing words on this:  SHAME on any American student on any college campus for supporting terrorists because Hamas is a big player in the game and they are nothing but dirty, filthy savages.  Hamas is the official government of Palestine so yes, you useful fools, you are supporting terrorists.

No student at any college, university or community college in this country whether, black, white, brown, Asian, Republican, Democrat, Libertarian, Green Party, no party, Baptist, Methodist, Catholic, Jewish, Native American should ever be bullied by cowards wearing face diapers keeping them from going to class because of investment decisions by a college/university.  A Jewish female student at UCLA was beaten unconscious so bad she had a concussion and hospitalized. SHAME on the cowards who did that.

Good for all the students who’ve stood up to those bullies and thugs chanting USA, USA and singing the National AnthemBREAKING: Sharpshooters Reportedly Stationed Inside U of M Graduation, As Police Remove Pro-Palestine/Hamas Protesters and Students Shout Them Down, “Shut the f**k up!—-Shut the f**k up!” [VIDEO]  -“ Students standing nearby can be heard drowning out the protesters by shouting, “Shut the f**k up–Shut the f**k up!” as pro-Palestine/Hamas protesters threatened everyone in the stadium by shouting, “We will not stop—we will not rest!”

And check this out:  “NOW: “Death to America” A Convergence of Marxism and Radical Islam. Startling pamphlets distributed at the University of Michigan equate “Free Palestine” with calls for American genocide.”  (Not radical Islam, it is Islam, period.)

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

The U.S. House passed a Resolution (H.Res.894) “Strongly condemning and denouncing the drastic rise of antisemitism in the United States and around the world.” It’s what’s known as a Simple Resolution which doesn’t go to a president for any action.  It’s political and in my opinion, unnecessary. Those who hate Jews will still vomit up their slogans under the First Amendment, just like ‘white supremacist’ bozos.

A MUST watch video (22:08): Collectivism and Individualism Explained by G. Edward Griffin – G. Edward Griffin on the differences between collectivism (Communism, Socialism, Fascism) and individualism.

GOOD:  Update: CEO Who Offered Jobs to Pro-Hamas Protestors Watches Stock Tank, Company Loses $210 Million in Stock Value, May 5, 2024 (Company HIMS is a male ED brand.)

Elite Universities Are Now Getting Hit with Yet Another Problem: Furious Parents – “For $90,000 a year, parents of some elite school students expected more than hate.”

Both of these columns are mine in case you missed them. Truth vs propaganda.

Iran: Cut Off the Head

Italian Mafia vs. Hamas

WATCH – Anti-Israel Protester at UCLA Encampment: ‘We Don’t Like White People’, “You’re just a white person; you’re a white person [so] get out — we don’t like white people,” the keffiyeh-wearing woman insisted before chanting, “Free Palestine” as she waved a Palestinian flag.”




VP The BIGGEST Decision of Trump’s Life

By Lex Greene

May 6, 2024

If the elections were held in a free, fair, and transparent fashion today, Trump would take back the Oval Office in a historic landslide victory with voters from all demographics and past party affiliations.

That’s exactly why the Democrat Party, corrupt Soros prosecutors, their fake news media, censored social media platforms, federal agencies and billions funneling in from around the globe via ACT BLUE, will do anything to prevent Trump from even appearing on the ballot… They are all set to lose big in 2024, they all know it, and they have to do something extraordinary, illegal, and unconstitutional to stop it.

They are like rotten kids playing a board game, when one figures out that they are about to lose the game, they just toss the board game over, knocking all of the pieces to the ground, so that nobody can win.

But so long as Trump can avoid a bullet, or a lawless conviction based on utter lies and corrupt political persecutions by Soros leftwing extremists in the prosecutor offices, and we can secure lawful elections, he will become the next President of the United States, backed by more than 100 million pissed off Americans from every walk of life.

“The People” have finally had enough! Americans are finally waking up to the reality that anti-American leftwing extremists have pushed our country to the brink of total collapse, civil war, financial ruin, and no matter how they might feel about “Trump’s mean tweets,” he’s the only shot we have to turn our country away from the proverbial cliff.

But in order to do that, Trump’s pick for Vice President is the BIGGEST decision of his life, and ours.

Trump can only serve one more four-year term. Four years won’t be enough to save this country from Nazi Klaus Schwab, his maniacal WEF, and the hundreds of anti-American corporations financing the Nazi “Global Reset.”

As a result, who Trump ultimately chooses as his VP running mate is of critical importance. Political operators on both sides of the battle know this, and people on both sides are working around the clock to “advise” Trump on who his VP pick should be. Everyone has an opinion, most of them completely uneducated on the fight ahead, and totally incompetent to offer any good advice.

First, there are two competing schools of thought on the matter.

  1. Trump should pick someone opposite of himself, in order to gain support from voters who don’t like Trump’s sometimes brash personality, someone who will temper Trump’s right-leaning policy promises.
  2. Trump must pick someone just like him, in order to not be undermined at every step, like he was by Mike Pence in his first term, and set the table for eight more years of leadership following Trump’s short four-year administration. Keep the train on track for Trump’s four years, and eight more years after that.

I’m firmly in the second camp, knowing that the global nazi left will use anyone and anything to undermine any agenda to Make America Great Again, including horrific VP picks like Pence! Trump is the face of the MAGA movement, but make no mistake, every American who wants America to return to the roots of its unparallelled greatness, is their ultimate target.

I have been asked numerous times if I would support anyone but Trump in 2024, and the answer is no. Not because I’m a Trump friend, I’ve never met the man. Not because I’m a Trump fan, I’m not a fan of any politician or politics in general. They are ALL just public servants to me, none of them worthy of God-like status.

The situation in our country today is so dire that only someone with the financial ability to withstand the lawfare storm and a steel spine has any chance of turning the tide. They also have to be firmly committed to “Making America Great Again” by upholding, defending, and enforcing ALL protections of the people found in the Charters of Freedom.

As of today, I cannot name anyone who meets these critical conditions, but Trump. Therefore, Trump has my support.

Now, the same goes for his ultimate VP pick. The person Trump picks must be an exact duplicate of himself, otherwise, even once elected, Trump will not be able to do what his supporters want him to do.

Some of the Names Floated

  • Tim Scott, R-S.C. (needed to gain control of the Senate)
  • J.D. Vance, R-Ohio (Needed to gain control of the Senate)
  • Marco Rubio, R-Fla. (Needed to gain control of the Senate, and not eligible)
  • Elise Stefanik, R-N.Y. (Needed to gain control of the House)
  • South Dakota Gov. Kristi Noem (Needed at the State level)
  • North Dakota Gov. Doug Burgum (Needed at the State level)
  • Arkansas Gov. Sarah Sanders (Needed at the State level)
  • Texas Gov. Greg Abbott (Needed at the State level)
  • former Rep. Tulsi Gabbard (a Klaus Schwab WEF grad and lifelong Democrat)
  • Carson (far too weak)
  • Vivek Ramaswamy (A Klaus Schwab WEF grad and not eligible)

So, on the above laundry list of potential VPs being floated by people who don’t really support Trump, there’s no one on the list that fits the bill for me, after a great deal of research. Trump will need “conservative” Republican control of both congressional chambers to be effective in his next term. We cannot afford to remove anyone from Congress who is even remotely aligned with Trump, if we can avoid it.

Two on the list are not even eligible, both Rubio and Ramaswamy are “anchor baby” Americans under 14th Amendment “naturalization” statutes, and two, Gabbard and Ramaswamy are Klaus Schwab WEF grads. The Natural Born Citizen requirement in Article II applies to both President and Vice President and at a time when the Democrat Party is working to allow all “illegal aliens” in the country to vote in our elections, alter our electoral college and voting districts, 15-million new in just the past three years. We MUST uphold Article II requirements for the Oval Office.

After scouring the current political field for the best possible VP pick for Trump 24, I landed on just one name…

BYRON DONALDS

First, his name is NOT being floated by any of the “advisers” determined to undermine Trump just in case he gets elected again, as “advisers” did with Pence in 2016. But in addition, I have watched his performance in the House and the man is decent, honorable, and has a steel backbone in confronting the pervasive evil oozing from the dying democrat party, and calling things what they really are in broad daylight.

He’s likely the strongest Trump (America) supporter in Congress today, for the same reasons I am. Further, he’s not just another damned British Common Law lawyer, his degree is in finance and marketing. He understands the foundations of America’s financial stability and economic strengths needed to save the country from Marxists and Communists currently in charge of the DNC and federal juggernaut.

Like Trump, he’s an unapologetic AMERICA FIRST leader and a take-no-prisoners style of freedom fighter, who deeply believes that America’s greatness comes from its free people, not government. He’s extremely intelligent and well-spoken. He can lead the nation after Trump completes a second term.

NOTICE…I made no mention of the color of his skin. That’s because, like Martin Luther King, I judge a man on the strength of his character, not the color of his skin. We need leaders with a strong character and a steel spine. Donalds meets those qualifications with ease.

Therefore, my personal recommendation to Trump is to choose Byron Donalds as his 2024 running mate.

Truly… I cannot name anyone else as of today!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Barack Obama: “We need to fundamentally change America.” I.E. Devolve It

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 6, 2024

In an interview with Bill O’Reilly years ago, Barack Obama promised to fundamentally change (transform) America.  At the time, he followed his preacher Jeremiah Wright in Chicago with, “God D*mn America.”  Obama also hid the fact that he was a practicing Muslim because he knew Americans would not vote for anyone following the Islamic religion after 9/11.

Then he wrote a book where he admitted when the winds blew hard against him, he would stand with the Muslims.

If you haven’t seen it, let’s look at what’s happened to Great Britain. Once the most powerful nation on the planet, London and 20 other cities find themselves being led by Muslim mayors.

Out of 67 million British citizens, and only 4.0 million imported Muslims, Great Britain finds its own Christian religion being replaced by 3,000 mosques, 130 Sharia Courts and 50 Sharia Councils.

For the record, Sharia Law is the most brutal, deadly, insane, and totally anti-Western religion on the planet.  It degrades women as ½ the value of a man. There are no rights to women’s dress or choice of spouse. Children lack any rights.  Honor killings of women are lawful and carried out to the tune of 20,000 annually according to the United Nations.  Female genital mutilation is mandated and lawful.  Women cannot swim in a pool with men.  Women cannot wear a bathing suit unless it’s a full pajama suit and only with other women. Women can be beaten without cause. Women must cover their entire bodies and wear hijabs or burkas, which turn them into “non-persons.”   Women cannot drive a car or ride a bicycle. They have no say in the politics of a country.

“A whopping 78 percent of Muslim women do not work, receive state support, and free accommodations.  Another 63 percent of male Muslims do not work, receive state support, and free housing. State supported Muslim families with an average of 6 to 8 kids receive free accommodations. Today, every school in the UK is required to teach Islam.”  (Source: Professor Stewart Hulbert, San Diego State University.)

In other words, Great Britain pays for a religion that displaces its own citizens.  What few understand is this face: Islam works toward total world dominance.  It teaches its adherents to lie in order to make inroads into any country.  Its prime directive is, “Convert or kill all non-believers.”  (Source: Qur’an)

So, when Muslim Barack Obama said that he was out to “change” America fundamentally, he meant it.

If you look around you, we jumped from 300 Mosques and 100,000 Muslims in 1990, to well over 4.0 million Muslims in America in 2024.  Their goal is to reach 20 to 30 million by 2050.  With THAT many numbers, they can and will take over entire cities. They will form Islamic caliphates within American that have nothing to do with America.

One look at Detroit, Michigan in the past month with their 300,000 imported Syrian Muslims, they have been chanting, “Death to America” in meetings to support the Hamas terrorists who slaughtered 1,200 women and children on October 7, 2023.

If you look at the audacity and violence of Muslims at our major universities, you’re seeing a “fundamental change” in America. What is that change?  We’re being changed or devolved into a third world country.  We’re being driven back to the 6th century when Mohammod the Prophet raped, killed, beheaded and generally created the savagery of Islam.

If you look at “Somaliland” in Minneapolis, Minnesota, you see 125,000 Somalian Muslims living off American taxpayers’ dollars for food, housing, medical care and more.  Because they carry an average IQ of 68, they have totally trashed the school systems.  Why? Anyone with that low an IQ, lacks any interest in educational pursuits.  Additionally, they simply cannot perform or pass tests in math, science, physics or any STEM subjects.

If you look at George Washington University, those same Muslims draped the Palestinian flag over a statue of the “George Washington,” the Father of Our Country.  They desecrated it beyond recognition.  Do they care about our country or about any Americans?  What do you think?

If you look at the history of Islam from the 6th century, it has not changed into a civil or intelligent religion.  It’s based on a political religious system that tolerates no other religions and no other thought processes. If you look at Iran, that country provides the most terror in the world. One look at Europe shows you a total disintegration of Western Ideals, laws and civility.

Obama wants to “fundamentally change” by importing more Muslims.  If you look at what his “stepchild” Biden has done, look no further than our southern “border”,  which is no longer a border. Biden invited 12 million illegal aliens, terrorists, drug cartels, criminals, nut cases and worse into our country in the past 41 months.

How do you think they will “fundamentally change or transform” our country?

While we’re seeing our country turn into a cesspool of criminals, Congress does NOTHING to stop the president or the illegals.

You must ask yourself, “Would I want my wife and children to live in  Detroit, Michigan to be forced to read the Qur’an at school, obey  Sharia Law, watch honor killings, have my female children suffer  female genital mutilation, wear Burkas or hijabs, be unable to swim with boys, wear a pajama to swim, be dubbed at ½ the value of a male, and another dozen atrocities beyond comprehension?”

If I were an American woman, “Would I want my husband to take four wives?  Would I like him to beat me at any whim?  Would I like being forced to stay in the house unless accompanied by another male from my house?  Would I like myself to be forced into female genital mutilation?  Would I like my daughters going to school with classes dominated by Somalian students?  How much education would my children receive?”

How did it feel when you heard the news report, “Death to America” from all those pro-Hamas Muslim supporters?  Did you ask yourself,  “How could they say that inside the greatest and freest country on this planet?”

All Americans better start asking themselves these questions because the citizens of Great Britain didn’t. Now look where they find themselves.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




The War To End All Wars

By Rob Pue

May 5, 2024

It seems like a lot of people just can’t hardly wait for war.  From mainstream news media to even the best of alternative news sources, commentators and pundits, everyone seems to be salivating at the idea of World War Three.

I find it interesting to note that during World War 1, we didn’t call it “World War 1,” because we didn’t recognize it as the first of many.  It was first called the “European War.” Then American newspapers called it “World War.”  And the British called it the “Great War.”  Soldiers fighting and families left at home had no idea they were fighting “World War 1.”  Then, it was FDR who first used the term “World War 2” in 1941.  But soldiers fighting and those at home didn’t realize they were fighting “World War 2” until Roosevelt named it that.  But today, people seem so eager for World War 3.  Even regular, everyday citizens seemed giddy at the idea of World War 3.  It’s on everyone’s minds and it seems virtually inevitable.

As we look at current world events, it does appear that a war to engulf the globe has already been set in motion.  Like wars we’ve seen in the past, alliances are being formed.  The BRICS nations, consisting of Brazil, Russia, India, China, South Africa, Ethiopia, Iran and the United Arab Emirates have been in allegiance since 2009.  Also at that table, you could add North Korea, Iraq, Turkey, Syria and Afghanistan.

Western countries, which were formerly allies, are significantly less organized and unfortunately, they’re all facing great internal turmoil, economic depression, massive immigration problems with people from enemy countries being welcomed in and catered to — for some reason — by their own governments.  There’s no doubt that what one might call the “Axis of Evil” nations today are much better prepared and propped up by self-proclaimed Globalist New World Order “elites” than are countries like the United States, Britain, France, and even Germany.

Western nations are literally being invaded by citizens from the “Axis of Evil” — and the western nations are welcoming the invasions, supporting the invaders and weakening all their defenses — from military to public infrastructure, seemingly on purpose.  This isn’t a “conspiracy theory.” It’s a conspiracy FACT.

Here in the US, the city of Minneapolis now plays the Islamic “call to prayer” over city loud speakers five times a day.  The same happens in Michigan.  Muslims who support the call of “Death to America” now serve in local, state and national governmental positions of power.  Chinese nationals own much of the land in our nation and hold most of our debt.  We rely on China for most everything we buy and use, including pharmaceutical drugs and food supplies.

On our college campuses, students have been brainwashed to prefer socialism over capitalism and are rallying against Israel and their own United States.  And while the “Axis of Evil” nations are training their military for war, here in the US, our military focuses on recruiting homosexuals and “transgenders” and invests tax dollars on transgender “transitioning” drugs and surgeries, using the proper pronouns, re-educating those who don’t agree with these agendas and training recruits to submit to an increasingly “woke” mindset.

For years, we’ve heard about Chinese military training in Mexico and Central America.  In just the past couple of years, we’ve learned the Chinese military is also training in Canada, just a stone’s throw away from our US borders.  We’ve seen video footage of Chinese container ships converted to ballistic missile launchers and loaded with ammunition, just off our western seacoast.  Not to mention the millions of military-age single men, all from hostile nations, crossing our borders — some even stating openly that they’re here on a military mission.

We’ve also seen the self-proclaimed “elites” — the New World Order Globalists — spending enormous amounts to construct underground bunkers for themselves, here in the US and around the world.  They’re stockpiling food and supplies for themselves, and they’ve been doing that for at least the last year or so.  Obviously, they believe something big is on the horizon and they’re preparing.

Meanwhile, when the average American patriot suggests that we should all be “prepping” for coming disaster, we’re labeled, once again, as “conspiracy theorists,” “right-wing wackos,” and worse, by the mainstream media, on social media and by the ignorant general public.

The last presidential election here in this country deepened the tremendous amount of division among our citizenry.  Any thinking person can easily examine and analyze what took place and come to the obvious conclusion that the election was blatantly stolen, regardless of what George Soros’-funded legislators, district attorneys and attorneys general will pronounce publicly.  And so, there are many ignorant souls out there today who really believe the last election was completely legitimate — despite overwhelming evidence that we’re now a banana republic ruled by tyrants bent on the destruction of our nation.

That being said, there’s no doubt that this year’s election will be the most significant ever in American history.  And along with that, will come more division, more hatred, more rioting, burning and devastation from the Left.  But this time, American Patriots will likely rise up as well, rather than continuing to bow to the one-sided “rule of law.”  Patriots aren’t going to let what happened last time happen again.  They won’t stand for it.  They won’t allow it.

So this year — leading up to November, but especially afterwards — is going to be one of chaos and war within our borders, among our own people.  When the foreign enemies who’ve now been settled in and well-funded and supplied by the Regime in power get involved, it’s not going to be good.  America is at its weakest point in history right now.  It’s only going to grow weaker once the fighting begins within our borders.

When that happens, we’ll be ripe for the picking of those foreign enemies in and outside our borders, who are, even right now as I speak, training for a specific operation…World War 3.

I’d urge you to not be so quick to wish World War 3 upon us, because it’s not going to be anything like you can imagine now.  If you’re thinking of a “Red Dawn” scenario, where a few bands of patriotic vigilantes can camp out in the woods and win our freedom back with a few shotguns, you’re just plain clueless.

When it happens, Patriots are going to be up against the most sophisticated weaponry in the world.  I’m not just talking about night vision goggles here.  I’m talking drone technology, the likes of which you and I have no idea.  I’m talking about infrared heat cameras that can locate and pinpoint human beings hiding anywhere, and weapons that can eliminate them, fired by enemy combatants on the other side of the world.

Imagine losing your electricity — rolling blackouts are already going on in parts of our country and will only grow worse as the regime continues to press it’s “net zero” agenda under the false narrative of “climate change.”  No power. No water.  No food in the stores.  No communications.  No phones.  No internet.  Cars will not operate — electric or otherwise.  Local police and sheriff departments will be no match for hordes of foreign enemies marching on our land with operational, tactical vehicles.  Even our military will be no match for these enemies.

And the enemies are already here, embedded in cities and towns, large and small, all across the United States.  Thousands more are being welcomed in daily, even as they’re encouraged to “vote for Biden” when they get here, so the border can remain open.

During World War 2, our nation came together, united as one.  Our people at home sacrificed, rationed things, bought war bonds, scrimped and saved everything to support our faithful soldiers, sailors, airmen and marines.  Today, our nation is so divided — and deliberately divided — there will be no national unity.  Amid the World War, we’ll also be fighting one another in a new “Civil War.”  And a house divided against itself cannot stand.

I’m sorry to say, friends, we’ve already lost this battle.  By being so passive, by allowing things like the stolen election of four years ago to stand; by allowing the rioting and devastation of groups like Black Lives Matter and ANTIFA to happen with no pushback — our police officers ordered to “stand down” and “let them burn it all down;” even by standing by and doing nothing as the statues and monuments of our American history and heritage were removed from public, and by allowing political dissidents of the Regime to be persecuted and jailed while most of us did nothing, we’ve invited the coming tragedy upon ourselves.  It’s our own fault.

We should be, right now, weeping and mourning and repenting in sackcloth and ashes, begging God’s forgiveness for our personal sins and our national sins.  Such a thing would begin in the churches across this land, but alas, the churches have also been overtaken by the socialism and communism of the Social Justice movement.  Pastors, who have so much power available to them — if only they had an ounce of courage to use it — have refused to stand against the evil and therefore, their followers have refused to stand for anything.  Most Americans today have no idea what the Word of God says.  No idea Who Jesus Christ is, and certainly no idea the horrors that await them when their comfort, luxury and ease are suddenly removed and they’re faced with starvation, famine and the loss of every single thing they’ve put their trust and security in, in this world.

“If My people, who are called by My name, will humble themselves and pray and seek My face and turn from their wicked ways, then I will hear from heaven, and I will forgive their sin and will heal their land.”  There’s no political solution to all this.  Don’t count on Donald Trump to save you — or our country.  There’s one Savior, and that is the Lord, Jesus Christ.  Judgment begins first in the house of the Lord, and I dare say it will be the Christians who are eliminated first as our enemies overtake us — from within and from without.  Because most today are “Christians” in name only.  Their “fire insurance faith” will not spare them from what’s about to happen.  Instead, after horrific and violent deaths, most will stand before the Lord only to hear the words, “Depart from Me, you workers of iniquity. I never knew you.”

Could it be that I’m dead wrong on all these things?  Well, I can tell you I’m 100% right on much of what I’ve stated here.  I’ve told you about Global conspiracy FACTS, not theories.  Of course, there’s much we don’t know yet…and won’t know until it plays out.  But is there a chance God might spare this nation and heal our land?  Yes, but it would require God’s professing people to take 2 Chronicles 7:14 seriously and put out an urgent, clarion call all across this country.  It would take an enormous, concerted effort on the part of pastors and churches and the people in the pews, humbling themselves before Almighty God, while there’s still time.  Sadly, I won’t hold my breath on that… Americans are too consumed with comfort and ease.  Too self-absorbed to take the Word of God seriously.  They’re busy planning their next vacation, busy with their sports and entertainment.  They have no time for God. Certainly, no intention to humble themselves, pray, seek God’s face and turn from their wicked and selfish ways.

The soldiers in World War 1 didn’t know they were fighting “World War 1” when it was happening.  Those in World War 2 didn’t know it was World War 2 when it began.  There will be no doubt when World War 3 goes hot.  It truly will be the “War to end all wars.”  Friends, those of you who will, be in prayer for this nation.  Be in prayer for those you love.  I believe God will protect and provide for those who are truly His, but none of us will escape persecution.  I urge you to draw close to God today, and bring as many souls with you as you can.  Our time is growing short, and we have but one Savior.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com




In the Twinkling of an Eye

by Rolaant McKenzie

May 5, 2024

One of the most popular episodes, called Nothing in the Dark (Season 3, Episode 16, 1/5/1962), in Rod Serling’s famous television series The Twilight Zone tells the story of Wanda Dunn, a frail old woman living in a dark basement studio apartment, the last resident of an old, ramshackle tenement long vacated by her neighbors. She mostly remains isolated in her apartment because she fears Death will take her if she opens the door or goes outside. She had convinced herself that as long as she did not let Death enter her home, she would remain alive.

One cold night, Wanda is awakened by a commotion outside. Harold Beldon, a young police officer, is shot in an apparent fight with a suspect and lays in the snow just outside her door. As Wanda listens through the door, Harold cries out to her that he is dying and pleads for help. She is unable to call for emergency medical assistance because she has no phone. Wanda is initially afraid and unwilling to open the door, thinking that it is a trick by Death to let him in, but Harold’s continued pleas for help prick her heart. She yields to her compassion, opens the door, helps Harold to her bed, and tends to his wounds.

Because she touched him and did not die, she believed that Harold was not Death in disguise. She shared with Harold that her initial reluctance to help him was because some time before she saw Death in the form of a man take an old woman’s life by just touching her, and that she had seen him many times with different faces.

The following morning, a man identifying himself as a building contractor pushes through the door, causing Wanda to faint in terror. When she regains consciousness, the man apologizes and explains that he is tasked with demolishing the building in an hour. He said that notice of this demolition was given some time ago and that she should have moved out long before this day. He tried to convince her that his work was necessary and good because tearing down the old, dilapidated building paves the way for new and much better dwelling spaces. He told Wanda that if she did not leave, he would have to call the police. She turns to Harold for help, but the contractor, not seeing him, leaves to call the police.

When Wanda looks in a mirror and does not see Harold’s reflection, she realizes that he has come to take her from this life. With a kind smile, he tells her that he arranged the circumstances of their meeting to gain her trust and convince her that he means no harm. Wanda recoils, frightened, but Harold tells her that what she really fears is the unknown. He assures her that she has nothing to fear and that he is there to take her to a new and better life.

Harold gets up from the bed, showing no signs of injury, and gently encourages Wanda to trust him and take his hand. When she finally takes his hand, she does not realize that anything has changed until she finds herself standing over her own dead body. Then Wanda, arm in arm with Harold, walks through the door outside into the sunlight and new life.

Ever since the rebellion against God of our first parents, Adam and Eve, sin and death have become part of the fabric of this world. It is a common saying that death is a part of life, but it was not an original part of God’s creation. Indeed, it is an enemy that separates us from our familiar life under the sun, our loved ones, and friends (Genesis 2:15-17; 1 Corinthians 15:26; Revelation 21:1-4). Like Wanda Dunn, we know this instinctively, and along with the fear of the unknown, it often produces a dread of death that causes us to do everything we can to avoid it.

Charles Blondin (February 28, 1824 – February 22, 1897) was a French tightrope walker and acrobat who did exhibitions in Britain, Ireland, and the United States. His exceptional skill brought him such fame that his name became synonymous with tightrope walking.

Blondin was most famous for his tightrope walks across the Niagara Gorge on the United States-Canada border in 1859, where he walked on a 3.25-inch-thick, 1,100-foot-long rope 160 feet above the Niagara River. On one occasion, he walked across blindfolded. On another, he carried a stove midway, sat down, and cooked and ate an omelet. And yet again, he pushed a wheelbarrow.

It was on the occasion that Blondin successfully pushed the wheelbarrow that he asked for a volunteer to get into it and take a ride across the gorge. Though the amazed audience acknowledged his ability to do this and other daring feats, no one believed in it to the point of getting into the wheelbarrow. However, his manager, Harry Colcord, at another exhibition at the Niagara Gorge, climbed onto Blondin’s back, and he carried him safely across the gorge.

Because Jesus bore on His back the cross, shed His blood to pay in full the penalty of our sins, and rose again as conqueror of the grave, all who climb onto His back by faith need not fear death. As Colcord trusted Blondin to carry him on the tightrope across the turbulent waters in the gorge below, even more so can we trust in Jesus, the risen Savior, to carry us safely across the valley of the shadow of death (Psalm 23:4) to the home He has prepared for us (John 14:1-6).

All who truly believe in Jesus and act on it by taking His hand by faith need not be terrorized by death. As Wanda’s fear was overcome and she believed Harold by taking his hand to enter, in the twinkling of an eye, the doorway to new life, so all who believe in Jesus will, when He comes for them, leave a decayed dwelling to be torn down and enter the eternal dwelling God has prepared for them in heaven (2 Corinthians 5:1-8).

“Behold, I tell you a mystery; we will not all sleep, but we will all be changed, in a moment, in the twinkling of an eye, at the last trumpet; for the trumpet will sound, and the dead will be raised imperishable, and we will be changed. For this perishable must put on the imperishable, and this mortal must put on immortality. But when this perishable will have put on the imperishable, and this mortal will have put on immortality, then will come about the saying that is written, “DEATH IS SWALLOWED UP in victory. O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR VICTORY? O DEATH, WHERE IS YOUR STING?” The sting of death is sin, and the power of sin is the law; but thanks be to God, who gives us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ.” (1 Corinthians 15:51-57)

The path of your life can change in the twinkling of an eye. Later today or tomorrow is not promised. Trust in Jesus today, be forgiven of all your sins, be at peace with God, and enter a new and better life in truth — eternal life.

© 2024 Rolaant McKenzie – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rolaant McKenzie: rolaant@gospeloutreach.net

Website: http://www.gospeloutreach.net/




Dying to Your Flesh – Session 3

By Pastor Glynn Adams

May 5, 2024

This is my final article on dying to your flesh. I shall recap what we have learned and I remind you that you must deal with your flesh nature inherited from the fall of Adam. Failure to do so means Satan will rule you by your flesh and your spiritual life will not go well. Misery and frustration will follow you and you will be most miserable because the way of flesh is death and following your Spirit is life and peace!!!

The Spirit of God which we receive when we accept Christ as Lord and Savior desires to obey God. Your flesh and spirit are at war with one another. In Galatians 5:16-25, the Bible lists the fruit of the flesh and the Spirit. After we confess our sin, God has a “process” for us to deal with our flesh.The Bible says, “flesh must die” by taking up our cross daily and Satan is always saying “flesh come alive.”

Now I want to quicken your memory from Sessions 1 and 2 Until you are willing to hear what God has to say about His law, you will never know true freedom nor will you have understanding about the powers of darkness. Jesus said, “Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets, I am not come to destroy but to fulfill.” (Matthew 5:17)

Since Jesus came to fulfill the law, we need to know first what the law is really saying. Jesus answered this in Matthew 22:37-40, “Thou shall love the Lord thy God with all thy heart, with all thy soul, and with all thy mind. This is the first and great commandment. And the second is like unto it, “Thou shalt love thy neighbor as thyself. On these two commandments hang all the law and the prophets.”

What the law is really saying is that if you do these two things, love God supremely and love your neighbor as yourself, you have fulfilled the law and are no longer a law breaker. But this is impossible without Jesus Christ because of our bondage to our selfish, self-centered flesh nature which must die. Since Jesus did not abolish the law, then what does the law do today? The law stands today to bring judgment upon all sin. The law brings the wrath of God (Romans 4;15). The law brings a curse (Galatians 3:13). The law as a ministry of death (2 Corinthians 3:7), and the law is a ministry of condemnation (2 Corinthians 3:9). All these things come upon law breakers. Are we in the New Testament?

Who are the law breakers? They are those who do not walk in love and cannot walk in love. Their minds are set upon this world system and the things their heart love. “For the mind set on the flesh is death but the mind set on the Spirit is life and peace, because the mind set on the (carnal) (fleshly) mind is hostile towards God: for it does not subject itself to the law of God (which commands us to walk in love) for it is not even able to do so for those who are IN THE FLESH cannot please God.” (Romans 8:6-8) So, if anyone loves their flesh nature, they refuse to love God with all their heart and love others as themselves. They choose to walk in the image of Satan.

I am not in any way saying that righteousness and holiness come by obeying the law. Paul makes that clear in Galatians 2:21, “I do not nullify the grace of God; for if righteousness comes through the Law, then Christ died needlessly.” However, this does not release us from the law that tells us that we must love others as we love ourselves. Jesus came to fulfill this law by perfecting the God-kind of love in us.

To put this in real plain English so it can be understood if someone loves his neighbor as himself, he will not kill his neighbor, commit adultery against his neighbor’s wife, steal from his neighbor, not bear false witness against his neighbor. Understand those who still love their flesh nature, which is the nature of Satan, refuse to obey God’s law and the law stands in judgment today against all rebellion. Paul said, “For not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified.” (Romans 2:13)

I surely hope you understand that God is commanding us to walk in love. The wages of sin are death. If we die to our flesh nature, then we can walk in this kind of love that God commands but not if we are in bondage to our selfish desires of the flesh nature. When we die to our fleshly ways, then we manifest the nature of God when we love God and our neighbor as ourself.

In Session 2, we put anger on the cross. Today, I will use unforgiveness. Let’s say someone hurts your feelings. You immediately come into agreement with God that unforgiveness is wrong and carries with it severe consequences from God. Unforgiveness must die. It is simply choosing your spirit man over your flesh. In Ephesians 4:27, it says we are not to give the devil an opportunity. Ephesians 6:11 says, “Put on the full armor of God that you may be able to stand firm against the schemes of the devil.”

There are schemes of Satan and his forces of darkness that are destroying people and Christians every day tearing down their minds, and their wills. That is why God put all this in the Bible that we can take authority; yes, every Christian has been given authority in Jesus Name, over these schemes and works of Satan.

Let me give you one scheme of Satan and that is un-forgiveness. 2 Corinthians 2:10-11, Paul forgave “In order that no advantage be taken of us by Satan; for we are not ignorant of his schemes.” The forces of darkness are around us all the time looking to gain ground in us. Before we got saved, our flesh was un-forgiving. But when we repented, we broke our old covenant with Satan, and we now have a new Master, and we now walk in forgiveness. This new covenant is written on our heart that we will obey God.

When you come into a situation where you are hurt by a friend or anyone, immediately and every time, the forces of darkness are there to talk to your mind to build a case against that person. Once in covenant with your friend, Satan wants you to stay hurt and angry with your friend and in un-forgiveness. These evil forces are talking to you building a case against your friend, “Your friend, shouldn’t have said that about you. All that you have done for him and he said that about you.” As a Christian, you are to obey 2 Cor. 10:3-5, and take those thoughts captive to the obedience of Christ and out of your spiritual will, forgive your friend. However, if you do not immediately forgive, your flesh will be angry at your friend, and you will scheme how you can get back at him.

Do you know why God says in Romans 12:19, “Vengeance is Mine saith the Lord; I will repay?” All God wants us to do is love. If we take vengeance, we have to take the weapons of the flesh – hate, anger, revenge, un-forgiveness, resentment, bitterness, and violence. Plus, when we take vengeance, our flesh is offended which is supposed to be dead. “Great peace have they which love thy Word and nothing shall offend them.” (Psalms 119:165) HATH GOD REALLY SAID?!!!

What did Jesus say in Mathew, “Take up your cross and deny yourself?” The way we deny ourselves is to deny our flesh. Christians!! – we have a will and we can give it to whomever we wish. You will know them by what? “Their fruit.” Forgiveness is an act of our Spirit and will; un-forgiveness is an act of our flesh. Why does God want us to forgive others? There is nothing that anyone can do to us that is greater than what we did to Jesus Christ. Our sins put Him on the cross, and yet He has forgiven us.

Remember in Matthew 18:21-35 when Peter asked Jesus how many times do I forgive someone, seven times? Jesus said, “Seventy times seven.” Which means you never stop forgiving? Then Jesus told the parable of a man who was forgiven but would not forgive someone else? What did Jesus say to that man? “You wicked slave. I forgave you so you should have forgiven also? His lord, moved with anger, handed him over to the torturers until he should repay all that was owed him. So shall My heavenly Father also do to you, if each of you does not forgive his brother from your heart.” Is this plain? If we do not forgive from our heart, our heavenly Father will not forgive us and will turn us over to the torturers.

That is what you get when you don’t forgive – torment from Satan and his demons. There is more on eternal consequences. In Matthew 6:14, “For if you forgive men for their transgressions, your heavenly Father will also forgive you. But if you do not forgive men, then your Heavenly Father will not forgive your transgressions.” Are we talking about Christians here? Does this help your fear of God to obey Him and resist these forces of darkness? Do you see the importance of taking thoughts captive, the importance of dying to your flesh and crucifying the flesh?

Here is a big benefit we get when we die to our flesh. I Peter 4:1-2 says, “Therefore since Christ has suffered in the flesh, arm yourself with the same purpose because he who has suffered in the flesh has ceased from sin.” So, when Jesus was tempted to sin, I Peter 4:1, says His flesh suffered for He did not sin. It is good for your flesh to suffer because that means you did not sin and your spirit man is prevailing and you are again walking in the Spirit. You choose God’s way over your flesh which causes your flesh to suffer. It is a lot more to Christianity than going to a church building on Sunday!!!

It is about “changing your life” to walk in the Spirit and no longer in the flesh. It’s about a war but we will always triumph in Jesus’ Name if we are faithful in His process. To ignore your flesh and its fruit will guarantee you a life in the flesh which is spiritual death, frustration and defeat. Instead of being under the rule of God, when you remain in the flesh, you will continuously be under the rule and temptation of Satan. Change comes hard and slow but God knows your heart and will give you grace in His “process.” Unlike your flesh, God wants you to succeed.

Taking thoughts captive is part of Spiritual Warfare. Paul talks in Ephesians 6:10-18 about flaming darts. These are thoughts put in our mind by Satan or his demons. Even been minding your own business and these thoughts (some can be vile), suggestions, or ideas come to you? We must discern if these are from God or Satan. That is why Paul says in 2 Corinthians 10:5, “and we are taking every thought captive to the obedience of Christ.”

If these thoughts line up with the Word of God, then they are of God and you can obey. But if they don’t, you are to take them captive and resist them. “To resist means to openly oppose.” “I resist you Satan in the Name of Jesus and I do not receive these thoughts.” God dealt with this in Isaiah 65:2, “I have spread out My hands all day long to a rebellious people who walk in the way which is not good, following their own thoughts.” Remember David the King of Israel and instead of in the spring when Kings went to war, King David stayed at home. He went out on his porch and saw this beautiful woman. “But each one is tempted when he is carried away and enticed by his own lust. Then when lust has conceived, it gives birth to sin; and when sin is accomplished, it brings forth death.” King David should have taken those thoughts, imaginations, and lust captive to the obedience of his God. The King had a flesh problem!!!

Renewing your mind is talked about by Paul. Romans 12:2b, “And do not be conformed to this world but be transformed by the renewing of your mind.” How do you renew your mind and what is the purpose of it? The neglect of the developmental process for inner life – soul care – has stunted the spiritual growth and potential of many Christians in America and around the world. Soul care has to do with the special things that we do to cooperate with the life God gave to us in the new birth. We must want and we must learn to develop and actualize the Holy Spirit’s empowering so as to grow as quickly and fully as possible into the likeness of Christ. Each Christian is responsible for their “soul care” but it sure would help if the pastors would provide the flock of God some leadership.

When we get saved, born of water and spirit, God washes us by His water and by His Spirit and we are made alive to God. It is an instantaneous event. God frees us from sin, we are delivered and the blood of Jesus washes away our past. He gives us a new nature and life and for the first time we are alive unto God. We feel things we didn’t feel before, hearing things we never heard, and sense things we never sensed before and this desire comes to us instantaneously, “I want to do the right thing – I want to live for God.” That happens in a moment – you are perfected and it cannot be increased or improved upon.

However, we are created a living soul. In our soul is our mind. The Bible says don’t be conformed to this world anymore but now that you have been saved in your Spirit, be transformed by the renewing of your soul (mind). The Word is the water. You sat down in a quiet place every day and as you read the Word, it washes out the soul (mind) with the water of the Word to get rid of all the junk and rebellion that is there. So, my Spirit has an instantaneous experience in salvation but my soul (mind) is being washed is a journey.

This is your daily time with God in the Word of God and this transformation of your life did not come when you prayed for salvation – transformation comes when you change your thinking. Our thinking changes as our soul (mind) is washed with the water of the Word of God. “As a man thinketh in his heart so is he.” Not as a man thinketh in his spirit but as he thinketh in his heart. (The heart here is not the one that pumps blood –your heart is your soul.)

We are body, soul, and spirit. Our real wealth does not lie in our body. It is the house we live in. The real self is our soul. This is what Jesus is talking about when He ask the question, “For what will a man profit if he gains the whole world and forfeits his soul? Or what will a man give in exchange for his soul?” (Mathew 16:26) Losing your soul here is not a soul headed for hell. The Greek Word used here is “zemios” which means damaged or not fully developed. Christians can gain the whole world but be the loser and not profitable if you failed to fully develop your soul. An individual’s capacity to choose is his or her most God-like characteristic.

When God designed us, he gave us the ability and the right to make decisions. He will not force us to do anything. UNTIL I CHOOSE TO DO WHAT GOD HAS ORDERED FOR MY SPIRITUAL WELL-BEING, I WILL NOT BE A HEALTHY, GROWING SOUL. Sermons, desires, and understanding of God’s truths do not change us. It is my choice to act on those sermons, desires, and understanding of God’s truths that makes the difference in changing us. If my soul is not healthy, I lose the ability to make that choice. Until we spend time before God in His Word and let it wash out the junk and rebellion from our soul, in order to be transformed by the renewing of our mind, little can be done to change us. We must make the decision to spend the time being transformed by the Word. By making the decision and choosing to do the will of God by renewing your mind, you release God to do what He alone can do in your life.

WAKE UP BODY OF CHRIST – God bless, I remain your servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his teaching on dying to the flesh, taking thoughts captive, and renewing your mind, and the late Peter Lord and his book, “Soul Care.”

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Super Important: Conservatives Vote in May’s Primary Election and Vote out Traitors

By Oregon State Senator, Dennis Linthicum

May 4, 2024

In the midst of this Primary season, attempting to enumerate the failures and bankrupt ideas spilling from the Democrat Party is tough. The rising costs associated with our state’s regulatory burdens, needless legislation and up-scale bureaucratic army is terrible and it is hurting people, their lives and livelihoods. It harms producers, manufacturers, businesses, farms and families in both metro and rural areas.

We need to elect courageous people to both Congress and our own state legislature. We need them to push back against incompetent extravagances and fight against unnecessary taxes, endless spending, and needless regulations.

As we are learning daily, these issues are complex and finely woven traps that are difficult to recognize at first. They are baited traps none-the-less – laced with enticing incentives, coated in feel-good rhetoric, and carefully hammered through the majority party’s brutally efficient committee hearings. Many of these financial injustices have now become part of the fabric of our lives, but isn’t that the point? We have become so accustomed to, or so enamored with some program or another, that most of us don’t remember why it was done in the first place.

These issues can no longer be shrugged off.

Recently I have been reading about France’s famed Maginot line and its speedy collapse under a military and propaganda onslaught. William Shirer was a CBS radio correspondent in Berlin for six years. He provides us with well-reasoned details in his first-person account. His analysis weaves the tragic events happening on the front with what was happening among the city-dwellers.

Although Shirer wasn’t among the soldiers, or riding on top of a tank, his books are filled with tremendous technical details that coincide with his observations from the propaganda ministries. His book includes information that was released after the allied forces gained access to a treasure trove of resources in the Third Reich’s secret archives. Shirer understands the importance of these unique details and relates them to his own first-hand experiences.

Shirer routinely dealt with censors who banned, canceled or demanded word-changes whenever he tried to share his forthright and honest thoughts. This is not unlike our modern era.

During his years as a war correspondent, Shirer was uniformly censored and denied access to relevant information. His ability to share intricate details was reviewed on a daily basis and then routinely denied. He was stuck in Germany with the ability to see the truth but forbidden from sharing it.

Still, Shirer wrote his experiences down. He exercised his freedom by keeping a diary. He documented his thoughts and recorded his first-hand experiences. He knew the bureaucratic enterprise couldn’t control the inner workings of his heart.

After-all, he was certain of one fact – his understanding of right and wrong. He knew appropriate from inappropriate, male from female, fact from fiction and propaganda. He was not willing to allow himself (or us as readers) to be led away by a, “weird mixture of the irresponsible, megalomaniacal ideas which erupted from German thinkers during the nineteenth century.”

Observations

Shirer makes several observations that I’ll quote below. I’ll let you draw your own meaningful conclusions. The following quotes are from Shirer’s own hand and found within the first two pages of his forward in The Collapse of the Third Republic – France 1940, William L. Shirer:

How did it come about, “that a cultured, Christian people lapsed into barbarism in the midst of the twentieth century, gladly abandoning their freedoms and the ordinary decencies of human life and remaining strangely indifferent to the savagery with which they treated other nations, other races”?

Nor did the public realize how it was being poisoned and misled, not only by Fascist-minded leaders and newspapers, small in number but growing in influence, who on ideological grounds … were being manipulated by German agents and German money. True, the government and the press failed to impress this upon them.

“… the genial ‘Francophile’ German agent in Paris, was effective, easily penetrating political, business, social and cultural circles; he worked tirelessly at winning their sympathies.”

“… engineered trips with all expenses paid, for numerous politicians, intellectuals, industrialists, and leaders of the war veterans’ groups to Germany, where they were wined, dined, and otherwise feted, and fed with Nazi propaganda.”

“… obtained lucrative contracts for French writers to have their books translated and published in Germany.”

“… arranged interviews for French journalists with Hitler so that the Fuehrer could reiterate that he wished only peace and friendly relations with France.”

“The German agents at this time didn’t buy newspapers. They bought journalists. It was cheaper. And it was more effective.”

“In the last resort and particularly in a representative democracy, the people are responsible”

Are we seeing the same level and type of relentless, big-moneyed corruption? Am I the only one that can sense the ominous signs? Don’t we all recognize that something is wrong?

It seems we go to work, come home, play with the kids, rinse and repeat. I’m not complaining, I think life is beautiful, but the corruption flowing from government authority is near universal. Can’t our learned-academics or our political elites see themselves? Can’t they hear the ridiculously old and worn-out phrases blubbering from their lips? How do men and women of common-sense and traditional values continue?

They fight back!

They will not be the ones found quietly hiding under their bedsheets. They are the brave and courageous, both young and old, who are willing to stand for the things that are right, good, true and beautiful.

Every day, I meet them. The working men and women in our communities, the people who have had enough. They don’t need anything but to be left alone. They are the ones still standing. They are the ones standing against our cultural bosses who are still shoveling their same old mix of weird, irresponsible, megalomaniacal ideas (otherwise known has BS).

Join us! Will you pledge to stand for truth to prevent our culture from drowning under the corruption spilling from Oregon’s own?

Each of us can contribute to our Freedom Agenda.

What are your skills? Where do you fit into the puzzle? Can you join with other like-minded individuals? Are you willing to speak up and share your ideas with your family, neighbors and friends?

Now is our time – Help your community see the dangers of wandering blindly towards a cliff which we know is right beyond the corner.

The Primary election is May 21st.

Conservatives must elect strong, consistent Republicans who will courageously stand firm and true. We don’t need any more go-along, get-along politicians, statists, or bureaucrats who will ignore the Constitution, their constituents and their responsibility to our kids and grandkids.

Your support is vital and necessary!

© 2024 Dennis Linthicum – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dennis Linthicum: sen.DennisLinthicum@gmail.com




Stakeholder Capitalism: A global economy that works for the global elite

by Kathleen Marquardt

May 4, 2024

This is a critique of Wiley.com’s description of Klaus Schwab and Peter Vanham’s Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People, and Planet. Quotes from Wiley are in bold italics. Wiley is a publishing company that specializes in education and research.

Reimagining our global economy so it becomes more sustainable and prosperous for all[1]

“Our global economic system is broken. But we can replace the current picture of global upheaval, unsustainability, and uncertainty with one of an economy that works for all people, and the planet. First, we must eliminate rising income inequality within societies where productivity and wage growth has slowed. Second, we must reduce the dampening effect of monopoly market power wielded by large corporations on innovation and productivity gains. And finally, the short-sighted exploitation of natural resources that is corroding the environment and affecting the lives of many for the worse must end.”

Schwab and the rest of the global elite/deep state do intend to replace the current picture of the global condition. But, in order to do that, they had to produce the global upheaval, unsustainability, and uncertainty to destroy the free-market capital system, the agricultural system that fed much of the world, and the sound political governance that was a beacon to the rest of the world.

To “eliminate rising income inequality,” Schwab et al have been destroying the economies of the Western world so they can then introduce the Universal Basic Income (for those non-elites – the useless eaters) who are left after the elite reduce the human population by 90% — a manageable size.

They then intend to “reduce the dampening effect of monopoly market power wielded by large corporations” – one of the tools they used to bring us to this state of economic chaos. Its usefulness will be over.

And finally, the short-sighted exploitation of natural resources that is corroding the environment and affecting the lives of many for the worse must end. These “short-sighted exploitations of natural resources” were also tools of the global elite designed to destroy farm and ranch land, forests — private property in any form. If you don’t understand this, go to americanpolicy.org and search any of these key words.

The debate over the causes of the broken economy—laissez-faire government, poorly managed globalization, the rise of technology in favor of the few, or yet another reason—is wide open.

Not even! Schwab and the rest of the global elites orchestrated the whole sick and twisted reinventing of, not only the U.S. government, but all Western governments in the world to bring down free enterprise, private property rights, and sound fiscal policy. Now that they are close to achieving their goal of one-world government, they are implementing policies that will finish the job. They have done the groundwork – destroying the U.S. federal government through reinvention – removing checks and balances, sending taxation sky high, opening our borders and welcoming the dregs and deranged of the world – while financing them and telling us to open our homes to them.

“Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People and Planet argues convincingly that if we don’t start with recognizing the true shape of our problems, our current system will continue to fail us. To help us see our challenges more clearly, Schwab—the Founder and Executive Chairman of the World Economic Forum—looks for the real causes of our system’s shortcomings, and for solutions in best practices from around the world in places as diverse as China, Denmark, Ethiopia, Germany, Indonesia, New Zealand, and Singapore. And in doing so, Schwab finds emerging examples of new ways of doing things that provide grounds for hope, including:

Individual agency: how countries and policies can make a difference against large external forces
A clearly defined social contract: agreement on shared values and goals allows government, business, and individuals to produce the most optimal outcomes”

The “share values” are the values that the global elite will force on those left to do their bidding. Believe me, they won’t be the same values the Schwab’s and elites will keep for themselves. And you can bet your sweet bippy that the “most optimal outcomes” will not be for those useful idiots they are keeping alive to do the elite’s bidding.

“Planning for future generations: short-sighted presentism harms our shared future, and that of those yet to be born”

This really takes the cake. As we watch them promote abortion (and abnormal behavior that cannot produce offspring, i.e., men becoming women (no uteruses there), gay sex (either two uteruses, no penises – or vice versa), and and and – you’ve seen the videos, you know where this is going. Only the elite will be making babies.

“Better measures of economic success: move beyond a myopic focus on GDP to more complete, human-scaled measures of societal flourishing”

This is truly a farce. Do you remember in the early 2010s when they invented Gross National Happiness to replace GDP? Yep, the “human-scaled measures of societal flourishing” records how happy you are when you own nothing. Schwab has been telling you that not owning things will make you happy. How many more times do you need that drilled into your peon/useless eater brain to swallow it and be happy (because that’s what you will be eating – useless memes).

“By accurately describing our real situation, Stakeholder Capitalism is able to pinpoint achievable ways to deal with our problems. Chapter by chapter, Professor Schwab shows us that there are ways for everyone at all levels of society to reshape the broken pieces of the global economy and—country by country, company by company, and citizen by citizen—glue them back together in a way that benefits us all.”

If you believe an iota of any of that, I have a piece of ocean-front property in Montana I will sell you – cheap.

© 2024 Kathleen Marquardt – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kathleen Marquardt: koikpm@yahoo.com

Source:

[1] Stakeholder Capitalism: A Global Economy that Works for Progress, People and Planet




The Chinese Threat to Local Communities is Real

by Tom DeWeese

May 3, 2024

Do the citizens of a community have a right to take action to oppose the establishment of businesses that will negatively affect their way of life – especially if it’s a foreign source? And why are elected representatives ignoring the very people who put them in office to protect their rights? These are questions that need to be asked as every city, town, and rural area face a growing threat.

For the past several decades the communist regime in China has been driving toward world supremacy, both economically and militarily. The regime’s main target has been, and is, the United States of America. The latest tactic of the Chinese Communist Party (CCP) is to use the threat of Climate change to gain control of our American economy, our food supply, and our energy system.

To accomplish that feat, China has grabbed hold of the wind and solar industries, using its political influence, media contacts, and NGO allies to pressure Congress and state and city governments to impose wind and solar projects. On top of that, China is buying up thousands of acres of American farmland along with establishing factories to build the tools needed for the wind and solar scheme. According to a 2021 report from the Department of Agriculture, China now owns roughly 384,000 acres in the U.S. All of this gives China influence over every inch of America. And in many state legislatures and city councils elected representatives are just letting it happen.

It’s vital to make this fact clear – China is a communist dictatorship. There is no free market and there are no private corporations. All are controlled by the government — all for the growth and power of the communist dictatorship.

China is allied and works in partnership with the WEF to empower the Great Reset over OUR nation – not theirs. As China opens more and more coal mines for its own energy future, it is now on the march across this nation – pushing wind and solar as our only power sources. And while helping to destroy us – China gets rich from it.

Across America, vital farmland is being buried under millions of acres of solar panels and massive wind towers. Nothing else can grow on that land – including the food we need! Do not believe for a moment that these wind and solar farms are actually a saving grace to the environment — or that they are going to supply you with the electric power you need.

Wind and solar produce next to nothing in the way of energy. Once all other sources of power from oil, gas and nuclear are eliminated – at best these will produce about 4% of the power we need. And here’s a shocking new detail. When you have thousands of acres of solar panels lined up side-by-side, the materials they are made of actually cause warming!!! All in the name of stopping climate change!

Now add the fact that to produce the wind turbines and the solar panels it will take enormous amounts of oil, minerals, and energy to produce them. Almost all are controlled and supplied by China. Meanwhile, those turbine blades are not degradable, and they rarely last more than six years before falling apart. It’s the same with the solar panels. As you are being forced to recycle — imagine how fast millions of discarded wind turbine blades and solar panels will fill up landfills across the country – because they are NOT recyclable or degradable!

Biden has been leading a big drive to build offshore wind farms along most of the shoreline in this nation. Evidence is now beginning to come in that these wind towers are affecting sea life. Whales have begun washing ashore as their habitats are feeling the results of the towers turning above them. And fishermen are reporting that their industry is being damaged as sea life moves away from the towers that are affecting their habitats.

All of this goes with the destruction of the landscape and beautiful views that are being destroyed as these giant wind towers block the views. Of course the turbines – filled with oil – often explode and spew oil into the water, causing real environmental damage. Dare I mention what will happen to those towers in some really powerful hurricanes!?

And just for the record, CO2 is NOT a pollutant causing climate change. It is desperately needed by the trees and all other plants to thrive. History shows that when CO2 is higher – the land is greener. True science is revealing that the earth is entering a CO2 starvation. We need an average of 1,400 Parts Per Million (PPM) of CO2 to keep plants growing, but today, according to the U.S. Navy, we are at about 400 ppm. Disaster is on the horizon.

The carbon capture pipelines that are being spread across the nation are the most idiotic, and dangerous environmental program of all time. Eliminate CO2 from the atmosphere and you will succeed in turning Earth’s environment into that like Mars – bare of anything growing.

There is no indication of a human-caused warming taking place – perhaps except for these wrong-headed environmental policies. The air was much warmer in the 1930s than today. Climate change is the greatest hoax in human history.

In terms of saving the environment and providing us with electrical power – wind and solar are a joke. And China is laughing the hardest! Can you see the diabolical genius of the communist Chinese plan to force all of this on America? Losing our power source and the ability to feed ourselves makes us a very weak adversary against them.

And while China is pressuring us to be “environmentally correct” that communist nation is getting rich and powerful — because THEY are supplying the wind and solar machinery.

Across our nation, companies owned or controlled by the Chinese communist government are moving into communities, and many local governments are being tricked into believing these companies will bring in lots of new money for the community.

In a rural township in Michigan, plans are in place to build an electric vehicle battery plant, owned by a Chinese Communist party-linked company. The company is called Grotion, Inc. It’s a subsidiary of Grotion High Tech, which is owned by the Chinese Government.

The township had hastily approved a water line needed for the plant. But here’s the good news. People in Green Charter Township were so upset over the possibility of this Chinese-controlled plant that they voted out almost the entire incumbent township supervisors and elected a new board.

The new Supervisors’ first step was to rescind the water permit. One of the new supervisors told the media, “As township supervisor, my number one concern is protecting the interests of the people of Green Charter Township, and we will vigorously defend our township’s position on this. We might be a small community, but we refuse to be bullied.” Of course Grotion Inc has sued for breach of contract, but the Township intends to fight.

In Wisconsin, a wind company backed by an entity of the Chinese Communist Party is behind several wind projects in 16 communities. The company is called EDP Renewables. It pretends to be an American company, but its principal shareholder is Energias de Portugal, whose largest shareholder is the Chinese State-owned Assets Supervision and Administration Commission. Their webpage openly states that it “performs the responsibilities mandated by the Central Committee of the Chinese Communist Party.”

In both of these cases, state governments, including governors, are failing to support these communities and represent their citizens. In Michigan, Governor Gretchen Whitmer has signed HB5120 to take power over green energy projects from the local community government and give it to the Michigan Public Service Commission. Essentially, this bill has removed local control over land use. Again, state regulations are being used to eliminate local control, allowing the Chinese an open road for their scheme.

In Ohio, the small rural community of Pataskala is now threatened with the establishment of a massive solar panel assembly plant. It will employ over 800 people to assemble solar panels with all materials coming from China. Why is this a problem? Well, the lead company in the project, called Illuminate USA, isn’t really a company. It’s a shell designed to get around any future US regulations that would prevent a foreign company from owning property. 49% of Illuminate USA is owned by LONGI, a partner with Invenergy – a Chinese corporation.

A state organization called JobsOhio, which provided an undisclosed amount of incentives to locate the assembly plant in Pataskala, declared that Illuminate USA will be one of the largest solar assembly plants in the nation. It’s all a shill designed to pretend these solar panels are “American Made.” Of course, the mayor and city council of Pataskala just see dollar signs and are allowing this plant to move forward. According to a Wall Street Journal calculation, Illuminate USA could qualify for $350 million year in federal tax credits. It’s no surprise that, as Invenergy has hired a lobbyist to walk the halls of the Ohio Legislature, elected representatives have taken little interest in the issue.

Residents of Pataskala have risen up, protesting the plant. They have packed city council meetings, spread the word in the media, displayed yard signs, and held a large town hall meeting attended by over 200 people. They’ve done everything possible to get the attention of the mayor and city council to represent them and stop the plant. All they get is the mayor calling them “Radicals.”

Incredibly, the Mayor of Pataskala actually suggested that these residents and their efforts to oppose the Chinese influence in their community are receiving “dark money” to pay for their efforts! First, those activists haven’t spent a great deal of money. They have created yard signs, which they sell to pay for them. Some have donated small amounts of money for the effort. There is no massive expenditure – just concerned residents using word of mouth to spread the word. “Dark money” is a tool of the radical, rich, and powerful leftists. In all of my years as a conservative activist I have never seen a dime of dark money go to anyone promoting our ideals.

However, he organized attacks in the media have been relentless against the activists. The Columbus Dispatch, once a reputable news source ran an editorial titled “Actually no, The Chinese Communist Party hasn’t invaded Pataskala. But xenophobia has.” The editorial went on to say… “there is no evidence the company has villainous plans for the city or its residents.”

The Dispatch describes LONGI as simply a “privately owned Chinese solar panel technology company.” Nothing to worry about here! Go home residents and be happy your elected representatives are looking out for you!

Well, not so fast. Perhaps if Columbus Dispatch and other media actually had real reporters who investigated their stories instead of indoctrinated global village idiots, they might have found this item. In a hearing of the Congressional Select Committee on the Chinese Communist Party, held in January 2024, FBI Director Christopher Wray was asked about how CCP-affiliated businesses are used for espionage, and how those resources are used to harm America. In his testimony Wray acknowledged there is an almost non-existent line between “the Chinese government and its private sector.”

Wray went on to say, “Buying land, buying businesses, and so forth, while may be legal, can still raise national security concerns because it provides a vehicle for the CCP to, if they want to leverage that access, to conduct surveillance or other operations that determine our national security, and we’ve seen time and time again, where they have used that access, leveraged that access, to do that.” Please note, Christopher Wray cannot be labeled a right-wing xenophobe!

This is not just an issue of free trade and commerce with a foreign-based company. America is under attack by an enemy that has openly expressed its goal to bury us, and testimony before congress backs that up. Local, state, and federal officials who allow it are guilty of nothing less than selling our towns to Beijing! They are not representing the people who elected them to protect our liberties. A dotting news media is little more than propaganda tool that needs to be directly confronted and challenged to prove its misleading and incorrect reporting.

The fact is, the citizens of Pataskala, Ohio, Green Charter Township, Michigan, and the folks in the Wisconsin and many other states are right to be concerned about these Chinese companies and the threat they pose to their way of life. All Americans have a perfect right to challenge and question elected officials who are helping to promote them.

© 2024 Tom DeWeese – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Tom DeWeese: contact@americanpolicy.org




The New Normal: Ambiguity, Tragedy, Fear and Loathing

By Steven Yates

May 3, 2024

In the 2020s, there’s no shortage of these!

There’s a sense in which this “article” is really three shorter articles in one. So much is happening it is difficult to keep up.

Ambiguity: Scenarios.

Well, we got through April 8 without incident. It was never a given that something bad would happen that day, but Sarah Smith convinced me: it was possible. Her sources were credible. Hence the scenario we drew. Scenarios are possibilities, not predictions or prophesies. Huge difference….

I hope no one thinks we’re out of the woods.

Potentially dangerous people amidst the 10 million plus (does anyone know how many?) who have entered the U.S. illegally since the disastrous Bidenista regime was handed power on January 21, 2021, haven’t gone anywhere.

The New Normal is an ocean of ambiguities … given the number of possible scenarios, events that could happen at any point the rest of this year or the early part of next.

Another and possibly worse virus, with more mRNA “vaxxes” issued without any bona fide testing? A terror attack on U.S. soil (or false flag event posing as one)? A cyberattack? World war, into which the U.S. is drawn, partly because of ongoing explosive conflicts in the Middle East made worse by the Bidenistas’ utter lack of leadership or diplomatic abilities?

Eventual open war with Russia, now that Congress stupidly authorized sending $61 billion more taxpayer dollars to Ukraine?

A relatively sudden financial debacle — Sept.-Oct. 2008 on steroids?

Maybe none of the above. The more difficult it would be for the globalist-leftist axis to contain the fallout, after all, the less likely the scenario.

It’s just as plausible that we’ll approach the November election — tensions probably higher than they are now — with events unfolding absent major disruption because the globalist-leftist axis will have a system in place for stealing the election. This assumes that the Democrat-led lawfare underway in New York City, or one of the other cases, doesn’t make it impossible for Trump to win.

Accomplishing, that is, exactly what they’re accusing Trump and his network of planning.

As I’ve noted previously, though, Trump is antifragile. Attack him, and he gets stronger!

To the globalist-leftist axis, that has to be frustrating!

As I noted last week … too many people see through the lies and are fed up.

Those that aren’t too busy just trying to survive in this economy, of course.

The point is, the globalist-leftist axis will steal the election if they believe they have to, and can get away with it. They’ll have plausible deniability, just like before. Evidence (affidavits testifying to wrongdoing at voting centers, covertly made videos of ballot stuffing, accounts of trucks showing up in wee hours of the morning filled with ballots 100 percent for Democrats, abuses of mail-in voting, etc.) will be memory-holed again, so that there’s “no evidence.”

Point this out and you’ll continue to be labeled a “conspiracy theorist” and an “election denier.”

Further scenario: Joe Biden is re-selected, then dies in office. Kamala Harris is anointed Oval Office occupant. Can’t you already envision the circus that will entail? Representatives of the globalist-leftist oligarchy might come all the way out of the closet, indicating “our” instilled presidency-by-committee since January 2021. Possibly with Barack Obama at its helm, but who knows for sure?

Tragedy: The New Normal Mixes Instability with Insight?

Last week, a man named Maxwell Azzarello, 38, set himself on fire in a designated protest area across from where jury selection was underway in Trump’s first lawfare criminal case.

Obviously, one has to be mentally unstable to do such a thing.

On the other hand, though, if he wanted to make a statement, he couldn’t have chosen a better place. With what was occurring across the street, TV cameras would be everywhere. Some captured the gruesome scene of a man burning alive, flames shooting high into the air. One reporter commented on the odor of burnt flesh.

Fox News wisely put a sketch of Trump inside the courthouse up while reporting what several dozen people witnessed in horror before first responders could put out the fire.

Azzarello died of his injuries several hours later.

He threw pamphlets around before self-immolating. Among them might have been printed copies of his Substack “manifesto” which — like that of the Unibomber published back in 1995 — was not the work of a stupid man.

Possibly it was the work of a broken man.

It was fun (in a black-humored sort of way) seeing pundits initially try to portray Azzarello as MAGA and connect him to the Trump trial, when there was no connection whatsoever beyond his realizing that by doing what he did in that spot, he’d get publicity.

Publicity for what?

For warning of the “apocalyptic fascist world coup” in the works, of course.

The word fascist in this context marks him as a man of the left.

As Sasha Stone notes on her Substack, he was a former Democrat. Possibly pushed over the edge by circumstances of the New Normal.

His “manifesto” is a disjointed potpourri of names (Peter Thiel, Jeffrey Epstein, Michael Dukakis, Rob Lowe, the Simpsons, others), ideas (Ponzi schemes), and condemnations (e.g., of cryptocurrency, as “an economic doomsday device …”).

All in support of the not-entirely-crazy idea that

[o]ur government is conning us completely. That Bill Clinton was secretly on (former CIA Director) George H.W. Bush’s side, and that the Democrat v. Republican division has been entirely manufactured ever since….

For what it is worth: both Clinton and Bush-the-Elder supported NAFTA. For example.

We get to the new century, though, and the “manifesto” goes sideways:

…. Clinton is with Bush; Gore is with Bush; Trump is with Hillary, and so on.

Huh? He seemed to say (one of his many protest signs) that Trump and Biden are working together … which is nuts!

But again, and on the other hand, this is the document’s climax:

The public’s distrust of the government is at an all-time high, but so is the belief that we are helpless to do anything about it.

And with all this, a sharp rise in apocalyptic messaging: climate change will kill us all; COVID will kill us all; vaccines will kill us all; AI will kill us all — no matter the bubbles we ascribe to, we’re bombarded with existential crises with no solutions. We’ve seen a surge in apocalyptic film, literature, and video games that tell us there is no way out of our poor circumstances but total societal breakdown….

This is our rotten farce: For our entire lives, we have been flooded with media designed to slowly steer us into a world where the American Dream was dead, where the public was fully divided against itself, where everybody believed we were powerless to do anything about our worsening circumstances. It is all so they can organize an unprecedented, apocalyptic rug pull on the entire populace as they pivot to fascism, which is perhaps best understood as kleptocracy at the barrel of a gun….

Why on earth would our elites do this? There are many reasons, but the simplest is because capitalism is unsustainable, and they knew it: climate change and resource extraction would catch up eventually. So, they never intended to sustain it. They knew all along that they would gobble up all the wealth they could, and then yank the rug out from under us so they could pivot to a hellish fascist dystopia.

You may agree with parts of this and disagree with other parts of it; but one thing is clear: the man was no dummy!

The rest of his “manifesto” consists of illustrations of events supposedly paving the way for the present/future dystopia by desensitizing the public to violence (e.g., Stanley Kubrick’s A Clockwork Orange), greed (Wall Street’s Gordon Gekko telling us that “greed … is good”), and corruption (Chinatown’s defeatist ending).

There’s just enough truth here to warrant our attention.

Fear and Loathing: that the American Dream really is dead, the power elites have killed it, and most of us will end up in a hellish dystopia.

Last weekend, a couple of days after Azzarello self-immolated, I came across this. The title is worth iterating: “The American People Are Petrified.” The author is Douglas MacKinnon, writer and political communications consultant with a career going back to the Reagan era.

Perhaps the fact that so many people are now in survival mode explains the irrational and self-destructive behavior that sometimes bursts forth. MacKinnon:

Tens of millions no longer recognize the country they were raised in as they fear for their personal safety, their economic security, and the future well-being of their children. Day by day, these Americans are becoming convinced that their nation and their world is on the verge of collapse.

This is not a partisan belief. This is not ideologically driven. This is not based on race, religion or sexual orientation. This is about tens of millions of poor, disenfranchised, working-class and middle-class Americans from every single demographic and community who feel lost, confused, alone and stressed about what the next day will bring.

They are scared. But more than anything else, they feel betrayed.

These are Americans who play by the rules, pay their taxes and respect authority. Every single day they keep their compact with our nation. And every single day they feel cast aside or ignored by the system they have supported their entire lives.

They now look out their windows at a nation that has been purposefully divided by political elites, activists and anarchists looking to consolidate power, increase their control over the masses, cash in, or (usually) all three.

Minus the disjointedness and the predictions of apocalyptic fascist coups, is the tenor here so very different from portions of Max Azzarello’s “manifesto”?

A point I’ve made, and which MacKinnon reinforces throughout his piece: America is now a two-tiered society. Not just America. So is every advanced, industrialized nation in the West. We can debate how long it’s been such, and how it got that way. But the fact of two-tieredness is undeniable. It is also incompatible with either genuine capitalism or democracy. It is more aligned with technofeudalism and plutocratic oligarchy.

What are the consequences of two-tieredness?

One is a “justice” system that plays favorites. Elite-favored “in” groups (e.g., Black Lives Matter, Antifa) can go on rampages causing hundreds of millions of dollars in damage in major cities, including in one case cordoning off several city blocks and claiming them as their own (Seattle). This continued for weeks, back in 2020.

Those who stood up to these groups found the legal system pursuing them.

“Outs” such as the Jan-6ers, few of whom were violent, are then condemned as “insurrectionists” and given sometimes very long prison sentences for something that lasted a few hours of one day and did not overturn a single vehicle or burn down a single building.

You’re supposed to look the other way at this double standard. Otherwise, again, you’re a “conspiracy nut” (or a “white supremacist”).

Awakened (not woke) common people see through this, increasingly.

If enough are motivated to forget “expert” punditry and just pay attention to what their eyes and ears tell them, comparing notes with others doing the same thing, eventually they’re going to react.

If “the experts” tell them the economy is “booming” but they see nothing in their lives or around them except struggle, decay, decrepitude, corruption, who are they going to believe?

If “the experts” insist that violent crime is falling when they know good and well that they’re talking their lives in their hands walking down a city street at night, are they going to believe?

Or are they going to conclude that “the experts” have ulterior motives? Or, at the most charitable, that they are living in a bubble of what MacKinnon calls “privilege, luxury, and protection floating aimlessly above working class, poor and continually disenfranchised Americans”?

Two-tieredness, otherwise known as massive economic inequality, combined with a sense both that the top tier is cheating and that “the experts” are protecting that top tier, will destabilize any country sooner or later.

Today’s elites definitely have a “let them eat cake” mindset regarding a peasantry they consider beneath them. Remember Hillary’s “baskets of deplorables” remark that probably cost her the 2016 election?

The peasantry is serving them food and expensive drinks in the plush restaurants they frequent, cleaning their McMansions, servicing the infrastructure that keeps the lights on and the water moving through their gated communities, and so on.

Many of these people are working two and sometimes three low-paying jobs and still living from check to check. It’s well known that most don’t have $1,000 for an emergency.

Yes, some have made bad financial decisions, or not tried to save, e.g., 10 percent of their incomes up front — if that’s possible. But there’s a reason there’s no financial education in any public school. Elites and “experts” don’t want a population that is financially literate! They profit from mass financial ignorance! Keeping the rabble permanently cash-strapped is, after all, very effective at keeping them in line!

Bidenista-era inflation, moreover, is making their lives harder. It erases the value of savings. The elites who control corporate media wonder why Joe Biden’s ratings are so abysmal when the only viable alternative is Donald Trump, and why almost no one believes in “Bidenomics.”

No, they’re likely to believe that this administration is more corrupt than its predecessor ever thought of being.

It is a shame that Robert F. Kennedy Jr. has been effectively demonized as an “anti-vaxxer.” He’s been on target from the start of his independent campaign with his claim that the biggest threat to freedom (“democracy,” if you prefer) in the West is the seamless integration of leviathan government, predatory corporations, and the preference of both for a technocratic, top-down managerial state.

The problem for power elites is that more and more people are figuring this out.

The latter then go from fear to loathing. I don’t think the elites realize just how much they are loathed.

Some common people, sadly, are acting in either self-destructive or societally destructive ways — because they are trapped, divided amongst themselves, frustrated, and have no idea how to proceed.

If they are increasingly enraged, it is because they grew up on stories of the American Dream: which has become, for them, a living nightmare of struggling to make enough devalued money to keep the lights on, the rent or mortgage paid, food on the table, etc., all at once — without going into unrepayable debt (some do just this!)

Are we approaching a Storming of the Bastille moment in America?

Or possibly in Europe? (I keep reading how “far right” political parties are on the rise across the Atlantic.)

Possibly at a global level?

It’s a dangerous question. There are a lot of elections this year, and a lot of possibilities for massive realignment. A lot can happen between now and November just in the U.S. I very much doubt that the globalist-leftist cabal has played every card in its hand. There are almost surely cards we can’t yet see!

Final scenario: should Trump escape the lawfare being applied by the weaponized “justice” system, and should he by some chance win in the Electoral College (but lose the popular vote again), this cabal will send its well-financed minions into the streets, and if real Americans aren’t ready, what you experienced back in 2020 is just a taste of what’s to come.

© 2024 Steven Yates – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Steven Yates: freeyourmindinsc@yahoo.com

____________________

A slightly different version of this article is also available on Steven Yates’s Navigating the New Normal (Substack). Subscribe to Navigating the New Normal to receive access to exclusive content.

I have it on excellent authority that in the wake of the counterattacks against alternative (i.e., truthful) media, this site is struggling to survive. Please consider making a donation to support NewsWithViews.com here.

Steven Yates is a (still recovering) ex-academic with a PhD in Philosophy. He taught for more than 15 years total at several universities in the Southeastern U.S. He authored more than 20 articles, book reviews, and review essays in academic journals and anthologies. Refused tenure and unable to obtain full-time academic employment (and with an increasing number of very fundamental philosophical essays refused publication in journals), he turned to alternative platforms and heretical notions, including about academia itself. In 2021 he moved to Chile. He is married to a Chilean national.

He has a Patreon.com page. Donate here and become a Patron if you benefit from his work and believe it merits being sustained financially.

Steven Yates’s book Four Cardinal Errors: Reasons for the Decline of the American Republic (2011) can be ordered here.

His philosophical work What Should Philosophy Do? A Theory (2021) can be obtained here or here.

His paranormal horror novel The Shadow Over Sarnath (2023) can be gotten here.

Should you purchase any (or all) books from Amazon, please consider leaving a five-star review (if you think they merit such).




The Truth and Consequences of Targeting Tik Tok

By Lex Greene

May 2, 2024

By now, every American should have figured out that we are being “spied on” everywhere we go, everything we say, everything we post, text, Google search, buy online, or share on social media, every platform, including Tik Tok. Why do you think ads for products you just mentioned to a friend in a “private” conversation start “randomly” popping up on your devices? You smart phone and smart TV watch every move you make.

They also should have figured out that real journalism is dead in the USA, all news outlets, and social media platforms are heavily censored to maintain the government approved narrative on any and all issues, foreign or domestic. They should have figured out that we no longer have “constitutional” courts or “inalienable rights” in the USA, but instead, British Common Law courts used to undermine everything in the Charters of Freedom.

But it turns out that the vast majority of Americans aren’t as awake and aware as we would hope. As a result, most live under the façade of legitimate government, even as they watch that government violate every protected right in the Bill of Rights, spy on and attack American Citizens denying them a right to free speech, to peaceably assemble, or seek any real form of justice.

According to our weaponized federal government officials, “Tik Tok must be banned because it’s owned by the Communist Party of China.” But what if that isn’t true?

Who Really Owns Tik Tok?

Tik Tok is reportedly owned by ByteDance Ltd., a Chinese internet technology company headquartered in Haidian, Beijing and incorporated in the Cayman Islands. In 2009, software engineer and entrepreneur Zhang Yiming collaborated with his friend Liang Rubo to co-found 99fang.com, a real estate search engine, and later create and launch Tik Tok.

According to official filings by the Founders and operators of the company, 20% of Tik Tok is owned by the developers and founders of the company. Another 20% is owned by thousands of employees worldwide, including in the USA, and the remaining 60% is owned by global private investors.

ByteDance is backed financially by Jeff Yass’ Susquehanna International Group, Primavera Capital Group, Kohlberg Kravis Roberts, SoftBank Group, Sequoia Capital, General Atlantic, and Hillhouse Capital Group, all of them huge international business capital groups invested in many things.

In other words, it’s simply not true that “Tik Tok is owned by the Chinese Communist Party.”

USA Things that ARE Owned by the Chinese (10)

  • Chicago Stock Exchange
  • AMC Theaters
  • Smithfield Foods
  • Legendary Entertainment Group
  • GE Appliances
  • The Waldorf Astoria
  • Strategic Hotels & Resorts
  • Riot Games
  • Ingram Micro
  • Motorola Mobility

More importantly, in addition to flying RECON spy balloons across the entire USA without any effort by our federal government to prevent it, the Chinese have been buying up USA land at a record pace, with no opposition from the Biden Administration or Congress.

Most critically, much of the Chinese land purchases in the USA are adjacent to “TOP SECRET” Military Bases, including some of our nuclear weapons bases. (NBC News)

Maybe even more dangerous to the USA is the fact that over 50% of the USA Agricultural Land is own by foreign countries, including China.

So, we can agree that the Chinese Communist Party is indeed a growing superpower that threatens freedom and liberty everywhere it sets its roots beyond China’s borders. Their involvement with Klaus Schwab’s World Economic Forum (WEF) makes them even more dangerous, as the chosen model for a future global government under the maniacal Nazi Klaus Schwab and his evil 2020 Great Covid 19 Reset.

And just in case you still think China and Tik Tok are the greatest threat to American freedom and liberty, you had best think again… Check this list of USA Global Corporate Partners with evil Nazi Klaus Schwab. Every company on this list is a “partner” in the global Nazi WEF GREAT RESET designed to end all national sovereignty, security, independence, peace, and prosperity anywhere in the world.

So, Why Do All the Politicians Hate Tik Tok?

It’s quite simple really… #1 – Tik Tok stock is privately traded, so the politicians and their WEF corporate cronies, like the infamous Blackrock, don’t own it, and can’t control it. But even more important is the reality that western civilization exists in a vacuum completely void of any real journalism or news today.

The kids think they invented the “cancel culture,” but no, our government created it, and Pavlov trained the kids in government-controlled education. Some of the biggest chronic liars in history are now the gatekeepers of truth in America. No one human being has ever told as many lies as Joe Biden, or a bigger set of lies than Barack Obama. Yet, they now control all content on all of the following “fake news” outlets and social platforms…

  • ABC
  • CBS
  • NBC
  • MSNBC
  • CNN
  • FOX
  • NPR
  • PBS
  • Almost every American newspaper
  • Twitter (X)
  • Snapchat
  • Facebook
  • Instagram
  • Google
  • Yahoo
  • And yes, even Truth Social
  • Some influence over Newsmax
  • Little to no influence over OANN, which is why the government targets OANN too

All so-called “community guidelines” or “community standards” are blatant tools of censorship. Gatekeepers of truth at each company, tightly control what is and isn’t “acceptable free speech” and they all answer to the new draconian US Federal Government, which has weaponized every branch and every agency against the American people, while funding known Nazis and terrorists.

But… TIK TOK is the threat!

Yes indeed, TIK TOK is a threat to the people determined to block all public access to free unfettered information. This is the threat that has a government that can’t agree on anything else, that won’t protect our own borders, that weaponized the entire government against the American people, in total agreement against TIK TOK…

As for the alleged “spying” on users of TIK TOK, in case you haven’t figured it out by now, nobody is spying on the American people more than our own government. Every online APP uses a form of “spyware” programming in order to track a user’s interests and provide content, including ads, that the user may be interested in. Every online APP does the same, usually for profit.

When they told you that the “APP is FREE,” they also told you it’s paid for by someone else, mostly advertisers, just like the news networks.

I’m a country music fan and so I follow new rising country music artists, as just one example of the backend problems to what our government is doing to TIK TOK. Here’s an article I just saw, while thinking about writing the truth here regarding TIK TOK. The article talks about 13 New Country Stars whose careers were launched simply by their posts on TIK TOK. They wouldn’t have successful careers today had it not been for open access to TIK TOK.

Now, in case you’re not a country music fan, there’s much more…

According to the most recent data, there are approximately 170-million TIK TOK users in the USA alone, over half of the US population. Approximately 13% of them, or 22.1-million users make part or all of their income via marketing their products and services on TIK TOK.

If our government were to actually “BAN TIK TOK” in the USA, that’s over 20-million Americans that would lose all or part of their income, at a time when O’Biden inflation is ravaging family finances…we are about to see a record number of home foreclosures…in addition to the thousands of companies and millions of jobs lost due to the DoD’s CV19 scamdemic.

All for what? Because the biggest liars in our country can’t control TIK TOK political speech?

When they told you 2-million Americans were going to die from COVID in just two weeks in April 2020, they lied. When they told you wearing a mask and social distancing would save you, they lied. When they told you they didn’t know where COVID came from, they lied. When they told you taking the JAB would save you, they lied about that too.

Now the same people want you to believe that TIK TOK is the new “silent killer” you should fear, and they are lying about that as well! By the way, do you know which country was the first to “ban Tik Tok?” — It was CHINA! Communist governments always try to silence free speech…

So, at what point do you add up all of their proven lies and decide to think for yourself? Before, or after they take everything, you thought you owned????

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com




Free Speech in Canada: Bye-Bye

by Lee Duigon

May 2, 2024

British and Scottish prime ministers have a shelf life measured in months, these days. Here today, gone tomorrow. It’ll pose quite a challenge, someday, to schoolkids trying to learn their history.

But across the water, in Canada, where they have basically the same form of government as staggers on in the Mother Country, Prime Minister Justin Trudeau has been in office—I don’t know anymore. For five years? Ten? It seems longer, but he’s only been P.M. since 2015 (I looked it up).

It’s bizarre that he’s still there. You’d have thought his COVID capers would’ve gotten him booted to the sidewalk toot-sweet. And yet he’s still there.

His latest project is the Online Harms Bill C-63 (Canada introduces blood curdling new thought police law that even Stalin would blush). It’s a beauty!

How would you like to be arrested, tried, and punished for something you said or did that was not against the law at that time—say twenty years ago. “We’ve got you, sucker! In 2004 you wrote a blog post which we now, in 2024, define as hate speech!”

Here in America this would be called an ex post facto law—a law that reaches back into the past to hammer someone for something that was not against the law when he said or did it.

Our Constitution (God bless our country’s founders) forbids the government from passing ex post facto laws: they can’t change the rules in the middle of the game. Sorry, not allowed.

And as if hunting you down in the past weren’t bad enough, Bill C-63 also lets the government put you under house arrest if they think you might say or do something they don’t like sometime in the future. Welcome to Pre-Crime!

What are these “online harms”? They might be defined as “robust free speech.” We are not talking about some absurd “freedom” to say only nice things that everyone agrees with—but that seems to be Canada’s version of it. You can also, always, say things that the government agrees with: that’s the Soviet Union/Communist China model. Heck, if you’re feeling adventurous, you can even write and publish your government-endorsed opinion: but boy are you cooked if there’s a change in government and suddenly the Party does not approve of things it once endorsed, ten years ago.

“Online harms” equals “hate speech” equals a trip to the gulag for you, for saying Wrong Things. For all practical purposes, Bill C-63 would effectively erase free speech in Canada. Even just shutting up and not saying anything at all won’t keep you safe—not if Trudeau & Co. decides, perhaps by clairvoyance, that you might say Something Bad someday.

And so they’ve got you, coming and going—past, present, and future. They don’t even have to define “hate”: they know it when they see it. That your guilt might come as a total surprise to you is not something that will trouble them.

That slurping noise you hear in the background is the Biden administration consumed with envy.

Damn that Constitution! We want our own ex post facto laws!

I have discussed these and other topics throughout the week on my blog, http://www.leeduigon.com/ . Click the link and drop in for a visit (unless you’re in Canada and you’re afraid of being accused of “hate”). My articles can also be found at www.chalcedon.edu/ .

© 2024 Lee Duigon – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lee Duigon: leeduigon@verizon.net




Our College Campuses: What’s Going On Is Nuts!

By Frosty Wooldridge

May 2, 2024

We Need to Stop It With the National Guard, arrests and prison, NOW!

Okay, as an R.O.T.C. cadet in college in 1968, I found myself terrified of being killed in Vietnam. My roommate got drafted right out of our room, and he died in a firefight within three months of being forced into that insane war.  In the meantime, Joe Biden avoided the draft with phony “asthma” papers to give him a 1-Y deferment.  What a crock!  U.S. Marines salute him upon stepping onto Air Force One, but he doesn’t know how to give a proper hand salute any more than Captain Kangaroo!

After boot-camp in Fort Benning, Georgia, now politically correct Fort Moore, I felt like a walking dead man. It was only a matter of time before Uncle Sam in the name of Lyndon Baines Johnson and Richard Nixon had decided I should die in that totally money-grubbing war that benefited only the Military Industrial Complex corporate heads.  We just bombed the hell out of that country and Monsanto rained down Agent Orange to kill everything in sight.  In the end, trillions of dollars wasted, 58,479 American kids sacrificed, drugs and soldier-addicts returned to the USA, 2.3 innocent Vietnamese died, and our country splitting at the seams with anti-war marches, Kent State and college campus riots.

But what’s going on today on our college campuses shows pure treason, anarchy, and terrorism toward America, toward Israel and toward every Jewish person in the United States.  It’s a whole lot worse than anything I saw during Vietnam.

We’ve got imported terrorists from Hamas calling for “Death to America” in our new Detroit, Michigan Islamic caliphate.   That’s no small thing because Muslims have created wars within their own tribes since the 6th century.  Islam is a religion that advocates violence. It advocates rape of women.  It advocates the overthrow of all other religions.  It advocates exterminating every Jew on this planet.

Now, our “brilliant intellectual” of a president, Joe Biden, wants to import tens of thousands of Hamas terrorists and Palestinian refugees into our country.  These violent people represent the worst of humanity,  and for the record, no other Muslim countries will take them.  So, what the heck, let’s just inject them into our cities, towns, welfare rolls, and work force so they can turn our country into their own little “Intifada.”  How stupid, inept and ignorant is Joe Biden and/or his handlers?  Answer: really, really stupid.

The fact is, Europe spirals into the toilet with its Muslims. They simply cannot and will not climb out of their mental caves from the 6th century. They are lost in the 21st century.  They continue their beheadings of gay people. They  continue female genital mutilation. They will not stop honor killings. They follow Sharia Law and savagery like no other religion on earth.  If any Muslim in Iran goes against their power, they execute them on the spot.  Muslims hate all other religions. They do not respect any other religion.  They do not tolerate other religions in their countries.  But, they love to infiltrate Canada, America and Europe to destroy our freedoms. Islam is a human virus on this planet with no cure, no vaccine, no way to extinguish it.

So, now, look at the college campuses!  We’ve got far left “elite intellectuals” who harbor hate for average Americans. They are Marxists, pure and simple.  They hate Jews.  They hate law and order. They hate the U.S. Constitution.  They simply hate White working America.

Those same professors teach our kids to hate their own country.  Those kids are so brainwashed, they don’t realize how stupid they are as shills for those elites.  If they were in Iran or any other Islamic state, they would be executed instantly.

Don’t you love it when you read the signs women carry, “Queers for Palestine”?    How stupid is that to support the very people who follow the religion that kills gay people?

At the same time, Biden, and college presidents have done nothing to stop the riots.  Columbia’s president should have been fired two months ago.  Every college president who supports “Intifada” should be dismissed.  This crap happened in Hitler’s Germany.

1- If you hear people chanting “From the river to the sea, Palestine will be free…”here’s what it means:

This is a cry for Israel to not exist. It is calling for a Palestinian state that extends from the Jordan River to the Mediterranean Sea – effectively erasing and destroying the entire Jewish state.

2- If you hear people calling for “resistance by any means necessary,” here’s what is being said:

This is support for terrorism.  Saying “by any means necessary,” especially after October 7, indicates support, justification, and championing of violence and murder of civilians as a form of so-called resistance.  Hamas’ “means” have included brutal torture and kidnapping of innocents, including babies and the elderly.

3- If you see a flyer related to Hamas’ war on Israel that features an image of a paraglider, here’s what that represents:

It’s glorifying the terrorists who used paragliders to infiltrate Israel on October 7, 2023 to massacre, kidnap, mutilate and brutalize thousands of people. There is no other meaning of these images.

4- If you hear people chanting “Globalize the intifada!” here’s what it means:

The chant is a reference to violent Palestinian uprisings against Israel, specifically acts of terrorism and indiscriminate violence against civilians by terrorist groups, including suicide bombings in buses and restaurants. This slogan has been chanted at anti-Israel rallies for years. Jews and Israelis hear this slogan as a call for indiscriminate violence against Israel, and potentially against Jews and Jewish institutions worldwide.

“Let’s be clear: It is possible to care about Palestinian civilians without supporting Hamas or whitewashing their slaughter, pillaging and kidnapping. It’s possible to criticize Israeli actions and policies without calling for the eradication of the Jewish state. It’s possible for advocate for your point of view without feeding into the escalating anti-Jewish atmosphere that has engulfed so many of our campuses and big cities.”  ( Source: ADL, 11/2/23, “Stop and Think”)

If this treason keeps up,  if this anarchy keeps up, and we allow anyone to attack or call for the death of certain religions, we’ve lost America.  You need to get on the phone and call your U.S. Senators and House Member. Demand they take action at the federal level to stop all immigration of anyone from Islamic countries. Deport anyone in this country that screams, “Initafada” or “From the river to the sea” or “Death to America.”

Otherwise, we will simply become an Islamic caliphate that collapses into lawlessness, chaos, civil war and human misery.

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Join the Fight for Free and Fair Elections

By Cliff Kincaid

May 1, 2024

I am pleased to report that we have posted my new analysis of the 2020 presidential election and how it has resulted in thousands of patriots being investigated by the FBI and hundreds of them imprisoned in America. It’s titled, Stolen Elections, Murder, Corruption and Deliverance, and paints an ugly picture of a communist “insurrection” in America. We are now living through a Communist revolution as the regime consolidates its power and attempts to imprison Donald J. Trump.

My report looks at the efforts of Dr. David Clements and the courageous conservatives in my home state of Maryland working to fix the broken system.

My report is based on a talk delivered by Dr. Clements, a former professor and deputy district attorney, who was joined at the local event by the mother of Ashli Babbitt, who was murdered by the Capitol Police. I go into detail about what happened to this military vet and Trump supporter.  It is a case of cold-blooded murder by the government.

I covered this issue on my YouTube channel, a  big reason why this social media platform proceeded to censor our 500 anti-communist videos. One charge was “Misinformation.” They said, “Content that advances false claims that widespread fraud, errors, or glitches changed the outcome of the U.S. 2020 presidential election is not allowed on YouTube.”

This censorship was then bolstered by constant claims that objecting to vote fraud was “election denial.”

We have not been able to get back on YouTube and we were defunded by a major conservative foundation. But a recent trip to Frederick County, Maryland, by Dr. David Clements, an expert on election fraud, gave me hope that efforts on the local and state level can help turn the tide.

His remarks at the showing of his film “Let My People Go” led me to write a report on what happened to America’s Survival, Inc., in the context of the hard evidence that the 2020 election was stolen. (Watch the film while it is still available on YouTube).

Ashli Babbitt’s mother Micki Witthoeft was in attendance for the film and other family members of J6 protesters were also in the audience.

Clements linked the stolen election of 2020 to the imprisonment of January 6 protesters, many of whom went into the Capitol with a police escort, not knowing at the time they were being set up by federal and FBI informants in the crowd.

He is shown in the film outside the Central Detention Facility (CDF), also referred to as the D.C. Jail and the D.C. Gulag. January 6 (J6) pre-trial detainees are imprisoned there.

Clements does not make claims he can’t document or confirm. His analysis is quite different from that of Mike Lindell and his “Cyber Symposium,” where it was alleged that there was “absolute proof” of foreign-directed cyber-attacks on electronic voting machines. The source of that claim was very questionable.

This is not to say that cyber-attacks did not happen. A high-level report for the federal government by two computer experts was eventually released in June 2022, documenting that Dominion voting machines were susceptible to hacking. The Biden Administration had tried to keep it secret.

Americans saw for themselves on election night how pauses in the counting led to Biden taking the lead over Trump in many critical states. This suggests illegal mail-in ballots or computer manipulations were used to change election totals from Trump to Biden. As proof, I have photographs in my report of how Republican election observers were excluded from a Detroit vote counting center surrounded by “security guards.”

At the time of the “transition” from Trump to Biden in the White House, an outside Tea Party group spoke for many Americans when it took out a full-page ad in a Washington, D.C. newspaper calling for limited Martial Law to protect the vote. It cited Lincoln’s extraordinary actions to save the Union during the Civil War. I believe that Trump had the constitutional authority to remain in office and fight the fraud. But he gave up.

Now we are in another Civil War.

Which leaves Trump fighting for himself, his company, and his country in the mostly corrupt courts.

My report looks at what you can do in your own state and county.

One Maryland resident, Kate Sullivan, is affiliated with United Sovereign Americans, a group currently working in 24 states representing 387 Electoral College votes, to ensure election integrity.

The group launched a lawsuit against the Maryland State Board of Elections “seeking an injunction against the use of “a provably broken voting system” for the 2024 election.

United Sovereign Americans intends to file in at least 23 more states, and seek a Supreme Court ruling before the 2024 election.

As for Clements, who travels around the country warning America about what has happened, he is not afraid to appeal for Divine guidance and intervention. We should join him as we support local activists and confront county and state officials about the need to guarantee free and fair elections.

Send the report, Stolen Elections, Murder, Corruption and Deliverance, to your family and friends.

© 2024 Cliff Kincaid – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Cliff Kincaid: kincaid@comcast.net

Cliff Kincaid is president of America’s Survival, Inc. www.usasurvival.org




Which One Is Worse, John Lindell Or Mark Driscoll? SHAMEFUL! – Videos

By Bradlee Dean

May 1, 2024

“Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear.” -1 Timothy 5:20

Last week, a pastor named Mark Driscoll got kicked off stage in Missouri for voicing his disdain for a male stripper who performed on a pole the night before at the opening of pastor John Lindell’s Christian conference.

Driscoll then turned from his disdain, according to the Word of God, then apologized to John Lindell for calling out the abominable actions that were taking place at his event.

Driscoll appeared back on stage alongside Lindell, apologizing for the way he addressed his concerns.

“I should have…talked to you rather than just verbal processing on the stage,” Driscoll said. “And as the father and the head of the house, you could have given me a thumbs up or down. And I need to honor that as spiritual authority.”

Shorter video with embedded transcript for clarity. Mark Driscoll tells Lindell about rebuke:

“I should have…talked to you rather than just verbal processing on the stage. And as the father and the head of the house, you could have given me a thumbs up or down. And I need to… pic.twitter.com/DjNOTjIGfg

— Protestia (@Protestia) April 16, 2024

Shameful! Mark Driscoll is absolutely incorrect.

You do not submit to any man’s authority where it violates or undermines the Lord’s authority (Acts 5:29).

The real question should be, why did John Lindell have this man pole dancing at the church in the first place? Do those who follow John not understand that there is more at play than what he lets onto? John can stop Mark Driscoll’s reproof (Mark said he didn’t mean it as a reproof) yet, he cannot stop the man from pole dancing with his shirt off? Really?

It was even reported that James River Church pastor John Lindell threatened to cut ties with preacher Mark Driscoll if he “will not repent” for his actions following the Stronger Men’s Conference this past weekend. These apostates are seriously biblically illiterate as well as pathetic.

These are the men who are leading the Church, not! This is the blind leading the blind (Mathew 15:14)

Mark needs to ask John if he can obey the Lord in rebuking this incident? What version of the Bible are these people reading?

Talk about gutting the true Gospel by preaching another Gospel, which in the end brings a curse (Galatians 1:8).

The Word of God is clear: “Them that sin rebuke before all, that others also may fear.”

No wonder why no one can take these hirelings seriously (John 10:12). It is because they do not take it seriously themselves. They cannot preach repentance because these apostates have not repented themselves.

The Church is called to be the salt of the earth (Matthew 5:13), and this they will become when they quit partaking with those who are sugarcoating it.

The world is tired of these seeker-friendly, self-appointed hirelings who abide in the good ole boys club, which are good for nothing clubs (Matthew 5:13).

© 2024 Bradlee Dean – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Bradlee Dean: Bradlee@SonsOfLibertyRadio.com




Speaker Johnson’s Treasonous Betrayal

By Kelleigh Nelson

April 30, 2024

Honesty is of God and dishonesty of the devil; the devil was a liar from the beginning.  —Joseph B. Wirthlin

When you’re a liar, a person of low moral fortitude, really any explanation you need to be true can be true. Especially if you’re smart enough. You can figure out a way to justify anything. —Samuel Witwer

Half a truth is often a great lie.  —Benjamin Franklin

By a lie, a man… annihilates his dignity as a man.  —Immanuel Kant, philosopher

America last. America last. That’s all this is. America last, every single day.  —Representative Marjorie Taylor Greene

By now, most Americans have figured out that our new Speaker of the House of Representatives lied to us, and not just once.

In his two-hour interview with Sean Hannity after he was elected, Johnson told host Hannity that, “Someone asked me today in the media, ‘People are curious, what does Mike Johnson think about any issue under the sun?’ I said, ‘Well, go pick up a Bible off your shelf and read it. That’s my worldview.’”

Really Speaker Johnson?  The Lord said, “Choose life!” But in 2022, you told Louisiana legislators that it wasn’t a right time to pass the bill abolishing abortion in your state, and you did this while a US Congressman.

Better take a look at Ecclesiastes 5:5 Mr. Speaker.  You have broken every promise you vowed to keep.  Yes, we can look in the Bible to know you and you seem cuddled up with the Stalinist demons of darkness.

Where are the J6 tapes you promised to release?

What have you done about election integrity?

Where is the border security you promised?  Proverbs 6:16-17.

What happened to Chip Roy (R-TX) and Byron Donalds (R-FL) working on plans for Continuing Resolutions cutting spending by eight percent and securing the border and protecting our military and veterans?  That was your stated promise in the Sean Hannity interview.

You haven’t provided even one dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally.

But all three men want to open and change our US Constitution.  Birds of a feather.

You, Mr. Speaker, and the Stalinist democrats, approved a nearly $100 billion foreign aid package that provides funding for Israel and Taiwan – but the bulk of the money is going to corrupt Ukraine – some $61 billion.

Promises, promises…all lies.

Tucker Carlson previously interviewed Bret Weinstein who had been to the Darien Gap at the request of Michael Yon.  The Weinstein interviews and the latest interview with Michael Yon should be seen by every American.

Who is facilitating the invasion and destruction of our country? Our own government!

Obama’s “fundamental transformation of America” is taking place before our eyes.

Watch the 58 second trailer of this Tucker Carlson interview with Michael Yon.

Johnson’s Personal Life

Normally, I’d consider personal life off target, but similar to former VP Mike Pence, Speaker Johnson lauds the fact that he’s a Christian and carries his Bible out front. It seems apparent that both he and Pence carry a knife behind their backs.

Johnson claims Christianity as his faith, but he is 52 and has a 40-year-old “adopted” black son who has a lengthy criminal record, lives in Los Angeles and has fathered four children. Speaker Johnson and his wife took custody of Michael Tirrell James, but never formally adopted him.  He is not included in their family pictures, by his own choice.

In 2022, the speaker revealed to media that he had installed “accountability software” between himself and his then 15-year-old biological son.  The surveillance software is called Covenant Eyes and is on devices in order to abstain from internet porn and other unsavory websites.  It is spyware. Covenant Eyes developed important relationships with Promise Keepers, Focus on the Family, churches and many other organizations.  Their founder is Ron DeHaas, an elder in his Calvinist Presbyterian Church.

Mike Johnson and his biological son, who is now 17, receive weekly reports on sites they’ve been to on their phones and computers.  One wonders if this includes his father’s political correspondence.  And why would anyone use this unless there was a problem?

Promise Keepers has a radical charismatic connection and promotes strong overt ecumenicism of the movement. One variation of the charismatic movement is the Vineyard movement, which has strong links to the Kansas City Prophets — a controversial cult claiming visions and revelations from God. They believe that God is giving new revelation today and that the miraculous signs of the early church should be normative for today. These beliefs have led to much confusion and error.

Treason

Johnson must think surveillance is just fine if he’s doing it with his son and vice versa, as he was the tie breaker to pass the reauthorization of section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA), without a requirement for warrants for surveillance on American citizens.  This was a massive betrayal of the fourth amendment.

In a highly unusual outcome, the amendment from Rep. Andy Biggs (R-AZ) to the reauthorization of the FISA Act tied at 212 — thereby failing. More than 80 Democrats joined with 128 Republicans in backing the measure, while 86 Republicans and 126 Democrats opposed it.

Face it! The betrayal is massive, and it’s not just the Stalinist Democrat Party; it is the majority of Trotskyite Republicans as well.  Our own country comes last with the representatives in both houses of Congress. Gaetz got rid of McCarthy, and we ended up with someone equally deceptive.

There is $61 billion more for Ukraine in this bill, bringing the total with armaments to over $250 billion given to the corrupt nation of Ukraine. (Zelensky just purchased the former home of Prince Charles and Diana.)  Israel will get $26.4 billion in aid and Taiwan will get $8 billion.

Johnson also buried $9 billion in aid to Gaza – meaning that money will be confiscated by Hamas.

Not a single penny went to secure our southern border.

Instead, Speaker Johnson actually endorsed the open border by making sure that another $4 billion is allocated for “migration and refugee assistance,” which is used by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) for the border invasion and migrant freebies.

The divvying up is this: $481 million in the Ukraine bill and $3.5 billion in the Israel bill.

Oh, and there’s $300 million for the State Border Guard and police…in Ukraine, not America.

In Rep. Andy Biggs’ (R-AZ) Washington Times article, Speaker Johnson’s Foreign Aid Bill is a Disaster, Andy explains where the funds are really going.

Cindy Dyer is the U.S. Ambassador-at-Large to Monitor and Combat Trafficking in Persons and appears to be highly qualified to lead that State Dept. office.  But it’s like pulling teeth to get this woman to talk about the mass human trafficking at our compromised southern border.

Tara Lee Rodas, who worked with the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services’ Office of Refugee Resettlement to place unaccompanied migrant children with sponsors said, “Whether intentional or not, it can be argued that the US Government has become the middleman in a large scale, multi-billion-dollar, child trafficking operation run by bad actors seeking to profit off the lives of children.”

Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

Our new Speaker spoke to Hakeem Jeffries, and said he would pray about the bill and how many Republicans he could deliver.  Apparently, Johnson believes the Lord told him to give billions of our tax dollars to Ukraine and Gaza and to ignore the invasion of our nation.

Democrats cheered this recent foreign aid bill and waved Ukrainian flags in the House.

Joe Biden lauded the Speaker and signed the bill.

Senator Schumer heaped praise on Johnson’s bi-partisan efforts.

Speaker Johnson has sided with the Stalinist Democrats who are decimating our country.

“Republican House Speaker Mike Johnson, has come under scrutiny following revelations that he received significant campaign contributions from a foreign lobby group, particularly known for its pro-foreign policy stance. According to analysis conducted by The Intercept based on Federal Election Commission records, this lobby group donated approximately $95,000 to Johnson’s campaign in November of last year.” Link

“In a shockingly short period of time, Speaker Johnson went from a MAGA hopeful to a Deep State stooge.”   Scott Adams explains in layman terms how the CIA ‘captures’ our lawmakers right under our nose.

Betrayal

Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) was threatened with a $500 fine for posting evidence of Congressional treason with the betrayal of lawmakers waving Ukrainian flags in celebration of them passing a $95 billion foreign aid package for Ukraine and Israel.

Dinesh D’Souza reposted it on X after Massie was told by Johnson to take it down.

Johnson had to walk back the fine as there was outrage from the GOP.  Instead of securing the border, Johnson caved to the Democrats.

Where in the Constitution is it legal to give tax dollars to foreign countries, and why is it that only Israel ever repays the funds and favors?

Our nation’s elected representatives are selling us down the river.  They’re all in on it, other than a small handful, and Matt Rosendale, one of the good guys, is leaving at the end of the year.

Our national debt is at the untenable amount of $35 trillion, yet they’re giving away borrowed money that is losing more value every day.  Inflation and shrinkflation are taxing the public into the poor house.

We’re looking at becoming the Weimar Republic in more ways than one, with hyper-inflation, Nazi rise and ultimate collapse.

Leo Hohmann writes, “Included in the package is $300 million to protect Ukraine’s border with Poland. This $300 million will be used to keep Ukrainians from fleeing into Poland to escape the military draft, which sends them into the meatgrinder and certain death at the front with a superior Russian military. No matter how hard they try to serve it up on a pretty platter, it doesn’t get any more evil than this.”

Leo ends his latest article with, “As the Bible says, woe to those who call good evil and evil good. Our politicians are on a mission to crash and burn what’s left of Western civilization.”

Johnson blew any border security leverage we had with his betrayal of the American people.

Johnson’s Advisors

Breitbart reports that Johnson’s top policy adviser is a former lobbyist who has corporate interests in the Ukraine War.  Dan Ziegler was previously executive director of the conservative Republican Study Committee that Johnson chaired from 2019 to 2021, and he left the Hill in December to join Williams and Jensen as a principal.

As a lobbyist with Williams and Jensen, Ziegler had a client list prone to support the Ukraine funding.  Here is a list of the groups and corporations who have retained them. Ziegler is a Heritage Action and American Energy Alliance alum, who lobbied for a range of health care clients, including Pfizer, Merck, Sanofi (the one Dr. Robert Malone loves), Owens & Minor, Eli Lilly, Novo Nordisk, PhRMA, Amgen and Elevance Health, in addition to companies like Visa, Vanguard GroupBloom Energy and W Diamond Corporation.  (Heritage Action is a sister organization of controlled-opposition Heritage Foundation.)

According to a recent Breitbart article, Ziegler also represented News Media Alliance which was lobbying congress back when Ziegler worked for Williams and Jensen, to promote a very dangerous proposal that would silence conservative media. The proposal is called the Journalism Competition & Preservation Act (JCPA).  It has failed, but keeps coming back.

Johnson has several neo-con backers in his party.  House Foreign Affairs Committee Chairman Rep. Michael McCaul (R-TX) attacked conservatives who were against this horrendous bill in order to achieve passage.  He even launched an “unhinged attack” on Sen. J.D. Vance (R-OH) over Ukraine aid.  McCaul endorsed the bill before even having seen it.

Dan Ziegler and Josh Hodges are the top aides to Johnson and influence how he votes.  Hodges is Johnson’s National Security Adviser but reports to Ziegler.  Breitbart states, “Hodges is the brain behind many of the most controversial Johnson policy decisions related to funding foreign wars, FISA, foreign affairs, and national security, a source familiar with the Speaker’s office’s inner workings told Breitbart News. According to Legistorm, Hodges handles Johnson’s armed forces and national security portfolios.”

Both Zeigler and Hodges advocate the votes we’ve seen Johnson make. Johnson’s Deputy Chief of Staff for communications, Raj Shah, has refused to answer any questions.  After Shah left Trump’s White House, he went to work for Fox News with Paul Ryan.  Shah called out Massie and Greene for their threats to oust Johnson. Knowing that Ryan and Mike Pence were good friends in Congress doesn’t make me feel all warm and cuddly about Shah, much less about Ziegler and Hodges.

In Rep. Greene’s (R-GA) interview with Tucker Carlson, she claimed that Mike Johnson often speaks with Biden’s National Security Adviser, Jake Sullivan.  ABC reported that Sullivan “pushed” Johnson to put a bipartisan foreign aid bill to a vote.  He has been an adviser to Hillary Clinton, Barack Obama and Joe Biden.  He clerked for former Associate Justice Stephen Breyer.  Sullivan is a Rhodes scholar and earned his law degree at Yale.  He was an editor of the Yale Law Journal and the Yale Daily News. He interned at the globalist Council on Foreign Relations, and often writes for their Foreign Affairs Magazine.

Sullivan was a State Department official under then-U.S. Secretary of State Hillary Clinton when in 2012, four Americans were killed in the terrorist attack on the U.S. consulate in Benghazi, Libya.  In 2015, he was called to testify before the U.S. House Select Committee on Benghazi.  Sullivan’s testimony became part of the Committee’s final report that concluded Clinton and Sullivan may have sent highly classified information using unsecured private emails rather than through secure government servers.

Jake speaks often at the Brookings Institute regarding the Biden administration’s international agenda.  Its largest contributors include the Bill & Melinda Gates Foundation, the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation, the Hutchins Family Foundation, JPMorgan Chase, the LEGO Foundation, David Rubenstein, State of Qatar, and John L. Thornton.

Even Mike Pompeo and the Stalinist owned intel community impressed upon Johnson the urgent need to approve assistance for Ukraine in its fight against Russia’s invasion.

Edward Snowden says Johnson is a textbook case of Congressional captureRevolver News explains, “In short, ‘Congressional capture’ is when lawmakers or legislative bodies fall under the heavy influence of outside interests, like big corporations, special interest groups, or US intel. These influences ensure that their agendas take precedence over the public’s needs. In simple terms, this means certain policies or laws that favor these groups are advanced, while criticism or resistance is quietly suppressed. Suddenly, their most ferocious critics become their biggest cheerleaders.”

We’re $35 trillion in debt, but that doesn’t even stop them!  These are inflationary dollars they’re printing with no backing.

This is the Weimar Republic’s hyperinflation in America!

There is no accounting for any of the money given to Ukraine.

And no audits of the US funding.

This could be one of the greatest financial frauds in US history – Next to the Biden COVID assistance fraud.  Link

Plenty of Republicans are angry. Tennessee’s own Andy Ogles, (R-TN) believes Johnson is giving up a significant negotiation tool without addressing the border crisis in these bills.  Andy is part of the hardline Freedom Caucus and he believes that Ukraine should look for its money elsewhere.

The new “Christian Conservative Constitutional Attorney” is fulfilling the dreams of the Democrat Party while making Matt Gaetz’ removal of Kevin McCarthy look downright stupid.

Conclusion

President Trump said, “I stand with the Speaker,” and “Johnson is doing a very good job.”

Sorry President Trump, but Mike Johnson is being controlled by the very people stabbing you in the back.

Giving Biden’s political gestapo a brand-new FBI building bigger than the Pentagon, while not providing a dime to protect the southern border from the swarms of people entering the country illegally, is doing a “good job?

Meanwhile, Chinese military, dangerous criminals, terrorists, and Mexican cartels are making tons of money in child trafficking and drugs as they pour across our southern border.

This administration invited this invasion, and Speaker Johnson is complicit.

© 2024 Kelleigh Nelson – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kelleigh Nelson: radiok@comcast.net




States Embrace Climate Action Plans Under the United Nations 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development

by Dan Titus

April 30, 2024

On September 20, 2023, the Biden administration met at the Sustainable Development Summit in New York with the goal of recommitting to the [United Nations] 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development and the Sustainable Development Goals—SDGs. A White House fact sheet stated, “The United States is committed to the full implementation of 2030 Agenda and the SDGs, at home and abroad… At their core, the SDGs seek to:

♦ Expand economic opportunity – This means public-private partnerships, which is crony capitalism. In this scheme there are winners and losers, where profits are privatized and losses are socialized on the backs of middle-class Americans.

♦ Advance social justice – This means placating and advancing people based on their skin color. At its core it is discriminatory.

♦ Promote good governance – This skirts our elected form of government and injects unelected special interest initiatives into our lives, where no one gets to vote.

♦ Ensure no one is left behind – This means catering to protected classes and minorities in order to create “capacity building” for initiatives and redistributive wealth schemes. Under Diversity and Inclusion (DEI), these classes are awarded “equity” and “inclusion” based on their skin color.

In a Ping-Pong game of executive orders, President Obama put the federal agencies into the SDGs; President Trump got SDGs out; President Biden put them back in during the first week of his administration. Congress has done nothing to reel them in.

Biden sent an envoy to California to study what the state has done with its radical climate bills in order to put the ideas to work in the $1.2 trillion dollar Infrastructure Bill and the $720 billion dollar Inflation Reduction Act. In order to “incentivize” states, the federal government offers grants for voluntary, nonbinding, United Nations SDGs. In other words, states don’t have to do this; however, they sell out for the money.

In order to take advantage of bribe money called grants, States have inserted themselves into California-style climate action plans to reduce arbitrary greenhouse gas emissions (GHGs). People can no longer say, “It’s just happening in California.” You are California

According to the EPA, “States submitted climate action plans under President Biden’s Inflation Reduction Act. In 2023, under the first phase of the $5 billion program, EPA made a total of $250 million in grants available to states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, 80 MSAs, four territories, and over 200 Tribes and Tribal consortia to develop ambitious climate action plans that address greenhouse gas emissions. 45 states are now covered by a climate action plan. 5 states: Florida, Iowa, Kentucky, South Dakota and Wyoming decided not to participate.”

There’s capitalism; everything else is collectivism

Sustainability is collectivism: It’s a worldview where free individuals must give up their rights and private property for the collective good; where everyone is equal—equally poor. It is antithetical to the United States Constitution; therefore, it is unconstitutional. Even though it’s voluntary, that does not stop its implementation by the government.

Sustainability can be defined as artificial scarcity under the guise of conservation. Its goal is transformation through control of society by behavior modification and social engineering. It is using less of everything: Less food, less energy, less choice, less water, less mobility and less freedom. At its core, its rationing, all contrived by unelected agencies, boards, bodies, commissions, nonprofit corporations, international non-governmental organizations (NGOs) and Indian tribes. This ‘governance’ is designed to replace our representative form of ‘government’ by turning elected public officials into to rubber stamps, installing prepackaged solutions, for problems that don’t exist.

Once climate actions plans become law or have ordinances attached to them, property owners will have a difficult time unwinding them. Ordinances are now being drafted in the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California.

Rancho Cucamonga, California: A Climate Action Plan (CAP) Case Study

CAPs are being accomplished at the state and local level. For example, the city of Rancho Cucamonga, California has added a CAP to its comprehensive General Plan Update as a “companion”. Now, the city is drafting administrative ordinances to it. See the article titled, Climate Change: Rancho Cucamonga Proposing Questionable “Mandatory” Tax & Fees on Residential and Commercial Property, which was predicated on a letter sent to the city (see link below) council contesting ordinances for the CAP.

How to push back: Steps to review and critique a CAP

1- Download the city CAP.

2- Download the letter to the city council denoting page references to the CAP for comparison.

3- Find your “EPA” State CAP and/or city/county CAP, download it and start your critique using the example above. Your city/county CAP will be at their website. Google your city/county name and the words, “Climate Action Plan”.

4- Send or deliver your CAP critique to your local state representative and demand to know how it got into the state and tell them to get rid of it because it surrenders everyone’s property rights, protected by the Constitution, to the United Nations. If you email, be sure to confirm that the recipient received the message. Type at the top of the page “please confirm receipt of this email and distribution.”

As you do your review, consider these questions:

♦ Are Climate Action Plans (CAPs) mandatory?
♦ Are Green House Reductions (GHG) mandatory?
♦ Are ordinances in CAPs mandatory?

Answers: NO, NO and NO…

[BIO: Dan Titus is affiliated with the American Coalition for Sustainable Communities (ACSC). Their mission is sustaining representative government; not governance, by collectivist-oriented unelected agencies and commissions.]

© 2024 Dan Titus – All Rights Reserved

Email Dan Titus: contact@americanpolicy.org




What Made America Great

By: Devvy

April 29, 2024

“The planter, the farmer, the mechanic, and the laborer… form the great body of the people of the United States, they are the bone and sinew of the country men who love liberty and desire nothing but equal rights and equal laws.” —President Andrew Jackson

The first of the job and sovereignty killing treaties so innocently called an agreement was NAFTA. Official title: North American Free Trade Agreement. In reality: No American Factories Taking Applications. That unconstitutional tool of the global elite was pushed through by globalist Newt Get-Rich, Sean Hannity’s buddy.  Who Is the Real Newt Gingrich?

Marxist Bill Clinton signed it into “law” in December 1993. Thus began the massive destruction of the three job sectors that made America the most prosperous nation on the face of this earth: manufacturing, industrial and agriculture.

In 2011, a bill was introduced in Congress to finally get us out. It got zero attention from the prostitute media including FOX. Too many Americans pay little to no attention to bills sitting in the biggest whore house on the planet- except for hot button issues like abortion. The bill went nowhere as there were too few of us to make it happen.

H.R. 29: To provide for the withdrawal of the United States from the North American Free Trade Agreement

The bill had 10 co-sponsors. Two Republicans, Rep. Ron Paul [TX] and Rep. Walter Jones [NC].  By 2011, NAFTA had ravaged our most important job sectors that made America great. HUNDREDS OF THOUSANDS of jobs were gone for cheap labor in Mexico and Canada.

I’ve driven through so many towns, particularly in Ohio, North and South Carolina and PA that were simply decimated within a few years after the passage of that “free” trade monster.  What was left after factories closed down were junk joints (fast “food”), a diner, maybe two gas stations, a small bank, school.  Tens of thousands of jobs were created for workers in foreign countries while America began its journey to destruction.

NAFTA was going to bring a new form of prosperity to Americans. Create thousands of new jobs!  Well, just the opposite happened as good paying jobs were outsourced. At the time of passage, factory workers averaged $18.00 per hour with benefits (for most, not all) while cheap labor in Mexico paid $3.00 per hour for the same job.  Factories closed down faster than one could count. Employers could not compete against slave wages in Mexico.  Our textile industry was utterly destroyed and most cotton grown here thanks to American cotton farmers, was going to foreign countries after NAFTA & WTO.

During the hearings on that monster, GATT/WTO*, French billionaire financier, the late Sir James Goldsmith, testified in front of Ernest Hollings committee. He demonstrated that GATT would gut the American textile market. The following are some quotes from the Washington Times, Dec. 6, 1993, which accurately reflect Sir Goldsmith’s statements during the hearings:

“Global free trade will force the poor of the rich countries to subsidize the rich in poor countries. What GATT means is that our national wealth, accumulated over centuries, will be transferred from a developed country like Britain to developing countries like Communist China, now building its first oceangoing navy in 500 years. China, with its 1.2 billion people, three Indochinese states with 900 million, the former Soviet republics with some 300 million, and many more can supply skilled labor for a fraction of Western costs. Five dollars in Communist China is the equivalent of a $100 wage in Europe.

“It is quite amazing that GATT is sowing the seeds for global social upheaval and that it is not even the subject of debate in America…If the masses understood the truth about GATT, there would be blood in the streets of many capitals. A healthy national economy has to produce a large part of its own needs. It cannot simply import what it needs and use its labor force to provide services for other countries. We have to rethink from top to bottom why we have elevated global free trade to the status of sacred cow, or moral dogma. It is a fatally flawed concept that will impoverish and destabilize the industrialized world while cruelly ravaging the Third World.”

How right the late Sir James Goldsmith was and this human invasion flooding our borders by design is another nail in our coffin.  Cheap, mostly illiterate workers, not to mention terrorists.

The clothes made from cotton in factories HERE were now being made in Mexico, Communist China, India and other foreign countries and shipped back to the U.S. Instead of Americans holding good factory jobs in so many capacities, they lost their jobs but got to buy cheap CRAP from ChinaMart aka Walmart they used to make.  Steel mills which paid excellent wages and a product so needed in this country.  Gone.

Family businesses in smaller cities and towns shuttered while major sell-out, China Mart, came in and destroyed them. Thomas Smith’s generations family-owned business downtown couldn’t compete with “cheap” from Mexico and then an avalanche from commie China. Thomas ended up working as a cashier at Walmart.  Minimum wage, had to sell the house and move family into a dump in a bad part of town.

This happened all over this country. Companies that had provided good paying jobs with benefits where Americans worked 20, 25 or more years. Good job security. After NAFTA was signed, farmers in Florida plowed under thousands of tons of tomatoes. I wrote extensively about it after I got my first PC and put up my web site, July 4, 1998.  They couldn’t compete with paying a decent wage and benefits to their workers up against cheap coming out of Mexico.

Trade surpluses that were going to grow like weeds once NAFTA was passed was a bust. A little over 60% of jobs primarily in the mid-West were gone by 2010.  Go look at this web site.  See all those imports – all those products that used to be made here, the money stayed here and not going into the pockets of tyrants and commie countries like China.  By 2012, U.S. auto jobs: 39.1% had gone to Mexico.

Before selling out the American worker prior to NAFTA (which went into effect on Jan. 1, 1994), we had a small trade surplus with Mexico at about $10 million dollars.  By 2007 that surplus blew up to a $91 BILLION dollar deficit and that didn’t include our deficit with Canada. What a deal! A 691% increase for our deficit with Mexico and Canada while Americans continued to reelect the same nation wreckers back to CON-gress who destroyed millions of jobs and drove down wages.

But Americans got cheap goods! Cheap CRAP from slave labor over in Communist China only it wasn’t so cheap after all.  Over the decades I’ve done price checking at stores like Macy’s, Target and compared price tags from before NAFTA and know what?  A dress from China was more expensive than before GATT (General Agreement on Tariffs & trade) and the WTO (World Trade Organization).  Prior to joining GATT/WTO, 97% of all shoes sold in this country were made in America, employed Americans and the profits stayed here.  Profits American companies used to hire and pay decent wages.

One book that stands out on this issue is America’s Projectionist Takeoff 1815- 1914: The Neglected American School of Political Economy by Michael Hudson. I invite you to read the comments about Hudson’s book; it really is a must read. What made us a power house has been destroyed since 1994 and yet, every two years the American people who have suffered so badly because of all those treaties continue to reelect the same liars, thieves and crooks back to the House of Representatives and Senate who have taken us to poverty with more coming.

Patrick Buchanan explains it perfectly:

“Seems that, despite the academic consensus that free trade is win-win for all, free trade is not free. Great nations that have risen to global power by protecting their manufacturing, like Britain in the early 19th century, have begun their relative decline when they embraced free trade. Between 1870 and 1914, projectionist America and Germany both shoved Britain aside.

“Since Y2K, China, which protects its industrial base by keeping its currency artificially cheap, has surged past Italy, Britain, France, Germany and Japan to become the world’s second largest economy. And they are gaining steadily on us. Free trade appears to be the policy of fading nations.

“Perhaps it is time for a profit and loss statement of its costs and benefits. Undeniably, free trade has been a bonanza for the top 1 percent and many among our top 10 percent. As U.S. manufacturers shut down scores of thousands of U.S. factories to finance new plants in Asia, their production costs plummeted. Wages and benefits for Asians were, and are still, but a fraction of those of American workers.

“Health, safety and environmental standards were in some cases almost nonexistent. The eight-story garment factory in Bangladesh that collapsed in April, killing 1,100 workers, mostly women, and injuring another 2,500, would never have passed a U.S. building inspection.

“After having shifted production overseas and dramatically lowered costs, U.S. transnationals saw a surge in profits. These were used to push corporate salaries into the stratosphere, increase dividends to shareholders, and keep the Washington lobbyists working the Hill day and night for fast track and free trade. And the lifestyle of our corporate elites changed. Where their fathers walked sooty factory floors in smokestack towns in World War II, these masters of the universe fly Gulfstream Vs to Davos and Dubai to dine with titled Europeans, Saudi princes and Chinese billionaires.

“These are America’s winners from free trade. The losers? Middle Americans. The average U.S. family has not seen a rise in real wages in 40 years. This is directly traceable to the loss of more than one-third of all U.S. manufacturing jobs. And that loss, that deindustrialization of America, is directly tied to the $10 trillion in trade deficits since Bush I.

“Writers who celebrate how U.S. imports have risen in this month or that year almost never mention the trade deficit for this month or that year. Perhaps that is because the United States has not run a trade surplus in four decades, whereas, in the first 70 years of the 20th century, we never ran a trade deficit. Trade surpluses add to GDP; trade deficits subtract from GDP.

“And when in a company town the company closes the factory, the town often dies. And all the little satellite businesses — bars, diners, food stores, pharmacies — that rose around the factory, they die, too. “The tombstones of countless dead towns across America should read: Killed by Free Trade. Tenured economists on college campuses call this “creative destruction.” End of excerpt.

Because labor was/is so cheap in Mexico, former “American” companies like Coca Cola, RCA, GM, GE, Ford, just to name a few – all opened assembly plants in Mexico and Ross Perot’s “great sucking sound” became a reality.

President-Elect (He fairly won in 2020) President Trump promised to get us out of NAFTA.  Once again, he depended on ‘trusted’ advisers like billionaire globalist Wilbur Ross, 81 at the time, who became Trump’s Secty of Commerce.  Trump did get rid of NAFTA and it was replaced with a job and sovereignty killing beastThe USMCA “Trade Agreement” Violates Our Constitution And Sets Up Global Government, Jan. 15, 2019 – “(United States-Mexico-Canada Trade Agreement) was negotiated by U.S. Trade Representative, Robert Lighthizer.  He is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations, which works to move the United States into the North American Union (NAU).[1]”

USMCA “Trade Agreement”, the North American Union, an Article V convention, and Red Flag Laws:  Connecting the Dots, Dec. 10, 2019

The other thing NAFTA and subsequent treaties did was scatter families all over the country. As factories and steel mills closed down, families who lived close to each other, well, off they went to big cities to find work. Close families for generations became far away strangers. Family farmers suffered terribly as big ag started taking over and America’s youth no longer wanted to be part of family farming or ranching.  If people could actually see what goes on at factory farming operations.  There’s humane and then there’s cruelty.

A massive culture shift

Not long after NAFTA, CAFTA, GATT/WTO, along came the home computer. It wasn’t bad enough cable TV had been pumping filth and garbage into American homes after ‘free’ TV disappeared.  (All of a sudden, we had ‘cable TV’ so pay up.) The Internet has become one-stop shopping for scams, propaganda, filthy porn, including kiddie porn.  Even way back then I watched some MTV to see why parents were so upset.  What trash and teens as well as young adults were drowning in broadcast on MTV and it continues today.

Mostly naked young girls gyrating like strippers in “music” videos, rap crap. I never allowed my daughter to watch a minute of it. I’m very fortunate my daughter was in gifted and talented programs from age 5 on. Private Christian schools, a heavy financial burden on me; a single mother with no child support coming in.  She later went to college on scholarships because of her very high grades.  Now she’s a math dept head at one of the biggest school districts in a major city as well as an adjunct professor at a local college.

I don’t think she’s watched the propaganda box (TV) five hours a week her whole life.  Our public library was well used by us.  Kids who read succeed.  Now she is Dr. _______ (for privacy reasons I won’t use her name).  All the credit goes to her and all the hard work and dedication she put forth to get her Ph.D.

By the time home PC’s took off, suddenly a massive push by parents engulfed the country:  Every young person must go to college. “Kenny (or Jannie) is the first person in our family to go to college.”  It almost became a status symbol even though too many were/are so under educated, they dropped out after signing student loans they couldn’t pay. Because they know they’re never going to get to graduation, too many end up as nothing but party animals pumping their bodies full of booze, drugs and STDs.

What job sector suffered the most for decades now? The ‘trades’.  Electricians, plumbers, mechanics to name a few.  I read an article a few years ago about a man who owned a cabinet company.  He was lamenting he couldn’t find qualified men or women (high school graduates) because they couldn’t even read a ruler properly to take measurements.  He went on to say what a shame about public education that doesn’t teach and prepare kids for the real world.

But, I’m happy to report that over the past five, six years more and more young Americans – an encouraging number of them known as Gen Z – are attending trade schools or getting trucker’s licenses.  Despite pressure from family to go to college (and if you don’t, you’ll be a loser!), they’re saying no, that’s not what I want. Kudos to them.  University isn’t for everyone.  A good plumber apprentice in a large city (100 miles north of me) can start making $75,000 a year and no student loan debt.

Gen Zers are ‘catching the wave’ of blue-collar jobs that AI can’t take, tech CEO says – People are ‘understanding the need for trades,’ Lincoln Tech CEO Scott Shaw says, April 28, 2024 // Welders and blue collar trade jobs are in high demand, Gen Z is answering the call, April , 2024

Yes, certain careers do require college. Lawyers, doctors, scientists and vets to name a few.  Right now, nationwide there is a MASSIVE shortage of veterinarians.  It’s a real serious problem – especially where I live in the Permian Basin in W. Texas.  Currently, there’s about a 30% deficit for number of vets needed throughout the country.  Veterinarian Shortage Risks Pet Lives

America’s history

Our constitutional republic and the colonies were birthed by wise intelligent men who fully understood why we needed to protect our important job sectors which is why immigrants who could contribute and work making ships, buildings, merchants, etc, were welcomed. Parasites looking to exist off someone else’s labor were not welcome.

Yes, it was a tumultuous time in our history.  Robber barons proliferated because wealth meant everything to them. I doubt there’s a country on this planet that doesn’t have shameful policies/history (like slavery which is still a thriving industry in some countries today) that eventually were corrected for the better.  Building railroads and expanding this new country was based on growing our own food, industry and manufacturing what we needed while the wealth stayed here.

“The measure of the wealth of a nation is indicated by the measure of its protection of its industry; the measure of the poverty of a nation is marked by the degree in which it neglects and abandons the care of its own industry, leaving it exposed to the action of foreign powers.” Congressman Henry Clay, 1824

That’s exactly what’s happened to America courtesy of corrupt political whores in CON-gress for more than a hundred years. Let’s not forget what the unconstitutional, privately owned “Federal” Reserve has done to our farmers.  This is a MUST read column, May 7, 2005:  The Fed & The Farmer.  It’s most unfortunate former Congressman Ron Paul’s abolish the fed bill in 2007 didn’t have a single co-sponsor. If Trump gets fairly elected, one of his top priorities MUST be – as the leader of the Republican Party – is to hammer on CON-gress to abolish the “Fed” and free Americans from the bondage of a central bank.

The same as we must get out of all those destructive “free” trade treaties and NATO which is nothing but a big money war machine.

We the people must continue telling retailers:  I want Made in America. I’ll find what I need on-line.  More and more companies are manufacturing here at home and the power of our wallets is key to making it happen.  There is nothing wrong with fair trade but it’s long past time to put America first to make America great again for ALL Americans.  Illegal aliens do not count as they have NO right to even be on U.S. soil. They need to be deported.

This is how you create jobs in America, Dec. 8, 2013: “For example, if a factory that employs 10,000 Americans moves to Asia, we’re not just putting Americans out of work. We’re also losing all the taxes those employees would have paid, those the workers at their suppliers would have paid, and so on. That web of economic activity not only disappears, but so do the tax revenues that would have been collected!

“Thus, the more that is Made in USA, the more tax revenue the government collects. Indeed, the correlation between the rise of the budget deficit (excluding Social Security transfers) and the trade deficit since 1970 is very tight. We not only vote USA when we purchase Made in USA, we add tax revenue to the government without raising taxes!”

Heed these words of wisdom from Thomas Jefferson: “He, therefore, who is now against domestic manufacture, must be for reducing us either to dependence on that foreign nation, or be clothed in skins, and to live like beasts in dens and caverns. I am not one of those.”

I’ll always remember this snot nosed male caller while a guest on a radio show.  I don’t want to work on no damn farm or factory he proclaimed in an angry voice.  No one is forcing you. It was okay for our grand parents and even many generations back to work in factories or mills which provided good pay for a day’s honest work. And still today we don’t give enough thanks for those who work in coal mines. Grandparents who didn’t go hungry and neither did their kids – your parents.  There was/is no shame working in manufacturing or industrial.  Farming and ranching are a tough life and ours feed us and many around the world.

The caller made his living in the tech world which is fine.  Say, how do those computer chips taste? Need a plumber, buddy?  Oops, none available until next week because everyone wants to work in the tech world.  When there’s a depression (I won’t even get into that now) or some catastrophic event like a massive earthquake hitting the New Madrid Seismic Zone, can you feed yourself and your family?  Supply chain obliterated.

From the beginning new Americans were tough and self-sufficient. They had to be and what made America so great and debt free were our three most important job sectors.  We are a nation blessed by God with natural resources, creative minds and those who choose independence over dependence.

I prefer dangerous freedom over peaceful slavery.” —Thomas Jefferson.

Today we see too many pansies and empty heads who couldn’t figure out how to open an umbrella who have little to no work ethic. Can’t get a signal for their fancy IPhone or Smart Phone and they have to go to the ER for stress.

Thomas Jefferson also firmly believed agriculture is the lifeblood of a country.  Support local farms and ranchers. Tell your grocery store manager you want grown in America just as I’ve been doing the past 30 years. What you need and what you want are two different things. And try to find a butcher: Do you sell cattle meat that’s been injected with the mRNA vaccine?  (Illegal here in Texas.) Same as for pigs; swine industry had been shooting them up since 2018.

Make America great again means buying American even if you have to spend extra time searching on-line.  Here and there I have purchased foreign products but I’m very careful in researching the company.

THERE IS NO REASON FOR POVERTY IN AMERICA. When America started shifting to an entertainment-based economy and outsourcing good jobs, I thought, you just wait a few years and We the People will have to depend on foreign countries – many our enemies unless we keep feeding them our paychecks in the form of unconstitutional “foreign aid” – for just about everything.

We have a massive number of Americans sick and dying who depend on a lot of medications that should be made here and not by the commies in China.  Problems with the supply chain or a cargo ship hitting a bridge that’s loaded with foreign cars, clothes – you name it.  We manufacture here, the money stays here and jobs are created for Americans. Our road warriors (truckers) and rail lines deliver for our people.

For a thorough, comprehensive education on the Fed, the income tax, education, Medicare, SS, the critical, fraudulent ratification of the Seventeenth Amendment and more, be sure to order my book by calling 800-955-0116 or click the link, “Taking Politics Out of Solutions“. 400 pages of facts and solutions. Order two books and save $10.00

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Devvy: devvyk@protonmail.com

Related:

*GATT: General Agreement on Tariffs & Trade. WTO: World Trade Organization whose cut off our nuts repeatedly hurting our job sectors.

Made in USA.com

Made in America Store

I’m not sure how many on this list are still in business as I quit updating it years ago; had no one to do the posting.  But, check them out as well as the others.

Mike Rowe Contrasts Today’s Liberal College Campuses with Trade Schools Where He is “Pleased to Report, No One is Calling for the Extermination of Jews”, April 23, 2024

TV Host Mike Rowe weighs in on Gen Z gravitating toward trade jobs, April 1, 2024




Earth Day 2050: You Ain’t Going To Like What’s Coming

By Frosty Wooldridge

April 29, 2024

Part 3: What’s coming will cause you to have an upset stomach along with an upset mind.

“Those who contemplate the beauty of the earth find reserves of strength that will endure as long as life lasts. There is something infinitely healing in the repeated refrains of nature — the assurance that dawn comes after night, and spring after winter.” Rachel Carson, Silent Spring

Growing up on a farm in LeRoy, Michigan, population 500 farmers, I got close to the Earth.  I helped my parents plant a quarter-acre  garden every spring.  Nothing like getting your hands dirty in the dark riches of organic soil!

As the peas, tomatoes, corn, cabbage, squash, green beans, strawberries, and cucumbers broke through to the surface, I witnessed “life” springing toward the light. I used a hoe to cull back the weeds. I picked the caterpillars off the tomato leaves. I watched the summer rains soaking the good earth until it burst forth with its green abundance.

In the autumn, mom grabbed the Ball Jars out of the cellar.  We prepared all those vegetable for canning.  Family effort.  We picked blackberries and raspberries out of the deep woods on our farm.  We still own that 80 acres with its big 120 year old farm house.  It used be warmed by a wood burning furnace. I used the outhouse until  I was seven.  Once we installed a toilet and shower, well, I pretty much felt that I had made it to heaven.

For certain, I wish every American kid could grow up on a farm. You get to see chickens hatch. You get to gather eggs.  You get to see baby sheep and calves being born.  You get to tap tree sap from the trees and boil it down to rich maple syrup.  I think it tastes better when you do it yourself.  Did you know that it takes 40 gallons of tree sap to boil down to one  gallon of maple syrup?  That’s  why it costs so much in the grocery store.

As a teen, I drove a big green John Deere tractor, 1949 B, dawn to dusk. I cut hay, I baled hay, I mowed hay up the the rafters in grandpas big barn. I planted corn. I cultivated it. I cut it and brought it to silage in the silo. I dug potatoes and got 2 cents a bushel for cucumbers.  My brother Rex and I shoveled a lot of cow, horse and pig manure!  We spread it all over the back 100 acres to feed the soil with nutrients.  I milked a lot of cows with my grandpa Jesse Ward Johnson.  He worked every day of his life until he died.  I always looked up to him.

When I look at all the kids today bending their necks 10 hours a day with their fancy cell phones, I can’t help but feel pity for their lack of growing up on a farm.  It grounds you!  It gives you purpose because the day isn’t done until  the chores are completed.  It keeps you in touch with the Earth. It balances you.  It gives you an appreciation of all four seasons.

So, what does that have to do with “Earth Day 2050?”

Have you thought about 26 years from now?  Do you understand the United States faces horrendous consequences as to what its leaders are doing to all of us?  Have you thought about what’s  coming?

As it Part 1 of this series, you saw that a mere 3.5 billion humans lived on this planet in 1970.  A scant 195 million Americans occupied the lower 48 states.  Now, we house 350 million plus another 40 million illegal aliens in our country.  Do you understand that we grow by 4 million more people annually, net gain?   Do the math: 4 million by 26 years gives you 100,000,000 more “resource competitors” who will demand an incredible amount of food, water, resources and energy.

But no one is talking about it. Why?  There’s not a single TV program  mentioning what’s going to happen to this country in 26 years with such a horrendous population overload. Ted Nye, the science guy, on NPR won’t speak to it.  Those news boys and girls at “60 Minutes” avoid anyone who  wants to address it.  I’ve  tried for 20 years to interview on “60 Minutes.”  They run from my three books showing exactly what we’re facing.  They keep the American people deliberately ignorant as to  what’s coming to our civilization.  They won’t interview the top 20 population specialists that I have offered them.

Sure, the weather people warn you about snow and rain storms to save you from disaster.  They warn you about tornadoes so you can run.  But not a single one of them will educate you as to the horrendous amount of people about to land on America in 26 short years.

Here’s one reported by NPR last week: we lose 3,500 square miles of wilderness every ten years to growth in our society.   That’s a lot of land. That’s millions of new houses, new roads, new resource competitors.   Where do the animals go?  Answer: they go extinct.

There’s nobody talking about the fact that the Colorado River cannot feed another 20 million people about to land on California in the next 26 years. They  will  jump from 39 million to 59 million people.

And yet, our “brilliantly moronic Congress” keeps importing millions upon millions of refugees as if THAT will solve our already overwhelmed society.  Our dementia-plagued President Biden commits every child living in 2050 to a totally unstable and unsustainable civilization in a mere 26 years.  He’s that stupid, that inept and that incompetent. Or, at least his handlers choose this insane path, the ones who are actually running this country.   But half this country will vote for him and support him.  Are we screwed or what?

Part 4: In part four of this series, I’m going to cover the extent of the crises that your kids will be experiencing.  I’m going to ask you to understand what our airports are going to look like with millions of more planes flying the friendly skies. I’m  going to refer you to books that will scare the pants off of you.  I’m going to show you what happens when you lack water for drinking and flushing.  Whether it’s catastrophic climate destabilization, no more gasoline, and no more of the resources to create batteries or plumbing or wiring—-that’s  what you’re facing 26 years from now.

  • “The greatest threat to our planet is the belief that someone else will save it.” — Robert Swan
  • “Is the spring coming?” he said. “What is it like?”… “It is the sun shining on the rain and the rain falling on the sunshine…” ― Frances Hodgson Burnett, The Secret Garden
  • “We are on Earth to take care of life. We are on Earth to take care of each other.” — Xiye Bastida
  • “In every walk with nature, one receives far more than he seeks.” — John Muir

© 2024 Frosty Wooldridge – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Frosty: frostyw@juno.com




Dying to Your Flesh – Session 2

By Reverend Glynn Adams

April 28, 2024

Many Christians today don’t believe that demons can bother the Christian.  Can someone explain to me Luke 13:16, “And this woman, a daughter of Abraham as she is, whom Satan has bound for eighteen long years, should she not have been released from this bond on the Sabbath day?” As the Remnant of God, are we not the seed of Abraham and a follower of God?  Well, so is this woman a follower of God?  Is it better to live by what Christians think or what the Word of God says?

Why does James 4:7 say?  “Submit therefore to God.  Resist the devil and he will flee from you?”  If Satan can’t bother the Christian, can you explain I Peter 5:8-9, “Be of sober spirit (be serious), be on the alert, your adversary, the devil, prowls about like a roaring lion seeking someone to devour.  But resist him, firm in your faith knowing that the same experience of suffering is being accomplished by your brethren who are in the world.”

Are we brethren?  Did God say in His Word to resist Satan or ignore him?  If God says be on the alert and be serious, should we be serious about resisting this spirit world of darkness?  It has been very convenient for Satan and his forces of darkness to remain in the shadows and darkness, ignored by Christians, and not talking about what Satan is doing.  In America, we have become a habitation of demons while pastors and church members remain silent and ignore the evil overtaking our nation!!

Concerning the things of darkness, such as demons and evil spirits, we have been told by our religious leaders we can’t talk about these things.   They don’t fit in our denominational or mega church box.  We have been led to be fearful and intimidated so we just ignore them.  Well, in these articles we are going to talk about the powers of darkness and that Christians who ignore these forces of darkness, it will not turn out well for you or your family.  We cannot continue to ignore the process in the Kingdom that God has given us to resist these forces of darkness because Satan’s ministry is hell and he is working every day to rob, kill and destroy you and your family.  If you are a Christian, it is an abomination to God to fear them!

In this series of articles, our focus is not on Satan and demons but on Jesus and His Word.  However, when you closely follow Jesus’ ministry while on this earth, you will see that one-third of His ministry in the Kingdom of God was dealing with the powers of darkness.  In these articles, we are headed for holiness, and righteousness, and discernment but we must not ignore the powers of darkness.  All of this has been left out by most religious leaders – righteousness – getting right in God’s eyes, not with some religious system, holiness – be ye holy as He is holy by dying to your flesh – discernment – not much to discern when you have explained everything away.

Folks, you are going to have to decide who your heart is going after?  Who has your heart?  Jesus and His Word or some religious system.   Jesus says He wants our heart totally!!!   Who do you place your trust in?  Jesus and His Word or some man protecting his religious system?  Christians, you will never walk with Jesus in righteousness and holiness until you are set free.  Satan controls this world, and you won’t be free until you repent – come into agreement with Jesus into His Kingdom – and get into God’s process of dying to your flesh.

When you came to Jesus, you agreed to make Him LORD.  If Jesus is your LORD, you are to obey His Word.  That means you are putting to death the deeds of the flesh and walking as Jesus walks.  “Now those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the flesh with its passions and desires.” (Galatians 5:24)   Jesus said in Matthew 16:24, “If any wishes to come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross and follow Me.”  The way you deny yourself is not to let your flesh have its way in your life.  You put all your passions and desires of the flesh on the cross to die.  How important is this?  ”For if you are living according to the flesh, you must die; but if by the Spirit, you are putting to death the deeds of the flesh, you will live.  For all who are being led by the Spirit of God, these are the sons of God.” (Romans 8:13-14) This is God’s process for Christians to do the will of Jesus and being obedience to Him.

Now if you are disobedient and not putting to death your flesh, you are in danger.  In the Kingdom, Jesus has given us the grace, authority, and power to resist Satan.  If you are refusing this grace by ignoring dealing with your flesh, then by default judgment comes because you have opened up the door for Satan and his demons to come into your life and your family’s life!!   Oh, Remnant of God – dying to the flesh is the most positive thing you can do to walk in the Spirit, to function in the Kingdom of God, and have God’s abundant life.

In the First Century, when one mentioned crucify that had the chilling meaning of the Roman Cross.  When you were put on the cross, you were sentenced to death.   Three times Jesus mentioned the cross and without the cross you cannot be His disciple.  “And whoever does not bear his cross and come after Me cannot be My disciple.” (Luke 14:27), “And he who does not take up his cross and follow after Me is not worthy of Me.” (Matthew 10:38), “If anyone wishes to come after Me, let him deny himself and take up his cross, and follow Me.” (Matthew 16:24).

Let me remind you again that Jesus had fewer disciples in His Kingdom ministry because He required more obedience and commitment from them than denominations and mega churches require today.  Seldom are God’s People challenged and tested by their pastors today because that would be considered too negative!!!   They must remain positive and there is no spiritual accountability while their discipleship programs are absolutely negative and non-existent in most churches in America today.  Over the past 50 years, the demonic world has made more disciples than have Christians!!!!  By making more disciples, they have moved us from a Christian World View to a Progressive New World Order Marxists-Socialists World View.   SHAME ON US!!!!

This is not an easy process of God to take up your cross and let your flesh-ways be crucified by the cross.  In America, because we have had it so easy in Christianity with little to no suffering, we have corrupted our thinking concerning the cross.  To many it is just a religious symbol and nothing more.  No reality of “bearing your cross” – no pain or humiliation.  Just a pretty little gold piece of jewelry you wear on your lapel or around your neck.

In America we have no understanding of the constant struggles and frustration, uncomfortableness, and pain associated with the cross in dying to the flesh.  Today, as we go through the process of putting our old nature/flesh on the cross, our reality in this process is never ending, painful, and disturbing.  As followers of Christ, do we live in reality or symbolism?   We don’t need a piece of jewelry to identify us with Christ.  Putting our sins to death on the cross and our changed lives identifies us with Christ!!!

The Bible is clear that Jesus wants cross-bearers and says nothing about cross-wearers.  Symbolism does not change your life but the reality of “cross bearing” does.   I can’t imagine Christians in the First Century wearing a cross around their neck just like I can’t imagine the family of the last person executed here in Texas by lethal injection wearing a gold syringe around their neck.  There is only one meaning and purpose of the cross to the believer apart from the forgiveness of our sin and that is dying to your flesh so the life and love of Jesus Christ can live through us His Kingdom life to adorn our Lord Jesus and to bring glory to His Name by our changed lives!!!

For the remainder of this article, I want to show you how to die to your flesh nature by putting it on the cross.  If you are a Christian, you will sin.  “If we say we have no sin, we are deceiving ourselves and the truth is not in us.” (1 John 1:8)   God made a provision for dealing with sin in I John 1:9 by confessing it as sin and repenting.  Therefore, sin is no problem for the Christian if we confess it, deal with it, and not hide or ignore it.  Always remember this – your flesh and spirit are at war with one another.  Satan is always saying to your flesh, “come alive.”  The Bible says “flesh must die.”

Let us not forget what we have in Christ, “For we do not have a high priest who cannot sympathize with our weaknesses, but One who has been tempted in all things as we are, yet without sin.” (Hebrews 4:15) Jesus lived in the flesh on this earth and knows what it is like for us to live in the flesh.  “Let us therefore draw near with confidence to the throne of grace that we may receive mercy and may find grace to help in time of need.” (Hebrews 4:16)

Let’s say you lose your temper and have an outburst of anger.  To all young girls: “Do not associate with a man given to anger; or go with a hot-tempered man.   Lest you learn his ways and find a snare for yourself.” (Proverbs 22:24-25)  HATH GOD REALLY SAID?  Outburst of anger is the fruit of the flesh mentioned in Galatians 5, so you must confess it as sin (1 John 1:9) and repent, then deal with your anger.

The way you deal with your anger is you put your anger on the cross to be crucified and to die.  You do this by repenting and coming into agreement with God that anger is bad fruit “for the anger of man does not achieve the righteousness of God” (James 1:20), and it must die and you are absolutely committed to do this and rid your life of this unfruitful works of darkness.  Only there on the cross can it die in your life.  It is a process that can last a long time as our flesh dies hard.  Every time you get angry, repent and repeat the process.  This process is simply choosing your spirit man over your flesh.  The Word says that in the flesh we cannot please God.  This process may take a lifetime because man’s problem is flesh – that old nature of Satan in us and it must die.

Paul tells us in Romans 13:11-14, “And this do, knowing the time that it is already the hour for you to awaken from sleep, for now salvation is nearer to us than when we believed.  The night is almost gone and the day is at hand.  Let us therefore lay aside the deeds of darkness (the deeds of the flesh) and put on the armor of light.  Let us behave properly as in the day not in carousing and drunkenness, not in sexual promiscuity and sensuality, not in strife and jealousy. (That just described our culture in America today).  But put on the Lord Jesus Christ and make no provision for the flesh in regard to its lusts.”

If you are not ready to give up everything in this world system and everything of the flesh, you are not ready to make Jesus Christ Lord of your life.  We must get serious about applying the Word of God to our lives.  That is how you have the abundant life rather than the torment of Satan and judgment.  Jesus cannot perfect a good work of love in us if we walk in the disobedience of our flesh.

God bless, I remain His servant and watchman, Glynn Adams (Thanks to the late Milt Green and his many conferences on dying to the flesh and I’m just repeating what I learned from him back in the 1980s.  We miss you, Milt!!!  Next week:  Dying to the Flesh – Session 3 – How your flesh nature suffers when it has to die!!!

[Session 1], [Session 2],

© 2024 Glynn Adams – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Glynn Adams: glynnadams@sbcglobal.net




Freedom of Speech and the Offense of Political Correctness

by Peter Falkenberg Brown

April 28, 2024

Do you value freedom of speech? Do you think that political correctness has gone too far? Are you frustrated with the rhetoric of social justice warriors? Are you looking for ways to cut through all the PC confusion with clarity and truth? You are not alone.

No one likes to be offended.

“Sticks and stones may break my bones, but words will never hurt me” is actually not true, even though it’s a useful verse to teach children not to retaliate against insults with violence.

[The full text of this essay is below the video.]

Words can indeed hurt and wound, and many young people today are quick to point out that they are offended in a large variety of ways, and fully expect profuse apologies from the offenders.

Those who find that they’ve given offense are often good-hearted people who have no desire to harm others, and thus they typically apologize. No one wants to be an “offensive” person, or a racist, bigot, sexist, homophobe, transphobe, Islamophobe, cultural appropriator, or any other possible category of “badness.”

Human beings have a deeply rooted sensitivity to the beauty and value of love, which is actually humanity’s great hope to finally leave violence behind and grow as a species to the point where a world of love is possible. It’s rare to find a person who would honestly say that their deepest desire every day is to harm others, including children, and most especially puppies. We have a sense of pride that we should at least appear to be good, and usually agree with the idea that it is good to be good.

Thus, very few people experience real, deep, lasting joy when they offend others.

This is why the current culture of political correctness is so powerful. Being called a racist, a bigot, a sexist, or a hater is deeply troubling, so many people do their best to avoid these accusations by self-censoring their words so that no one will be offended and accuse them of being a “phobe.”

Because of this sentiment, political correctness has created a culture of fear—a culture in which anyone at any time can turn on someone and label them as offensive and by extension, evil. Political correctness is partially fueled by Identity Politics—the division of human beings into groups defined by their assumed status as oppressors or the oppressed. Very little attention is paid to the character of individuals. Instead, victimology reigns supreme with individuals competing in an “Oppression Olympics” with circuitous pathways of “Intersectionality” that create ever more complex combinations of oppression that eventually brand everyone as an oppressor of someone else.

White males are labeled as the ultimate oppressors who offend everyone else by their mere existence. Putting aside for the moment the fact that large numbers of white males in history have been incredibly loving, principled, noble, and sacrificial human beings, what about a white male who is gay, or identifies as transracial Asian and trans female? (There are such cases.) Is he now oppressed? Has his whiteness and genetic maleness been forgiven by his self-identification? If so, why? Intersectional identity politics is an enormous pile of tangled spaghetti logic that collapses in on itself if one pulls at the strands.

Its twisted and confusing narrowness has created a politically correct culture of tyrants who roam the streets and hallways waiting to be offended, screaming that their hurt feelings have victimized them because of the purported offense of “the invalid other.” Their response is to verbally and sometimes physically assault their enemy offenders with a self-righteousness often fueled by a petulant rage that has forgotten all about the values of love and forgiveness, and most certainly pays no attention to the log in their own eye.

In this politically correct culture, offended accusers do not have to prove their allegations. In many cases, simply calling John Smith a racist, a hater, a sexist, a bigot, or a transphobe/homophobe is enough to end his career. There’s no due process and no defense accepted. The content of one’s character as an individual is irrelevant. This phenomenon hearkens back to the Salem Witch trials and the malevolent accusations of Mao’s Red Guard student movement in the 1960s.

If the Western culture of sacred individual liberty is to survive, the destructive culture of political correctness must be transformed from its current state of tyranny and hostility and replaced by a thoughtful, reasoned, kind, and respectful culture that promotes harmony and love between people. This can only be done by fostering deep listening between all human beings, and mutual respect between opposing sides.

A social justice warrior who earnestly corrects an “offensive” person may believe that he or she is promoting goodness and vanquishing hate. Yet, all too often SJWs scream with hatred at those with whom they disagree. Even when they don’t raise their voices, SJWs who pursue their conviction of political correctness don’t listen to the other person. They don’t respectfully ask deep questions with a desire to learn opposing opinions.

The culture of political correctness is shallow and one-sided. It allows no debate or discussion, and engenders contempt and hatred toward the ones accused of “hatred.” It is a snake that will eat its own children because it is based on the ever-changing “winds of offense.” Today’s hate-speech policeman will be tomorrow’s criminal.

But, a social justice warrior might wail, “Hate speech is bad! Saying hateful, bigoted, offensive things about Group X, Y, or Z is evil! We cannot allow such harmful things to be said! We must make laws against it to protect the innocent members of all marginalized groups!”

It is a seductive refrain because loving human beings don’t normally want to harm others. Thus, in the name of “love and peace and goodness,” opposing views are crushed, and violators are fined, jailed, and in many Islamic societies, killed. And of course, we must mention communist societies like North Korea, Cuba, and China as examples of political correctness fully grown.

The elephant in the room that social justice warriors ignore is that creating a tyrannical society of political correctness in which people can be fined, jailed, and killed will create a majority population of oppressed victims that will inevitably include members of the SJW class. Tyranny eats its own because it is merciless. Under tyranny, the finer sentiments of love, kindness, and compassion are no longer valued. Thus, in the name of social justice, with a passing reference to love that is soon forgotten, the hell of tyranny is created.

“Totalitarian” is defined as “exercising control over the freedom, will, or thought of others.” Those who support the culture of political correctness, whether they brand themselves as social justice warriors or not, must recognize that telling people what they can and cannot say is the first step toward tyranny. It is a major step, for when free speech is restricted or eliminated, the flow of truth stops.

Children are then raised with the State’s version of truth and grow up entirely ignorant of reality. Eventually, of course, they catch on and revolt, perhaps after many generations. But the cost in human suffering is enormous. The people of North Korea, Cuba, China, and most Islamic countries are in this dire situation right now.

The Founding Fathers of America understood the evils of tyranny and worked brilliantly to create a government with checks and balances, and magnificent freedoms that they expressed as gifts from a Divine source. The Constitutional guarantee of freedom of speech was not meant to protect “nice” speech. It was established to protect everyone against the repression of opinions when those opinions were not popular. It allows citizens to insult and condemn their leaders without being locked up under the laws of “Lèse-majesté,” or “injured majesty.” Lèse-majesté is still in force in many countries around the world—but it has no power in the United States, which has given amazing freedom to all citizens, including members of the media and comedians to insult their leaders with impunity.

A comedian can even hold up a bloodied effigy of the severed head of a current president and not be charged with a crime. That is the free speech guarantee at work. There are not too many things more offensive than holding up a bloody model of someone’s severed head. One must ask how the media and supporters of political correctness would have responded to that severed head if they actually liked the man it represented. One can see then, that to safely guarantee free speech for all, it must be thoroughly and rigorously supported at all times by all people.

The United States was formed with unique guarantees of freedom that were so special that millions upon millions of immigrants swarmed to our shores to enjoy those freedoms. The United States is incredibly exceptional—not because its citizens are any more moral than others, but because of the ideas and principles of freedom that created our country. That is true American exceptionalism.

And yes, living in a free country like America has often engendered an attitude of life that creates exceptional people, of all races and religions. We have been a melting pot of diverse peoples from around the world who adopted a common creed of freedom and shared opportunity for all and thus we proudly became “Americans.” After only eighty-five years from the founding of our country in 1776, hundreds of thousands of Christian men, both white and black, bled and died together to correct the monstrous sin of slavery, a momentous and unprecedented sacrificial event in human history. Freedom in America was created and has matured on the foundation of self-sacrifice and a belief in the sacred rights of every individual, without exception.

In 1860, after an anti-slavery meeting in Boston was disrupted by men hired by slavers, Frederick Douglass, a former slave, delivered “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston.” His words could easily describe today’s PC culture:

“Even here in Boston, and among the friends of freedom, we hear two voices: one denouncing the mob that broke up our meeting on Monday as a base and cowardly outrage; and another, deprecating and regretting the holding of such a meeting, by such men, at such a time. We are told that the meeting was ill-timed, and the parties to it unwise.”[1]

He went on to say:

“There can be no right of speech where any man, however lifted up, or however humble, however young, or however old, is overawed by force, and compelled to suppress his honest sentiments. Equally clear is the right to hear. To suppress free speech is a double wrong. It violates the rights of the hearer as well as those of the speaker.”[2]

Thus, freedom of speech is the first line of defense against tyranny of every sort. Very specifically, this means that social justice warriors and supporters of political correctness must accept that all speech is free, including hateful speech, disagreeable speech, or insulting speech. Only a very narrow line of speech that directly incites violence can and should be opposed.

We must remember that good-hearted people don’t normally wish to offend others. Yet in spite of the risk that speech might offend others, all speech must be protected if liberty is to survive.

“Islamophobia” is a popular canard in the West these days. Canada, Britain, and Europe are passing laws that criminalize criticism of Islam while leaving criticism of Christianity, Judaism, and other religions open to unbridled condemnation without consequence. Who benefits from these laws?

If one examines life in Iran or Saudi Arabia or other strict Islamic Sharī‘ah countries, one can see that over a billion wonderful human beings around the world who just happen to be Muslim are unable to criticize Mohammed or Islamic doctrines without suffering severe and sometimes fatal consequences. Blasphemy laws that criminalize opposition to Islam benefit a tyrannical class that has no interest in granting freedom of speech and religion to their own Muslim populations who are the first and constant victims of their tyranny—most especially women.

Muslims cannot leave Islam upon pain of death. It is reasonable and logical to assume that vast numbers of Muslims would leave Islam if they felt that it was safe to do so. The Islamic religious and political culture that pushes men across the globe to riot, burn, and kill when someone in a faraway land draws a cartoon of Mohammed is a culture that has become a fully realized version of political correctness and tyranny.

Can you imagine the outcry in Western media if Christians were killed if they tried to leave Christianity? Can you imagine the disgust and contempt toward Christians if they rioted, burned, and killed people around the globe if someone created a piece of art that mocked Jesus? The media and people in general would scorch the Christian world with their criticisms—as well they should if Christians did those things. Which, of course, they do not. Christians can leave their faith at any time, and Jesus has been mocked endlessly by a large variety of people, in the most vile of ways. But Christians almost always turn the other cheek because they were taught to love their enemy instead of hating him.

Why then do so many Westerners in media, entertainment, politics, and academia refuse to speak out against the violence and oppression in the Islamic world, while still criticizing the West? Why the double standard?

Is it because of naivety and ignorance about Islam? This type of behavior reminds me of a scene in the movie The Poseidon Adventure, in which Gene Hackman’s character tries to get a second group to follow them—the right way—to safety. The second group stubbornly refuses, and of course, dies.

Or is it because they have so much hatred for Judeo-Christian values that they gladly join with Islamists in their jihad against Western civilization?

Or, do they keep silent about Islam because of fear—fear that angry Muslims will respond with violence, as has so often happened? For the West to be cowed by fear of Islam is a terrible situation to be in, that needs review and a solution. To find answers to these questions, one must look at things with common sense, courage, open eyes, objectivity, and most of all, honesty.

Do we really want to yield to the tyranny of Islamic Sharī‘ah law in the West? Unfortunately, too many people are saying yes. It is short-sighted and may become a matter of great regret, most especially to their children who will inherit the results of their policies.

The historian Arnold J. Toynbee stated, “Civilizations die from suicide, not by murder.”[3] Western liberals who support political correctness are leading people into an abyss that will swallow all of us unless we vigorously oppose the Offense and Tyranny of Political Correctness.

That means that when someone spews forth a stream of invective, laced with the standard descriptors of phobes, haters, and bigots, etc, we must courageously push back against it, with bold speech supported by an underlying desire to eventually create harmony between all sides—a harmony centered on love and respect, but most of all a harmony centered upon an unbreakable commitment to sacred, individual liberty.

That freedom applies to all men and women of every race. Martin Luther King, Jr. did not preach hatred toward whites or blacks or any other race, but instead timelessly affirmed that the value of every human being was based on their individual spirit and character. In Dr. King’s acceptance speech for the Nobel Peace Prize in 1964, he stated:

“I refuse to accept the view that mankind is so tragically bound to the starless midnight of racism and war that the bright daybreak of peace and brotherhood can never become a reality.”[4]

May Dr. King’s dream at long last come true.

© 2024 NWV – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Peter Falkenberg Brown: peterbrown@worldcommunity.com

Website: https://peterfalkenbergbrown.com

Footnotes:

  1. Frederick Douglass, “A Plea for Free Speech in Boston,” December 9, 1860, Boston’s Music Hall
  2. Ibid.
  3. Arnold J. Toynbee, referenced in “Arnold J. Toynbee,” New World Encyclopedia.
  4. Martin Luther King, Jr., “Martin Luther King Jr. Acceptance Speech, on the occasion of the award of the Nobel Peace Prize in Oslo, 10 December 1964.



Lighting A Candle

By Rob Pue

April 28, 2024

I believe America is at a tipping point. Most Americans realize there is something deeply wrong with the nation we live in.  Even non-Christians have had all they can take of the Leftists’ “woke” agenda, and especially of the vilification of common sense when it comes to our children.

In recent years, we’ve seen parents who object to pornographic books, drag queens and the LGBTQP+ movement indoctrinating their children labeled as “the most dangerous threats to our democracy,” and also called “domestic terrorists.”  In reality, the opposite is true.  Those who push for the normalization of sexual deviancy, homosexuality, pedophilia and the mutilation of the minds and bodies of our children are the real predators, and they have many allies, now baked in to the curricula of our public schools and celebrated wholesale in cities and small towns all across the USA.

In 1963, “45 Communist goals to take down America” were read into the Congressional record.  Among them: “break down cultural standards of morality by promoting pornography and obscenity in the media;” “present homosexuality, degeneracy and promiscuity as ‘normal, natural and healthy;’” “infiltrate the churches;” “discredit the family as an institution;”  “Encourage promiscuity and easy divorce;” “emphasize the need to raise children away from the ‘negative’ influence of parents.”  And here we are today, with all of those Communist goals to take down America achieved.

June is coming quickly.  In the year 2000, Bill Clinton declared the month of June as “Gay and Lesbian Pride Month.”  Since then, “Pride Month” has spread around the globe, but it doesn’t end when July 1st rolls around.  Today, the LGBTQP+ monster — and now the “transgender” abomination — continues all year long.  Through organizations like the “Human Rights Campaign,” their agenda is forced down the throats of companies and corporations, so that they must either endorse and financially support this sexual deviancy and the myriad of mental disorders associated with it all, or be publicly shamed, boycotted  and labeled as “homophobic” and now, “transphobic.”

But those pulling the strings behind the scenes are pushing even harder and never stop their assault on all that is normal, natural and God-ordained.  Today we have the “Transgender Day of Vengeance.”  We have a new multi-billion dollar industry within the medical industrial complex, to forever mutilate and sterilize young children with hormone-blocking drugs and so-called “gender affirming surgeries” that destroy young children and maim them for life.  Josef Mengele would be proud.

For many years, I’ve joined my Christian friends on the streets during “Pride parades,” to stand as a witness for Christ and God’s natural design for marriage and family.  I’ve attended some of the largest “pride” festivals in the country, where it’s been 100 Christians trying to reach a half-million sodomites and their allies.  I’ve witnessed thousands of young children exposed to sexual deviancy in the streets of American cities.  Young children participating with their homosexual parents in these parades.  Young children viewing simulated sodomite sex acts involving completely- or mostly-naked men and women in broad daylight.  Young children, whose parents give them dollar bills to stuff in the “g-strings” of nearly-nude drag queens, dancing provocatively in front of adoring crowds of hedonists.

With the exception of a handful of times, attempting to reason with or even have a meaningful conversation with the sodomites and transgenders has been futile.  The police see the Christians as the enemies, and they protect the perverts.  The sodomites blow bullhorns directly into our ears as we try to speak.  They beat drums, blow trumpets, yell and scream like demons, to keep our words from going forth.  When we use signs with messages of common sense, hordes of deranged sodomites descend upon us, covering our signs with rainbow flags at a minimum… destroying our signs, and attacking us physically most of the time.  And Christians being attacked at these events has been — every time — the greatest form of amusement for those charged with the duty to “protect and serve.”

Sadly, the vast majority of American pastors and churches have remained mute, and have allowed all of this to grow to enormous proportions, so that today, you can go nowhere without being assaulted by homosexual or transgender propaganda and vile displays of debauchery.  The rainbow flag is a symbol of conquest. No one can argue that the devil and his minions have won this culture war, because the pastors and churches have been too cowardly to do ANYTHING.  Correction: I shouldn’t say the churches haven’t done anything… the last “pride” parade I attended included no less than forty churches participating IN the parade, with banners on their floats expressing sentiments like “God thinks you’re fabulous.”

But people are fed up with all this.  Most of us have had enough of these mental illnesses being pridefully celebrated and we’re now forced to celebrate this perversion under penalty of law.  Some have suggested there be a “Straight Pride” parade.  But heterosexual people do not celebrate the fact that they’re heterosexual, nor do they flaunt their sexuality in public, in front of children.  And what would a “Straight Pride” parade even look like? A bunch of normal people walking down the street?  And further, if anyone even tried to arrange something like this, they’d be viciously attacked and vilified in the mainstream media and compared to “Nazis.”  You know that would happen.

Several years ago, my friend, JR Harrison, who leads the Natural Family Foundation, came up with the idea of celebrating “Natural Family Month” — from Mother’s Day to Father’s Day.  The first week would be a celebration of Mother’s Day. The second week would be a celebration of children. The third week would be a celebration of grandparents. The next week would be a celebration of extended family, and it would all culminate in a celebration of Dads on Father’s Day.

JR has created a website, NaturalFamilyStrong.com, where he lays out the plan, and offers a pledge people can sign to affirm their support of God’s ordained design for the NATURAL family: one biological man married to one biological woman united in a monogamous marriage for life, bearing and raising Godly children in the fear and admonition of the Lord.  There’s overwhelming scientific evidence showing that children thrive within the Natural Family.  There’s much less poverty, mental illness, drug use, rage and rebellion, and children grow up to be much happier and well-adjusted adults when raised within the Natural Family.

Last June, I came up with an idea, but it was too late to put into action then.  This year, thanks to other ministry friends, the idea is coming to fruition — and God has greatly blessed this plan, which focuses on “lighting a candle” instead of cursing the darkness.  Mind you, in prior years as we went to witness for Christ at these sodomite events, we weren’t “cursing” anyone.  We were there to shine the light of Christ and have meaningful, thoughtful and loving conversations with those so lost and deceived by Satan.  Unfortunately, in this sort of environment, our little band of Christian brothers and sisters were no match for the demonic spirits inhabiting a half million people — including city government leaders, police officers, pastors and churches.

So this year, we’re preparing something totally different, for June 29th. That’s the day the “drag queens” will be performing in a downtown family park.  Once again, men will be dressed as outrageous prostitutes and will be dancing and gyrating in sexually suggestive ways in front of little children. They’ll also be dressing little children in “drag” and teaching them how to “strut their stuff” in front of the adults there.

But on this same day, a few blocks away, at another city park, we will be hosting a Natural Family Festival.  This is our attempt to “light a candle” in this community and as I wrote in my article last year, to “show them what a natural family is.”

The mayor of the city has agreed to open our festival with a speech on the value of families…natural families.  We will have other excellent speakers to encourage people to cherish the institution of the family…the Godly foundation for a Godly nation.  And then we’ll have activities, for children and adults.    But not just any sort of activities.  This is not some sort of “carnival” with silly stuff and meaningless games.  All of the activities we have planned are designed to bring families together and to honor God’s design for the natural family…again, one real man and one real woman, united in marriage and bearing and raising children for the glory of God.

One activity will involve children and their parents learning to plant and grow things.  We’ll provide small flower and vegetable plants, soil and pots, so children can work together with their parents to grow something.  Once planted, we’ll have a little sign that reads “I love my family” that they can decorate their pot with.

Another activity will include boys working with their dads to build a simple birdhouse or bird feeder.  Again, this activity is meant to connect fathers together with their sons and build something — achieve something — together.

At another station, we’ll be doing a bigger project, to involve the older children.  Under the supervision of expert builders, young teens will be building an actual house — a playhouse — throughout the day.  This will provide an opportunity for dads to work with their teenagers and actually learn to build a HOUSE!  When it’s completed, we’ll draw one name from among those who worked on the project and the winner will win the playhouse… here again, we’re connecting dads with teens, and teens will learn they can build and achieve something of great significance, with their own two hands, alongside their dads.

We’ll also set up a lemonade stand… but not just any lemonade stand.  Next to our stand, we’ll have a “Help Wanted” sign, and children ages 5-13 can sign up for half-hour segments to work at the stand.  We’ll supply the lemonade, cups and ice.  Kids just need to sign up and show up for “work.”  At the end of their shift, they get to keep what they’ve earned.  This teaches kids how to “get a job,” and the satisfaction of learning to work, and how to earn money.

And we all know the “drag queens” offer “story time.”  We’ll have story time too.  But OUR stories will come from the old McGuffey Readers, which are filled with uplifting, positive stories of families…with the gospel message woven throughout.  And here’s the best part:  the stories will be read by GRANDPARENTS.  So, we’ll be connecting the oldest generation with the youngest generation, and these grandparents will also share the wisdom of their own life’s experiences with the young kids who listen.  I strongly believe we need to return honor and VALUE to our elders, who are so easily forgotten and minimalized in today’s culture.

We’ll also have a petting zoo, pony and cart rides, other craft opportunities for kids and their parents to create and build things together, and we will have acappella music sung by families from our local Mennonite community.  So instead of silly songs, comedy and frivolous “entertainment,” we’ll be offering beautiful music — hymns sung together by FAMILIES.  There will also be a mobile Creation Museum, showing how God created the world in six days, and how the first family began.

This will be an opportunity to turn the hearts of the fathers back toward their children.  To re-connect the grandparents with their grandchildren, for moms and daughters to connect in substantial ways, to hear meaningful stories of how God designed the family to really be.  To HONOR our parents, our elders, and get our young people out of the clutches of pop culture and turn THEIR hearts back to respecting themselves, each other and their mothers, fathers and families.

Friends, as goes the church, so goes the family. Sadly, our churches have failed to build solid God-honoring families.  But also, as goes the family, so goes the nation.  And we can all easily see how desperately our nation needs strong families again — free of the shackles of mindless TikTok videos and gaming and soul-sucking electronic “entertainment” and social media.

We’re offering a clear and stark alternative.  This community will have the opportunity to see two completely different worldviews on the same day just a few blocks apart: the celebration of sodomite “pride,” “drag queen” perversion and sexual grooming of children versus the wholesome, NATURAL FAMILY the way it used to be; the way God designed it to be and the way it should be.  In the end, I believe the people of this small town will be deeply impacted and I pray that hearts are deeply touched and transformed as we will show them and demonstrate to them what a natural family is.  We’re lighting a candle, rather than cursing the darkness and it’s my hope that other people, in communities all across this nation, will grab a hold of this vision and put together Natural Family Festivals for their own towns.  If you’d like to learn how you can easily do this in your town, please contact me.

© 2024 Rob Pue – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Rob Pue: Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com

Audio CDs and transcripts of this message are available when you call me at Wisconsin Christian News, (715) 486-8066.  Or email Rob@WisconsinChristianNews.com and ask for message number 427.




Christian Nationalism

By Putch Paugh

April 27, 2024

Let me start this article by stating unequivocally, “Yes, by the grace of God, I am a Christian Nationalist with no apologies!”

Now you are probably asking, what in the world is a Christian Nationalist? Let’s start by looking at what a leftist humanistic reporter by the name of Heidi Przybyla says it is. Here’s one of her comments from an interview in part that she did on MSNBC recently. “They (Christian Nationalists) believe that our rights as Americans and as all human beings do not come from any earthly authority. They don’t come from Congress, from the Supreme Court, they come from God.” In an article in Politico she stated “Christian nationalists in America believe that the country was founded as a Christian nation and that Christian values should be prioritized throughout government and public life.” She also said in the interview on MSNBC the most “Christians” don’t believe this. Implying that only Christian Nationalists believe this and therefore are not true Christians. Please allow me to clarify something right now. If you are a Christian that believes in the superiority of the Creator God as taught in the scriptures then you must be a Christian Nationalist! And if you don’t believe the scriptures taught in the inerrant word of God, the 1611 KJV, you are not a Christian! So there Ms. Przybyla!

Anyone who has even a rudimentary knowledge of our country’s founding and the beliefs of some of the men who had a hand in bringing the very unique concept of a nation based on the belief that no man or group of men had a “divine” right to be the “sovereign” power and authority over other men must, of necessity, believe in a higher authority! In a document written and approved by such men that has been all but forgotten and ignored by society today titled “The Declaration of Independence’, you will find the following statement: “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are “created” equal, that they are endowed by their “Creator” with certain unalienable Rights, that among these (not limited to) are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” Obviously these “radicals” believed there is a divine Creator that man derived their rights from beyond man’s sphere or realm of authority! And even more importantly, mankind must bow to this authority as truly being the only true “sovereign” as supreme in their lives!

As a matter of truth and fact, the very same document continues with a very serious statement and warning to all who read it!

It makes a very clearly stated fact that has been ignored for so long that the very idea of a society of self-governing men who owe no allegiance to any other authority but their Creator, Saviour, Lord and King, Jesus Christ, that the concept of divine authority that rules in every sphere of mankind’s life on earth is regarded as not only radical and threatening to society, but a terroristic idea. This Christian nationalistic document states “when a long train of abuses and usurpations (man usurping the divine and sovereign authority of God over other men) pursuing invariable the same object evinces a design to reduce them under absolute despotism (tyranny of men), “It is their right (God-given), it is their duty (commanded by God Himself) to throw off such (ungodly authority) government.”

Of course, what made this document even more evil in the eyes of the humanistic atheistic and anti-Christ influencers of society today is that all of writers and framers of such new luminary ideas of their day in history is that they were all “Caucasian white” Christian nationalists! While I have to admit there are very few true Christian Nationalists left, there is one wonderful truth to share! Today, although we are few in number, we now have Christian Nationalists of every color! Caucasian, Black, Hispanic and more who are sincerely born again, spirit-filled believers in our only Sovereign, Lord and King Jesus Christ!

Now, for the final point that the low down, God hating, Christian hating, humanism heathens that absolutely despise God’s laws and His Authority in all things; As is written in Psalms chapter 2, these heathen rose against God and His people. It also states that God laughs at their stupidity and arrogance and that He will have them in derision, which means He will hold them in contempt! Nonetheless, God is the supreme, sovereign and His Will will ultimately be done in the day of His final judgment!

In closing this article, I will make this final statement. I totally realize that the ideas, concepts and desires that many of our nation’s founders had from the pilgrims and puritans and on through our history are lost to us forever as Americans. Our nation has sinned beyond redemption. (II Kings 24:2-4, Ps. 106:40,41) but as for myself and other Christian Nationalists, let me state unequivocally that we believe and will declare before all men and their “earthly” government, that God’s laws, commandments and judgments should be the only foundation on how mankind should “govern” their lives! As individuals in our homes, our churches and in all spheres of civil government God’s law is sovereign and it is the whole duty of man to obey it! Ecc. 12:13-14

In Christ’s Service,

© 2024 Butch Paugh – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Butch Paugh: ctdm@hotmail.com




Is the Constitution a Threat to National Security?

By Paul Engel

April 27, 2024

  • FISA Section 702 has been used repeatedly by the FBI to illegally spy on Americans.
  • There are those who claim requiring a warrant to search the Section 702 database is unreasonable.
  • Will the American people give up their rights for the promise of safety?

A policy statement released by the Executive Office of the administration’s Office of Management and Budget, effectively made the very bold statement that the Constitution of the United States was a threat to national security. Does this not remind you of the saying from Benjamin Franklin?

“They who would give up an essential liberty for temporary security, deserve neither liberty or security.”

Benjamin Franklin

Are the American people willing to give up their right to be free from unreasonable searches for the promise of national security?

On April 12, 2024, Jordain Carney posted on X what she claims is a memo from the Biden Administration regarding an amendment to HR 7888, a bill to reauthorize Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (FISA). The title of the memo is “THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY”. I say she “claims to” because she provided no link to the original document and I have not been able to find a copy of the document she posted anywhere else. I did, however, find a policy statement from the administration’s Office of Management and Budget that, while not as explicit in its claims as the memo Ms. Carney posted, essentially says the same thing.

Spying on Americans

There have been numerous examples of the Federal Bureau of Investigations misusing the data collected under FISA Section 702 and stored on its database. The FBI lied to the FISA court to authorize surveillance on a Presidential candidate and his staff, and then again to continue the surveillance after Donal Trump had been elected President. The FISA Court identified more than 278,000 times the FBI violated their own standards to use Section 702 to spy on Americans, including those suspects in the Jan. 6, 2021 breach of the capital, Black Lives Matters, and even political campaign donors. This has led to numerous calls to either eliminate Section 702 or modify it in order to protect the rights of the American people. During the debate of HR 7888, the Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act, an amendment was offered by Rep. Andy Biggs which stated:

An amendment numbered 1 printed in House Report 118-456 to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

This led to the OMB policy statement of April 11, 2024, which included the statement:

For these same reasons, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment proposed by Rep. Biggs to H.R. 7888 that would rebuild a wall around, and thus block our access to, already lawfully collected information in the possession of the U.S. Government.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Interesting. The administration doesn’t claim Mr. Biggs’ amendment would create a new wall around the 702 database, but rebuild one that previously existed.

The Whitehouse Position on Section 702

The Whitehouse has expressed unqualified support for the renewal of FISA Section 702.

The Administration strongly supports H.R. 7888, a bipartisan bill to reauthorize an essential intelligence authority, Section 702 of the Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (“FISA”), and other FISA provisions before they would expire on April 19, 2024.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

If it has been shown that the FBI has been abusing their access to the Section 702 database, why does this administration want to retain such access?

Expiration of Section 702 authorities would deprive us of insight into precisely the threats Americans expect their government to identify and counter: terrorist threats to the Homeland, fentanyl supply chains bringing deadly drugs into American communities, hostile governments’ recruitment of spies in our midst, PRC transnational repression, penetrations of our critical infrastructure, adversaries’ attempts to illicitly acquire sensitive dual-use and military commodities and technology, ransomware attacks against major American companies and nonprofits, Russian war crimes, and many more.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

The Administration lists a number of threats they claim from which the American people expect to be protected. That’s fine, but what about the abusive uses of this data?

To protect the American people, we need to maintain this vital collection authority while strengthening its protective guardrails with the most robust set of reforms ever included in legislation to reauthorize Section 702, and H.R. 7888 does that.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

I’m not sure if the protections in HR 7888 are the most robust ever put in place for a reauthorization of Section 702, but I do know they are, at best, as thin as tissue paper. For example, if someone in the FBI wishes to query the Section 702 database for data on an American citizen, the requirements would be:

Federal Bureau of Investigation personnel must obtain prior approval from a Federal Bureau of Investigation supervisor (or employee of equivalent or greater rank) or attorney who is authorized to access unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) for any query of such unminimized contents or noncontents made using a United States person query term.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So FBI personnel merely needs the OK from a supervisor or higher to access this data. That’s the “unminimized” data. No probable cause, no proof of relevancy to an ongoing and approved investigation. Just a request and approval from an FBI supervisor or an attorney with access to the unminimized (unredacted) data. Isn’t this a case of the “fox guarding the hen house”? Isn’t this what so many people have been complaining about? But wait, there’s more:

A United States person query to be conducted by the Federal Bureau of Investigation of unminimized contents or noncontents obtained through acquisitions authorized under subsection (a) using a United States person query term may be conducted without obtaining prior approval as specified in clause (i) only if the person conducting the United States person query has a reasonable belief that conducting the query could assist in mitigating or eliminating a threat to life or serious bodily harm.”.

HR 7888 – Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

So, as long as the FBI actor has a “reasonable” belief that someone could be killed or injured, even the tissue paper thin protections go out the window? Notice, there is no timeframe for the threat to life or serious bodily harm. The investigation could be looking into a possible attack months, even years in the future, but they do not require even the most minimal of review by a supervisor? This is, to the Biden Administration, sufficient safeguards to protect the American people’s rights from the administration’s abuses?

What About the Constitution?

It seems that those in the Biden Administration, not to mention many in the Republican Caucus in the House of Representatives, have forgotten they have sworn or affirmed to support the Constitution, which includes the Fourth Amendment:

The right of the people to be secure in their persons, houses, papers, and effects, against unreasonable searches and seizures, shall not be violated,

U.S. Constitution – Amendment IV

Much of what has been collected in Section 702’s database are emails and other digital communications, the modern day equivalent of a person’s papers and effects. While the U.S. Constitution has no legal authority in foreign nations, it most certainly does within the borders United States and when the United States is dealing with its citizens and residents. Since the Constitution of the United States is the supreme law of the land (Article VI, Clause 2), that means for a search of the digital papers and effects of any American to be legal, there must be a reason. And to provide proof of that reasonableness, the government must acquire a warrant or show an exigent (urgent) circumstance exists. Which sounds an awful lot like what would be required by Mr. Biggs’ amendment.

to prohibit warrantless searches of U.S. person communications in the FISA 702 database, with exceptions for imminent threats to life or bodily harm, consent searches, or known cybersecurity threat signatures.

H.Amdt.876 — 118th Congress (2023-2024)

However, it appears the Biden Administration, like many of its predecessors, doesn’t like the idea of their illegal powers being challenged.

For these same reasons, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment proposed by Rep. Biggs to H.R. 7888 that would rebuild a wall around, and thus block our access to, already lawfully collected information in the possession of the U.S. Government. The amendment would prohibit U.S. officials from reviewing critical information that the Intelligence Community has already lawfully collected, with exceptions that are exceedingly narrow and unworkable in practice. Our intelligence, defense, and public safety communities are united: the extensive harms of this proposal simply cannot be mitigated. Therefore, the Administration strongly opposes the amendment.

STATEMENT OF ADMINISTRATION POLICY H.R. 7888 –Reforming Intelligence and Securing America Act

Yes, the amendment would prohibit the unlawful review of what is, in some cases, lawfully collected data. It would require the Intelligence Community to follow the law, including the Constitution, that they swore or affirmed to follow. The restrictions are narrow for two very important reasons. First, so they would be pursuant to the Constitution of the United States. And second, to prevent the types of criminal abuses we have already seen those in the FBI are more than willing to commit. The administration seems concerned about the “extensive harms” the Biggs Amendment would have on their ability to illegally spy on the American people, while at the same time showing no concern of the extensive crimes they have committed against them.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY Memo

I place limited confidence in the memo Ms. Carney posted, simply because there is no evidence that it is actually a Whitehouse memo. With that caveat, and giving Ms. Carney the benefit of the doubt, there are details in this memo that would be of great importance if it’s real.

According to the memo Ms. Carney published, the FBI claims to have thwarted three (3) attacks based on data they found by searching the Section 702 database. Of course, they provide no details to verify their claims. While that makes sense from an operational security standpoint, with all of their illegal activity and proven targeting of political opponents, does anyone trust the FBI’s claims anymore?

In this memo, the Biden Administration admits that their searches of the Section 702 database violate the Fourth Amendment.

The “warrant” exception allows a query if, beforehand, the executive branch has obtained a court order based on probable cause. But the executive branch almost never can meet that standard at the earliest stages of an investigation when queries are most critical.

THE BIGGS AMENDMENT IS A THREAT TO NATIONAL SECURITY

The Biden Administration admits that it does not have the probable cause necessary to obtain a warrant when they search the database. That is not only the definition of an unreasonable search, but a deprivation of due process, thereby violating the Fifth Amendment as well. The Biden Administration has turned Section 702 into a “general warrant” like those used during the colonial period to investigate the person in search of a crime, and effectively neutering the Fourth Amendment.

Conclusion

The FBI has already committed crimes in their abuse of the Section 702 database. They have searched the database without a warrant, thus depriving their victims of their security against unreasonable searches. Although not as straightforward, I claim they also violated the Fourth Amendment when they seized copies of the digital versions of papers and effects of U.S. citizens and residents to store in such a database. (That is why I propose a Constitutional amendment to specifically expand the Fourth Amendment for the digital age by including digital documents, communications, and data about the person.) Yet to date, I am not aware of a single FBI employee who has been charged with the crimes that have been committed. Even those who lied under oath when they knowingly provided false data in their affidavits to obtain therefore invalid warrants to spy on the President of the United States and members of his campaign and cabinet have not been charged. And yet the sitting President wants us to trust that FBI supervisors and attorneys with access to the database will follow the law this time?

And here we have the Biden Administration, telling us we need to give up our essential liberty, our rights to due process, and to be secure against unreasonable searches and seizures, all with the promise of protecting our national security. Are you willing to give up your essential liberties for what has shown to be the false promise of temporary safety?

It seems to me there is a much greater threat to national security than the FBI losing its unrestricted and illegal access to their precious Section 702 database: That would be allowing them to continue to criminally spy on the American people.

© 2024 Paul Engel – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Paul Engel: paul@constitutionstudy.com




A Formal Invitation To Steal Our Country

by Kat Stansell

April 26, 2024

I published my first Substack on this, 4/18/24, six days ago. Tucker Carlson brought it up last night, in his interview with Michael Yon. I’ll admit, THAT was fun to say, regardless of the treasonous depravity of the topic.

The OBiden regime is desperate. We all know that. They trail in every poll save for a few wishful ones from the MSM . At this point, it seems as they are realizing that they must rely on ineligible illegal voters for the necessary votes to steal 2024.

As much as I have concentrated on the massive AI data base of phantom voters, churned up by the ERIC system (Electronic Registration Information Center), I really thought the Junta had enough illegal votes from the ghost voters to tip the honest vote totals with mail-in’s, early voting and ballot harvesting. Guess I was wrong on that one, although, I know ERIC’s phantom’s will play a part.

Then, a friend in Florida called me to say that his Venezuelan wife had received a copy of a letter, in Spanish, from the Resource Center Matamoras, which boldly urged the invaders to:

“Remember to vote for President Biden when you are in the United States. We need another four years of his term to stay.”

Open invitation to vote illegally.

Below is an image of the letter, in both Spanish and English

RCM is an immigrant welcoming/processing center, in Matamoras, Mexico, 330 miles south of Eagle Pass, TX, which provides legal aid and social services to thousands of border invaders. The letter/invitation appeared there in poster form, on every every available surface.

RCM is associated with the Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society, or HIAS, where Mayorkas was a member of the Board of Directors. That is worth repeating.

Alexandro Mayorkas was a board member of HIAS, and stepped down only as he assumed his cabinet position. The group congratulated him warmly on his new job.

We know, of course, that many religious groups, including Catholic Charities and Jewish Family Services and the 120+ year-old Hebrew Immigrant Aid Society are involved in giving aid to the illegals. Other groups, including a “women of color” group ASAP (Asylum Seekers Advocacy Project) formed in 2016; Texas-Rio Grande Legal Aid; and the Immigration Defenders Law Center (ImmDef) help the “immigrants”.

Some of these groups were unfamiliar to me, so I checked them out – you know, funding sources, boards of directors, et. al. What fascinating findings. . . !

The flow of people and funds tells quite a story. Inquiring minds and all that…

But, it gets even more interesting. The ASAP group, formed in 2016, and now over 630,000 members strong worldwide is funded, in part, by a family charity, the Walder Family Foundation, in Skokie IL . Please open this link and read carefully about the family and their businesses. Mr. Walder, now deceased, had founded a company, Integrated DNA Technologies, in 1987, which perfected the craft of artificial RNA and DNA. This company was sold in 2018, and was source of their funds for the Foundation. Mrs. Walder, an attorney, headed an immigration law group in Chicago, and did quite well, financially, most likely. She now runs the family foundation.

The day before I wrote on this the first time, 4/17, Revolver News asked if the letter was real. It is no longer a question of “if”. It’s proven. So too, the fact that many of the RSM communiques are being sent to Florida.

Florida is important for three reasons.

First, its FL Dir. of Elections, Maria Matthews, has been mandating that voter registrations be given to ALL comers to the state’s motor vehicle/drivers’ license centers since DeSantis took office in 2019. The state has quite a collection of non-citizen voters on their rolls, thanks to this act of treason.

Second, the only real portion of Florida’s “election integrity” bill, HB7050, which dealt with integrity, and MADE VOTING BY NON-CITIZENS A CRIME – was struck down, in March, 2024, by an Obama-appointed judge in the US Circuit Court North District. This same bill made any audit by citizens groups illegal, but, voting by non-citizens? Of course! You go, Cord Byrd and Ron DeSantis. Gettin’ ready for 2024.

I gave you a lefty reference here, for a touch of sick humor…they call forbidding non-citizens the vote, “voter suppression”.

Third, FLORIDA HAS 30 ELECTORAL COLLEGE VOTES, WHICH IS 11% OF THE 270 NEEDED TO ELECT A POTUS.

TX, with 40 electors, is guaranteed to the on the illegal registrants list. Their SOS, Nelson, had better come out of the election management shadows and do her job on this one.

What I am talking about here, is perfidy. Pure deceitful, untrustworthy acts by officials of our illegitimate government and their cronies.

I dare call it treason.

It applies to every person in Congress who voted to let Mayorkas off the hook for his richly deserved impeachment; to fund foreign wars; to allow warrantless searches and seizures of innocent Americans; to approve NON-GOVERNMENTAL organizations to make policy and call the shots on the GreenSlime movement. Most in DC are simply encouraging the dissolution of our society with direct frontal attack.

Here is the official list of Congressioinal treasonists, on the final vote of the Ukraine funding bill. FL, MO, TN, and WY are the ONLY states that had BOTH US Senators vote against the funding give-away. Don’t forget to THANK them.

The DC swamp rats think they have filled that swamp/sewer/filthy litter box with enough illegal acts that we will be intimidated from cleaning it out. Well, put on your waders and hold your nose. We have a country to save.

Remember, too, that there is no representative of any state, “good red” or otherwise, that is beyond a firm reminder of this treason afoot. Calling/writing them is your very first move.

Our next and most urgent job is to make sure that ONLY LEGALLY REGISTERED AMERICAN CAN VOTE. This one is on all of us, in every state. Don’t waste time…get in touch with your state’s top election officials and let them know what we expect. HAND-COUNTING is at the top of the list, and, yes, still doable. More on the one person who can help your state with this, soon.

I put this out again, now that Tucker Carlson has picked up on it, because it is more possible that we move on it. Tucker has the followers few others in the country have. Between now and the November general election what WE do – what WE THE LITTLE PEOPLE do – may well be the difference between hanging onto freedom, or falling into the death pits of totalitarian rule. Tucker knows this, too.

Remember, Joey the Dim, is thinking about planning a fake “GREEN EMERGENCY” with unconstitutional covid-like powers. No time to waste.

Yes, this applies to ALL voters. It’s not about party affiliation. Take off those blue-blocker blinders, and please understand. We have one last chance to save our country, and a vote for the DC maffia isn’t it.

© 2024 Kat Stansell – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Kat Stansell: katvanatt@protonmail.com




Let’s Celebrate the Natural Family

By Coach Dave Daubenmire

April 26, 2024

Pardon me if you think I am crazy for asking the question, but WHY do we spend an ENTIRE MONTH celebration GAY PRIDE?

At the risk of being called a bigot…or homophobe…or hater…could someone please explain to me what “pride” there is in celebrating UNNATURAL behaviors?  You see, there is a difference between acceptance and tolerance and it seems to me that those who engage in such deviant behaviors are not content with simply being free to live their lifestyle, but hell-bent on making the rest of us CELEBRATE their PRIVATE behavior.

If you believe the latest Government statistics,  only 7.6% of Americans identify as one of the Alphabet groups…up from 3.5% in 2012.  (BTW…spend some time on the link and you will find some eye-opening stats surrounding the LGBTQ behaviors.)  From the website…

Gallup collected its 2023 data through telephone surveys with more than 12,000 Americans 18 or older.

Of the respondents, 85.6% said they were straight, 7.6% identified with one or more identifiers within the LGBTQ+ community, and 6.8% of those surveyed declined to respond, Gallup said.

The data found that bisexual adults made up the largest proportion of the LGBTQ+ community, with 4.4% of U.S. adults and 57.3% of LGBTQ+ adults reporting that they are bisexual.

Folks…Gallup reports that over half of the GAY community are switch hitters.  They aren’t “Homo” sexual…they are PANSEXUAL.  READ THIS.  GAY means sex with ANYONE…not just same-sex attraction.

(Sorry…didn’t mean to drag you into the weeds…but I thought maybe the SCIENCE might interest you…you know…with jabs and all.   Trust the Science…right?  Or does that only apply to Science one agrees with?)

Soooo…7.6% of ALL AMERICANS get an ENTIRE MONTH to make the rest of us acknowledge their deviant attractions.  (DEVIANT is defined as “departing from the norm.)   Now, we love them all, of course, but why are we FORCED to join in the celebration of their “diverse” ways of having orgasms?

A month mind you.  BTW…a month is 1/12 of a year…or 8.2% of the calendar year.  Funny how those numbers match up.

Anyway…one of my buddies has launched a movement to celebrate the NATURAL FAMILY…you know, the one comprised of “one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.”  You talk about inclusion…every person walking the earth today is the fruit of just sort a “family.”  Isn’t it time we celebrated such an inclusive holiday?

Here is the plan:  Help Us Celebrate NATURAL FAMILY MONTH. As you are aware, our ministry does the best we can to TRAIN, EQUIP, and MOBILIZE the Saints for the WORK of the ministry and we are asking your help to help this initiative go national!!  One of the ministries we promote is NaturalFamilyStrong.com. lead by long-time cultural warrior Jim Harrison.  JR, as he is called, has labored long and hard over his passion of seeing the RESTORATION of the NATURAL FAMILY as the foundation of American society.  NATURAL, meaning one biological born man and one biological born woman committed in a lifelong monogamous relationship to include their biological and or adopted children.  What better way to promote the family than dedicate an entire month…MOTHER’S DAY TO FATHER’S DAY…the celebration of the first institution that God ordained!  The goal is to eventually make this a NATIONAL CELEBRATION…sort of like Gay Shame Month is today.

Look at What They are DOING in Wisconsin

Salt and Light Brigadier Ray LeBlanc has grabbed the bull by the horns.  He approached the Mayor and City Council in his small town of Marshfield, Wisconsin and has encouraged them to make an official proclamation of NATURAL FAMILY MONTH in Marshfield.  Their hesitancy has not stopped Ray and his wife Jeign as they have launched the FIRST IN THE NATION…NATURAL FAMILY DAY celebration in the city park!!  As their flier says “The Natural Family Festival is a positive, uplifting celebration of the family. It is an opportunity to connect children with their parents, parents with their children, grandparents with their children and grandchildren in substantial, meaningful, hands-on ways. It is a community event that draws families together, in ways they may not have experienced in a very long time. It gets kids back to being kids — away from the harmful influences of pop culture, social media and electronics. An opportunity for our oldest generations to connect with the youngest generations, for Dads and Moms to bond with their kids and for kids to learn to VALUE, respect and honor their parents, grandparents, and elders. It is a chance for families to BUILD something significant, and strengthen the community at large.”

Start a Movement in YOUR Town!!

Despise not the days of small beginnings!  Get involved.  Go to HERE to order some signs to put in your yard!!  Let us start a groundswell of support for the NATURAL FAMILY and begin the restoration of sanity in this land.  This will not happen overnight but you can make a difference RIGHT NOW as we build the momentum for a NATIONWIDE CELEBRATION of FAMILY the way GOD DESIGNED IT!!  If the GAYS can have a month to celebrate their sin, shouldn’t we  promote the NATURAL FAMILY as the way the overwhelming percentage of American citizens live it!!    IT IS TIME FOR CHRISTIANS TO COME OUT OF THE CLOSET AND DEMAND

YOU can do this!  YOU can make a difference.  YOU can help launch a movement!  I say, get off your couch and do something!!

Look at what they are doing in Wisconsin!!

© 2024 Dave Daubenmire – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Dave Daubenmire: ptsalt@gmail.com




Single Female Voters are Destroying America

By Lex Greene

April 25, 2024

You can shoot the messenger here if you want, but it won’t change these facts! Single female voters are the single largest problem in the USA electorate as 70% of them are single issue voters, seeking a protected right to kill their own children in the womb…abortion!

I firmly believe that given the chance, 70% of single American women would vote for Stalin, Mao, or Hitler, and the total destruction of our country, if these leaders promised to protect their right to kill their own children in the womb. Their voting history confirms it!

For the record, this isn’t an attempt to drive divisions even deeper, our government is the expert at that. This is a desperate attempt to shake voters awake before they destroy everything.

Voting Trends by Contrast

  • Over 59% of married men vote GOP
  • Over 56% of married women also vote GOP
  • Even 52% of single men vote GOP
  • But only 30% of single women vote GOP

In other words, responsible pro-family Americans overwhelmingly vote GOP in every election, by at least a 60-40 margin, with a majority of single men voting GOP as well.

But approximately 70% of single female voters vote against everyone else, none more so than their own children in the womb. So long as this remains the case, the entire country is doomed, as whole generations of Natural Born American Citizens are exterminated by their own mothers.

I wish I were just making this up or taking it from some far-right propaganda survey, because I’d rather these facts not be true in my country. But no, this data is taken from a report written by AEI Distinguished Senior Fellow Emeritus Karlyn Bowman.

For years now, I have somewhat jokingly said, mostly to my wife of many years, that “women have been a problem since Eve in the garden.” Look no further for proof than the voting trends of “anti-life” single female voters, their friends, or their anti-American elected female lunatics, like Michigan Governor Whitmer and three-time loser Killary Clinton.

Sure, I know what I’m reporting here will offend many single female voters. But everyone else should be deeply offended by the voting trends of women who can’t even be trusted to protect their own offspring.

It’s an obvious question that most Americans are scared to ask, and yet, it must be asked…for the sake of freedom and liberty for all.

Can voters who can’t be trusted to even protect the life of their own children, be trusted with the future of our country?

We don’t allow mentally ill people to vote, because their mental illness could jeopardize the entire nation. Same goes for felons already proven to make horrible decisions in their lives.

But we’re talking about voters who kill their own children here, and vote in every election to secure some insane right to do so. Thousands occupy a prison cell for taking the life of an innocent, but these folks parade around like they deserve some kind of participation trophy for killing their own children or protecting the so-called “right” of other women to kill theirs. They don’t just do it, they celebrate it!

Before you mention it, I’m not referring to the less than 1% of all abortions which may in truth involve rape or incest. This argument is like saying 1% of the food in your refrigerator has gone bad, so you think it justifies throwing out 100% of the food. It’s a foundationally flawed debate jingle, nothing more.

These are voters we can trust with the future of our children and grandchildren… Really? Ya think? These same voters are responsible for boys in your daughter’s locker rooms, men in your women’s bathrooms, pedophiles in your neighborhoods and gender-confused people reading gay books in your kid’s kindergarten class.

Would you even allow someone who believes in a right to kill their own children, to babysit your children, or grandchildren? I don’t think so…

Now look… all the way back in the 1970s, a wife filed a suit asking the court if her husband had the legal power to force her to have a baby or abort a baby, against her will, and the court said NO…that was Roe v. Wade.

Despite the court ruling, Jane Roe (aka Norma McCorvey) never aborted any of her three babies, and prior to her passing in 2017, she was a staunch anti-abortion advocate, feeling responsible for the death of over 70-million innocent American children in the womb.

In September 2021, her daughter gave an interview to the left-wing magazine The Atlantic.

“Norma could be salty and fun, but she was also self-absorbed and dishonest, and she remained, until her death in 2017, at the age of 69, fundamentally unhappy.”

“Norma’s personal life was complex. She had casual affairs with men, and one brief marriage at age 16. She bore three children, each of them placed for adoption. But she slept far more often with women, and worked in lesbian bars.”

Sadly, our government (including the courts, and the mass media) saw an opportunity in Roe v. Wade, a chance to “reduce unwanted population” (mostly in the black community) via the ruling authored by Justice Harry Blackmun who stated that “the criminalization of abortion did not have roots in the English common-law tradition.” — One of many reasons why the USA is supposed to function on Constitutional Law, not British Common Law.

Under USA Constitutional Law, every American (born and unborn) has an inalienable protected Right to LIFE, Liberty, and the Pursuit of Happiness.

However, British Common Law does not recognize any fundamental inalienable Rights of the People at all. Instead, it is based upon precedents established by previous court decisions, customs, and legal principles developed over time. The doctrine of binding precedent, whereby courts follow and apply the principles declared in previous cases decided by more senior courts, is also known by the Latin expression “stare decisis,” a legal principle that obligates judges to respect and follow the precedent established by prior decisions.

In other words, the judges are entirely free to determine what Rights you have and don’t have, by the mere court opinion of unelected and totally unaccountable lifetime partisan-political appointees.

In the end, this means that the good people of the United States do not have any “constitutional” courts today. Instead, we currently have British Common Law courts and every attorney who graduated law school in the past century is not only indoctrinated into British Common Law, instead of Constitutional Law, they are sworn by the American Bar Association to act upon those customs and practices to maintain their license. If that’s not bad enough, we now have The 65 Project targeting lawyers who don’t comply.

It also means that female voters in the USA have been lied to on the matter of abortion, since Roe v. Wade in the 1970s, 50-years ago now. So, over 70% of single females vote against their own children and our country in every election cycle, plain as that!

It isn’t just single female voters though, as some 44% of married females and 40% of males also vote for today’s death cult democrats, in support of the single female vote.

I will ask another unpopular but critical question for the future of our once great nation…including all you go-along to get-along folks…

What good can possibly come in a country wherein the electorate will decide the future of the country on the basis of some evil “right” to murder their own children in the womb?

I submit to you, that such a people, like the people of Rome before the fall, cannot survive themselves.

Prove me wrong!

© 2024 Lex Greene – All Rights Reserved

E-Mail Lex Greene: LexGreene24@gmail.com